YUKEN Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Edit.11 - 080327

Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue
Please note before using this catalogue:

This catalogue was planned and edited in such manner it can be used in the planning of hydraulic system, for
product recommendation, and as technical material for those who usually handle oil hydraulic equipment.
Product description
This catalogue describes Yuken’s primary standard oil hydraulic equipment.
Details of Description
The principal details described for each model include the following.
● Specifications
● Model Number Designation
● Instructions
● Attachment
● Outer dimensional drawing
● Performance characteristics
● List of seals
● Interchangeability between new and old products
● Others
However, there are some models for which descriptions are shortened.
In this case, please request for separate materials.
Design Standards
The range of Yuken hydraulic products is available to three different Design Standards as follows:
a) Those products manufactured for use in Europe and other countries using metric standards are
designed to meet the appropriate CETOP, DIN and ISO standards and are identified as “80” Design
Standard.
b) Those products manufactured for use in North America are designed to meet the appropriate NAS,
USAS and NFPA standards, and are identified as “90” or “950” Design Standard.
c) Those products manufactured for use in Japan are designed to meet the appropriate JIS standards, and
have no suffix to the Design Number.
The distinctive features of the various Design Standards are as shown below.
Design European Design
N. American Design Standard
Standard Standard Japanese
Standard "JIS"
Feature "80" Design Standard "90" Design Standard "950" Design Standard
Port Tapping BSP. F NPT SAE Straight Thread Rc

O-ring Port
Pressure Gauge Connection BSP. Tr NPT (UN/UNF Thread) Rc
Mounting Bolt Metric UNC Metric
Conduit Entry BSW NPT G
◆ For North American Design Standards, this catalogue describes “950” for AR/A/A3H Series Variable
Displacement Piston Pumps and “90” for other control valves. Control valves with “950” are also
available. Please contact us for the details.
1
Design Number
Yuken products have factory applied Design numbers, the key to which is as follows.
Example: A16-F-R-01-C-K- 3 2 8 0
Design Standard
Major Design No. "80" European design standard
Minor Design No. "90" N. American design standard

(Port tapping: NPT Thd.)
"950" N. American design standard

(SAE Straight thread O-ring Port)
"Omitted" JIS Domestic standard
Design Numbers are subject to change. But installation dimensions and specifications remain unchanged for
variation in the second digit of design numbers (minor design number).
Index System
When looking up products by name, please use to “Yuken
hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Index” on page 6.
When looking up products by model number, please use the

“Model Number Index” on page 9.
2
Satety Precautions
To prevent serious accidents, equipment damage, and other 3. Precautions for Operation
property damage, please observe the following precautions, as
DANGER 1 Never operate any device in an environment
well as all related regulations regarding safety. where there is danger of explosion or fire,
Before using the product, be sure you read and understand all unless the device is fully protected. This may
the instructions in the Operator's Manual entirely. lead to major and serious accidents including
In this catalogue, safety precautions are classified into three ranks: explosion or fire.
DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION. These words are defined as follows: WARNING 2 Do not approach near the pumps or motors in
operation. There is a fear of injury by such an
DANGER: Indicates an imminent danger that is very accident that the hands or clothes are caught
likely to cause death or severe injury unless by or coiled into the pumps and the motors.
the situation is avoided. WARNING 3 In event of abnormal operation (unusual
WARNING: Indicates a potential danger that may sounds, oil leakage, smoke, etc.), immediately
cause death or severe injury unless the stop operation and take appropriate corrective
situation is avoided. measures.
CAUTION: Indicates a potential danger that may cause WARNING 4 Completely discharge air from the cylinder at
a minor or moderate injury or that may low pressure. Failure to do so may result in
result in property damage. unexpected movement of the cylinder, which
in turn may cause injury.
1. Precautions for Use WARNING 5 To adjust the cushion, gradually increase the
cylinder speed from a low speed [50 mm/s (2
CAUTION 1 To avoid possible injury when handling the in./s) or less]. Rapidly accelerating the
products, wear protective safety equipment in cylinder may produce abnormal surge
accordance with the instructions in the pressure, resulting in damage to the cylinder or
Operator's Manual. the machinery and consequently leading to a
CAUTION 2 Failure to support the weight of the product or serious accident.
lifting the product with improper posture may CAUTION 6 Before operating this device for the first time,
result in injury to the hands or back. Be sure to check that hydraulic and electrical circuits are
follow the instructions in the operator's properly connected and that adjoining surfaces
manual. are tightly aligned.
CAUTION 3 Do not climb on, strike, drop or exert CAUTION 7 Do not use the product out of the specification
unnecessary force on the product. This may as described in the catalogue, related data
lead to injury or fire due to improper sheets, drawings, etc. Not doing so may cause
operation, damage, or oil leakage. improper operation, damage or injury.
CAUTION 4 Oil on the product or floor must be cleaned up CAUTION 8 During operation, high temperatures in the
thoroughly. Oil could cause you to drop the hydraulic system or solenoid units may occur.
product or slip on the floor. Wear protective gear on hands and body when
around these parts.
2. Precautions for Installation, Removal, and Maintenance CAUTION 9 Be sure to operate the product with proper oil,
WARNING 1 All installation, removal, maintenance, piping and within established ranges for temperature,
or wiring should be performed by properly viscosity and purity. Use outside of specified
trained personnel. limits may cause improper operation or fire
due to oil leakage.
WARNING 2 Before starting the work for installation,
removal, maintenance, piping and wiring, do 4. General Precautions
the following jobs. Failure to do these jobs
may cause the equipment to move suddenly or WARNING 1 Never convert the products. If any conversions
spout the oil from it during the work, which are made, unexpected machine movement may
eventually may cause the serious accidents. cause injury.
● Shut off the power supply to the equipment
CAUTION 2 Do not disassemble or change the products
and make sure that all the electrical motors without prior consent of the manufacturer.
or engines have stopped. Failure to do this will cause the products not to
● Fix the Cylinder rod not move/move down
perform the specified performance and
when installing/removing the Cylinder. characteristics, and moreover will become the
● Get the pressure in the pipes and cylinders in
causes of the accidents or failures.
the hydraulic system back to zero pressure. CAUTION 3 For transportation/storage of the product, pay
WARNING 3 Before working on any electrical wiring, be attention to environmental conditions, such as
sure to shut off the power supply. Failure to do ambient temperature and humidity, and take
this may cause electrical shock. anti-dust/rust measures.
CAUTION 4 Keep all installation holes and surfaces clean. CAUTION 4 The seals may be required to replace if the
Failure to do this may cause insufficient products is used after long-term storage.
tightening of the bolts that may cause fire due CAUTION 5 Read the manual thoroughly and take due care
to oil leakage.
to replace the seals.
CAUTION 5 Before installing the product, be sure that all
specified bolts are tightened with the specified 5. Related Regulations
torque. Tightening with the outside
specifications may cause improper operation, CAUTION To ensure that this product is used in a safe
manner, it is essential to observe the above
damage, oil leakage, etc.
precautions, as well as all related regulations
regarding safety.
3
Head Office and Sagami Plant
● Sagami Plant Front Gate
● R&D Centre Design Room

Fukuroda Plant
4
Outline of the Company
Live with hydraulic (Challenge to possibility)

The speed of technological innovations in the 21st century, hydraulic technology is also expected to undergo
great change.
We have been making efforts to meet the expectations of wide range of industrial fields as a leading
manufacturer in hydraulic equipment, always thinking “What do our customers want?”. It is YUKEN’s
desire to continue our efforts in development by fusing oil hydraulic with all high technology rather than
adhering solely to it to ensure a widespread use of oil hydraulic in our daily lives.
Trade name: Yuken Kogyo Co., Ltd.

Inception: 1929
Incorporation: 1956
Capital: ¥4,109,101,656 (as of April 2007)
Sales: ¥19.4 billion (as of 2006)
Number of employees: about 460 persons (as of April 2007)
Head office: 4-34, Kamitsuchidana-Naka 4-chome, Ayase,
kanagawa Prefecture, 252-1113, Japan
Tel. 0467-77-2111
International Sales Department : Hamamatsucho Seiwa Bldg., 4-8, Shiba-Daimon
(Tokyo office) 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 105-0012, Japan
Tel. 03-3432-2110 Fax. 03-3436-2344
URL http://www.yuken.co.jp
E-mail int.bd@yuken.co.jp
Products:
● Hydraulic equipment for industrial use:
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Directional control valves,
Pressure control valves, Flow control valves, Modular valves,
Logic valves, Proportional electro-hydraulic control equipment, Servo valves,
Hydraulic cylinders, etc.
● Hydraulic equipment for industrial vehicles
Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, Various control valves, etc.
● Hydraulic systems
Various hydraulic systems for industrial machine,
Various hydraulic systems for marine use, Special hydraulic power units,
Various standard power packs, etc.
● Applied hydraulic products
◆ Environmental machinery
A compacting & separation machine for kitchen garbage,
Automatic shavings compactor KIRIKO,
PET bottle compacting press,
Various compactors
● Factories:
Sagami plant: 4-34, Kamitsuchidana-Naka 4-chome, Ayase, Kanagawa Prefecture, 252-1113
Tel. 0467-77-2111
(Technical Center, Sagami factory, Component Assembly Centre, Hydraulic System Centre)
Fukuroda factory: 65, Kitadage, Daigo-machi, Kuji-gun, Ibaraki Prefecture, 319-3521
Tel. 02957-2-0425
5
HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT CATALOGUE
INDEX
A PISTON PUMPS 13
AR Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........15
A Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ............................................................27
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..............................................................33
Single Pumps, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type ................................................55
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type ....................................63
Single Pumps, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ........................64
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type ......74
Single Pumps, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type-
“OBE” Type ..........................................................................................................86
Single Pumps, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator ..........................96
Single Pumps, Constant Power Control type ..........................................................105
Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ..........................................................113
Variable/Fixed Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type..................................115
A3H Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ......................................................117
Single Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type ............................................................122
Single Pumps, Constant Power (Torque) Control type............................................141
Single Pumps, Load Sensing Type ..........................................................................150
B VANE PUMPS 159

“PV2R” Series Single Vane Pumps ............................................................................163
“PV2R4A” Series Single Vane Pumps ......................................................................177
“PV2R” Series Double Vane Pumps ..........................................................................181
“PV2R24A/34A” Series Double Vane Pumps............................................................196
C PRESSURE CONTROLS 201

Remote Control Relief Valves ....................................................................................203
Direct Type Relief Valves ..........................................................................................206
Pilot Operated Relief Valves ......................................................................................209
Low Noise type Pilot Operated Relief Valves ............................................................216
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves..............................................................................220
Low Noise type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves ..................................................230
H/ HC Type Pressure Control Valves ........................................................................237
Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valves ......................................................................251
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves....................................................................260
Unloading Relief Valves ............................................................................................265
Brake Valves ..............................................................................................................271
Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches......................................................................272
D FLOW CONTROLS 275

Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..............................................................................277
Pilot Operated Flow Control (and Check) Valves ......................................................289
Restrictors/One Way Restrictors ................................................................................299
Throttle (and Check) Modules ....................................................................................305
Deceleration (and Check) Valves................................................................................310
Feed Control Valves....................................................................................................318
Needle Valves..............................................................................................................325
E DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS 327

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ............331
DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ........................................336
DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................................344
DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................................361
6
Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........................378
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..........379 PISTON PUMPS
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................381
G Series Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..409
A
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................412
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..........................................418
VANE PUMPS
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ..............................................................................423
Manually Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................429 B
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ................................................................441
Rotary Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................441
Cam Operated Directional Valves ..........................................................................445
PRESSURE
Poppet Type Directional Valves..................................................................................451
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..............................................453 CONTROLS C
Multi Purpose Control Valves ................................................................................459
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves ................................................480
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ............................................489
FLOW CONTROLS
Check Valves / Pilot Controlled Check Valves ..........................................................497
In-line Check Valves................................................................................................498 D
Right Angle Check Valves ......................................................................................500
Pilot Controlled Check Valves ................................................................................504
DIRECTIONAL
F MODULES 511 CONTROLS E
005 Series Modular Valves ........................................................................................517
01 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................535
03 Series Modular Valves ..........................................................................................577 MODULES
F
G LOGIC VALVES 647
LOGIC VALVES
Directional/Directional & Flow Control Logic Valves ..............................................650
Solenoid Operated Directional Control Logic Valves ................................................651
G
Relief Logic Valves ....................................................................................................652
Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ..................................................................653
PROPORTIONAL
H PROPORTIONAL ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CONTROLS 655
ELEC.-HYD.
CONTROLS
H
EH Series Hybrid Components, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ................656
Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................658
SERVO VALVES
Pressure Control Valves ..........................................................................................659
Relief Valves............................................................................................................660 I
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................661
Flow Control (and Check) Valves ..........................................................................662
Flow Control and Relief Valves ..............................................................................663
ACTUATORS
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................664
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................665 J
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................666
E Series Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Controls ......................................................667
Pilot Relief Valves ..................................................................................................670 POWER
Relief Valves............................................................................................................676
Relieving and Reducing Valves ..............................................................................685
PACKAGES
K
40Ω Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................695
10Ω Series Flow Control (and Check) Valves ........................................................705
40Ω-10Ω Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................712 Others
10Ω-10Ω Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ..................................................722
High Flow Series Flow Control and Relief Valves ................................................733
Shockless Type Directional and Flow Control Valves ............................................743
ACCESSORIES L
DATA SHEET
Directional and Flow Control Valves ......................................................................746
High Response Type Directional and Flow Control Valves....................................753
Direct Type............................................................................................................753
Tow Stage Type ....................................................................................................760
Power Amplifiers ....................................................................................................766
Setting Adjusters......................................................................................................789
7
I SERVO VALVES 797
High-Speed Linear Servo Valves ................................................................................798
Direct Type ..............................................................................................................798
Two Stage Type ......................................................................................................800
Linear Servo Amplifiers ..........................................................................................802
OBE (On-Board Electronics) Type Linear Servo Valves ..........................................803
J ACTUATORS 805
CJT Series Standard Hydraulic Cylinders ..................................................................806
K HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS / POWER PACKAGES 809

Energy-Saving Hydraulic Units and Controllers ........................................................810
Energy-Saving Controller ........................................................................................811
Equipped with Variable Displacement Vane Pump <YM-e Pack> ........................812
Equipped with Variable Displacement Piston Pump <YA-e Pack>........................813
Space Saving & Low Noise Type Hydraulic Power Unit <YF Pack>........................814
Low Noise & Small Type Hydraulic Power Unit <YP Pack> ....................................815
Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack ......................................................................816
L ACCESSORIES & Others 819

Accessories
Air Bleed Valves......................................................................................................820
F3 Series Pipe Flange Kits ......................................................................................821
Data Sheet
O-ring Size ..............................................................................................................833
SAE Strait Thread O-ring Port ................................................................................835
Worldwide Affiliated Companies and Distributors ....................................836
8
Hydraulic Equipment
Model Number Index
A AMN-G: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type
Proportional Directional and Flow Control
A-BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent Valves..............................................................782
Restrictor, Sub-plate Mounting ........................220 AMN-L: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type
A-BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves with Vent Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Restrictor, Threaded Connection ......................220 Valves ..............................................................786
A-S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief AMN-T: Slope Controllers ............................................796
Valves with Vent Restrictor..........................230 AMN-W: Power Amplifiers for Shockless Type
A∗-∗-R-01: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Proportional Directional and Flow Control
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Valves ............................................................782
Type ..............................................................33 AR∗-F-R-01: “AR” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-02: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure Pressure Compensator Type ......................19
Control Type ................................................55 A3H∗-∗R01: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
Pumps-Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Pressure Compensator Type ....................122
with Unloading Type ....................................63 A3H∗-∗R09: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
Pumps-Single Pump, Proportional Electro- Constant Power (Torque) Control Type ..141
Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ......................64 A3H∗-∗R14: “A3H” Series Variable Displacement
A∗-∗-R-04E: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type ..................................150
Proportional Pressure &Flow Control
Type ..........................................................74
A∗-∗-R-04EH: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston B
Pumps-Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic BG: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Sub-plate Mounting ................................................209
Type (OBE Type) ....................................86 BGM: Sub-plates for Relief Valve ................................213
A∗-∗-R-07: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston BSG: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
Pumps-Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................220
Type Pressure Compensator..........................96 BST: Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves,
A∗-∗-R-09: “A” Series Variable Displacement Piston Threaded Connection ............................................220
Pumps-Single Pump, Constant Power BT: Pilot Operated Relief Valves,
Control Type ..............................................105 Threaded Connection ..............................................209
A∗∗-∗-R01∗01∗: “A” Series Variable Displacement BUCG: Unloading Relief Valves ..................................265
Piston Pumps-Double Pump, BUCGM: Sub-plates for Unloading Relief Valve..........267
Pressure Compensator Type ..............113
A∗R∗-∗-R01∗: “A” Series Variable Displacement
Piston Pump-Variable/Fixed Double Pump, C
Pressure Compensator Type ..................115 CDSC: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
AG: Adaptor for Needle Valve ......................................325 Two-Way Valves, Cartridge Type ....................480
AMB-EL: Power Amplifiers for High Response Type CDSG: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Proportional Directional and Flow Control Two-Way Valves, Casket Mounting..................480
Valves............................................................786 CDST: Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
AMC-IV: Energy-Saving Controller ..............................811 Two-Way Valves, Threaded Connection ..........480
AMC-T: Multifunction Slope Controller........................792 CG: Pilot Selector Valves........................................474-477
AMC-V6: Six Point Setting Adjuster ............................791 CIT: In-line Check Valves..............................................498
AME-D-10: Power Amplifiers For 10Ω Series CJT: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders ............................806
Proportional Control Valve ........................767 CJT35L, 70L, 140L: CJT Series Hydraulic Cylinders with
AME-D-40: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proximity Switch ..........................806
Proportional Flow Control Valves ............772 CPF, CPDF: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
AME-D2-1010: Power Amplifiers For 10Ω-10Ω Series Flanged Connection ..................................504
Proportional Flow Control and Relief CPG, CPDG: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Valves ..................................................780 Sub-plate Mounting..................................504
AME-D2-H1: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω-10Ω Series CPT, CPDT: Pilot Controlled Check Valves,
Proportional Flow Control and Relief Threaded Connection ................................504
Valves......................................................778 CRF: Right Angle Check Valves,
AME-DF: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proportional Flanged Connection ..............................................500
Flow Control Valves ....................................772 CRG: Right Angle Check Valves,
AME-T: Power Amplifiers For 40Ω Series Proportional Sub-plate Mounting..............................................500
Flow Control Valves ........................................772 CRGM: Sub-plates for Right Angle Check Valve ........502
AMLS: Power Amplifiers for High-Speed CRT: Right Angle Check Valves,
Linear Servo Valves ..........................................802 Threaded Connection ............................................500
AMN-D: Amplifiers for 10Ω Series
Proportional Control Valves ..........................771
9
D E-YM: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YM-e Pack
(Equipped with Vane Pump) ............................812
DCG: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves, EBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relief Valves ....676
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................445 EDFG: Shockless Type Proportional Directional and
DCT: Mechanically Operated Directional Valves, Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..................743
Threaded Connection ..........................................445 EDFHG: Proportional Directional and Flow Control
DG-01: Remote Control Relief Valves, Valves (Two Stage Type)................................746
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................203 EDG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Pilot
DG-02: Direct Type Relief Valves, Relief Valves ......................................................670
Sub-plate Mounting ..........................................206 EFBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control and
DGM: Sub-plates for Remote Control Relief Valve ....204 Relief Valves
DHF: Pilot Operated Directional Valves, •10Ω - 10Ω Series ..............................................722
Flanged Connection..............................................423 •40Ω - 10Ω Series ..............................................712
DHG: Pilot Operated Directional Valves, •High Flow Series ..............................................733
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................423 EFBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control and
DHGM: Sub-plate for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Relied Valves
Directional Valves ..........................401, 402, 403 •For 10Ω - 10Ω Series Valves ................727, 728
DMF: Manually Operated Directional Valves, •For 40Ω - 10Ω Series Valves ................717, 718
Flanged Connection ............................................430 EFG, EFCG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Flow Control
DMG: Manually Operated Directional Valves, (and Check) Valves
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................429 •10Ω Series ..............................................705
DMT: Manually Operated Directional Valves, •40Ω Series ..............................................695
Threaded Connection ..........................................429 EFGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Flow Control (and
DP∗: Digital Pressure Monitors......................................274 Check) Valves
DRG: Rotary Type Directional Valves, •For 10Ω Series Valves ....................................708
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................441 •For 40Ω Series Valves ............................698, 699
DRGM: Sub-plates for Rotary Type EHBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
Directional Valves ..........................................443 Relief Valves ....................................................661
DRT: Rotary Type Directional Valves, EHDFG-01, 03: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-
Threaded Connection ..........................................441 Hydraulic Directional and Flow Control
DSG-005: Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Valves ................................................665
DSG-005 Series ............................................336 EHDFG-04, 06: “EH” Series-High Response Type
DSG-01: 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSG-01 Series ................................................344 Directional and Flow Control
DSG-03: 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, Valves ................................................666
DSG-03 Series ................................................361 EHDG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-005: Sub-plats for DSG-005 Series Solenoid Pilot Relief Valves ............................................658
Operated Directional Valves......................342 EHFBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-01: Sub-plates for 1/8 Solenoid Operated Flow Control and Relief Valves ............663, 664
Directional Valve ........................................356 EHFCG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSGM-03: Sub-plates for 3/8 Solenoid Operated Flow Control and Check Valves ....................662
Directional Valve ........................................373 EHFG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSHF: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Flow Control Valves ........................................662
Valves, Flanged Connection ..............................381 EHRBG: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-Hydraulic
DSHG: Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Relieving & Reducing Valves ........................661
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ............................381 ELDFG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
DSLG-01: 1/8 Poppet Type Solenoid Operated and Flow Control Valves (Direct Type) ..........753
Directional Valves ......................................453 ELDFHG: High Response Type Proportional Directional
DSLHG: Multi-Purpose Control Valves ......................459 and Flow Control Valves (Two Stage Type) ..760
DSPC: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional ERBG: Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Relieving &
Valves, Cartridge Type ......................................489 Reducing Valves ..............................................685
DSPG: Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional ERBGM: Sub-plates for Proportional Relieving &
Valves, Sub-plate Mounting..............................489 Reducing Valves ....................................687, 688
DT-01: Remote Control Relief Valves,
Threaded Connection ........................................203
DT-02: Direct Type Relief Valves, F
Threaded Connection ........................................206 F-: Hydraulic equipment for use of phosphate ester type
fluids (disregard “F-“ for reference to phosphate ester
application and see standard model number)
E F3: “F3” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................821
E-DSG-01, 03: Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid F5: “F5” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................824
Operated Directional Valves ......................378 F5-06-∗-1021, 10801, 10950: Pipe Flange for “AR” Series
E-YA: Energy-saving Hydraulic Units YA-e Pack Variable Displacement Piston Pump ................24
(Equipped with Piston Pump) ............................813 F6: “F6” Series Pipe Flange Kits ..................................829
10
FCG: Flow Control and Check Valves ..........................277 MBK-01: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1/8 Modular
FG: Flow Control Valves ..............................................277 Valves ............................................................576
FGM: Sub-plates for Flow Control Valve ..............281-283 MBK-03: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 3/8 Modular
FHCG: Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves ..289 Valves ............................................................618
FHG: Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves ..................289 MBK-06: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 3/4 Modular
Valves ............................................................630
MBK-10: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 1-1/4 Modular
G Valves ............................................................644
G-DSG-01,03: “G” Series Shockless Type MBP-005: 005 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ........518
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ..412 MBP-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............536
G-DSHG: “G” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled MBP-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for P-Line ............578
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................418 MBR-01: 1/8 Brake Modular Valves ............................542
GCT: In-line Type Needle Valves ................................325 MBW-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A, B-Lines....578
GCTR: Angle Type Needle Valves ..............................325 MC-01, 02: Manually Operated Setting Adjusters ........790
MCA-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for A-Line ..........605
H MCB-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for B-Line ..........605
MCP-005: 005 Check Modular Valves for P-Line ........529
HCF: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCP-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............567
Flanged Connection ............................................237 MCP-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P-Line............605
HCG: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCPT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for P, T Lines....607
Sub-plate Mounting ............................................237 MCT-01: 1/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........567
HCT: HC Type Pressure Control Valves, MCT-03: 3/8 Check Modular Valves for T-Line ..........605
Threaded Connection ..........................................237 MDC-005: 005 Blocking Plate ......................................530
HF: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MDC-01-A: 1/8 Blocking Plates ....................................571
Flanged Connection ................................................237 MDC-01-B: 1/8 Bypass Plates........................................571
HG: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MDC-03-A: 3/8 Blocking Plates ....................................613
Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................237 MDC-03-B: 3/8 Bypass Plates........................................613
HGM: Sub-plates for H and HC Type MDS-01: 1/8 Connecting Plates ....................................572
Pressure Control Valves ....................244, 245, 246 MDS-03: 3/8 Connecting Plates ....................................614
HT: H Type Pressure Control Valves, MF∗-01: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 1/8 Flow
Threaded Connection ............................................237 Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............551
MF∗-03: Pressure and Temperature Compensated 3/8 Flow
Control (and Check) Modular Valves ............591
J MHA-01: 1/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
JT: Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches ..................272 for A-Line ......................................................544
MHA-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves
for A-Line ......................................................588
L MHB-03: 3/8 Counterbalance Modular Valves for
L-DSG-01: 1/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type B-Line ............................................................588
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......344 MHP-01: 1/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................544
L-DSG-03: 3/8 Low Wattage (14W) Type MHP-03: 3/8 Sequence Modular Valves........................588
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ......361 MJ∗-01: 1/8 Pressure Switch Modular Valves ..............547
LB: Relief Logic Valves ................................................652 MMC-005: Base Plates, For 005 Modular Valves ........531
LBS: Solenoid Controlled Relief Logic Valves ............653 MMC-01: Base Plates, for 1/8 Modular Valves ............573
LD: Directional/Directional and Flow Control MMC-03: Base Plates, for 3/8 Modular Valves ............615
Logic Valves ..........................................................650 MP∗-005: 005 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..527
LDS: Solenoid Operated Directional Control MP∗-01: 1/8 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......569
Logic Valves ........................................................651 MP∗-03: 3/8 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......610
LP-1A: Mounting Bracket Kits for “AR” Series MP∗-06: 3/4 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves......626
Variable Displacement Piston Pump ..................24 MP∗-10: 1-1/4 Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves ..640
LSVG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves (Direct Type)....798 MR∗-01: 1/8 Reducing Modular Valves ........................539
LSVHG: Hi-Speed Linear Servo Valves MR∗-03: 3/8 Reducing Modular Valves ........................581
(Two Stage Type)............................................800 MR∗-06: 3/4 Reducing Modular Valves ........................620
LSVHG-∗EH: OBE Type Linear Servo Valves ............803 MR∗-10: 1-1/4 Reducing Modular Valves ....................634
MRL∗-03: 3/8 Reducing Modular Valves for
Low Pressure Setting ....................................584
M MRP-005: 005 Reducing Modular Valves ....................521
MAC-01: 1/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............568 MS∗-06: 3/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves ........623
MAC-03: 3/8 Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves ............609 MS∗-10: 1-1/4 Throttle and Check Modular Valves......637
MBA-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........536 MSA-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
MBA-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for A-Line ..........578 for A- Line ....................................................524
MBB-01: 1/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........536 MSA-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
MBB-03: 3/8 Relief Modular Valves for B-Line ..........578 for A- Line ......................................................563
MBK-005: Mounting Bolt Kits, For 005 Modular MSA-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves
Valves ..........................................................534 for A- Line ......................................................602
11
MSB-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1091: Power Amplifiers for Proportional Directional
for B-Line ....................................................524 and Flow Control Valves ................................784
MSB-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1106: Amplifier for “04E” Type Pump ......................85
for B- Line ......................................................563 SK1112: Cable Assembly for “04E” Type Pump ............85
MSB-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves SK1114: IH Controller ..................................................817
for B- Line ......................................................602 SRCF: One Way Restrictors, Flanged Connection ........299
MSCP-01: 1/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......561 SRCG: One Way Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ........299
MSCP-03: 3/8 Check and Throttle Modular Valves ......600 SRCT: One Way Restrictors, Threaded Connection ......299
MSP-01: 1/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........559 SRF: Restrictors, Flanged Connection ..........................299
MSP-03: 3/8 Throttle Modular Valves for P-Line ........598 SRG: Restrictors, Sub-plate Mounting ..........................299
MST∗-01: Temperature Compensated 1/8 Throttle and SRT: Restrictors, Threaded Connection ........................299
Check Modular Valves..................................555 ST1004: Air Bleed Valves..............................................820
MST∗-03: Temperature Compensated 3/8 Throttle and
Check Modular Valves..................................595
MSW-005: 005 Throttle and Check Modular Valves T
for A, B Lines ..............................................524 T-∗-DSG-01, 03: Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
MSW-01: 1/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves Solenoid Operated Directional
for A, B- Lines ..............................................563 Valves ................................................379
MSW-03: 3/8 Throttle and Check Modular Valves TC1G: Throttle Modules ................................................305
for A, B- Lines ..............................................602 TC2G: Throttle and Check Modules ..............................305
P U
PV2R1, 2, 3, 4: “PV2R” Series Single Vane Pumps......163 UBGR: Brake Valves ....................................................271
PV2R4A: PV2R4A Type Single Vane Pumps ..............177 UCF1G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
PV2R12, 13, 23, 33, 14, 24, 34: “PV2R” Series UCF2G: Feed Control Valves ........................................318
Double Vane Pump ....181
PV2R24A/34A: PV2R24A/34A Type Double
Vane Pumps ........................................196 Y
YF10/YF16: Space Saving & Low Noise Type
Hydraulic Power Units <YF Pack> ..........814
R YP∗: Low Noise & Small Type
RBG: Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves, Hydraulic Power Units <YP Pack> ......................815
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................260 YSD∗: Intelligent Hydraulic Servo Drive Pack..............816
RBGM: Sub-plates for Pressure Reducing and
Relieving Valve ........................................261, 262
RCF: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Z
Flanged Connection ..............................................251 ZCG: Deceleration and Check Valves,
RCG: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ..............................................310
Sub-plate Mounting..............................................251 ZCT: Deceleration and Check Valves,
RCT: Pressure Reducing and Check Valves, Threaded Connection ............................................310
Threaded Connection ............................................251 ZG: Deceleration Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ..............310
RF: Pressure Reducing Valves, Flanged Connection ....251 ZGM: Sub-plates for Deceleration Valve ......................314
RG: Pressure Reducing Valves, Sub-plate Mounting ....251 ZT: Deceleration Valves, Threaded Connection ............310
RT: Pressure Reducing Valves, Threaded Connection ..251
S
S-BG: Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves ..216
S-BSG: Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled
Relief Valves ....................................................230
S-DSG-01: 1/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves ......................................344
S-DSG-03: 3/8 Shockless Type Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves ......................................361
S-DSHG: Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves ................381
SB1100/SB1190: “EH” Series-Proportional Electro-
Hydraulic Pressure Control Valves ..659
SJT∗: Pressure Sensors ..................................................274
SK1015: Power Amplifiers for 10Ω Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
SK1022: Power Amplifiers for 10Ω Series Control
Valves ..............................................................767
12
PISTON PUMPS
A
Yuken offers low noise/high efficiency, swash plate type variable displacement piston pumps. These pumps
have been developed by Yuken's leading hydraulic engineers and provide a diverse lineup to meet a wide range
of application requirements.
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ................................ P15

Compact and Lightweight
A compact design and an aluminum body ensures a high power to mass ratio.
Low Noise
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ...................................... P27

A variety of control methods are supported
Ten types of unique control methods are available which integrate amplifiers and sensors. These control
types range from standard pressure compensator control to proportional solenoid pressure/flow control.
Available in a wide range of displacements from 10 to 219 cm3/rev (.610 to 13.36 cu. in.
/rev)
Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps .......................... P117

Variable displacement piston pumps offer high pressure, high performance in a simple and compact package.
High Pressure: 35 MPa (5080 PSI)
High volumetric efficiency
These pumps maintain a high volumetric efficiency, even at a pressure of 35 MPa (5080 PSI).
Available in a wide range of displacements
Seven models are available in displacements ranging of 16.3 to 180.7 cm3/rev (.995 to 11.03 cu. in./rev).
13
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

14
" " Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps
AR16
Axial Port Type
AR16
Side Port Type
"AR" series variable displacement pump has been developed which the aim of even further the quientness in
operation, smaller in size and lighter in mass and based on Yuken technology and engineering which put on market
the "A" series pump which has a reputation for its quiet operation and high efficiency.
Geometric Displacement Maximum

cu. in./rev
Graphic .1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 15 Operating
Pump Type Page
Symbol Pressure
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 300 MPa (PSI)
cm3/rev
AR16
"AR" Series
Variable Diplacement 16 (2320) 18
M
Piston Pumps
O
AR22
15
Hydraulic Fluids
Hydraulic Fluids Control of Contamination
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
and temperature range is from 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F), Grade 10.
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 µm
hydraulic oils. (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
Mounting Drain Piping
When installing the pump the filling port should be positioned Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained at
a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
any stress from bending or thrust. pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm In case AR16 and AR22 pump, a screw-in torque of fitting
(.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular is 40 to 50 Nm (354 to 443 IN.1bs.). Do not apply bending
is less than 0.2°. and thrust torque to the fitting.
Suction Pressure [Recommended Drain Piping Size]

Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is Fitting Size
between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 PSIG). Inside Dia.
Model Japnese Std. "JIS" & N.American of Pipe
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same European Design Std. Design Std.
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used. 3/8 SAE #8 10 mm
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is AR16, AR22
[Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more] (.39 in.)
within one metre (3.3 ft) from the oil level in the reservoir.
Hints on Piping Bleeding Air

When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports, It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and
excessive load from the piping to the pump generates outlet line to remove causes of vibration. An air bleed
excessive noise. valve (Model Number ST1004-*-10*, Page 820) is
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use rubber recommended for this purpose.
hoses.
Suction Piping
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the
suction piping and suction line filter should be located
lower than the pump position to prevent air in the suction
line.
16 "AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

PISTON PUMPS
A
Starting
Before first starting, fill pump case with clean operating
oil via the filling port.
In order to avoid air blockage when first starting, adjust
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the
"AR" Series
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load.
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required]
Model Volume cm3 (in.3 )
AR16
430 (26.2)
AR22
Setting Discharge Pressure and Delivery

At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to
maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your
system requirements.
Adjustment of Discharge Pressure

Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases
pressure.
Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure

adjustment screw
Adjustment Volume
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI)
AR16/AR22-FR01B 2.9 (420)
AR16/AR22-FR01C 5.4 (780)
Adjustment of Delivery
Turning the delivery adjustment screw clockwise,
decreases delivery.
The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of
each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Adjustable volume
Model with each full turn Minimum adjustable flow
of the adjustment
Numbers screw cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
AR16 1.5 (.092) 6 (.366)
AR22 2.1 (.128) 8.5 (.519)
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 17

Pressure Compensator Valve

Spool
Pressure Adj. Screw
Control Piston
Drain Port
Flow Adj. Screw Pivot
Journal Bearing
OUT
IN
Shaft
Port Plate
Yoke
Cylinder Block
Slipper Retainer
Spring Piston Ass'y
Features
Smaller in Size and Lighter in Mass Low Noise
As indicated in the dimensional comparison presented The noise level of AR16 has been reduced by 1-2 dB (A)
below, the AR16 is smaller than the A16 (32 design). at full flow and full cut-off compared with that of the
Also, the mass of AR16 is substantially lighter than the excellent A16 quiet pump.
A16.
[Comparison of "AR16" with "A16"]
A16,32 Design
AR16,20 Design
Fully Extended 188(7.40)

263.5(10.37)
190(7.48)
187(7.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

240(9.45)
Approx. Mass Ratio of Mass

Model
(Flange Mtg.) (AR16/A16)
AR16 9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)

60 %
A16 16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.)
18 "AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

PISTON PUMPS
A
"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps – Single Pump,
Pressure Compensator Type
"AR" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Geometric Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx.
Model Numbers Displacement MPa (PSI) r/min. Mass
cm3/rev (cu.in./rev) kg (lbs.)
Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950 15.8 ( .964) 1800 600
16 (2320) 9.8 (21.6)
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950 22.2 (1.355) 1800 600
When setting the pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
Model Number Designation

AR16 -F R 01 B S -20 *
Direction of Pres. Adj. Range Port
Series Number Mounting Control Type Design Number Design Std.
Rotation MPa (PSI) Position
AR16 Viewed from

01: B: 1.2 - 7 None: 20
(15.8 cm3/rev) Shaft End
{170 - 1020} Axial Port
F: Pressure
R: 1 Compensator Refer to 2
Flange Mtg. C: 2.0 - 16 S:
AR22 Clockwise Type {290 - 2320} Side Port 20
(22.2 cm3/rev) (Normal)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2. Design Standards:

Consult Yuken for details. None......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 . .. . ......... European Design Standard
950 . . ......... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits
Pipe flange kits are available.
When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
Pipe Flange Kit Numbers
Name Threaded Connection Socket Welding
Pump Model
of
Numbers Japanese European N. American Japanese Standard
Port N. American
Standard Design Design "JIS"
Design Standard
"JIS" Standard Standard European Design Standard
AR16-FR01 Suction F5-06-A-1021 F5-06-A-10801 F5-06-A-10950 F5-06-B-1021 F5-06-B-10901

AR22-FR01 Discharge
Discharge port is available only for the threaded connections.

Detail of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 24.
Mounting Bracket Kits

Mounting bracket available on separate order.
Refer to page 24 for dimennsions of the Mtg. bracket.
Approx. Mass
Pump Model Numbers Mtg. Bracket Kit Numbers kg (lbs.)
AR16/AR22-FR01 LP-1A-10 2.2 (4.9)
Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, two hex. bolts and two plain washers.

Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Type 19
Typical Pump Characteristics of Type "AR16" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
Performance Characteristic Curve

% % N=1800 r/min
N=1500 r/min 100
100 Volumetric Efficiency
Volumetric Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency

80 80
L/min U.S.GPM Output Flow L/min U.S.GPM

30 8 60 30 8
60
HP Output Flow HP
kW 12 kW 6
Output Flow
Output Flow
12 6
8 20 10 8 20
10
Input Power
Input Power
8 6 Input Power 4 8 6 Input Power 4

6 6 4 10
4 10 2
4 2 4
2 2 2
2 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
2320 Pressure 2320
Pressure
Input Power
kW kW
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min
HP 10 10 P=MPa(PSI)
HP
12 P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12
8 P= 14 (2030) 8 P= 12 (1740)
10 10
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
Input Power
8 6 P= 10 (1450) 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
6 6
4 P= 6 (870) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 2 (290)
2 P= 2 (290) 2 P=0.7 (100)
2 2
P=0.7 (100)
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
L/min L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM
Output Flow Output Flow
Drain
in.3/min L/min
Full Cut-off Power 120 2.0
HP kW N=1800 r/min
100
2.0 1.5 1.5
80
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
1.5 Full Cut-off

1.0 60 1.0
r/min N=1500 r/min
1.0 1800 40
0.5 0.5
0.5 r/min 20
1500 800 r/m
in
0
Full Flow 1500,1
0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
2320 2320
Full Cut-off Pressure Pressure
Noise Level [One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover]
dB(A) N=1500 r/min dB(A) N=1800 r/min
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Full Flow
Noise Level
60 Full Flow 60
50 50
Full Cut-off Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320

20 Single Pump, Pressure Compensator Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Typical Pump Characteristics of Type "AR22" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
"AR" Series
%
Efficiency
Efficiency
100 100
Volumetric Efficiency Volumetric Efficiency
L/min L/min U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency U.S.GPM
80 40 80 40
10 Output Flow 10
HP kW HP kW
16 12 60 Output Flow 30 8 16 12 60 Overall Efficiency 30 8
Output Flow
Output Flow
10 10
Input Power
6 6
Input Power
12 12
8 Input Power 20 8 Input Power 20
8 6 4 8 6 4
4 10 4 10 2
4 2 4
2 2
0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Pressure 2320 2320
Pressure
Input Power
HP HP
14 kW N=1500 r/min 14 kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa(PSI)
10 10
P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12 P= 14 (2030) 12
P= 12 (1740)
8 P= 12 (1740) 8
10 10 P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
P= 10 (1450)
Input Power
8 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870) P= 6 (870)
6 6
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 2 (290) 4
P= 2 (290)
2 P= 1 (145) 2
2 2 P= 1 (145)
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM
Drain
in.3/min L/min
Full Cut-off Power 120 2.0
1800 r/min
HP kW 100
2.0 1.5 1.5
80
Full Cut-off Power
Drain
1.5 Full Cut-off

1.0 60 1.0
1.0 in 1500 r/min
0 r/m 40
180
0.5 0.5
0.5 r/min 20 r/min
1500 ,1800
0
Full Flow 1500
0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
Full Cut-off Pressure 2320 Pressure 2320
80 80
70 70
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI

Response Characteristics Change in Accordance with Circuits and Operating Conditions.
Test Circuit and Conditions

Circuit
Hydraulic High Pressure Hose

SOL
3/4" 1 m (3.3 ft.)
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed : 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature : 50 °C (122 °F)
Viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Result of Measurement
t1 t2
Pressure Ps
P1
2 MPa (290 PSI) 2 MPa (290 PSI)

Time
SOL
OFF ON OFF
Full Cut-off Pressure Response Time Overshoot

Overshoot
Pressure
Model P1 ms Pressure
Ps
MPa (PSI) t1 t t22 MPa (PSI)
AR16 60 65 5.6 ( 810)
16 (2320)
AR22 70 70 7.3 (1060)

PISTON PUMPS
A
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950 Axial Port Type
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
"AR" Series
Pressure Gauge Connection Filling Port
Fully Extended
"F" Thd [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
165.5(6.52) Lock Nut
Lock Nut Fully Extended 44.5 Drain Port Fully Extended 13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex. 195.5(7.70) (1.75) "D" Thd. 100.5
68 6.5 (3.96)
4.79(.1886) Pressure Adj. Screw
Flow Adj. Screw (2.68) (.26)
4.76(.1874) 13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex.
Dia.
25
DEC. INC.
(.98)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
"E" Thd.
(4.49)
17(.67) Deep
114
(3.78)
12(.47)
(3.03)
96
2 Places
(1.97)
77
50
(1.874)
47.6
(2.99)
76
(1.22)
Dia.
31
10
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480)
Suction Port 22.2 (.39) 106
19(.75) Dia. 147
(.874) (5.79) (4.17)
32.5 32.5 130 95(3.74) Dia.
172
(1.28) (1.28) (6.77) (5.12)
120 Discharge Port
(4.72) "C" Thd.
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
AR16/AR22-FR01*-2080 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
AR16/AR22-FR01*-20950 SAE #12 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4
DIMENSIONS IN
AR16-FR01*S-20/2080/20950 Side Port Type
AR22-FR01*S-20/2080/20950
"E" Thd. 17 (.67) Deep Drain Port

2Places "D" Thd.
(1.874)
47.6
22.2 74 74 158
(.874) (2.91) (2.91) (6.22)
Suction Port Discharge Port
19 (.75) Dia. "C" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.

AR16/AR22-FR01*S-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8
M10
AR16/AR22-FR01*S-2080 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F
AR16/AR22-FR01*S-20950 SAE #12 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
For other dimensions, refer to "Axial Port Type".

Pipe Flange Kit for Suction Port
Threaded Connection
Japanese Std. "JIS": F5-06-A-1021
11(.43) Dia. Through 48(1.89)
2 Places
22.2 Rc 3/4 Thd. 30
(.874) (1.18) O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
66(2.60)
(1.874)
47.6
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.) 15

M10 45 Lg. (.59)
Approx. Mass ............... 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs.)
European Design Std.: N. American Design Std.:

F5-06-A-10801 F5-06-A-10950
11(.43) Dia. Through 48(1.89) 31(1.22) 34(1.34)
17.5(.69) C' bore
22.2 0.3 – 0.5 20 3/4 BSP. F Thd. 0.2 – 0.5 19 SAE #12
2 Places
(.874) (.01 – .02) (.79) O-Ring (.01 – .02) (.75) O-Ring
SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G30
70(2.76)
(1.874)
47.6
10.8 14.8 11.5 15.6

(.43) (.58) (.45) (.61)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.) Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.)
M10 35 Lg. 3/8-16UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
Socket Welding Approx. Mass ............... 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs.)
F5-06-B-1021/10901
11(.43) Dia. Through 48(1.89) 15
2 Places (.59)
22.2 8
(.874) (.31) O-Ring
SO-NB-G30
27.7 Dia.
C
66(2.60)
(1.874)
(1.09)
Kit Numbers Soc. Hd. Cap Screw Remarks

47.6
mm (In.)
Japanese Std. "JIS"
F5-06-B-1021 15 (.59) M10 45Lg.
European Design Std.
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (2 Pcs.) C F5-06-B-10901 16.75 (.66) 3/8-16 UNC 1-1/4 Lg. N. American Design Std.
Approx. Mass ............... 0.3 kg (.66 lbs.)

DIMENSIONS IN
Mtg. Bracket Kit: LP-1A-10
17
Mtg. Bracket (.67) 12(.47) Dia. Through
24(.94) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(5.73)
145.5
(3.15)
80
(.12)
3
Hex. Bolt (2 Pcs.)

(.55)
(.59)
14
15
M10 × 25 Lg. 50 56.5 95

(1.969) (2.22) (3.74)
Plain Washer 95 27.5 72.5 72.5
(2 Pcs.) (3.74) (1.08) (2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Spare Parts List
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950
"AR" Series
21 26 15 33 13 24 16 29 31 12 30 32 14 23 11 10 6 35 34 4 27 17 1 3 25
38
39
40
41
42
9 28 5 19 37 36 8 7 2 22 18 20
70 71 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
Design "20950" Only
63 62
Section Z-Z
List of Seals & Bearings
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty.
AR16-FR01 AR22-FR01
5 Gasket 1302-PK312891-5 1
17 Bearing 6305 1
19 Bearing HMK 1715 V2 Z30-1303-PK410300-8 1
20 Oil Seal TCN 254511 1
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 3
31 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1
54 O-Ring SO-NA-A018 1
70 O-Ring SO-NB-A905 1
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Number
AR16-FR01*-20/2080/20950
KS-AR16-01-20
AR22-FR01*-20/2080/20950

Interchangeability in Installation between "A" Series and "AR" Series
Specifications
Model
A16-*-R-01-*-K-32* AR16-FR01*-20* A22-*-R-01-*-K-32* AR22-FR01*-20*
Description
Geometric Displacement 15.8 cm3/rev (.964 cu.in./rev) 22.2 cm3/rev (1.355 cu.in./rev)
Operating Rated 16 MPa (2320 PSI) 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Pres. Intermittent 21 MPa (3050 PSI) 16 MPa (2320 PSI) 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Shaft Speed Range 600 -1800 r/min 600 -1800 r/min
Approx. Mass (Flange Mtg.) 16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.) 9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.) 16.5 kg (36.4 lbs.) 9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)
Interchangeability in Installation
Model Numbers Interchangeability in Installation
Mtg. Flange & Piping

"A" Series "AR" Series
Shaft End Suction Port Discharge Port Drain Port
A16-*-R-01-*-K-32* AR16-FR01*-20*
Yes Yes No No
A22-*-R-01-*-K-32* AR22-FR01*-20*
Comparison of dimensions between "A" series and "AR" series are shown below.
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K Note: Dimensions with star mark are identical to each other.
Fully Extended 44.5
219 Filling Port
59 6.5
26.5
Pressure Adj. Screw Drain Port "D" Thd.
Flow Adj. Screw
φ 19.05 -0.03
21.24 -0.16
+0.03
0
25 4.76 0
φ 82.55 -0.05
109
96
0
18
62
187
12
47.6
φ95 R12
"E" Thd. 17 Deep
12 106
Suction Port 22.2 8 Places
19 Dia. 172 130
65
Discharge Port 188
19 Dia.
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32 Rc 3/8
M10
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32950 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
AR16/22-FR01*-20 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
AR16/22-FR01*-2080 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
AR16/22-FR01*-20950 SAE #12 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4
AR16/AR22-FR01
Filling Port Fully Extended
44.5 Drain Port "D" Thd. 165.5
Flow Adj. Screw Fully Extended Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
195.5 6.5 100.5
68 +0.03
4.76 0
25
φ19.05 -0.03
21.24 -0.16
"E" Thd.
0
φ82.55 -0.05
17 Deep
114
0
96
2 Places
12
77
50
47.6
31
Pressure
76
Gauge 10
Connection
Suction Port 22.2 "F" Thd. 147 106
19 Dia. 32.5 32.5 172 130 95
120
Discharge Port "C" Thd.

A37 A1637
A56
A16 A10

cu. in./rev
Graphic .1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 15 Operating
Pump Type Page
Symbols Pressure
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 300 MPa (PSI)
cm3/rev
A10
21 (3050)
A16
A22 16 (2320)
A37
21 (3050)
Single Pumps A56 30
M
O A70
A90 28 (4060)
A145
A220 16 (2320)
Outboard Pump A16 A37 A56

M
Double Pumps O 28 (4060) 113
M A70 A220
O
Inboard Pump A16 A37 A56 A145
A90
Outboard Pump PV2R1 PV2R2

Variable / Fixed M
O 28 (4060) 115
Double Pumps
A70 A220
Inboard Pump A16 A37 A56 A145
A90
Various control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 31 and 32.
The maximum operating pressure for each double pump depends on its combination of pumps. Contact us for details.
27
Hydraulic Fluids
Use petroleum based oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type hydraulic contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise
oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. The recommended lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit.
viscosity range is from 20 to 400 mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS
and temperature range is from 0 to 60°C (32 to 140°F), Grade 10.
both of which have to be satisfied for the use of the above The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100 µm
hydraulic oils. (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line must
have a line type filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
When installing the pump the filling port should be Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
positioned upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (72.5 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and
any stress from bending or thrust. the pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm
(.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular [Recommended Drain Piping Size]
is less than 0.2°.
Fitting Size
Inside Dia.
Suction Pressure Model Japnese Std. "JIS" & N.American of Pipe
European Design Std. Design Std.
Permissible suction pressure at inlet port of the pump is
between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 3/8 SAE #6
A10
PSIG). [Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more] 10 mm
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same 3/8 SAE #8 (.39 in.)
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used. A16, A22
[Inside Dia. 8.5 mm (.33 in.) or more]
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is
1/2 SAE #10 12 mm
within one metre (3.3 ft) from the oil level in the reservoir. A37
[Inside Dia. 10 mm (.47 in.) or more] (.47 in.)
Hints on Piping A56, A70 3/4 SAE #12 19 mm

When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports, A90, A145 [Inside Dia. 16 mm (.63 in.) or more] (.75 in.)
excessive load from the piping to the pump generates
excessive noise.
Bleeding Air
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use rubber
hoses. It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and
outlet line to remove causes of vibration. An air bleed
Suction Piping valve (Model Number ST1004-*-10*, Page 820) is
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the recommended for this purpose.
suction piping and suction line filter should be located
lower than the pump position to prevent air in the
suction line.
When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports,
excessive noise.
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use
rubber hoses.
28 "A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

PISTON PUMPS
A
Starting Setting Discharge Pressure and Delivery
Before first staring, fill pump case with clean operating At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to
oil via the filling port. maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
In order to avoid air blockage when first starting, adjust Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the system requirements.
"A" Series
pump is returned direct to the reservoir or the actuator
moves in a free load. Adjustment of Discharge Pressure
Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required] pressure.
Model Volume cm3 (cu.in.) Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure
A10 370 (22.6) adjustment screw
A16/A22 600 (36.6)
Adjustment Volume
A37/A56 1200 (73.2) Model Numbers
MPa (PSI)
A70 2100 (128) A10-FR01B 2.9 (420)
A90 2500 (153) A10-FR01C/H 5.4 (780)
A145 3300 (201) A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-B 3.5 (510)
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-C 6.5 (940)
A16/A37/A56-*-R-01-H 7.9 (1150)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01B 2.3 (330)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01C 3.2 (460)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01H 4.0 (580)
A70/A90/A145-*-R01K 4.7 (680)
Adjustment of Delivery
Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
delivery.
The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of

each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Adjustable volume
Model with each full turn Minimum adjustment flow
of the adjustment
Numbers screw cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
A10 1.1 (.067) 2.0 (.122)
A16 1.4 (.085) 4.0 (.244)
A22 2.0 (.122) 6.0 (.366)
A37 2.9 (.177) 10 (.610)
A56 3.9 (.238) 12 (.732)
A70 4.4 (.268) 30 (1.83)
A90 4.8 (.293) 56 (3.42)
A145 7.2 (.439) 83 (5.06)
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 29

Control Piston
Spool
Drain Port
Pressure Adj. Screw
Pivot
Flow Adj. Screw
Shaft
OUT
IN
Yoke
Port Plate Swash Plate
Cylinder Block Slipper Retainer
Piston Ass'y Spring, Yoke Return
Features
High efficiency Low noise level
Under the conditions of pressure 16 MPa (2320 PSI) In the "A16" pump, the noise level is as low as 57.3
and speed 1800 r/min, the volumetric efficiency is over dB(A) [at the full cut-off pressure 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
98% and the overall efficiency is over 90%. with speed 1500 r/min one metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally
away from pump head cover.]
"A16" type performance characteristics

% N=1800 r/min
100
"A16" type noise level characteristics
HP kW Overall Efficiency L /min
16 12 80 32 U.S.GPM dB(A) N=1500 r/min
Output Flow 8 80
28
7
12 9 60 24
6 70
Input Power
Output Flow
20
5
Noise Level
Efficiency
8 6 16 4 60
Input Power Full Cut-off
12 3
4 3 8 2 50
4 1
0 0
0 0 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Accomplishment of energy-saving Low heat generation

Because the overall efficiency is high and the cut-off Because of small power loss, it is possible to reduce the
characteristics is sharp, thus the input power may be rise in oil temperature. Accordingly, capacity of a
saved. reservoir can be reduced.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Control Type
Control Type Graphic Symbols Performance Characteristics Explanation Page
"A" Series
Output Flow
When the system pressure increases and comes close
Pressure
to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
"01" Compensator
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it
33
M
Type
O is.
Pressure
Output Flow
Solenoid-two PL PH This type of control is ideal for an application where the
Pressure SOL SOL output power of the actuator has to be controlled in two
"02" Control "OFF" "ON" 55
different load pressures while keeping the actuator
Type speed nearly constant.
PL PH
M
O
Pressure
It is suitable for a situation where a long unloading

Pressure
Output Flow
time is required and heat generation and noise have

Compensator
to be kept at their lowest levels.
"03" with SOL SOL 63
"OFF" "ON"
Unloading
The pump can be used in combination with the
Type M
O multistage pressure control valve.
Pressure
L)
i1 This is an energy-saving type control which regulates

Proportional i2
(S Input Current i2
the pump flow and load pressure to be at absolute

Output Flow
Electro-
minimum necessary level to operate the actuator.
Hydraulic
"04" Pump flow rate and cut-off pressure are controlled 64
Load
proportional to the input current to the control device
Sensing
M on the pump and the input current is regurated by the
Type O Pressure
(S Input Current i 1 L) specific amplifier.
Electro-
Hydraulic This type of control has the pressure sensor and tilt
Proportional angle sensor in the pump. The pump is used with the
"04E" Pressure & external amplifier (amplifier is integrated into pump 74
L)
Flow in case of "04EH").

Control
Input Voltage
Flow and pressure can be controlled in proportion to

Output Flow
Type input voltage by only one control valve.

The features has been greatly improved by electrical
Electro-
feedback of swash plate tilt angle correspond to flow
Hydraulic
(S
M rate and load pressure to control valve.

Proportional O Pressure
Pressure & (S Input Voltage L) Linearity of input characteristics is excellent and
"04EH" Flow easy to set. 86
Control Hysteresis is lower,repeatability and reproducibility
Type are fine.
(OBE Type)
Two-Pressure QH
Output Flow
PH This type of control is suitable for an application like

Two-Flow
QL "Presses" where the changeover from rapid advance to
"05" Control Type
PL feed is required just when the pressing (pressurizing)
by System
starts.
Pres. M PL PH
O
Pressure
SOL"OFF"
Two-Pressure QH
Output Flow
Two-Flow SOL"ON" This pump control is suitable for machining found on

QL machine tool, where machining starts after the
"06" Control Type PL
by Solenoid PH
changeover from rapid advance, to feed has been made.
Valve PL PH
M
O
Pressure
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 31

Control Type
The pump is used in combination with the

pilot relief valve or multistage pressure
Output Flow
Pilot Pressure
Control Type control valve. By controlling the pilot
"07" Pressure pressure, the full cut-off pressure can be 96
Compensator
M
O
remote-controlled according to your
Pressure requirements.
Pump input power can be controlled in

accordance with the motor output.
Output Flow When the discharge pressure rise, the
output flow decreases corresponding to
Output Flow
Constant Input Power the preset input power.
"09" Power 105
Control Type The pump can act for function of two
M
pumps, low-pressure large-flow and
O
high-pressure small-flow. Therefore, the
Pressure motor capacity can be reduced.
Control type "05" and "06" are not shown in this catalogue. Contact us for the details.
Availability of Control Type

Mark " " in the table below refers to standard model.
Model Geometric Displacement Control Type

Numbers cm3/rev (cu.in./rev) 01 02 03 04 04E 04EH 05 06 07 09
A10 10.0 (.610)
A16 15.8 (.964)
A22 22.2 (1.355)
A37 36.9 (2.25)
A56 56.2 (3.43)
A70 70.0 (4.27)
A90 91.0 (5.55)
A145 145 (8.85)

PISTON PUMPS
A
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps – Single Pump,
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Presure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement Adj. Flow MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev 2 1 Flange Foot
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
A10-FR01B-12* 5.1 (11.2)
10.0 (.610) 2 (.122) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600
A10-FR01C/H-12* 8.5 (18.7)
A16-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A22-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1800 600 16.5 (36.4) 18.7 (41.2)
A37-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 28.0 (61.7) 32.3 (71.2)
A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1800 600 35.0 (77.2) 39.3 (86.7)
A70-*R01*S-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 58.5 (129) 70.5 (155)
A90-*R01*S-60* 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 72.5 (160) 93 (205)
A145-*R01*S-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) 1800 600 92.5 (204) 117.5 (259)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. One Cycle Time
2. Care should be taken in cases of used at a higher pressure than the rated 1/5 of One Cycle
pressure, because operating terms may be restricted. For example, if (Max. 6s)
used as per maximum illustrated operating conditions, intermittent time
Pressure
at maximum flow is restricted to under 1/5 of one cycle time and under
six seconds simultaneously. Conditions may vary according to the actual 21 MPa (3050 PSI)
working pressure and delivery (inclination angle of the swash plate). {28 MPa (4060 PSI)} *1
Consult factory or Yuken sales representative for further information. Max.
Output
Flow
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their
operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the 0
20 MPa (2900 PSI)
values in the table above depending on the fluid type. {27 MPa (3920PSI)} *1
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those
of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics. *1. Applicable only for "A70/90/145"
Specifications and Design numbers for Special Fluids
Allowable Temperature Viscosity Design Numbers for
Type Operating Pressure Maximum
Pump Shaft Speed Range Range Special Fluid
of MPa (PSI)
Series r/min (Occasion of Japanese
Fluids
°C (°F) mm2/s (SSU) Std. “JIS”) 3
Rated Intermittent Rated Max.
16(2320)
Water- A16 – A56 14(2030) 1 2
3230
{14(2030)} 1200 (1800) 0 - 50 (32 - 104)
Glycols
A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 6030
20 - 200(98 - 927)
16(2320)
Phosphate A16 – A56 14(2030) 1
3206
{14(2030)} 1200 (1800) 2
0 - 60 (32 - 140)
Ester Type
A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 6006
Polyol A16 – A56 16(2320) 16(2320) 32450
1800 1800 0 - 60 (32 - 140) 20 - 200(98 - 927)
Ester Type A70 – A145 21(3050) 21(3050) 60450
1. The figures in brackets are for A22 type.

2. As the specific gravities of water-glycol fluids and phosphate ester type fluids are higher than one, an overhead reservoir is required when pumps
are operated at 1500 r/min or more.
3. For the design numbers of pumps for European Design and North American Design Standards, please contact us.

A16 -F -R -01 -B -S -K -32 *
Series Direction of Control Pres. Adj. Range Port Shaft Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type MPa (PSI) Position Extension Number Std.
A16 B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320) 32
(15.8 cm3/rev) H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
None:
A22 F: Flange Viewed from B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) Axial Port
01: Pressure 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) Mtg. Shaft End C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
Compensator K: 2
Refer to
1 Type Keyed Shaft
A37 L: Foot R: Clockwise S: 32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Mtg. (Normal) B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) Side Port
C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320)
A56 H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050)
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 01 B S -60 *
Series Direction of Control Pres. Adj. Range Port Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type MPa (PSI) Position Number Std.
A10
3 B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) 4
F: Flange
C: 2.0 - 16 (290 - 2320) 12
(10.0 cm3/rev) Mtg.
H: 2.0 - 21 (290 - 3050)
A70 Viewed from
01: Pressure 60
F: Flange Compensator Refer to 2
1 Type B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)
A90 Mtg. R: Clockwise C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320)
S: Side Port 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) (Normal) H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
L: Foot K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
A145 Mtg.
60
(145 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 3. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
Yuken for details. shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" bracket.
80 ............... European Design Standard Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, two hex.
950 ............. N. American Design Standard bolts and two plain washer.
Mtg. Bracket Approx. Mass

Kit Numbers kg (lbs.)
LP-1A-10 2.2 (4.9)
4. The pressure adjustment range "B" is not available to the European

Design Standard and the N. American Design Standard of "A10".
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
1
Threaded Connection Socket Welding Butt Welding
Pump Model Name of
Japanese Std. Japanese Std.
Numbers Port Japanese Std. European N. American
2
"JIS" N. American
2
"JIS" N. American
2
"JIS" Design Std. Design Std. European Design Std. European Design Std.
Design Std. Design Std.
A16-*-R-01 Suction F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-B-1090 F5-06-C-10 F5-06-C-1090
A22-*-R-01 Discharge F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-B-1090 F5-06-C-10 F5-06-C-1090
Suction F5-12-A-10 F5-12-A-1080 F5-12-B-10 F5-12-B-1090 F5-12-C-10 F5-12-C-1090
A70-*R01
Discharge F5-08-A-10 F5-08-A-1080 F5-08-B-10 F5-08-B-1090 F5-08-C-10 F5-08-C-1090
A90-*R01 Suction F5-16-A-10 F5-16-A-1080 F5-16-B-10 F5-16-B-1090 F5-16-C-10 F5-16-C-1090
A145-*R01 Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-B-1090 F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of the
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attention to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming
to the SAE Standards can be used.
Details of the pipe flange kits are shown on page 824.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Test Circuit and Conditions

Circuit Conditions
"A" Series
Drive Speed : 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid : ISO VG32 oil
Oil Temperature :A10-A56: 50 °C (122 °F) [Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)]
A70-A145: 40 °C (104 °F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
SOL High Pressure Rubber Hose

Model Ruber Hose Size
A10 1/2" 800 mm (2.6 ft.)
A16
3/4" 700 mm (2.3 ft.)
A22
A37
3/4" 2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A56
A70 3/4" 3500 mm (11.5 ft.)
M
M 3/4" 3000 mm (9.8 ft.)
A90
O +
A145
1-1/4" 2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
t1 t2 Full Cut-off
Pressure
Response Time Overshoot Pressure

Pressure ms
PS Model PS
P1
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI) t1 t2
2 MPa(290PSI) 2 MPa(290PSI)
P1 A10 21 (3050) 100 75 2.6 (380)
[3 MPa(440PSI)] [3 MPa(440PSI)]
A16 16 (2320) 38* 59* 3.6 (520)
P2 P2 A22 16 (2320) 30* 72* 5.9 (860)
Time
A37 16 (2320) 40* 78* 7.8 (1130)
SOL
OFF ON OFF A56 16 (2320) 38* 88* 7.6 (1100)
A70 25 (3630) 80 100 7.8 (1130)
Applicable only for "A90/A145" A90 25 (3630) 90 110 7.9 (1150)
A145 25 (3630) 100 150 8.8 (1280)
* Response time except A10, A70, A90 and A145 is measured Yoke travel.

Typical Performance Characteristics of Type "A10" at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]

% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
L /min L /min
80 Overall Efficiency 20 U.S.GPM 80 Overall Efficiency 20 U.S.GPM
5 5
Output Flow
60 15 4 60 15 4
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP kW 3 HP kW 3
Input Power
8 40 10
Input Power
8 40 10
8 6 2 8 6 2
wer
4 Powe
r 5 4 t Po 5
4 Input 1 4 Inpu 1
2 2
0 0 0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 21 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 21 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Pressure 3050 PSI Pressure 3050 PSI
Input Power
HP kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa (PSI)
8 8
10 10 P= 20 (2900)
7 P=MPa (PSI) 7 P= 18 (2610)
P= 20 (2900) P= 16 (2320)
8 6 P= 18 (2610) 8 6
P= 14 (2030)
P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
5 P= 14 (2030) 5 P= 12 (1740)
6 P= 12 (1740) 6 P= 10 (1450)
4 P= 10 (1450) 4 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
4 3 4 3
P= 6 (870) P= 4 (580)
2 P= 4 (580) 2
P= 2 (290) P= 2 (290)
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 U.S.GPM
Full Cut-off Power Drain

HP kW in3./min L /min
A10-FR01H
1.4
1.0 A10-FR01H 1.5 Full Cut-off
1800 r/min
Full Cut-off Power
1.2
80
0.8
1.0
60 1.0
.8 0.6 A10-FR01C
Drain
1500 r/min
.6 A10-FR01C 40
0.4 1800 r/min
0.5 A10-FR01B
.4 1500 r/min Flow Full
0.2 20
.2 A10-FR01B 800 r/min
1500,1
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Full Cut-off Pressure 3050 PSI Pressure 3050 PSI
dB (A) dB (A)
70 70
Full Flow
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60
50 50
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
3050 PSI 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
A

% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
"A" Series
100 100
HP kW L /min
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency U.S.GPM
80 16 12 80 32
U.S.GPM Output Flow 8
HP kW L /min 28 7
Output Flow 7
12 9 60 24 12 9 60 24
6 6
Input Power
20 20
Output Flow
Output Flow
5 5
Input Power
Efficiency
Efficiency
8 6 16 4 8 6 16 4
Input Power
12 3 12 3
Input Power
4 3 8 2 4 3 8 2
4 1 4 1
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 10 MPa (1450 PSI), a flow 20 L/min (5.3 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input becomes
about 3.7 kW (5 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP kW HP kW P=MPa(PSI)
16 12 P=MPa(PSI) 16 12 P= 20 (2900)
P= 20 (2900) P= 18 (2610)
10 P= 18 (2610) 10 P= 16 (2320)
12 P= 16 (2320) 12 P= 14 (2030)
8 P= 14 (2030) 8 P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
Input Power
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
8 6 P= 10 (1450) 8 6 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
4 P= 6 (870) 4 P= 4 (580)
4 P= 4 (580) 4 P= 2 (290)
2 P= 2 (290) 2 P= 0.7 (100)
P= 0.7 (100)
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM

HP kW L /min
2.0 1.5 3
A16- *-R-01-H in.3/min Full Cut-off
Full Flow A16- *-R-01-H
Full Cut-off Power
150 1800 r/min

1.5
1.0 2
1800 r/min
1.0 100
Drain
A16- *-R-01-C
0.5 A16- *-R-01-C 1
.5 50 N=1500 r/min
N=1500 r/min
A16- *-R-01-B
A16- *-R-01-B
0 0 1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) N=1800 r/min
N=1500 r/min
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure

Efficiency
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
Efficiency
100 U.S.GPM 100 U.S.GPM

L /min 12 L /min 12
80 Overall Efficiency 40 40
80
Output Flow 10 Output Flow 10
HP kW HP kW
16 16
Output Flow
Output Flow
12 60 30 8 12 60 30 8
Overall Efficiency
10 10
Input Power
Input Power
12 6 12 6
8 20 8 20
8 6 4 8 6 4
Input Power Input Power
4 10 4 10
4 2 4 2
2 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2320 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2320 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
about 5.4 kW (7.2 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP HP
14 kW N=1500 r/min 14 kW N=1800 r/min
10 10
P=MPa(PSI) P= 14 (2030)
12 12
P= 14 (2030) P= 12 (1740)
8 8
10 P= 12 (1740) 10 P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
Input Power
Input Power
8 6 8 6
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
6 P= 6 (870) 6
4 4 P= 4 (580)
P= 4 (580)
4 P= 2 (290) 4
P= 2 (290)
2 P= 1 (145) 2
2 2 P= 1 (145)
0 0 P=MPa(PSI)
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM

HP kW L /min
2.0 1.5 3
in.3/min 1800 r/min
A22- *-R-01-C 150 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off Power
1.5 A22- *-R-01-C

1.0 2
Drain
1800 r/min 100

1.0 N=1500 r/min
0.5 1
50 A22- *-R-01-B
.5 N=1500 r/min
1500,1800 r/min
A22- *-R-01-B Full Flow
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70
Full Flow Full Flow
60 60
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
50 50
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 MPa 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2030 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2030 PSI
Pressure Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
A

% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
"A" Series
Efficiency
100 100
Efficiency

L /min
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency U.S.GPM
80 80 80 20
U.S.GPM
HP kW L /min HP kW
40 30 60 Output Flow 60 16 40 30 60 Output Flow 60 16
Output Flow
Output Flow
30 12 30 12
Input Power
Input Power
20 40 20 40
20 8 20 8
Input Power Input Power
10 20 10 20
10 4 10 4
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
HP P=MPa(PSI) HP P=MPa(PSI)
35 kW N=1500 r/min 35 kW N=1800 r/min P= 20 (2900)
25 P= 20 (2900) 25
P= 18 (2610)
30 P= 18 (2610) 30
P= 16 (2320) P= 16 (2320)
20 20 P= 14 (2030)
25 P= 14 (2030) 25
Input Power
Input Power
P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740)
20 15 20 15 P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160)
15 P= 8 (1160) 15
10 P= 6 (870) 10 P= 6 (870)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 4 (580)
5 5 P= 2 (290)
5 P= 2 (290) 5 P= 1 (150)
P= 1 (150)
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 U.S.GPM

HP kW in.3/min L /min
4 3 180 3
A37- *-R-01-H Full Cut-off
A37- *-R-01-C 150 N=1800 r/min
Full Cut-off Power
3 A37- *-R-01-H
2 N=1800 r/min 120 2 N=1500 r/min
Drain
2 90
A37- *-R-01-C
1 60 1
1 N=1500 r/min A37- *-R-01-B
30 1500,1800 r/min
0 A37- *-R-01-B Full Flow
0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
80 80
70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
40 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure


% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency 80
80
Overall Efficiency
L /min
U.S.GPM
60 60 120
L /min Output Flow 30
HP U.S.GPM HP
Output Flow 100 100
60 kW 25 60 kW 25
Output Flow
40 80 20 40 80 20
Output Flow
Input Power
Input Power
40 60 15 40 60 15
Input Power
20 40 10 20 40 10
20 Input Power 20
20 5 20 5
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Input Power
kW N=1500 r/min P= 20 (2900) kW N=1800 r/min P= 20 (2900)
HP 40 HP 40
50 P= 18 (2610) 50 P= 18 (2610)
35 P= 16 (2320) 35 P= 16 (2320)
40 30 P= 14 (2030) 30 P= 14 (2030)
40
P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
P= 12 (1740)
Input Power
25 25 P= 10 (1450)
30 P= 10 (1450) 30
20 20 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160)
P= 6 (870)
20 15 P= 6 (870) 20 15
P= 4 (580)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 2 (290)
10 P= 2 (290) 10
5 5 P=MPa(PSI)
P=MPa(PSI)
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM

HP kW L /min
4 4
5 in. /min 3
Full Cut-off N=1800 r/min
200
4 3
Full Cut-off Power
3
150 A56- *-R-01-H
3 N=1800 r/min
Drain
2 2 A56- *-R-01-C
2 100
N=1500 r/min
Full Flow
1 1 A56- *-R-01-B
1 50 N=1500 r/min 1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70
Full Flow Full Flow
60 60
50 50
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
21 21
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3050 PSI
Pressure Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
A
Performance Characteristics Curve

% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100
"A" Series
100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Overall Efficiency L /min
Overall Efficiency
80 80 140 U.S.GPM
Volumetric Efficiency L /min Output Flow 35
Output Flow
60 120 U.S.GPM 60 120
Output Flow 30 30
HP kW HP kW
Output Flow
80 60 100 80 60 100
25 Volumetric Efficiency 25
Input Power
Input Power
60 60
40 80 40
20 Input Power
40 Input Power 40
20 20
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Input Power
about 26 kW (35 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min P=MPa(PSI)
80 60 80 60 P= 24 (3480)
P=MPa(PSI)
P= 24 (3480) P= 22 (3190)
50 P= 22 (3190) 50 P= 20 (2900)
60 P= 20 (2900) 60 P= 18 (2610)
40 P= 18 (2610) 40 P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
P= 16 (2320) P= 14 (2030)
P= 14 (2030) P= 12 (1740)
40 30 40 30
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
P= 10 (1450) P= 8 (1160)
20 P= 8 (1160) 20 P= 6 (870)
20 P= 6 (870) 20 P= 4 (580)
10 P= 4 (580) 10 P= 2 (290)
P= 2 (290)
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min
0 10 20 30 35 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 35 U.S.GPM

kW L /min
HP 7 in.3/min 7
10 400
8 6 6
5 300 5
Full Cut-off Power
6 1800 r/min Full Cut-off

4 4
1500,1800 r/min
Drain
200
4 3 3
1500 r/min
2 2
2 100
1 1 Full Flow
1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI


% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency

80 80
60 60
Volumetric Efficiency L /min
170 U.S.GPM
L /min U.S.GPM kW Output Flow 44
38 HP
140 160
Output Flow
Output Flow 80
Output Flow
100 42
HP kW 36
80 60 130 80 60 150 40
34
Input Power
Input Power
40 120 40 Input Power 140

Input Power
40 40
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 18 MPa (2610 PSI), a flow 110 L/min (29.1 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 34 kW (46 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
HP P=MPa(PSI)
kW N=1500 r/min 100 kW N=1800 r/min P= 25 (3630)
70 P=MPa(PSI) 70 P= 24 (3480)
HP P= 25 (3630) P= 22 (3190)
80 60 P= 24 (3480) 80 60 P= 20 (2900)
P= 22 (3190) P= 18 (2610)
50 P= 20 (2900) 50 P= 16 (2320)
P= 18 (2610)
60 60 P= 14 (2030)
P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
40 P= 14 (2030) 40 P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740) P= 10 (1450)
40 30 P= 10 (1450) 40 30 P= 8 (1160)
P= 8 (1160) P= 6 (870)
20 P= 6 (870) 20 P= 4 (580)
20 P= 4 (580) 20
P= 2 (290) P= 2 (290)
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 L /min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 U.S.GPM

kW
HP 7
9 in.3/min L /min
500 8
8 6
5 400
Full Cut-off Power
6 6
4 300
Drain
1800 r/min Full Cut-off

4 3 4
1800 r/min
1500 r/min 200
2 1500 r/min 1800 r/min
2 2
100
1 1500 r/min
Full Flow
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
3630 3630
80 80
Full Flow
Noise Level
70
Noise Level
70
Full Flow
60 60
50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
3630 3630
Pressure Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
A

% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
"A" Series
Efficiency
Efficiency
80 80
60 60
L /min U.S.GPM Volumetric Efficiency L /min
Output Flow 220 58 270 U.S.GPM
Output Flow
70
56
Output Flow
210 Output Flow 260
HP kW HP kW 68
54
160 120 200 160 120 250 66
Input Power
Input Power
120 120
80 80 240
80 Input Power 80 Input Power
40 40
40 40
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Input Power
Example: At a pressure of under 20 MPa (2900 PSI), a flow 180 L/min (47.6 U.S.GPM), and rotation 1500 r/min, the axial input
becomes about 64 kW (86 HP) as shown the dotted line in the graph.
P=MPa(PSI) P=MPa(PSI)
P= 28(4060) P= 28(4060)
kW N=1500 r/min HP kW N=1800 r/min
P= 26(3770) P= 26(3770)
140 140
HP P= 24(3480) 180 P= 24(3480)
160 120 P= 22(3190) 160 120 P= 22(3190)
P= 20 (2900) P= 20 (2900)
140 P= 18 (2610) 140 P= 18 (2610)
100 100
120 P= 16 (2320) 120 P= 16 (2320)
Input Power
Input Power
80 P= 14 (2030) 80 P= 14 (2030)
100 100 P= 12 (1740)
P= 12 (1740)
80 60 P= 10 (1450) 80 60 P= 10 (1450)
P= 8 (1160) P= 8 (1160)
60 40 60
P= 6 (870) 40 P= 6 (870)
40 P= 4 (580) 40 P= 4 (580)
20 20 P= 2 (290) 20 P= 2 (290)
20
0 P= 1 (145) 0 P= 1 (145)
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 L /min 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM

kW
12.5
HP
15
in.3/min L /min
10.0 600 10.0
Full Cut-off Power
10 7.5 7.5
1800 r/min Full Cut-off
400
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
Drain
5.0 5.0
1500 r/min
5
200
2.5 2.5
Full Flow
1500,1800 r/min
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
90 90
Noise Level
Noise Level
80 80
Full Flow
Full Flow
70 70
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI

Flange Mtg. DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Adjustment Range "C" & "H" MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Japanese Standard "JIS": A10-FR01-C/H-12
1
Filling Port
Pressure Adj. Screw Flow Adj. Screw [22(.87) Hex. Head. Plug Furnished]
13(.51) Hex. 3
13(.51)Hex. Fully Extended 44.5(1.75) Drain Port
INC. RC 3/8 Thd.
Fully Extended 186(7.32) 4.79(.1886)
DEC. 90.5 6.5(.26)
102(4.02) 34(1.34) Dia. Spotface 4.76(.1874)
(3.56)
2 Places 52.5 25(.98)
(2.56)
65
(2.07)
(4.06)
(3.35)
103
85
(6.57)
167
(1.61)
41
(1.22)
(.47)
12
31
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
2 3 2 3 10.5
19.05(.7500)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port 25 25 Discharge Port 106
(.41)
RC 1/2 Thd. (.98) (.98) RC 1/2 Thd. (4.17)
131
64.5 64.5 130
(5.16) (5.12)
(2.54) (2.54) 156
93(3.66) Dia.
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
European Design Standard: A10-FR01-C/H-1280

N. American Design Standard: A10-FR01-C/H-12950
1
Filling Port
Draim Port
Plug "F" Thd.
"D" Hex.
2 3 2 3
Suction Port C C Discharge Port A
"E" Thd. "E" Thd.
B B 159.5(6.28)
Dimensions mm(Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers
A B C D E F
159 72 64 27
A10-FR01C/H-1280 1/2 BSP. F 3/8 BSP. F
(6.25) (2.83) (2.52) (1.06)
157 71 62 22
A10-FR01C/H-12950 SAE #8 SAE #6
(6.18) (2.80) (2.44) (.87)
For other dimensions, refer to Japanese Standard "JIS".
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.

Pressure Adjustment Range "B" 2. Use either port of two suction and discharge ports at your option.
Keep the remaining ports plugged.
Japanese Standard "JIS": A10-FR01-B-12
3. As the tightening torques of suction, discharge and drain port
fittings, conform to the below.
Tightening Torque Nm(IN. lbs.)

Model Numbers Suction Port &
Drain Port
Discharge Port
A10-FR01B/C/H-12 65-75 (575-664) 40-50 (354-443)
A10-FR01C/H-1280 56-62 (496-549) 33-36 (292-319)
25 25 131 A10-FR01C/H-12950 47-51 (363-451) 40-50 (354-443)
(.98) (.98) (5.16)
64.5 64.5 156
(2.54) (2.54) (6.14)
For other dimensions, refer to above Pressure Adj. Range "C" & "H".

PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950 Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
A22-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950 A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-32 Rc 3/8
"A" Series
M 10
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F
A16/A22-F-R-01-*-K-3290 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Fully Extended 44.5(1.75)

219(8.62)
59 6.5 Filling Port
Pressure Adj. Screw
16 16 17(.67) Hex. (2.32) (.26) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Flow Adj. Screw (.63) (.63) 26.5 Drain Port
17(.67) Hex. INC. (1.04) "C" Thd.
4.79(.1886)
DEC. 25 4.76(.1874)
(4.29)
(3.78)
109
(.98)
96
(2.44)
(7.36)
62
187
(1.874)
47.6
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
19.02(.7488) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.05(.7500)
R12
95(3.74) Dia. (R .47)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port 22.2 "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
12 106
19(.75) Dia. (.874) 8 Places
Discharge Port (.47) (4.17)
65
172 130
(2.56) 19 (.75) Dia.
(6.77) (5.12)
188
(7.40)
Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Foot Mtg.: A16-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950 12(.47) Dia. Through

A22-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950 24(.94) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(3.15)
(.59)
(.55)
15
14
3(.12)
80
50 56.5 95
(1.969) (2.22) (3.74)
95 27.5 72.5 72.5
(3.74) (1.08) (2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)
For other dimensions, refer to "Flange Mtg.".
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
A22-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950 Discharge Port 19 (.75) Dia.
Rear Side
"D" Thd. 17 (.67) Deep Suction Port 19 (.75) Dia.
4 Places (Both Sides) 44.5
188 Fully Extended (1.75)
(7.40) 219(8.62)
78(3.07) 109(4.29)
47.6(1.874)
74 74 22.2
(2.91) (2.91) (.874)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port 150.5
(5.93)
Foot Mtg. Type; Mounting bracket is common to that of "Axial Port Type".

Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A37-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950 E
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd.
mm (IN.)
A37-F-R-01-*-K-32 Rc 1/2
M 10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-01-*-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F
A37-F-R-01-*-K-32950 SAE #10 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Fully Extended 59(2.32)
Flow Adj. Screw 247(9.72)
17(.67) Hex. 77 9.5
Filling Port
DEC. Pressure Adj. Screw (3.03) (.37) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
17(.67) Hex. 30
13 19 Drain Port
(.51) (.75) INC. (1.18)
"C" Thd.
6.38(.2512)
32(1.26) 6.35(.2500)
(4.41)
(4.13)
112
(.98)
105
25
(2.68)
(.55)
68
(7.95)
14
(2.311)
202
58.7
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
R14
22.23(.8752)
(R .55)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia.
Suction Port 30.2 "D" Thd. "E" Deep 12
8 Places 146
32(1.26) Dia. (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
72 Discharge Port 195 174
(2.83) 32 (1.26) Dia. (7.68) (6.85)
202
(7.95)
Foot Mtg.: A37-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950

14(.55) Dia. Through
28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
(4.02)
(.59)
(.55)
102
3(.12)
15
14
60 74 120
(2.362)(2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A37-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950
Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
"D" Thd. "E" Deep Rear Side
4 Places (Both Sides) Suction Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
202 Fully Extended 59
(7.95) 247(9.72) (2.32)
112(4.41)
58.7(2.311)
202(7.95)
86 86 30.2
(3.39) (3.39) (1.189)
Surface of Surface of 178.5
Suction Port Discharge Port (7.03)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950
62
"A" Series
Fully Extended (2.44)
Flow Adj. Screw Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Filling Port 1
17(.67) Hex. 259.5(10.22) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
50.5(1.99) 9.5 Surface of
DEC. Pressure Adj. Screw 2
(.37) Drain Port "C" Thd. Drain Port
17(.67) Hex. (Both Sides)
13 19 43.5(1.71) 41 49
(.51) (.75) INC. (1.61) (1.93)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
40 7.97(.3138)
Dia.
(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(5.43)
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
138
(3.54)
(3.03)
(.55)
90
14
77
(9.29)
(2.311)
236
(.98)
58.7
25
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
R14
31.75(1.2500)
Suction Port 120(4.72) Dia. (R.55)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
35(1.38) Dia. 30.2 12 146
8 Places (.47) (5.75)
(1.189)
76 Discharge Port 207 174
(2.99) 32 (1.26) Dia. (8.15) (6.85)
232
(9.13)
E 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.

Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. 2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the
mm (IN.)
remaining port plugged.
A56-F-R-01-*-K-32 Rc 3/4
M 10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-01-*-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F
A56-F-R-01-*-K-32950 SAE #12 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
Foot Mtg.: A56-L-R-01-*-K-32/3280/32950

4 Places
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
3(.12)
14
15
60 77 120
(2.362) (3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
Side Port Type MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-01-*-S-K-32/3280/32950 Discharge Port 32 (1.26) Dia.
Rear Side
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
Suction Port 35 (1.38) Dia.
4 Places (Both Sides)
232 Fully Extended 62
(9.13) 259.5(10.22) (2.44)
(5.43)
138
58.7(2.311)
(9.29)
236
100 100 30.2

(3.94) (3.94) (1.189)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port 191
(7.52)

Flange Mtg.: A70-FR01*S-60/6080/60950 Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
62
Fully Extended (2.44) 95 95
310.5(12.22) Surface of Drain Port (3.74) (3.74)
Surface of Drain Port
65 19.5(.77)
2
Drain Port (2.56) 73 73 7.97(.3138)
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) 9.5(.37) (2.87) (2.87) 7.94(.3126)
40(1.57) 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface

(From Rear)
(7.17)
Y 4 Places X
182
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
52.4
114.4
180
18(.71)
14(.55)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
(4.65)
118
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
Discharge Port
26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
16
26.2 (.63) 114.4 35(1.38) Dia.
(1.031) 18 (4.504) Spotface
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep (From Rear)
(.71) 134
4 Places 2 Places
246.5 (5.28)
(9.70) 181
(7.126)
211
(8.31)
Flow Adj. Screw Eye Bolt
17(.67) Hex. Pressure Adj. Screw 1 M10
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port
DEC. [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC.
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
(2.752)
69.9
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. 4 Places
3
2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Case Drain Port 35.7
Keep the remaining port plugged. 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (1.406)
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic 246.5
fluid from pump casing. (9.70)
View Arrow X
F
mm (IN.)
A70-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
M 12 M 10 19 (.75)
A70-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
42.5
(1.67)
(5.00) Dia.

4 Places
127
(5.12)
(.94)
130
24
(.12)
3
(1.02)
125 77 171
26
(4.921) (3.03) (6.73)

195 37 130 130
(7.68) (1.46) (5.118) (5.118)
320
(12.60)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A90-FR01*S-60/6080/60950
2
Drain Port
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
"A" Series
105 105
329(12.95)
(4.13) (4.13)
119.5 23(.91)
Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
(4.70)
13(.51) (2.68) (2.68)
63(2.48)
(7.50)
(2.311)
190.5
58.7
(4.45)
113
Y 9.56(.3764) X
(6.362)
161.6
9.53(.3752)
(5.00)
127
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
32(1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through R22
22
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
30.2 (.87) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6 (R.87)
"E" Thd. "F" Deep (1.189) (From Rear) (6.362)
4 Places 23
(.91) 4 Places
270
(10.63) 3
Case Drain Port
5(.2) Hex. Soc.
Eye Bolt
Pressure Adj. Screw M10
Flow Adj. Screw 17(.67) Hex. 1
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC. Suction Port
DEC. 48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8
View Arrow Y
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
42.9
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. (1.689)
2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. 270
Keep the remaining port plugged. (10.63)
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic
fluid from pump casing. View Arrow X
F
mm (IN.)
A90-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
M 12 M 10 19 (.75)
A90-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A90-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR01*S-60/6080/60950

4 Places
25(.98)
24(.94)
(5.51)
140
(.12)
3
125 110 215

(4.921) (4.33) (8.46)
200 70 157.5 157.5
(7.87) (2.76) (6.201) (6.201)
375
(14.76)

Flange Mtg.: A145-FR01*S-60/6080/60950
Drain Port 2 143
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (5.63)
357.5 112 Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
(14.07) (4.41) 112 112
89 23 (4.41) (4.41)
Flow Adj. Screw (3.50) (.91) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
17(.67) Hex. 13 (2.83) (2.83)
(.51)
70
INC.
(2.76)
(7.81)
198.5
11.14
11.11
(4.33)
X
110
.4386
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
.4374
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
32(1.26) Dia. 44.45(1.7500)
152.40(6.0000)
R22 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
30.2 24 228.6
"E" Thd. "H" Deep (R .87) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface
(1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places (From Rear)
26 273 4 Places
3
Case Drain Port (1.02) (10.75)
5(.2) Hex. Soc. 299.5
(11.79)
1
Filling Port
Eye Bolt
M10
Pressure Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
INC. 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia. 2. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the
remaining port plugged.
(3.063)
3. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
77.8
from pump casing.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5 Dimensions mm (IN.)
(11.79) Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
F H
A145-FR01*S-60 Rc 3/4
View Arrow X M 12 M 10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR01*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR01*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR01*S-60/6080/60950
4 Places
(7.37)
187.3
(.12)
3
29(1.14)
30(1.18)
114.3 119 280

(4.500) (4.69) (11.02)
185 80 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (3.15) (7.374) (7.374)
438
(17.24)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Spare Parts List
A10-FR01-B-12
A10-FR01C/H-12/1280/12950
"A" Series
38 35 64 23 37 36 39 25 23 22 21 20 15 18 19 16 40 28 27 14 29 12 11 1
10
7
8
6
5
2
9
4
3
37 41 33 34 42 24 17 32 30 31 26 13
51 52 53 54 55 56 59 57 58 63 60 62 61 71 70 73 72
Section X-X Design "1280" Only Design "12950" Only
List of Seals & Bearings

Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Pres. Adj. Range Remarks
B C&H
2 Oil Seal TCN24408Y 1 1
6 O-Ring SO-NA-G50 1 1
7 Bearing 6204 1 1
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 1 1
20 O-Ring SO-NB-G120 1 1
33 Bearing HMK1215 1 1
54 O-Ring SO-NA-A018 1 1
71 Bonded Seal KP-C-04 2 Only for "1280" Design, Not included in Seal Kit
73 O-Ring AS568-908 (NBR, Hs90) 2 Only for "12950" Design, Not included in Seal Kit
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
A10-FR01B-12 KS-A10-01B-12
A10-FR01C-12/1280/12950
KS-A10-01H-12
A10-FR01H-12/1280/12950

Spare Parts List
A16/A22/A37/A56-*-R-01-*-*-K-32/3280/32950
56
25 40 35 9 43 2 44 3 25 11 52 60 31 4 22 1 32
27
61
X 58
X
29
57
51
5
55
54
49
53
28 50 7 30 19 33 20 17 8 10 21
23 43 37 14 18 15 13 24 12 34 39 16 41 36 6 42
47
46
38
45
Section X-X
List of Seals and Bearings

Part Numbers
A16-*-R-01 A22-*-R-01 A37-*-R-01 A56-*-R-01
27 Bearing 6305 6307 NUP 207E 1
28 Bearing HMK 1715 Z30-1303-PK410300-8 HMK 2025V2 HMK 2530V2 1
29 Oil Seal TCN 254511 TCN 355511 TCN 355511 1
30 Gasket 1303-PK211969-1 1316-PK211970-9 1307-PK211971-7 1
35 O-Ring SO-NA-G25 SO-NA-G30 SO-NA-P36 2
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P10A 1
39 Seal Washer W8 1
61 O-Ring SO-NA-G55 S O-NA-G75 1
List of Seal Kits

A16-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
KS-A16-01-32
A22-*-R-01-*-K-*-32*
A37-*-R-01-*-K-*-32* KS-A37-01-32
A56-*-R-01-*-K-*-32* KS-A56-01-32

PISTON PUMPS
A
Spare Parts List
A70/A90-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
"A" Series
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
63
55 27 26 55 37 12 32 56 36 67 3 1 4
53
A 51
46
9
35 42
P
45 X X
Q 60
Z
64 62
34 6
54 40
Z 47 38
48
52
66
39 25 2 61 5 33 31 13 28 16 15 14 17 29 65 30
23 58 44 11 7 8 59 22 44 70
24 19 43 21 20 18 10 54 50 44 68 69 Detail "A" Section Z-Z

Section X-X
Section X-X
(Only for "A70")

Part Numbers
A70-*R01* S A90-*R01* S
5 Gasket 1314E-PK211972-5 1310E-PK211973-3 1
22 Back Up Ring 1310E-PK412440-0 1310E-PK412440-0 1
38 Bearing NUP 208EX50 NUP 210E 1
39 Needle Bearing HMK 3030V2 HMK 3530BV2 1
40 Oil Seal TCN 355511 TCN 456812 1
42 O-Ring SO-FA-G85 SO-FA-G95 1
43 O-Ring SO-NA-P18 SO-NA-P18 1
44 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 3
68 Seal Washer W10 1
List of Seal Kits

Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table left.
A70-*R01* S-60* KS-A70-01-60
A90-*R01* S-60* KS-A90-01-60

Spare Parts List
A145-*R01*S-60/6080/60950
58 69 51 52 36 65 62 46 65 14 8 7 33 16 3 60 37 73 59 5 76
25 9
A
59 44
X X
67 54
70 41
35 68
27 4
29 64
74 39
30 57
40 28
53 2 34 26 11 6 1 32 38 10 13 12 16 71 31 72
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
24 62 56 19 17 50 48 66 23
57 63 15 46
20
21 45 43 18 22 59 47 49
Section X-X Detail "A"

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
6 Gasket 1312-PK211974-1 1
15 Back Up Ring 1310E-PK412440-0 1
39 Bearing NUP 2211ET2 1
40 Needle Bearing 8Q-NK38 55 30 1
41 Oil Seal TCN 507212 1
43 O-Ring S-31.5 (NBR, Hs70) 1
44 O-Ring SO-FA-G105 1
49 Back Up Ring For SO-NB-A017 1
50 Back Up Ring For SO-NB-A016 1
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number "KS-A145-01-60".

PISTON PUMPS
A
Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol Performance Characteristics
PL PH
Output Flow
SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
M
O
PL PH
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
MPa (PSI) Minimum r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow
Model Numbers Adj. Pres.
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
A16-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
A22-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 24.5 (54.0) 26.7 (58.9)
A37-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.61) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 36 (79.4) 40.3 (88.9)
A56-*-R-02-*-K*-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.73) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600 43 (94.8) 47.3 (104)
A70-*R02S*-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 63.5 (140) 75.5 (166)
A90-*R02S*-60* 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 80.5 (178) 101 (223)
A145-*R02S*-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 2 (290) 1800 600 97.5 (215) 122.5 (270)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never 2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details.
Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid operated directional valves used on these pumps are YUKEN DSG-01 series (standard type). For detail
specifications of solenoid operated directional valves, refer to page 345.

Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type 55
A16 -F -R -02 -S -K -A100 -32 *
Series Direction of Control Port Shaft Coil Type of Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type Position Extension Solenoid Valve Number Std.
A16 Viewed from 32

F: None: AC
Flange Axial Port A100, A120
A22 02: A200, A240
Mtg. 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) R: Solenoid Two
1 K: DC Refer to
2
Clockwise Prsuure Control
A37 Keyed Shaft D12, D24
L: (Normal) Type S:
D48 32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Side Port
Mtg. R(AC DC Rectified)
A56 R100, R200
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 02 S A100 -60 *

Series Direction of Control Port Coil Type of Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type Position Solenoid Valve Number Std.
A70 AC
A100, A120 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) Viewed from
F: A200, A240
Shaft End 02:
Flange Mtg.
A90 Solenoid Two S: DC 2
60 Refer to
(91.0 cm3/rev) R: Prsuure Control Side Port D12, D24
L: 1
D48
Clockwise Type
Foot Mtg.
A145 (Normal) R(AC DC Rectified)
60
(145 cm3/rev) R100, R200
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult 2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
Yuken for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............ N. American Design Standard
Performance Characteristics
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 37 to 43.
Pipe Flange Kits

For pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.

56 Single Pump, Solenoid Two Pressure Control Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A16-F-R-02-K-*-32/32950
A22-F-R-02-K-*-32/32950
"A" Series
Fully Extended
256.5(10.10) 2 3
Pilot Port "PP2"
141.5 "E" Thd.
(5.57)
95 136
74.5
(3.74) (5.35)
Lock Nut (2.93)
112 44.5 Electrical Conduit
14(.55) Hex. 3 51.5 Connection
(4.41) (1.75)
(.12) (2.03) "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
59 6.5
1
(2.32) (.26) Filling Port
26.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
"PP1" (1.04) Drain Port
"PP2"
"C" Thd.
(7.66)
194.5
(6.93)
4.79(.1886)
176
(5.71)
145
(10.73)
(4.61)
25
272.5
4.76(.1874)
117
(3.78)
(.98)
96
(2.44)
X
62
18(.71)
(.47)
12
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
R12(R.47)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
82.55(3.2500)
19.05(.7500)
95(3.74) Dia.
12 106
Lock Nut (.47)
17(.67) Hex. (4.17)
172 130
(6.77) (5.12)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH)
188
14(.55) Hex.
(7.40)
Works at Solenoid INC.
Energised
Pilot Port "PP1"
2 A16-F-R-02-K-*-3280
16 23
(.63) (.91) "E" Thd. A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280
Cable Departure
3(.12) Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) Cable Applicable:
14(.55) Hex. Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
De-energised 132.5 77.6
(5.22) (3.06)
Flow Adj. Screw d 51.5
5(.20) Hex. Soc. (2.03)
(6.34)
161
DEC.
(1.874)
47.6
a
b
Suction Port 22.2 "F" Thd. 17(.67) Deep mm (IN.)

(.874) 8 Places Model Numbers
19(.75) Dia.
65 a b d
(2.56) Discharge Port A16/A22-F-R-02-K-A*-3280 193 (7.60) 181 (7.13) 39 (1.54)
19(.75) Dia.
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-D*-3280 204 (8.03) 192 (7.56) 39 (1.54)
View Arrow X A16/A22-F-R-02-K-R*-3280 207 (8.15) 185.2 (7.29) 53 (2.09)
For other dimensions, refer to 32/32950 design.
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
at the top.
A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32 Rc 3/8 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a M10
control valve, if multistage pressure control A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-3280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
is required. A16/A22-F-R-02-K-*-32950 SAE #8 1/2 NPT SAE #4 3/8-16 UNC
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for
N.American Design Standard.
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Side Port Type Foot Mounting Type

Port mounting dimensions are the same as those of pressure Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
compensator model. Refer to page 45 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
Refer to page 45 for port mounting dimensions.

Side Port Type
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32/32950
Fully Extended
279.5(11.00)
Lock Nut 164.5 2 3
Pilot Port "PP2"
17(.67) Hex. (6.48)
"E" Thd.
95 159 71.5
(3.74) (6.26) (2.81)
59(2.32) Electrical Conduit
Lock Nut 135 6 48.5 Connection
14(.55) Hex. (5.31) Filling Port
1
(.24) (1.91) "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
77 9.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(3.03) (.37)
30(1.18) Drain Port
"PP1" "C" Thd.
"PP2"
(7.81)
198.5
(7.09)
180
(5.87)
(11.36)
32(1.26) 6.38(.2512)
149
288.5
(4.76)
121
(4.13)
6.35(.2500)
105
(2.68)
68
(2.311)
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
25
14
R14(R.55)
22.20(.8740) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
120(4.72) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
22.23(.8752)
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia. 146
30.2 12
Rear Side : Suction Port 32(1.26) Dia. (5.75)
(1.189) (.47)
178.5 174
"F" Thd. "H" Deep (6.85)
4 Places (7.03)
202
(7.95)
2
13 26 Pilot Port "PP1"
Pressure Adj. INC. (.51) (1.02) "E" Thd.
Screw (PH)
14(.55) Hex.
6(.24)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
Works at Solenoid 14(.55) Hex. Cable Departure
Energised Works at Solenoid INC. Cable Applicable:
De-energised Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Flow Adj. Screw Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 155.5 74.6
(6.12) (2.94)
(6.50)
165
DEC. d 48.5
(1.91)
a
b
86 86
(3.39) (3.39)
Surface of Surface of
mm (IN.)
View Arrow X Model Numbers
a b d
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. A37-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280 197 (7.76) 185 (7.28) 39 (1.54)
2. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control A37-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280 208 (8.19) 196 (7.72) 39 (1.54)
valve, if multistage pressure control is required. A37-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280 211 (8.31) 189.2 (7.45) 53 (2.09)
3. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
Design Standard.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" mm (IN.)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32 Rc 1/2 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A37-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950 SAE #10 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
Axial Port Type Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Side Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32/32950
Fully Extended
"A" Series
292(11.50)
Lock Nut 177
17(.67) Hex. (6.97) 3 4
Pilot Port "PP2"
95 171.5 "E" Thd.
(3.74) (6.75) 71.5
Lock Nut 147.5 62(2.44) (2.81)
Electrical Conduit
14(.55) Hex. (5.81) 6 48.5 Connection
1 (.24)
50.5(1.99) 9.5(.37) Filling Port (1.91) "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
43.5(1.71) Drain Port 2
"PP1" "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
5
"PP2" 41 49 5
(8.80)
223.5
(8.07)
40
205
7.97(.3138) (1.61) (1.93)
(6.85)
174
(5.75)
(1.57)
(12.66)
7.94(.3126)
321.5
X
146
(3.54)
(3.03)
58.7(2.311)
90
77
(.98)
(.55)
25
14
Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
R14(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480) 120(4.72) Dia.
Front Side : Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia. 146
30.2 12
Rear Side : Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia. (5.75)
(1.189) (.47)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep 207 174
4 Places (8.15) (6.85)
232
(9.13)
3
13 26 Pilot Port "PP1"
Pressure Adj. (.51) (1.02) "E" Thd.
Screw (PH) INC. Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280
14(.55) Hex. 6(.24) 14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid Works at Solenoid INC. Cable Departure
Energised De-energised Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Flow Adj. Screw Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
168
(7.48)
74.6
190
DEC. (6.61)
(2.94)
d
48.5
(1.91)
a
100 100 b
(3.94) (3.94)
View Arrow X
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. a b d
Keep the remaining port plugged.
A56-F-R-02-S-K-A*-3280 222 (8.74) 210 (8.27) 39 (1.54)
3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control
A56-F-R-02-S-K-D*-3280 233 (9.17) 221 (8.70) 39 (1.54)
valve, if multistage pressure control is required.
A56-F-R-02-S-K-R*-3280 236 (9.29) 214.2 (8.43) 53 (2.09)
4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American
Design Standard. For other dimensions, refer to 32/32950 design.
5. Dimensions show surface of drain port.
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-3280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A56-F-R-02-S-K-*-32950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)


Flange Mtg. : A70-FR02S*-60/60950
Fully Extended
354.5(13.96) Pilot Port "PP2" 3 4
239 "E" Thd.
(9.41) Drain Port 2 Surface of 95 95 Surface of
95 233.5 "C" Thd. (Both Sides) Discharge Port (3.74) (3.74) Suction Port
(3.74) (9.19) Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
62(2.44)
209.5 (2.87) (2.87)
(8.25) Electrical Conduit Connection
65 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface (From Rear) 10 "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
(2.56) 4 Places (.39)
9.5(.37)
40
7.97(.3138)
(9.29)
(1.57)
(8.56)
217.5
236
202.5
(7.97)
X 7.94(.3126)
186.5
(7.34)
Y
18(.71)
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
52.4
(7.09)
114.4
180
(4.65)
118
Discharge Port
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383) 35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
26(1.02) Dia.
(From Rear)
31.75(1.2500)
127.00(5.0000)
19.5 2 Places
"F" Thd. 26.2 (.77) 114.4
17(.67) Deep (1.031) 16 (4.504)
4 Places (.63) 134
18 (5.28)
(.71) 181
246.5 (7.126)
(9.70) 211
(8.31)
INC. Eye Bolt
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) 87.5 3 M10
14(.55) Hex. Pilot port "PP1" 1
(3.44) Filling Port
"E" Thd.
Works at Solenoid 64.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Energised (2.54)
10 Suction Port
Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) 38(1.50) Dia.
(.39)
14(.55) Hex.
(2.752)
69.9
De-energised
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC. 5 "H" Thd. "J" Deep
Case Drain Port 4 Places
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 35.7
View Arrow X
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.)
A70-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75)
A70-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A70-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)

A70-FR02S*-6080
Cable Departure 2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
Cable Applicable: Keep the remaining port plugged.
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.) 3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control valve,
230 90.6 if multistage pressure control is required.
(9.06) (3.57) 4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American Design
d 64.5 Standard.
(2.54)
fluid from pump casing.
a
b
DIMENSIONS IN
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
a b d Foot Mounting Type
A70-FR02SA*-6080 235 (9.25) 223 (8.78) 39 (1.54) Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
A70-FR02SD*-6080 246 (9.69) 234 (9.21) 39 (1.54) model. Refer to page 48 for the dimensions of mounting
bracket.
A70-FR02SR*-6080 249 (9.80) 227.2 (8.94) 53 (2.09)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A90-FR02S*-60/60950 Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
2
Drain Port 105 105
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (4.13) (4.13)
Surface of 68 68 Surface of
263.5 95
"A" Series
Drain Port (2.68) (2.68) Drain Port
(10.37) (3.74) 2.5 52
119.5 23(.91) 3 4
Pilot Port "PP2" (.1) (2.05) 9.56(.3764)
(4.70) "E" Thd. 9.53(.3752)
13(.51)
63
(9.67)
245.5
(8.90)
(2.48)
(8.35)
226
(7.72)
212
196
X
(4.45)
Y
113
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Discharge Port 38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
32(1.26) Dia.
21.5 (.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
22 R22(R.87)
30.2 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6
(.87)
(1.189) 23 (From Rear) (6.362)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep
4 Places 4 Places
(.91)
270
(10.63)
5
Case drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc. Fully Extended
3 Eye Bolt
Pilot Port "PP1" M10 379(14.92)
22.5
(.89) "E" Thd. 258 95
1
Filling Port (3.74)
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) 2.5 "D" Thd. (Both Ends)
(.10) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
14(.55) Hex.
Works at Solenoid INC. Pressure Adj. Screw (PL)
Energised 14(.55) Hex.
(7.72)
196
(6.61)
168
De-energised
(3.46)
88
(3.063)
77.8
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC. Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
View Arrow X
42.9 "H" Thd. "K" Deep
(1.689) 4 Places
270
(10.63)
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
A90-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A90-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A90-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 20 (.79) 21 (.83)

A90-FR02S*-6080
Cable Departure 2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
Cable Applicable: Keep the remaining port plugged.
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.) 3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control valve,
54.1(2.13)
if multistage pressure control is required.
255
(10.04) 4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American Design
d 52 Standard.
(2.05)
a
b
DIMENSIONS IN
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers Foot Mounting Type
a b d
Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
A90-02FRSA*-6080 244 (9.61) 232 (9.13) 39 (1.54)
model. Refer to page 49 for the dimensions of mounting
A90-02FRSD*-6080 255 (10.04) 243 (9.57) 39 (1.54) bracket.
A90-02FRSR*-6080 258 (10.16) 236.2 (9.30) 53 (2.09)

Flange Mtg. : A145-FR02S*-60/60950
Fully Extended 112 Discharge Port Suction Port
112 112
400.5(15.77) (4.41) (4.41) (4.41)
285 23(.91)
Surface of 72 72 Surface of
(11.22) 2 Drain Port Drain Port
(2.83) (2.83)
255.5 13(.51) Drain Port "C" Thd.
3 4 12 11.14(.4386)
(10.06) (Both Sides) Pilot Port "PP2"
(.47) 11.11(.4374)
89 "E" Thd.
(3.50) 70
X (2.76)
(9.74)
247.5
(8.43)
(7.80)
214
198
Y
(4.33)
110
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.40(6.0000) Dia.
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
32(1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
152.35(5.9980)
"F" Thd.
30.2 24 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 228.6 R22(R .87)
"J" Deep (From Rear)
4 Places (1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places
26 273
5
Case Drain Port (1.02) (10.75)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 299.5
"D" Thd. (Both Ends)
Eye Bolt
M10 279 95
(10.98) (3.74)
1
3 Filling Port
Pressure Adj. Screw (PH) Pilot Port "PP1" [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
14(.55) Hex. 66.5 "E" Thd.
Works at Solenoid INC. (2.62)
Energised Suction Port
12 Pressure Adj. Screw (PL) 48(1.89) Dia.
(.47)
14(.55) Hex.
(3.063)
77.8
De-energised
Flow Adj. Screw
"H" Thd. "K" Deep
(9.02)
17(.67) Hex.
229
4 Places
DEC.
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
View Arrow Y
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" mm (IN.) "K" mm (IN.)
A145-FR02S*-60 Rc 3/4 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR02S*-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A145-FR02S*-60950 SAE #12 1/2 NPT SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 20 (.79) 21 (.83)

A145-FR02S*-6080 2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.) 3. The pilot port provided is for connecting a control valve,
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
if multistage pressure control is required.
89.5(3.52)
275.5 4. The pilot port "PP2" is not provided for N.American Design
(10.85) Standard.
d 66.5
(2.62) 5. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic
b
DIMENSIONS IN
mm (IN.)
Model Numbers
a b d Foot Mounting Type
A145-FR02SA*-6080 246 (9.69) 234 (9.21) 39 (1.54) Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator
model. Refer to page 50 for the dimensions of mounting
A145-FR02SD*-6080 257 (10.12) 245 (9.65) 39 (1.54) bracket.
A145-FR02SR*-6080 260 (10.24) 238.2 (9.38) 53 (2.09)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type
"A" Series
Output Flow
SOL SOL
"OFF" "ON"
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Shaft Speed
Operating Pressure
Displacement Adj. Flow Unloading Pressure Range
Model Numbers MPa (PSI)
cm3/rev cm3/rev MPa (PSI) r/min
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
A16-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A22-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A37-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.61) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A56-*-R-03-*-K-*-32* 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.73) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A70-*R03S*-60 * 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.83) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A90-*R03S*-60 * 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600
A145-*R03S*-60 * 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 1.2 (170) 1800 600

A16 -F -R -03 -S -K -A100 -32 *
Series Direction of Control Port Shaft Coil Type of Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type Position Extension Solenoid Valve Number Std.
A16
32
(15.8 cm3/rev) AC
F: Viewed from A100,A120
None:
A22 Flange Shaft End 03: A200,A240
Axial Port 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) Mtg. Pressure K: DC Refer to
2
Compensator Keyed Shaft D12,D24
A37 L: R: with D48
1
S: 32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Clockwise Unloading Type
(Normal) Side Port R(AC DC Rectified)
Mtg.
A56 R100,R200
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 03 S A100 -60 *

Series Direction of Control Port Coil Type of Design Design
Mounting
Number Rotation Type Position Solenoid Valve Number Std.
A70 AC
A100,A120 60
F: 03: A200,A240
Shaft End
Flange Mtg. Pressure
A90 S: DC 2
Compensator 60 Refer to
(91.0 cm3/rev) R: Side Port D12,D24
L: 1 with D48
Foot Mtg. Clockwise Unloading Type
A145 (Normal) R(AC DC Rectified)
60
(145 cm3/rev) R100,R200
Consult Yuken when detailed material such as dimensions figures is required.

Single Pump, Pressure Compensator with Unloading Type 63
Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type
Performance Characteristics Graphic Symbols
Large)
2
Output Flow
Current i 2
Input
M
O
A16/A22/A37/A56
(Small
Pressure
(Small Input Large) 1
Current i1
2
M
O
A70/A90/A145

A56 -F -R -04 -C -K -32 *
Direction of Pressure Adj. Range Shaft Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Design Std.
Rotation MPa (PSI) Extension Number
A16 B: 1.5 - 6.9 (220 - 1000)

C: 1.5 - 15.7 (220 - 2280) 32
(15.8 cm3/rev) H: 1.5 - 20.6 (220 - 2990)
Viewed from
Shaft End
A22 F: 04: B: 1.5 - 6.9 (220 - 1000)
32
(22.2 cm3/rev) Flange Mtg. Proportional C: 1.5 - 15.7 (220 - 2280)
Electro-Hydraulic K: Refer to 2
A37 Load Sensing Keyed Shaft
L: 32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Mtg. Type B: 2 - 6.9 (290 - 1000)
R:
1
C: 2 - 15.7 (290 - 2280)
Clockwise H: 2 - 20.6 (290 - 2990)
A56
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 04 C S -60 *
Direction of Pressure Adj. Range Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Port Position Design Std.
Rotation MPa (PSI) Number
A70
Viewed from 60
(70.0 cm3/rev)
F: Shaft End 04:
A90 Flange Mtg. Proportional C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320) S:
Electro-Hydraulic 60 Refer to 2
(91.0 cm3/rev) H: 1.5 - 21 (220 - 3050) Side Port
L: Load Sensing
Foot Mtg. R: Type
A145 Clockwise 1
60
(145 cm3/rev)
Consult Yuken when “N. American Design Standard” is required.

64 Single Pump, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Pipe Flange Kits
Pipe flange kits are available.
When ordering, specify the kit number from the table below.
"A" Series
1
Pump Model Name of
Numbers Port Japanese European Japanese Standard Japanese Standard
Standard Design "JIS" & "JIS" &
European Design European Design
"JIS" Standard Standard Standard
A16-*-R-04 Suction F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-C-10
A22-*-R-04 Discharge 2 2 2 2
A37-*-R-04 Suction F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-C-10

A56-*-R-04 Discharge F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-C-10
Suction F5-12-A-10 F5-12-A-1080 F5-12-B-10 F5-12-C-10
A70-*R04
Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-C-10
A90-*R04 Suction F5-16-A-10 F5-16-A-1080 F5-16-B-10 F5-16-C-10

A145-*R04 Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-C-10
flanges. Therefore, please pay cautious attension to the operating pressure when the socket welding flanges are used.
2. Discharge port for pump model "A16" and "A22" is available only the threaded connections.
Instructions
Bleeding Air
In order to get steadily controlled pressure and flow, bleed air by loosening the air vent screw and fill solenoid armature
with operating oil.
Manual Adjustment Screws
Manual adjustment screws may be used for initial running adjustment or in case of electrical failures in order to adjust
pressure and flow temporarily. In case of normal use, put the manual adjustment screws back in their preset positions.
Position of Cable Departure
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to EDG-01 valve on page 672.
Connection of Surge Cut-off Valve to "A" Series Pump (For A16 to A56 Type)
If using surge cut-off valve (SF1105-A-10), connect between pilot port "PP" of this pump and port "PP" of surge cut-
off valve as pilot piping (refer to drawing below).
Inside diameter of pipe should be more than 8 mm(.32 in.).
Consult Yuken of detail of surge cut-off valve.
Surge Cut-off Valve

(SF1105-A-10)
i1
"PP"
i2
M
O

Single Pump, Proportional Electro-Hydraulic Load Sensing Type 65
Specifications
Model No. A16 A22 A37 A56 A70 A90 A145
Descriptions
3
Geometric cm /rev 15.8 22.2 36.9 56.2 70.0 91.0 145
Displacement (cu. in./rev) (.964) (1.355) (2.25) (3.43) (4.27) (5.55) (8.85)
2 16 16 16 16 21 21 21
Rated
(2320) (2320) (2320) (2320) (3050) (3050) (3050)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
1 21 16 21 21 21 21 21
Intermittent
(3050) (2320) (3050) (3050) (3050) (3050) (3050)
Shaft Speed Range Max. 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
r/min Min. 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Flow Adj. L/min 1 - 28.4 1 - 40 1 - 66 1 - 101 1 - 126 1 - 163 2 - 261
Range (U.S. GPM) (.26 - 7.5) (.26 - 10.6) (.26 - 17.4) (.26 - 26.7) (.26 - 33.3) (.26 - 43.1) (.53 - 69.0)
Min Pres. Required MPa 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
for Flow Adj. (PSI) (220) (220) (220) (290) (145) (145) (145)
Differential Pres.
MPa 0.37 0.22
(Discharge Pres.
(PSI) (55) (30)
Flow -Load Pres.)
Control
Step Response 5
ms 70 80 120 125 100 120 210
(0 Max. Flow)
4
Hysteresis 3% or less
Rated Current mA 900 700 740 790 820 920 920
Coil Resistance
10
[20°C (68°F)]
Pres. Adj. Range MPa (PSI) Refer to Model Number Designation
Step t1 5
80 80 50 55 150 150 160
Response 5
ms t2 140 90 80 80 80 120 180
4
Pres. Hysteresis 2% or less
Control
(Pres. Adj. Range) C: 860 C: 873 C: 875
Rated Current mA
B: 770, C:880, H:790 H: 765 H: 765 H: 755
Coil Resistance
[20°C (68°F)] Ω 10
3
Applicable Amplifier Model AME-D2-1010-*-10
32 32 38 45 72.5 88.5 109.5
Flange Mtg.
Approx. Mass (70.6) (70.6) (83.8) (99.2) (160) (195) (241)
kg
(lbs.) 34.2 34.2 43.2 49.3 84.5 109 134.5
Foot Mtg.
(75.4) (75.4) (95.3) (109) (186) (240) (297)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never Pres. Step Response
exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure. Model Loading Volume
t1 t2
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating
conditions are restricted. Refer to page 33 for the details. 1.5 16 MPa 16 1.5 MPa High Pressure Hose
A16, A22
(220 2320 PSI) (2320 220 PSI) 3/8" 2 m (6.6 ft)
3. For detail specifications of power amplifiers, refer to page 780.
4. The figure mentioned in the above table are those obtained using 2.0 16 MPa 16 2.0 MPa High Pressure Hose
A37, A56
(290 2320 PSI) (2320 290 PSI) 3/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)
Yuken's amplifier.
5. Step response depends on circuit and operating conditions. Data A70, A90 3.0 16 MPa 16 3.0 MPa High Pressure Hose
shown in the table above is an example based on the condition right. A145 (435 2320 PSI) (2320 435 PSI) 1-1/4" 2 m (6.6 ft)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Current
"A" Series
A16/A22/A37/A56 A70/A90/A145
PSI MPa
PSI MPa 3500 24
3000 21 3000
20 20
Full Cut-off Pressure

2500 "H"
2500 "H"
16 16
2000 "C" 2000
12 12
1500 1500 "C"
8 8
1000 1000
4 "B" 4
500 500
0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 900 0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA Input Current mA
Note: Pressure adjustment range "H" is not available for A22.
Output Flow vs. Input Current A22

U.S.GPM L /min
A16 11
40
N=1800 r/min
10
U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
32
8 8 30
Output Flow
6
24 20
6 4
Output Flow
10
2
4 16 0
0
0 200 400 600 800
8 Input Current mA
2
A56
0
0 U.S.GPM L /min
0 200 400 600 800 1000 30 N=1800 r/min
110
Input Current mA 25
100
Output Flow
20 80
A37 15 60
10 40
U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
18 70 5 20
0
16 60 0
0 200 400 600 800 900
14
50 Input Current mA
12
Output Flow
10 40 A70
8 30 U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
6 35 140
20
4 30 120
Output Flow
10
2 80
0 20
0
0 200 400 600 800 40
10
Input Current mA
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA
A90
U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min A145
200
50 U.S.GPM L /min N=1800 r/min
75 280
160 70
40
240
Output Flow
120 60
30
200
50
Output Flow
20 80
160
40
10 40 120
30
0
0 20 80
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA 10 40
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Input Current mA

Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280 DIMENSIONS IN
A22-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
229 44.5(1.75)
(9.02)
213 6.5(.26)
2
Cable Departure (8.39) Filling Port
(For Pres. Control) 167.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 101.5
(6.59) (4.00)
59 63.2
Drain Port
(2.32) "C" Thd. (2.49)
26.5
(1.04)
25(.98)
(6.99)
177.5
4.79(.1886)
(6.00)
152.5
4.76(.1874)
X
(10.06)
(3.78)
255.5
96
(2.26)
57.5
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
R12
19.05(.7500) 95(3.74) Dia.
19.02(.7488)
82.55(3.2500)
12 (R.47)
(.47) 106
172 (4.17)
(6.77) 130
Pressure Gauge Connection Surface of Suction Port (5.12)
for Pump Discharge Pressure 187 188
"D" Thd (7.36) (7.40)
262
(10.31) Pilot Port "PP"
152.2 "D" Thd. 2
Surface of Discharge Port Cable Departure
(5.99)
Tank Port (For Flow Control)
Air Vent "F" Thd. 70
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (2.76)
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. Screw 41 INC.
(1.61)
17(.67) Hex.
(4.06)
103
(2.26)
INC.
57.5
(1.89)
48
(1.874)
47.6
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex.

Suction Port 19(.75) Dia. 3 Places.
22.2(.874) 56
(2.20) Discharge Port
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep 32.5 85 "E" Thd.
4 Places (1.28) (3.35)
See 3 94 190.5
(3.70) (7.50)
View Arrow X
1
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 G 3/8 Rc 1/4
A16/A22-F-R-04-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
1. Detail of Discharge Port 2. Cable Applicable:

[For Japanese Standard] Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
14 3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
(.55)
1 2.5
(.04) (.10)
G 3/8 Thd.
18.6(.73) Dia. 15°
28(1.10) Dia.
Foot Mounting Type

Mounting bracket is common to that of pressure compensator model.
Refer to page 45 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw INC.
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
"A" Series
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 308.5 59
3 Places. (12.15) (2.32) Cable Departure 1
296.5 9.5 (For Pres. Control)
(11.67) (.37)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw
110.5 Filling Port
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(4.35) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
INC.
77
77.3 Safety Valve
(3.03) Pressure Adj. Screw
30(1.18) (3.04)
Drain Port 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
"C" Thd. INC.
(7.30)
6.38(.2512)
185.5
(5.80)
147.2
32(1.26)
(5.20)
6.35(.2500)
132
(4.13)
X
(10.85)
105
275.5
(.55)
14
(.28)
(.98)
7
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
120(4.72) Dia. R14
12
101.60(4.0000)
Pressure Gauge
22.23(.8752)
(R .55)
Connection for Pump (.47) 146
Discharge Pressure 195 (5.75)
"D" Thd (7.68) 174
Surface of Suction Port (6.85)
228
(8.98) 202
282 (7.95)
(11.10)
Surface of Discharge Port
100.5 115.5
(3.96) (4.55)
27
Pilot Port "PP" (1.06) Cable Departure 1 1. Cable Applicable:
"D" Thd. (For Flow Control) Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
(3.35)
85

(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
A37-F-R-04-*-K-32 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
Discharge Port
A37-F-R-04-*-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
Suction Port 20(.79) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 30.2 22.2 M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep (1.189) (.874) 4 Places
4 Places 36 42
(1.42) (1.65)
83
(3.27)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
4 Places
(4.02)
(.59)
(.55)
102
15
14
(.12)
3
60 74 120
(2.362) (2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-04-*-K-32/3280
Manual Pressure Adj. Screw
62 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 320.5 (2.44) INC.
3 Places. (12.62) Air Vent
308.5 9.5 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(12.15) (.37) 3 Places 77.8
122.5 Cable Departure 1 (3.06)
Manual Flow Adj. Screw (4.82) (For Pres. Control) Surface of Drain Port
3(.12) Hex. Soc. 50.5
41 49 Safety Valve
INC. (1.99) Filling Port
Pressure Adj. Screw
43.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.61) (1.93) 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(1.71) 40
(1.57) INC.
2
Drain Port (Both Sides)
"C" Thd. 7.97(.3138)
(7.30)
185.5
(5.80)
147.2
7.94(.3126)
X
(11.16)
283.5
(.28)
(3.54)
7
90
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
35.32(1.931)
35.14(1.383)
R14
31.75(1.2500)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia. (R.55)
Pressure Gauge Connection 12 146
for Pump Discharge Pressure (.47) (5.75)
"D" Thd 207 174
(8.15) (6.85)
Surface of Suction Port 232
240 (9.13)
(9.45)
294
(11.57)
Surface of Discharge Port
100 116
(3.94) (4.57) Cable Departure 1
Pilot Port "PP" 27 (For Flow Control)
"D" Thd. (1.06)
1. Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option.
(3.70)
94

(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6

20(.79) Dia. A56-F-R-04-*-K-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
35(1.38) Dia.
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep A56-F-R-04-*-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
30.2 22.2 4 Places
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
4 Places (1.189) (.874)
38 44
(1.50) (1.73)
85
(3.35)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-04-*-K-32/3280
4 Places
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 77 120
(2.362)(3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR04*S-60/6080
Manual Pressure Cable Departure 3 Surface of Drain Port
Adj. Screw INC. (For Pres. Control)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 1
344.5
"A" Series
Drain Port (Both Sides) 196.5
(13.56) "C" Thd. Safety Valve INC.
Air Vent (7.74)
227.5 Pilot Port Pressure Adj. Screw
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 169
(8.96) "D" Thd. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places (6.65)
196.5 62 Secondary Pressure Surface of Suction Port
Manual Flow INC. 140 95
Adj. Screw (7.74) (2.44) Gauge Connection (5.51) (3.74)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 191.5 for Pump Discharge 104.3
(7.54) Pressure
Air Vent "D" Thd. (4.11)
137 19.5
Dia.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (5.39) (.77) 73 73
3 Places
Dia.
127.00 (5.0000)
126.95 (4.9980)
3 65 9.5 (2.87) (2.87)
Cable Departure
(2.56) (.37)
31.75 (1.2500)
31.70 (1.2480)
(For Flow Control)
35.32 (1.391)
35.14 (1.383)
40 7.97 (.3138)
Tank Port 7.94 (.3126)
(7.74)
(1.57)
196.5
137(5.39)
"E" Thd.
120(4.72)
14(.55)
(3.54)
(3.27)
90
83
180(7.09)
(4.504)
18(.71)
114.4
(1.97)
14(.55)
50
(4.65)
(1.189)
118
30.2
35 (1.38) Dia. Spotface

Primary Pressure 16(.63) (From Rear)
Gauge Connection for 2 Places
18(.71) 114.4
Pump Discharge Pressure 58.7
(4.504)
"D" Thd. (2.311)
27 (1.06) Dia. Spotface 134
215 (From Rear) (5.28)
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep (8.46) 4 Places
4 Places 181
276 (7.126)
Discharge Port (10.87) 211
25 (.98) Dia. (8.31)
Filling Port Eye Bolt

[22 (.87) Hex. Head plug Furnished] M10
Suction Port
1. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining 38 (1.50) Dia.
port plugged.
(2.752)
69.9
from pump casing.
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
3. Cable Applicable: 4 Places
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.)
35.7
(1.406)
246.5
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. (9.70)
Case Drain Port 2
A70-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8 5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
A70-FR04*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr 3/8 BSP. F View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A70-LR04*S-60/6080
42.5
(1.67)
(5.00) Dia.

4 Places
127
(5.12)
(.94)
130
24
(.12)
3
(1.02)
125 77 171
26
(4.921) (3.03) (6.73)

195 37 130 130
(7.68) (1.46) (5.118) (5.118)
320
(12.60)

Flange Mtg. : A90-FR04*S-60/6080
Cable Departure 3
Manual Pressure (For Pres. Control)
370.5 Surface of Drain Port
Adj. Screw INC.
(14.59)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Safety Valve
251 206.5
Air Vent Pressure Adj. Screw
(9.88) (8.13)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Drain Port (Both Sides) 1 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
220 "C" Thd. 179
3 Places INC.
(8.66) (7.05)
Manual Flow
215 150 105 Surface of Suction Port
Adj. Screw INC.
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (8.46) (5.91) (4.13)
160.5 95 Pilot Port 68 68
Air Vent (6.32) (3.74) "D" Thd. (2.68) (2.68)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 119.5 23(.91)
Secondary Pressure Gauge 104.3
3 Places
(4.70) Connection for Pump (4.11)
3
Cable Departure 13(.51) Discharge Pressure
(For Flow Control) "D" Thd.
63(2.48)
(8.11)
9.56 (.3764)
206
(1.189)
30.2
9.53 (.3752)
(5.39)
(4.72)
137
(4.45)
120
113
(3.27)
83
(6.362)
X
161.6
(1.97)
50
(5.00)
127
Tank Port
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
"E" Thd.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
Primary Pressure
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000)
Gauge Connection for 22 21.5(.85) Dia. Through R22

58.7 (.87) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6 (R .87)
Pump Discharge Pres.
"D" Thd. (2.311) 23 (From Rear) (6.362)
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep (.91) 4 Places
4 Places 238.5
Discharge Port (9.39) Filling Port
25 (.98) Dia. 299.5 [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(11.79)
Case Drain Port 2 Eye Bolt
5 (.20) Hex. Soc. M10
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
1. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
(3.063)
77.8
from pump casing.
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.) M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.) 4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. 270
(10.63)
A90-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A90-LR04*S-60/6080

4 Places
25(.98)
24(.94)
(5.51)
140
(.12)
3
125 110 215

(4.921) (4.33) (8.46)
200 70 157.5 157.5
(7.87) (2.76) (6.201) (6.201)
375
(14.76)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR04*S-60/6080
Cable Departure 3
(For Pres. Control) Surface of Drain Port
1
"A" Series
Manual Pressure 400 Drain Port (Both Sides) Air Vent
Adj. Screw (15.75) "C" Thd. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 216.5
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 3 Places (8.52)
280.5 112
(11.04) 189
(4.41) (7.44)
INC. Manual Flow Adj. Screw
249.5 23
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 160 112 Surface of Suction Port
(9.82) (.91)
INC. (6.30) (4.41)
Air Vent 225 72 72
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (8.86) Pilot Port "D" Thd. Safety Valve
13 (2.83) (2.83) Pressure Adj. Screw
3 Places 168 Secondary Pressure Gauge 85.3 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
3
(6.61) (.51) Connection for Pump
Cable Departure (3.36)
89 Discharge Pressure INC.
(For Flow Control) (3.50) "D" Thd. 11.14 (.4386)
Tank Port 70 11.11 (.4374)
"E" Thd.
(8.19)
(2.76)
208
(1.189)
(5.39)
(4.72)
137
30.2
(4.33)
120
(3.27)
110
83
(9.000)
X
228.6
(1.97)
50
(5.55)
141
Primary Pressure
Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
Gauge Connection for

44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
152.40(6.0000)
Pump Discharge Pres.

"D" Thd. 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface
58.7 24 (From Rear) 228.6 R22
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep (2.311) (.94) 4 Places (9.000) (R.87)
4 Places 26 273
Discharge Port (1.02) (10.75)
25 (.98) Dia. 264
(10.39)
332
(13.07) Filling Port
2 [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Case Drain Port
5 (.20) Hex. Soc. Eye Bolt
M10
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
1. Use either port of the two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged.
(3.063)
77.8
2. Case drain ports are available for use when draining hydraulic fluid
from pump casing.
3. Cable Applicable: M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
Outside Dia......8-10 mm (.31-.39 IN.) 4 Places
Conductor Area......Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.) 42.9
(1.689)
299.5
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. (11.79)
A145-FR04*S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A145-LR04*S-60/6080
4 Places
(7.37)
187.3
(.12)
3
29(1.14)
30(1.18)
114.3 119 280

(4.500) (4.69) (11.02)
185 80 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (3.15) (7.374) (7.374)
438
(17.24)

Electro-Hydraulic Proportional pressure & Flow Control Type
Input Signal for Input Signal for
Flow Control Pressure Control Performance
Amplifier Characteristics
Proportional Solenoid
L)
Pressure Control
Sensor Valve
Input Voltage
Output Flow
1 2
(S
Pressure
Control (S Input Voltage L)
Piston
1. Unloading pressure when input

signal is 0 V.
Safety valve 2. Safety valve setting pressure
Tilt Angle Sensor Bias Piston
Graphic Symbols
A16/A22/A37/A56 A70/A90/A145

A70 -F R 04E 16 M A -60 -60 *
Direction of Control Control Pressure at Unit of Type of
2 3
Compensation Design Design
Series Number Mounting Control
Rotation Type Input Signal is 5 V Outboard Pump Number Number Std.
Pressure
A16
06 42
(15.8 cm3/rev)
A22 F: Viewed 11 42
(22.2 cm3/rev) Flange from
A37 Mtg. Shaft Use the same measure
04E: 01 42
(36.9 cm3/rev) End of the control pressure
2
Proportional as shown on the right, M: MPa None
A56 Refer to
Pressure & 6.9 MPa 02 42
(56.2 cm3/rev) specify within the P: PSI 4
Flow Control
A70 R: Type range of maximum
60 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) L: 1 operating pressure
Foot Clockwise 2
A90 (Normal) A:
Mtg. 60 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) B: 2
A145
60 60
(145.0 cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken for details.
2. These pumps, except A16 and A22 types, can be connected to outboard pumps.
- A37/A56 type (outboard pump connection symbol: None): spigot diameter: 82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "A"): spigot diameter:82.55 mm (3.250 in.) (A16, A22, and PV2R1).
- A70/A90/A145 type (outboard pump connection symbol: "B"): spigot diameter:101.6 mm (4.000 in.)(A37 and PV2R2).
3. Amplifier Compensation Number may differ according to the main machine conditions. Consult Yuken for detail.
4. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............... European Design Standard
Consult Yuken when “N. American Design Standard” is required.

74 Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Specifications
Model Numbers A16 A22 A37 A56 A70 A90 A145
Descriptions
3
Geometric cm /rev 15.8 22.2 36.9 56.2 70.0 91.0 145.0
"A" Series
2 16 16 16 16 25 25 25
Rated
(2320) (2320) (2320) (2320) (3630) (3630) (3630)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI) 1 21 16 21 21 28 28 28
Intermittent
(3050) (2320) (3050) (3050) (4060) (4060) (4060)
Shaft Speed Range r/min 600 - 1800
3 L/min 28.4 40.0 66.4 101.0 126.0 163.0 261.0
Max. Flow
(U.S. GPM) (7.5) (10.6) (17.5) (26.7) (33.3) (43.1) (69.0)
Min. Pres. Required MPa 4

Flow for Flow Adj. 2.0 (290)
(PSI)
Control
Hysteresis 1 % or less
Repeatability 1 % or less
Input Signal Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Min. Adjustment MPa
0.7 (100)
Pressure (PSI)
Pressure
Control
Input Signal Specified Control Pressure / 5 V DC
Coil Resistance [@ 20°C (68 °F)] 10
Input Impedance Flow Control : 10 kΩ Pressure Control : 10 kΩ
Supply Electric Power 24 V DC (21 - 28 V Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) W 30
Flow 5 V DC/Max. Flow
Output Signal
Pressure 5 V DC/Specified Control Pressure
Alarm Signal Output (Open Collector) Voltage : Max. 30 V DC Current : Max. 40 mA
Ambient Temperature °C (°F) 0 - 50 (32 - 122) (With Circulated Air)
20.5 20.5 32.0 39.0 64.0 76.5 96.4
Flange Mtg.
(45.2) (45.2) (70.6) (86.0) (141) (169) (213)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
22.7 22.7 36.3 43.3 76.0 97.0 121.4
Foot Mtg.
(50.1) (50.1) (80.0) (95.5) (168) (214) (268)
1. Whenever setting pressure, make sure the full cut-off pressure never exceeds the maximum intermittent pressure.
2. When operating the pump exceeding the rated pressure, operating conditions are restricted.
Refer to page 33 for the details.
3. Maximum flow differs to shaft speed.
The value listed above indicates shaft speed of 1800 r/min.
For other shaft speed calculate by the ratio of shaft speed.
4. To secure the required minimum pressure, special sequence valves are available, to be directly installed at the discharge port of the pump. Consult
Yuken for details.
Pipe Flange Kits

For Pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. Box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.

Single Pump, Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type 75
Outboard Pumps Attachment
A37 to A145 type pumps, except A16 and A22, can be used Amplifier
as double pumps, by connecting an outboard pump on the
cover side. See the table below for details. Control Pressure
Pump Model Numbers Amplifier Model Numbers MPa (PSI)
Connectable Outboard Pump
– 14.7
SK1106- -16-06-10
Spigot Diameter ( – 2132)
Outboard Pump for Connecting 14.7 – 19.6
Connectable Pump A16-*R04E -06-42 SK1106- -16-06-1001
Connection Symbol an Outboard Pump (2132 – 2842)
mm (in.) 19.6 – 21.0
SK1106- -16-06-1002
A37/A56 None (2842 – 3045)
82.55
A16, A22, PV2R1 – 14.7
"A" (2.500) SK1106- -22-11-10
( – 2132)
A70/A90/A145 101.6 A22-*R04E -11-42
"B" A37, PV2R2 14.7 – 16.0
(4.000) SK1106- -22-11-1001
(2132 – 2320)
Connectable pumps shafts are involute-serrated design, not the standard – 14.7
SK1106- -37-60-10
parallel key slot design. For details, including pump dimensions and ( – 2132)
model numbers, consult Yuken. 14.7 – 19.6
A37-*R04E -60-42 SK1106- -37-60-1001
(2132 – 2842)
Coupling
19.6 – 21.0
Please use assembly part number when ordering coupling SK1106- -37-60-1002
(2842 – 3045)
assemblies for shaft connections to outboard pumps. – 14.7
SK1106- -56-60-10
( – 2132)
40 mm (1.57 in.)
14.7 – 19.6
A56-*R04E -60-42 SK1106- -56-60-1001
(2132 – 2842)
19.6 – 21.0
"D1" Dia.
"D2" Dia.
SK1106- -56-60-1002
(2842 – 3045)
– 14.7
SK1106- -70-60-10
( – 2132)
Involute-serration 14.7 – 19.6
SK1106- -70-60-1001
(2132 – 2842)
A70-*R04E *-60-60
Dimensions Serration Size 19.6 – 22.6
mm (in.) SK1106- -70-60-1002
Outboard Pump Part Number of Nominal Dia. (2842 – 3277)
Connection Symbol Coupling Ass'y No. of Teeth 22.6 –
"D1" "D2" Mojule SK1106- -70-60-1003
(3277 – )
A37/A56 None 27 19.5 – 14.7
098-PK412588-6 18.75 24 0.75 SK1106- -91-60-10
"A" (1.06) (.77) ( – 2132)
14.7 – 19.6
A70/A90/A145 36 26 SK1106- -91-60-1001
"B" 098-PK412623-1 25 24 1 (2132 – 2842)
(1.42) (1.02) A90-*R04E *-60-60 19.6 – 22.6
SK1106- -91-60-1002
(2842 – 3277)
Selecting an Outboard Pump Type 22.6 –
SK1106- -91-60-1003
The maximum torque of outboard pumps is limited by shaft (3277 – )
and coupling assembly strength. When determining the – 14.7
SK1106- -145-60-10
outboard pump type, the value of the displacement times the ( – 2132)
pressure for a particular pump should not exceed the value SK1106- -145-60-1001
14.7 – 19.6
shown in the table below. (2132 – 2842)
A145-*R04E *-60-60 19.6 – 22.6
SK1106- -145-60-1002
Outboard Pump (2842 – 3277)
Pump Inboard Pump and q2 P2 22.6 –
Model Outboard Pump SK1106- -145-60-1003
Outboard pump connection symbol (3277 – )
No. (q1 P1) (q2 P2)
"None"/"A" "B" Note 1. The symbol " ", shown with pump and amplifier model numbers,
A37 900(7963) and less is the control pressure at input signal of 5 V.
2. Cable for pump-amplifier connection is not included. See Page 85
A56 1742(15413) and less
for details on ordering cables.
A70 2408(21305) and less 519(4592) and less 935(8272) and less
A90 4348(38470) and less 977(8644) and less
A145 4739(41930) and less 951(8414) and less
q1, q2 : Displacement cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)

P1, P2 : Pressure MPa (PSI)
For selection of the appropriate pump, both values, 1 and 2 , should be
satisfied.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Output Flow vs. Input Signal
A16 A56
L /min L /min
U.S.GPM 32 U.S.GPM 120
"A" Series
8 30
1800 r/min
100 1800 r/min
1500 r/min 25
24
6 1500 r/min
Output Flow
80
Output Flow
20
4 16 15 60
10 40
2 8
5 20
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC Input Signal V DC
A22 A70
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
12 45 40 150
40 1800 r/min
10 125 1800 r/min
1500 r/min 30
1500 r/min
Output Flow
8 30 100
Output Flow
6 20 75
20
4 50
10 10
2 25
0 0 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
A90
A37 U.S.GPM L /min
45 175
L /min 1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 80 40 150
20
1500 r/min
1800 r/min 125
Output Flow
16 60 30
1500 r/min 100
Output Flow
12
40 20 75
8
50
20 10
4 25
0 0 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min A145
where frequency is compensated. L /min
(Refer to page 75.) U.S.GPM 280
1800 r/min
240
60
1500 r/min
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Signal 50 200
Output Flow
40 160
A*-*R04E27.5M
PSI MPa 120
28 30
4000
25 20 80
A*-*R04E24.5M
10 40
3000 20 A - R04E20.6M
** 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
15
2000 Input Signal V DC
10 A*-*R04E15.7M
1000
5
A*-*R04E6.9M
Refer to page 37 to 43 for performance characteristics of
0 0 pressure compensator type excluding characteristics appeared
0 1 2 3 4 5 on this catalogue.
Input Signal V DC

Flange Mtg. : A16-FR04E*-06-42/4280
A22-FR04E*-11-42/4280
Air Vent
3(.12) Hex. Soc.
Cable 3Places
3 4
Departure 232.5
(9.15)
205.5 44.5(1.75)
(8.09) Filling Port
1
(5.81) 151.5 142
26.5 6.5(.26)
(5.96) (5.59)
(1.04) Drain Port "C" Thd.
59
25(.98)
(2.32) 95(3.74) Dia.
(6.38)
162
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
(3.78)
96
Y X
12(.47)
18(.71)
(3.07)
78
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
82.55(3.2500)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
12 R12
(.47) (R.47) 106
(4.17)
172
(6.77) 130
(5.12)
3
Pres. Sensor Connector
2
3
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector
M10 Thd. 17(.67) Deep
(1.874)
8 Places
47.6
(1.874)
47.6

19(.75) Dia. 19 (.75) Dia.
22.2 22.2
(.874) (.874) View Arrow X
65
(2.56)
View Arrow Y
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Model Numbers "C" Thd.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment. A16/A22-FR04E*-*-42 Rc 3/8
3. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85. A16/A22-FR04E*-*-4280 3/8 BSP.F
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A37-FR04E*-01-42/4280
Cable Departure 3
Cable Applicable:
"A" Series
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
274.5
(10.81)
251.5
(9.90) Filling Port 1
(8.84)
166.5 Drain Port "C" Thd. 151.5 146.5
(6.56) (5.96) (5.77)
77 62 Surface of 86 86 Surface of
(3.03) (2.44) Discharge Port (3.39) (3.39) Suction Port
30 9.5
(1.18) (.37)
40(1.57)
(6.54)
Air Vent 7.97(.3138)
166
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 7.94(.3126)
(4.13)
105
3 Places
X
(2.311)
58.7
25(.98)
14(.55)
(3.54)
90
R14
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Dia.
Discharge Port (R.55)

32 (1.26) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep 30.2 12 146

4 Places (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
178.5 174
(7.03) 120(4.72) Dia. (6.85)
252.5
(9.94)
Tilt Angle Sensor Connector 3 3

M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep 2

4 Places
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Suction Port
32(1.26) Dia.
2. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
3. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85.
(2.311)
58.7
Model Numbers "C" Thd.

A37-FR04E*-01-42 Rc 1/2
Hex. Hd. Screw
A37-FR04E*-01-4280 1/2 BSP.F Plain Washer
30.2 End Cover

(1.189) Seal Cover
178.5
(7.03)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg. : A56-FR04E*-02-42/4280
4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.) Filling Port 1
Conductor Area ...... [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
287
(11.30) 2
264 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(10.39) (Both Sides)
151.5 160.5
237 Surface of (5.96) (6.32) Surface of
(9.33) Discharge Port 100 100 Suction Port
179 62 (3.94) (3.94)
(7.05) (2.44) Surface of Drain Port 41 49 Surface of Drain Port
50.5 9.5 (1.61) (1.93)
(1.99) (.37)
43.5
(1.71)
40
(1.57)
(7.52)
Air Vent
191
3 (.12) Hex. Soc. 7.97(.3128)
3 Places 7.94(.3126)
R14
(3.54)
(R.55)
90
X
(2.311)
58.7
25(.98)
14(.55)
(3.86)
98
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
31.75(1.2500)
101.60(4.0000)
32 (1.26) Dia.
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
30.2 12 146
M10 Thd. (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
19(.75) Deep 191
4 Places 174 120(4.72) Dia.
(7.52) (6.85)
265
(10.43)
Pres. Sensor Connector 4

Tilt Angle Sensor Connector 4
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia.
(2.311)
58.7

Hex. Hd. Screw
Plain Washer
4. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85. End Cover
30.2 Seal Cover
(1.189)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. 191
A56-FR04E*-02-42 Rc 3/4 (7.52)
A56-FR04E*-02-4280 3/4 BSP.F

View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR04E**-60-60/6080
4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
"A" Series
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
333.5
(13.13)
307 2
(12.09) Drain Port "C" Thd. 116.5 155
249 (Both Sides) (4.59) (6.10)
(9.80) 62 Surface of Discharge Port 95 95 Surface of Suction Port
(2.44) (3.74) (3.74)
65 19.5(.77) Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
(2.56) (2.87) (2.87)
9.5(.37)
40(1.57) 7.97(.3138)
(8.17)
207.5
Air Vent 7.94(.3126)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
3 Places
(3.54)
52.4(2.063)
90
18(.71)
(7.09)
180
Y
(4.65)
118
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port (From Rear)

26 (1.02) Dia. 2 Places
31.75(1.2500)
127.00(.50000)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
16
M10 Thd. (.63) 181
26.2
17(.67) Deep
(1.031) 18 (7.126)
4 Places (.71) 211
246.5 (8.31)
(9.70)
305.5
5 (12.03)
Filling Port 1
4
Eye Bolt
M10 4
3 3
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
(2.752)
69.9
View Arrow Y
Hex. Hd. Screw
Plain Washer
End Cover
35.7 Seal Cover
(1.406) M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
246.5 4 Places
(9.70)
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. Case Drain Port
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. 5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
View Arrow X
5. If you do not use the special sequence valve, plug the port (FP-SC-1/32).
A70-FR04E**-60-60 Rc 3/4
A70-FR04E**-60-6080 3/4 BSP.F
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg. : A90-FR04E**-60-60/6080
4
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ......Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
347
(13.66) 2 117.5 155
320 Drain Port "C" Thd. Surface of Discharge Port (4.63) (6.10) Surface of Suction Port
(12.60) (Both Sides)
262 95 105 105
(10.31) (3.74) (4.13) (4.13)
119.5 23(.91) Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
(4.70) (2.68) (2.68)
13(.51)
Air Vent 63(2.48)
(8.54)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
217
9.56(.3764)
3 Places 9.53(.3752)
(4.45)
113
3 X
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Dia.
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
32 (1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
152.40(6.0000)
22 R22
M10 Thd. 19(.75) Deep 30.2 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6
(.87) (R.87)
4 Places (1.189) (From Rear) (6.362)
23 4 Places
(.91)
270
(10.63)
324
(12.76)
5
Case Drain Port
5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
4
Eye Bolt 4
1 M10
Filling Port
Suction Port
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. 48(1.89) Dia.
2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. (3.063)
77.8

Hex. Hd. Screw
5. If you do not use the special sequence valve, plug the port (FP-SC-1/32).
Plain Washer
42.9 End Cover
Model Numbers "C" Thd. (1.689) Seal Cover
270 M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
(10.63) 4 Places
A90-FR04E**-60-60 Rc 3/4
A90-FR04E**-60-6080 3/4 BSP.F
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A145-FR04E**-60-60/6080
4
Cable Departure
"A" Series
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area ...... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
358.5 112
(14.11) (4.41) Drain Port 2
331.5 23 "C" Thd.
(13.05) (.91) (Both Sides) 169.5
273.5 (6.67)
(10.77) Surface of Discharge Port 112 112 Surface of Suction Port
89 (4.41) (4.41)
(3.50) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
59 13 (2.83) (2.83)
(2.32) (.51) 11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
70
Air Vent (2.76)
(8.62)
3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
219
3 Places 5 X
(4.33)
110
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Dia.
32 (1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
152.40(6.0000)
44.40(1.7480)

49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
M10 Thd.
19(.75) Deep 24 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface R22
30.2 228.6
4 Places (From Rear) (R.87)
(1.189) (.94) (9.000)
4 Places
26 273
(1.02) (10.75)
299.5
(11.79)
357.5
Case Drain Port
(14.07)
5 (.20) Hex. Soc.
A145-FR04E A ; 379.5(14.94) Tilt Angle Sensor Connector 4

*
A145-FR04E B ; 383(15.08)
* Eye Bolt 4
M10
1
Filling Port
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 3
Suction Port
1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top. 48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8

4. For cable connection with amplifiers, see page 85. Hex. Hd. Screw
5. If you do not use the special sequence valve, plug the port (FP-SC-1/32). Plain Washer
End Cover
42.9 Seal Cover
Model Numbers "C" Thd. (1.689)
M12 Thd. 19(.75) Deep
299.5 4 Places
(11.79)
A145-FR04E**-60-60 Rc 3/4
A145-FR04E**-60-6080 3/4 BSP.F
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


Amplifiers for Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type Pumps (SK1106- -*-*-10**)
Specifications
Model No.
SK1106- -*-*-10**
Description
Applicable Coil Resistance 10 Ω [at 20 °C (68 °F)]
Input Impedance 10 kΩ (PIN, QIN)
Power Supply 24 V DC (21 - 28 V Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) 30 W
Input Signal Max. Flow/5V (QIN), Specified Pres./5V (PIN)
Output Signal for Sensor Monitor 5V/Max. Flow (SMQ), 5V/Specified Pres. (SMP)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 °C (32 - 122 °F)
Approx. Mass 450 g (1.0 lbs.)
50/60 Hz Short Plug

(Including in the Amplifier)
15
CN1
Solenoid POWER
1 2
/ SOLENOID 04E PUMP

CN2 CN1
CONTROLLER
Power Supply
1 2 3
/ POWER SUPPLY
CN2
Fuse
FUSE
FUSE
(5A)
(6.50)
(5.51)
165
140
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4
CN3 / PRESSURE SENSOR

Pres. Sensor CN3
/ TILT ANGLE SENSOR

CN4
CN4
Tilt Angle Sensor
MODEL
1 2 3 4 5 6
SK1106- - - -10
AMP. MFG NO.
/ I/O SIGNAL
PUMP MFG NO.
CN5 CN5 YUKEN KOGYO CO. LTD.
Input/Output MADE IN JAPAN

(.20)
5
Signal
92
Detail of Connector (3.62)
100
Connector Name of Signal (3.94)
CN1 1
Output to pilot valve solenoid
Solenoid 2
CN2 1 0 [V] (0V )
Power 2 +24 [V] (24V)
Supply 3 0 [V]
1 +5 [V]
CN3 Power Supply for Sensor
2 0 [V]
Pres.
(1.89)
3 Input Signal - Sensor

48
Sensor
4 0 [V]
1 +8 [V]
Power Supply for Sensor N-SK 1106-10 ****-07
CN4 2 0 [V]
Tilt
3 Input Signal - Sensor
Angle
Sensor 4 0 [V]
5
1 Input Signal - Flow (Qin)
2 Input Signal - Common (COM)
CN5
Input/ 3 Input Signal - Pres. (Pin) DIMENSIONS IN
Output 4 Output Signal - Sensor Monitor P (SMP) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Signal
5 Output Signal - Sensor Monitor Q(SMQ)
6 0 [V]

PISTON PUMPS
A
Cable Connection Between Pump and Amplifier
The cable connections between the proportional pilot valve and the sensor of the pump and the attached amplifier
(SK1106) are shown below.
The cable assemblies are not included in the pump assembly. Purchase separately with model number described in
the below table if required.
"A" Series
Proportional
Pilot Valve
"A" Series Piston Pump
Tilt Angle Sensor
Pressure
Sensor
1
Cable Ass'y
1 : For Solenoid
2 : For Power Supply
Colour of Lead Wire 1 3 : For Pressure Sensor
4 3 4 : For Tilt Angle Sensor
Red......Power Supply, +24V DC
White...Power Supply, 0V 5 : For Signal
Shield...Ground
Colour of Lead Wire

Red........Input Signal, Flow 2
Black.....Input Signal, Common
White....Input Signal, Pressure 5
Yellow...Sensor Monitor, Pressure
Green.....Sensor Monitor, Flow
06P 05P 04P 03P 02P
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2
2
Amplifier
Sensor
Pres.
FUSE
Supply
Power
Solenoid
Signal
Sensor
Tilt Angle
(5A)
CN5
CN4
CN3
CN2
CN1
Model : SK1106-*-*-*-11**
POWER
1. Cable assemblies are available. When ordering, specify the cable ass'y model numbers from the table below.
Cable Ass'y Model Numbers

Name of Cable Ass'y Approx. Length of Cable mm(ft.)
2000 (6.6) 5000 (16.4) 10000 (32.8)
1 For Solenoid SK1112-S-2-10 SK1112-S-5-10 SK1112-S-10-10
2 For Power Supply SK1112-V-2-10 SK1112-V-5-10 SK1112-V-10-10
3 For Pressure Sensor SK1112-P-2-10 SK1112-P-5-10 SK1112-P-10-10
4 For Tilt Angle Sensor SK1112-Q-2-10 SK1112-Q-5-10 SK1112-Q-10-10
5 For Signal SK1112-C-2-10 SK1112-C-5-10 SK1112-C-10-10
2. For the details of amplifier, see the previous page.

"OBE" Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
Input Signal for Input Signal for

Performance
Pressure Control Flow Control Characteristics
Amplifier
L)
Proportional Solenoid
Input Voltage
Pressure
Output Flow
Sensor Control
Valve
1 2
(S
Pressure
(S Input Voltage L)
Control
Piston 1. Unloading pressure when input
signal is 0 V.
2. Safety valve setting pressure
Safety valve
Tilt Angle Sensor Bias Piston
Graphic Symbols Example of Specified Control Pressure

Control Control Pressure at
Pressure Input Signal is 5 V
Symbol (EX.) kgf/cm2 MPa PSI
70 70 6.9 1000
105 105 10.3 1500
140 140 13.7 2000
175 175 17.2 2500
210 210 20.6 3000
7M 71.4 7 1015
16M 163.2 16 2320
A16/A22/A37/A56 A70/A90/A145
21M 214.2 21 3045

A16 -F R 04EH 70 R S -06 -42 *
2
Direction of Control Control Pressure at Amplifier Compensation Design Design
Series Number Mounting Port Position
Rotation Type Input Signal is 5 V Direction Number Number Std.
A16
06 42
(15.8 cm3/rev) None:
A22 F: Axial Port
Viewed 11 42
(22.2 cm3/rev) Flange from
A37 Mtg. Shaft 04EH: Specify Control Pressure 01 42
(36.9 cm3/rev) End "OBE" Type S:
between 6.9 MPa and Side Port
A56 Proportional Refer to
Maximum Operating 02 42
(56.2 cm3/rev) Pressure & 3
Pressure
A70 Flow Control
R: (Refer to above Table) 60 60
(70.0 cm3/rev) L: 1 Type Viewd from
Foot Clockwise
A90 (Normal) Shaft End S:
Mtg. 60 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) R: Right Side Port
A145 L : Left
60 60
(145.0 cm3/rev)
2. Amplifier Compensation Number may differ according to the main machine conditions. Consult Yuken for detail.
3. Design Standards: None......Japanese Standard "JIS"
950.........N.American Design Standard

86 Single Pump, "OBE" Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Specifications
Model Numbers A16 A22 A37 A56 A70 A90 A145
Descriptions
3
Geometric cm /rev 15.8 22.2 36.9 56.2 70.0 91.0 145.0
"A" Series
2 16 16 16 16 25 25 25
Rated
(2320) (2320) (2320) (2320) (3625) (3625) (3625)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI) 1 21 16 21 21 28 28 28
Intermittent
(3050) (2320) (3050) (3050) (4060) (4060) (4060)
Shaft Speed Range r/min 600 - 1800
3 L/min 28.4 40.0 66.4 101.2 126.0 163.0 261.0
Max. Flow
(U.S. GPM) (7.5) (10.6) (17.5) (26.7) (33.3) (43.1) (69.0)
Min. Pres. Required

Flow for Flow Adj. MPa (PSI) 2.0 (290)
Control
Input Signal Max. Flow / 5 V DC
Min. Adjustment
MPa (PSI) 0.7 (100)
Pressure
Pressure
Control
Input Signal Specified Control Pressure / 5 V DC
Coil Resistance Ω [@ 20°C (68 °F)] 10
Input Impedance Flow Control : 10kΩ Pres. Control : 10kΩ
Supply Electric Power 24 V DC (21 - 28 V Included Ripple)
Power Input (Max.) W 30
Flow 5 V DC / Max. Flow
Output Signal
Pressure 5 V DC / Specified Control Pressure
Alarm Signal Output (Open Collector) Voltage : Max. 30 V DC Current : Max. 40 mA
Ambient Temperature °C (°F) 0 - 50 (32 - 122) (With Circulated Air)
20.7 20.7 32.2 39.2 64 76.5 98
Flange Mtg.
kg (45.6) (45.6) (71) (86.4) (141) (169) (216)
Mass
(lbs.) 22.9 22.9 36.5 43.5 76 97 123
Foot Mtg.
(50.5) (50.5) (80.5) (95.9) (168) (214) (271)
3. Maximum flow differs to shaft speed.
The value listed above indicates shaft speed of 1800 r/min.
For other shaft speed calculate by the ratio of shaft speed.
Pipe Flange Kits

For Pipe flange, refer to form of pressure compensator type on page 34.
Instructions
Input Signal
The pump is on unload condition when the pump is operated without input signal voltage.
Electric Source
Always turn off electric source whenever the connector for swash plate tilt angle sensor is removed.
Compensation of Pump Maximum Regulated Flow at Frequency
If the same maximum flow is required at 50 Hz or 60 Hz, connect short plug in the amplifier to 60 Hz at the place where
supplied frequency is 60 Hz. At this condition, maximum flow comes to the same value at 50 Hz.
If short plug is used at 60 Hz without making the change, maximum flow increased in proportion to frequency.
Painting on Amp. Box and Solenoiod
To maintain suitable radiation effect, the amp. box and the solenoid of the control valve should not be painted.

Single Pump, "OBE" Type Electro-Hydraulic Proportional Pressure & Flow Control Type 87
Output Flow vs. Input Signal
A16 A56
L / min L / min
8 30
1800 r/min
100 1800 r/min
24 1500 r/min 25
Output Flow
6
Output Flow
80 1500 r/min
20
4 16 15 60
10 40
2 8
5 20
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
A22 A70
U.S.GPM L / min U.S.GPM L / min
12 45 40 150
40 1800 r/min
10 125 1800 r/min
30
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
8 30 100 1500 r/min
6 20 75
20
4 50
10 10
2 25
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
A90
A37 U.S.GPM L / min
45 175
L / min 1800 r/min
U.S.GPM 80 40 150
20
1500 r/min
Output Flow
1800 r/min 125

16 60 30
1500 r/min
Output Flow
100
12
40 20 75
8 50
20 10
4 25
0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
A145
L / min
U.S.GPM 280
70 1800 r/min
240
60
1500 r/min
200
Output Flow
50
Note: Pump characteristics at 1800 r/min is the same as those at 1500 r/min 40 160
where frequency is compensated. 30 120
(Refer to page 87.) 80
20
10 40
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5
Input Signal V DC
Full Cut-off Pres. vs. Input Signal

PSI MPa A*-*R04EH27.5M kgf/cm2(PSI)
4000 28 280 (4000) A*-*R04EH280
25 A - R04EH24.5M
**
3000 20 210 (3000) A*-*R04EH210
15 A*-*R04EH140
2000 140 (2000)
A*-*R04EH20.6M
10
A*-*R04EH15.7M
1000 70 (1000) A*-*R04EH70
5
A*-*R04EH6.9M
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5
Refer to page 37 to 43 for performance characteristics of

pressure compensator type excluding characteristics appeared
on this catalogue.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg.: A16-FR04EH*-*-42/42950
A22-FR04EH*-*-42/42950
"A" Series
1
Filling Port
[ 22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
239 44.5
(9.41) (1.75)
221 6.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (8.70) (.26)
150.5 59
(5.93) (2.32)
144 Electrical Conduit Connection 25
(5.67) G 1/2 Thd. (.98) Drain Port "C" Thd.
25
See 2 (.98)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
(6.83)
173.5
Discharge Port
(5.45)
138.5
19(.75) Dia. (9.90)
251.5
(3.78)
X
96
(1.874)
47.6
19.02(.7488) Dia.
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.05(.7500)
82.55(3.2500)
Suction Port "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
22.2 8 Places 12
19(.75) Dia.
(.874) (.47)
65 172
(2.56) (6.77)
144 94
(5.67) (3.70)
4.79(.1886)
4.76(.1874)
(.43)
(.71)
11
18

R12
95(3.74) Dia. (R.47)
3. For detail of amplifier, refer to page 95.
106
(4.17)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. 130
(5.12)
A16/A22-FR04EH*-*-42 Rc 3/8 M10
A16/A22-FR04EH*-*-42950 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN

compensator model. Refer to page 45 for port mounting Refer to page 45 for the dimensions of mounting bracket.
dimensions.

Axial Port Type
1
Filling Port
261.5 59
(10.30) (2.32)
243.5 9.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (9.59) (.37)
152.5 77
(6.00) (3.03)
146 Electrical Conduit Connection 30 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(5.75) (1.18)
G 1/2 Thd.
32
See 2 (1.26)
(6.99)
177.5
Discharge Port
(5.61)
142.5
32(1.26) Dia. (10.53)
(4.13)
267.5
105
X
(2.311)
58.7
22.20(.8740) Dia.
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
22.23(.8752)
Suction Port "D" Thd. "E" Deep
101.60(4.0000)
32(1.26) Dia. 30.2 8 Places 12
(1.189) (.47)
72 195
(2.83) (7.68)
148.5 101
(5.85) (3.98)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(.98)
(.55)
25
14

R14
120(4.72) Dia. (R.55)
146
"E" (5.75)
mm (IN.) 174
(6.58)
A37-FR04EH*-*-42 Rc 1/2 M10 19 (.75)
A37-FR04EH*-*-42950 SAE #10 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79) View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN

dimensions.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
"A" Series
1
Filling Port
274 62
(10.79) (2.44)
256 9.5
Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. (10.08) (.37)
152.5 50.5
(6.00) (1.99)
146 Electrical Conduit Connection 43.5
(5.75) (1.71) Drain Port 2
G 1/2 Thd. "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
3
See
40
(1.57)
(7.97)
202.5
(6.59)
167.5
Discharge Port
(11.83)
32(1.26) Dia.
300.5
(3.54)
X
90
(2.311)
58.7
35.52(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)
Suction Port
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
101.60(4.0000)
35(1.38) Dia.
8 Places
30.2 12
(1.189) (.47)
76 207
(2.99) (8.15)
163 116
(6.42) (4.57)
Surface of Drain Port
41 49
(1.61) (1.93)

2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining
port plugged. 7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
4. For detail of amplifier, refer to page 95. (.98)
(.55)
25
14
"E"
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. R14
mm (IN.)
(R.55)
A56-FR04EH*-*-42 Rc 3/4 M10 19 (.75) 120(4.72) Dia.
146
A56-FR04EH*-*-4290 SAE #12 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79) (5.75)
174
(6.85)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN

dimensions.

Flange Mtg.
Amplifier Direction "L" : A70-FR04EH*_
LS-*-60/60950
107.5 155
(4.23) (6.10)
314 62 Surface of Discharge Port 95 95 Surface of Suction Port
(12.36) (2.44) (3.74) (3.74)
65 19.5 Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc. 89.5
(2.56) (.77) (3.52)
9.5 Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
Drain Port 2
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (.37) (2.87) (2.87)
Electrical Conduit Connection
G 1/2 Thd.
40
7.97(.3138)
Plug 5 (1.57)
(8.41)
213.5
(.55)
7.94(.3126)
14
(7.07)
179.5
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
(3.54)
X
90
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
114.4
52.4
180
(4.65)
(.71)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
118
18
26(1.02) Dia.
31.75(1.2500)

127.00(5.0000)
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep (From Rear)

4 Places 26.2 16 2 Places 114.4 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface
(1.031) (.63) (4.504) (From Rear)
18 134 4 Places
(.71) (5.28)
246.5 181
(9.70) (7.126)
306.5 211
(12.07) (8.31)
117.5 Surface of Electrical Conduit Connection

Eye Bolt (4.63)
Amplifier Direction "R" : (M10)
Filling Port 1
A70-FR04EH*R _S-*-60/60950 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
3
(2.752)
69.9
Suction Port
38(1.50) Dia.
Case Drain Port 35.7 "D" Thd. "F" Deep

5(.20) Hex. Soc. (1.046) 4 Places
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow X

2. Use either port of two drain ports at your option. Keep the remaining port plugged.
5. If you use the special sequence valve, remove the plug.
Dimensions mm (IN.)
F
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75)
A70-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.
LS-*-60/60950
"A" Series
Surface of 123.7 95 107 155
Electrical Conduit Connection (4.87) (3.74) (4.21) (6.10)
119.5 23 89.5 Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(4.70) (.91) (3.52)
Drain Port 2 13 Surface of 68 68 Surface of
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (.51) Drain Port (2.68) (2.68) Drain Port
63 Electrical Conduit Connection
(2.48) G 1/2 Thd.
Plug 5
(8.78)
9.56(.3764)
(7.44)
223
189
2(.079) Hex. Soc. 9.53(.3752)
(4.45)
113
X
(2.311)
(6.362)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
38.10(1.5000)
152.40(6.0000) 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface

"E" Thd. "F" Deep (From Rear) R22
4 Places 30.2 22 4 Places 161.6
(R.87)
(1.189) (.87) (6.362)
23 Surface of 105 105 Surface of
(.91) Discharge Port (4.13) (4.13) Suction Port
270
(10.63)
324
(12.76)
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Amplifier Direction "R" : Filling Port 1
A90-FR04EH*R _S-*-60/60950 [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
3
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
42.9 "D" Thd. "F" Deep

(1.689) 4 Places
270
(10.63)
View Arrow X

Dimensions mm (IN.)
F
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75)
A90-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


Flange Mtg.
LS-*-60/60950
Surface of 149.5 112 107.5 178.5

Electrical Conduit Connection (5.89) (4.41) (4.23) (7.03)
89 23 89.5 Air Vent 3(.12) Hex. Soc.
(3.50) (.91) (3.52)
Drain Port 2 13 Surface of 72 72 Surface of
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (.51) Drain Port (2.83) (2.83) Drain Port
70 Electrical Conduit Connection
(2.76) G 1/2 Thd.
Plug 5
(8.86)
(7.52)
225
191
2(.079) Hex. Soc.
11.14(.4386)
(4.33)
110
11.11(.4374) X
(2.311)
(9.000)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
141
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
44.45(1.7500)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep 152.40(6.0000) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through

4 Places 30.2 24 R22 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface
(1.189) (.94) (R.87) (From Rear)
26 Surface of 112 112 Surface of 4 Places
(1.02) Discharge Port (4.41) (4.41) Suction Port
299.5 228.6
(11.79) (9.000)
357.5 273
(14.07) (10.75)
Eye Bolt
(M10)
Amplifier Direction "R" : Filling Port 1
A145-FR04EH*R _S-*-60/60950 [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]

3
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
"D" Thd. "F" Deep

Case Drain Port 42.9
4 Places
5(.20) Hex. Soc. (1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X

Dimensions mm (IN.)
F H
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60 Rc 3/4 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR04EH**S-*-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Detail of Amplifier
Connecting Terminal
LED for Power Supply
"A" Series
50/60 Hz Short Plug
P GAIN CMG FMG LQC DITHER
60Hz
50Hz
24 V
Compensation Cartridge
FUSE
0V
ALM ALM SMQ SMP Q IN C P IN CH
C S
SPARE
FUSE
Connector for Tilt Angle Sensor
Terminal Name
P IN Input Signal, Pressure (+)
C Input Signal (COM)
Q IN Input Signal, Flow (+)
SMP Sensor Monitor Output, Pressure
SMQ Sensor Monitor Output, Tilt Angle
0V
Power Supply
24 V
ALM S Alarm Output
ALM C Alarm Output (COM)
CH Output Current Check (to COM)
Note 1. For "SENSOR MONITOR" terminal, external instruments

should have input impedance of more than 10 kΩ.
2. For "CH" terminal, external instruments should have input
impedance of more than 10 kΩ.
3. Volume adjustment of "DITHER", "GAIN", "CMG", "FMG"
and "LQC" is made at the time of shipment.
Adjustment at the customer is not required.
4. Use shielded cable for "Input" connection.
The ground of the shielded cable must be connected to input
signal side.
Circuit Schematic
ALARM P SENSOR
SIG COM MONITOR
PRESS.
SENSOR
P IN
A
P GAIN ALARM
C
LQC
Q IN
A
CH
D CMG
OSC
DITHER
POSITION
SENSOR
FMG
24 V 0V Q SENSOR
MONITOR

Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator
Output Flow
M
O
Pressure
Specifications
Geometric Minimum Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
MPa (PSI) Minimum r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers Adj. Pres.
Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min.
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Mtg. Mtg.
10.0 2 16 21 2.0 8.5 10.7
A10-FR07-12* 1800 600
(.610) (.122) (2320) (3050) (290) (18.7) (23.6)
15.8 4 16 21 1.2 21 23.2
A16-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(.964) (.244) (2320) (3050) (175) (46.3) (51.2)
22.2 6 16 16 1.2 21 23.2
A22-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(1.355) (.366) (2320) (2320) (175) (46.3) (51.2)
36.9 10 16 21 1.2 29 33.3
A37-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(2.25) (.610) (2320) (3050) (175) (63.9) (73.4)
56.2 12 16 21 1.2 36 40.3
A56-*-R-07-*-K-32* 1800 600
(3.43) (.732) (2320) (3050) (175) (79.4) (88.9)
70.0 30 25 25 2 60.3 72.3
A70-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(4.27) (1.83) (3630) (3630) (290) (133) (159)
91.0 56 25 25 2 77.5 98
A90-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(5.55) (3.42) (3630) (3630) (290) (171) (216)
145 83 25 25 2 94 119
A145-*R07S-60* 1800 600
(8.85) (5.06) (3630) (3630) (290) (207) (262)

96 Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator
PISTON PUMPS
A
A16 -F -R -07 -S -K -32 *
Direction of Control Port Shaft Design
Series Number Mounting Design Std.
Rotation Type Position Extension Number
"A" Series
A16 Viewed from 32
F: None:
A22 Flange Mtg. Axial Port
07: 32
(22.2 cm3/rev) R: Pilot Pressure
1 K: Refer to 3
Clockwise Control Type
A37 Keyed Shaft
L: (Normal) Pressure S:
32
(36.9 cm3/rev) Foot Mtg. Compensator Side Port
A56
32
(56.2 cm3/rev)
A70 -F R 07 S -60 *
Direction of Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Port Position Design Std.
Rotation Number
A10 F: 2 Viewed from 12
(10.0 cm3/rev) Flange Mtg.
Shaft End
A70 07:
60
(70.0 cm3/rev) F: Pilot Pressure 3
R: Control Type Refer to
A90 Flange Mtg. 1 S:
Clockwise Pressure 60
(91.0 cm3/rev) L: Compensator Side Port
(Normal)
A145 Foot Mtg.
60
(145 cm3/rev)
2. When A10 pump is used as the foot Mtg., order the Mtg. Bracket kit
shown below separately. Refer to page 24 for dimensions of the Mtg.
bracket.
Mtg. Bracket Approx. Mass

Kit Numbers kg (lbs.)
LP-1A-10 2.2 (4.9)
Note: The mounting bracket kit consists of a mounting bracket, 2 hex. bolts
and 2 plain washer.
For performance characteristics, refer to models of pressure compensator type on page 36 to 43.
Pipe Flange Kit


Single Pump, Pilot Pressure Control Type Pressure Compensator 97
Flange Mtg. DIMENSIONS IN
Japanese Standard "JIS" : A10-FR07-12
Filling Port 1
3
Drain Port RC 3/8 Thd.
Pilot Port "PP"
RC 1/4 Thd. Fully Extended
96.5(3.80) 170 44.5(1.75)
Safety Valve
Pressure Adj. Screw (6.69)
3(.12) Hex. Soc. 33(1.30) 90.5 6.5(.26)
(3.56)
INC. 52.5 25 4.79(.1886)
Flow Adj. Screw (2.07) (.98)
(1.61)
4.76(.1874)
13(.51) Hex. 41
(4.21)
107
(3.62)
(2.56)
92
(6.73)
65
171
DEC.
(.43)
11
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
Dia.
2 3
Suction Port 10.5
19.05(.75000)
19.02(.74880)
82.55(3.2500)
25 25 93 (3.66) 106
RC 1/2 Thd. (.41)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
Dia. (4.17)
(.98) (.98) 2 3 131
64.5 64.5 Discharge Port (5.16) 130
(2.54) (2.54) RC 1/2 Thd. 156 (5.12)
(6.14)
159.5
(6.28)
European Design Standard : A10-FR07-1280

N. American Design Standard : A10-FR07-12950
Pilot Port "PP" Filling Port 1
"H" Thd.
Drain Port
"F" Thd.
Plug
"D" Hex.
2 3 2 3
"E" Thd. C C "E" Thd. A
B B 159.5(6.28)
Dimensions mm (IN.) Thread Size

Model Numbers
A B C D E F h
159 72 64 22
A10-FR07-1280 1/2 BSP. F 3/8 BSP. F 1/4 BSP. Tr
(6.26) (2.83) (2.52) (.87)
157 71 62 27
A10-FR07-12950 SAE #8 SAE #6 SAE #4
(6.18) (2.80) (2.44) (1.06)
For other dimensions, refer to Japanese Standard "JIS".

2. Use either port of two suction and discharge ports at your option. Keep the remaining ports
plugged.
3. As the tightening torques of suction, discharge and drain port fittings, conform to the below.
Tightening Torque Nm (IN. lbs.)

Model Numbers Suction Port &
Drain Port
Discharge Port
A70-FR07-12 65-75 (575-664) 40-50 (354-443)
A70-FR07-1280 56-62 (496-549) 33-36 (292-319)
A70-FR07-12950 47-51 (416-451) 40-50 (354-443)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Axial Port Type
Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-07-K-32/3280/32950

A22-F-R-07-K-32/3280/32950
"A" Series
Fully Extended
227(8.94)
202
2 (7.95)
Pilot Port "PP"
"D" Thd. 187 44.5
(7.36) (1.75)
59 6.5 1
Filling Port
(2.32) (.26) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
26.5
4.79(.1886)
25(.98)
4.76(.1874)
(4.29)
(3.78)
109
(3.25)
96
82.5
(2.44)
62
(7.36)
187
(.71)
(.47)
18
12
X
82.50(3.2480) Dia.
19.02(.74880) Dia.
R12
(R.47)
19.05(.75000)
82.55(3.2500)
95(3.74) Dia.
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
12 106
(.47) (4.17)
172 130
(6.77) (5.12)
188
Flow Adj. Screw (7.40)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
43.5
DEC. (1.71)
2
16 18 Pilot Port "PP"
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. (.63) (.71) "E" Thd.
Screw 17(.67) Hex. Soc.
INC.
(2.56)

65
2. Use either port of two pilot ports at your option.

(1.874)
47.6
22.2 "F" Thd. 17(.67) Deep

Suction Port
(.874) 8 Places
19(.75) Dia.
65
(2.56) Discharge Port
19(.75) Dia.
View Arrow X
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-3280 3/8 BSP. F 3/8 BSP. F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A16/A22-F-R-07-K-32950 SAE #8 SAE #6 SAE #4 3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN

dimensions.

Side Port Type
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-07-S-K-32/3280/32950

Fully Extended
250
(9.84)
225
(8.86)
210 59
(8.27) (2.32)
2 1
Pilot Port "PP" 77 9.5 Filling Port
"D" Thd. (3.03) (.37) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
30
6.38(.2512)
32(1.26) 6.35(.2500)
(4.41)
(4.13)
(3.48)
112
105
88.5
(2.68)
68
(7.95)
(2.311)
202
X
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
Dia. R14
(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
120(4.72) Dia.
22.23(.87520)
22.20(.87400)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep

146
25.01(.985)
30.2 12 24.85(.978)
4 Places (Both Sides)
(1.189) (.47) (5.75)
Discharge Port 32(1.26) Dia. 178.5 174
(Rear Side) (7.03) (6.85)
Suction Port 32(1.26) Dia. 202
(7.95)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc 46.5 2
Pilot Port "PP"
(1.83) "E" Thd.
DEC. 13 21
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. (.51) (.83)
Screw 17(.67) Hex. Soc
INC.
2. Use either port of two pilot ports at your option.
(2.80)

71
86 86
(3.39) (3.39)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port
View Arrow X
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32 Rc 1/2 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-07-S-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A37-F-R-07-S-K-32950 SAE #10 SAE #6 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

dimensions.

PISTON PUMPS
A
Side Port Type
Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-07-S-K-32/3280/32950
"A" Series
Fully Extended
262.5(10.33)
237.5
2 (9.35)
Pilot Port "PP" 222.5 62
"D" Thd. (8.76) (2.44) Filling Port 1
50.5 9.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(1.99) (.37) 2
43.5 Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides) Surface of Drain Port
(1.71)
41 49
(1.61) (1.93)
7.97(.3138)
40(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(5.43)
138
(3.84)
(3.54)
97.5
(3.03)
90
77
(9.29)
236
X
(2.311)
58.7
(.55)
(.98)
14
25
101.55(3.9980) Dia.
31.70(1.2480) Dia. R14
(R.55)
101.60(4.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
120(4.72)
35.32(1.391)
"F" Thd. "H" Deep 35.14(1.383)
30.2 12 Dia. 146
4 Places (Both Sides) (1.189) (.47) (5.75)
Discharge Port 30(1.18) Dia. 191 174
(Rear Side) (7.52) (6.85)
Suction Port 35(1.38) Dia. 232
(9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 46.5
(1.83) 2
Pilot Port "PP"
DEC. "E" Thd.
13 21
Safety Valve Pressure Adj. (.51) (.83) 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
Screw 5(.20) Hex. Soc. 2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
INC.
(3.15)
80
100 100
(3.94) (3.94)
Surface of Suction Port Surface of Discharge Port
View Arrow X
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-07-S-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A56-F-R-07-S-K-32950 SAE #12 SAE #6 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

dimensions.

Flange Mtg. : A70-FR07S-60/6080/60950
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides) Surface of Discharge Port 95 95 Surface of Suction Port
(3.74) (3.74)
Fully Extended 62 Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
351.5(13.84) (2.44) (2.87) (2.87)
65 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface 13
(2.56) 4 Places (.51)
9.5 (From Rear)
(.37)
40 7.97(.3138)
X
14(.55)
(1.57) 7.94(.3126)
(7.11)
(7.17)
180.5
182
Y
(3.54)
(.71)
90
18
(2.063)
(4.504)
(7.09)
114.4
52.4
180
(4.65)
118
126.95(4.9980) Dia.
Discharge Port
31.70(1.2480) Dia.
(From Rear)
26(1.02) Dia. 2 Places
127.00(5.0000)
31.75(1.2500)
"E" Thd. 19.5

35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
17(.67) Deep 26.2 (.77) 114.4

4 Places (1.031) 16 (4.504)
(.63) 134
18 (5.28)
(.71) 181
246.5 (7.126)
(9.70) 211
(8.31)
Surface of
Pilot Port "PP1"
2
Pilot Port "PP2"
316.5 "F" Thd.
(14.46)
Eye Bolt 244
M10 (9.61)
1
Safety Valve Pres. Filling Port
2 22(.87) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Pilot Port "PP1" Adj. Screw
"F" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
(6.52)
165.5
INC.
(2.752)
69.9
Flow Adj. Screw

17(.67) Hex.
Suction Port
DEC.
38(1.50) Dia.
View Arrow X Case Drain Port
3
"D" Thd. "H" Deep
5(.20) Hex. Soc. 35.7
(1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option. View Arrow Y
from pump casing.
A70-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75)
A70-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A70-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A90-FR07S-60/6080/60950
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
"A" Series
(Both Sides) Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
95
(3.74) 105 105
119.5 23(.91) (4.13) (4.13)
(4.70) Surface of Drain Port 68 68 Surface of Drain Port
13(.51)
(2.68) (2.68)
63(2.48)
X
(7.48)
(7.50)
190.5
190
9.56(.3764)
(4.45)
Y
113
9.53(.3752)
(6.362)
(2.311)
161.6
58.7
(5.00)
127
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
22
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)

R22(R.87)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
"E" Thd. 30.2 39(1.54) Dia. Spotface 161.6

(.87)
"H" Deep (1.189) 23 (From Rear) (6.362)
4 Places (.91) 4Places
270
(10.63) Surface of Pilot Port "PP1"
3
Case Drain Port 2
5(.20) Hex. Soc. Fully Extended Pilot Port "PP2"
376(14.80) "F" Thd.
341 Safety Valve Pres. Adj. Screw
Eye Bolt (13.43) 14(.55) Hex.
M10 268.5 INC.
2 Filling Port 1 (10.57)
Pilot Port "PP1" Flow Adj. Screw
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 17(.67) Hex.
"F" Thd.
DEC.
9.5 17.5
(6.69)
170
(.37) (.69)
(3.46)
88
(3.063)
77.8
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
42.9
View Arrow X (1.689)
270 "D" Thd. "H" Deep
(10.63) 4 Places
View Arrow Y

2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
from pump casing.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. H mm (IN.)
A90-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75)
A90-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A90-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


Flange Mtg. : A145-FR07S-60/6080/60950
2
Drain Port "C" Thd.
(Both Sides)
Surface of Discharge Port Surface of Suction Port
112 112
Fully Extended 112 (4.41) (4.41)
400.5(15.77) (4.41) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
89 23 (2.83) (2.83)
(3.50) (.91) 15
13 (.59)
(.51)
70
X (2.76)
(7.81)
11.14(.4386)
198.5
11.11(.4374)
(4.33)
110
Y
(9.000)
(2.311)
228.6
58.7
(5.55)
141
Discharge Port
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
32(1.26) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
"E" Thd.
44.45(1.7500)

49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
"J" Deep 30.2 24 228.6 R22(R.87)

(From Rear)
4 Places (1.189) (.94) 4Places (9.000)
26 273
(1.02) (10.75)
299.5
(11.79) 3
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
Surface of
Eye Bolt Pilot Port "PP1"
Safety Valve Pres. M10 2
Adj. Screw 362.5 Pilot Port "PP2"
2
24 14(.55) Hex. (14.27) "F" Thd.
Pilot Port "PP1" INC.
(.94) 290
"F" Thd. Flow Adj. Screw
(11.42)
17(.67) Hex. Filling Port 1
DEC. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
Suction Port
(6.97)
(7.56)
177
192
48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8
"D" Thd. "H" Deep

View Arrow X 4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow Y
2. Use either port of two pilot and drain ports at your option.
from pump casing.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd. H mm (IN.) J mm (IN.)
A145-FR07S-60 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR07S-6080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP. Tr
A145-FR07S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC SAE #4 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Constant Power Control Type
"A" Series
Ou
tp
ut
F
lo
w
Output Flow
Input Power
Input Power
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
M M M
O O O
A16 A37/A56 A70/A145
Specifications
Geometric Minimum 2 Operating Pres. Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement Adj. Flow MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Flange Foot
(cu. in. /rev) (cu. in. /rev) Max. Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
1
A16-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 15.8 (.964) 21 (3050) 1800 600 29.0 (63.9) 31.2 (68.8)
1
A37-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 36.9 (2.25) 21 (3050) 1800 600 37.0 (81.6) 41.3 (91.1)
1
A56-*-R-09-*-*-K-32* 56.2 (3.43) 21 (3050) 1800 600 44.0 (97.0) 48.3 (107)
A70-*R09*S-60* 70.0 (4.27) 30 (.295) 25 (3630) 1800 600 72.8 (161) 84.8 (187)
A145-*R09*S-60* 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 1800 600 110 (243) 135 (298)
1. Maximum Operating Pressure of A16/A37/A56 varies according to Input Power Setting. See Model Number Designation for details.
2. Minimum Adjustment Flow of A70/A145 is absolutely minimum flow that can be adjusted with Flow Adjustment Screw.
A90 type pump (91 cm3/rev) is available. Ask Yuken for Details.

Single Pump, Constant Power Control Type 105
A16/A37/A56
A16 -F -R -09 -A -16M -K -32 *
Direction of 2 Shaft Design Design
Series Number Mounting Rotation Control Type Input Power Setting Specify Control Pres. Extension Number Std.
A: 3.7 kW E : 2.2 kW
A16 (5 HP) (3 HP)
B: 5.5 kW F : 1.5 kW 7M : 7 MPa 32
(15.8 cm3/rev) (1020 PSI)
(7.5 HP) (2 HP)
A: 3.7 kW C : 7.5 kW 10.5M : 10.5 MPa
F: Flange Viewed from (1520 PSI)
A37 Mtg. (5 HP) (10 HP)
Shaft End 09: Constant B: 5.5 kW D : 11 kW 14M : 14 MPa 32
(36.9 cm3/rev)
Power (7.5 HP) (15 HP) (2030 PSI) K: Keyed Refer to
Control 16M : 16 MPa Shaft 3
Type A: 3.7 kW E : 15 kW
L: Foot (5 HP) (20 HP) (2320 PSI)
1
Mtg. R: Clockwise B: 5.5 kW F : 18.5 kW
(Normal) 17.5M : 17.5 MPa
A56 (7.5 HP) (25 HP) (2540 PSI)
(56.2 cm3/rev) C: 7.5 kW G : 22 kW 32
(10 HP) (30 HP) 21M : 21 MPa
D: 11 kW (3050 PSI)
(15 HP)
A70/A145
A70 -F R 09 A S -60 *
Direction of Design Design
Series Number Mounting Rotation Control Type Input Power Setting Direction of Port Number Std.
A: 15 kW E : 22 kW
A70 (20 HP) (30 HP)
B: 18.5 kW F : 30 kW 60
(70 cm3/rev) F: Flange
Viewed from (25 HP) (40 HP)
Mtg.
Shaft End 09: Constant A: 15 kW E : 37 kW
Power (20 HP) (50 HP) Refer to
Control B: 18.5 kW F : 45 kW S: Side Port
3
L: Foot Type (20 HP) (60 HP)
A145 Mtg. R: Clockwise 1
C: 22 kW G : 55 kW 60
(145 cm3/rev) (Normal) (30 HP) (75 HP)
D: 30 kW H : 75 kW
(40 HP) (100 HP)
2. Specify control pressure of A16/A37/A56 with lower than Maximum Operating Pressure depending on Input Power Setting.
Performance Maximum Operating Pressure
Characteristics MPa (PSI)
Model 1.5 kW (2 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) 3.7 kW (5 HP) 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) 7.5 kW (10 HP) 11 kW (15 HP) 15 kW (20 HP) 18.5 kW (25 HP) 22 kW(30 HP)
A16 10.5 (1520) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
A37 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
A56 10.5 (1520) 14 (2030) 17.5 (2540) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 21 (3050)
Pipe Flange Kits

Threaded Connection Socket Welding 1 Butt Welding
Pump Model 3 Japanese 3 Japanese 3
Name of Port N. Ameraican N. Ameraican N. Ameraican
Numbers Japanese European Std. "JIS" & Std. "JIS" &
Design Design Design
Std. "JIS" Design Std. European European
Standard Design Std. Standard Design Std. Standard

A16- -R-09
* 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Discharge
A70-*-R-09
A145- -R-09
* Discharge F5-10-A-10 F5-10-A-1080 F5-10-B-10 F5-10-B-1090 F5-10-C-10 F5-10-C-1090
1. In case of using socket welding flanges, there is a case where the operating pressure should be set lower than the normal because of strength of hat
2. Discharge port for pump model "A16" is available only the threaded connections.
3. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming
to the SAE Standards can be used.

106 Single Pump, Constant Power Control Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Typical Performance Characteristics at 1500 r/min
A16 A70
"A" Series
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
L/min L/min kW HP
8 30 200 40
50 50
Output Flow 5.5 kW kW HP 35
6 8
6 Input Power
Input Power 30 kW
20 5 40 150 30 40
Output Flow
Input Power
3.7 kW 6
4 25
4
Output Flow
Input Power
30 Output Flow 22 kW 30
3 4
2.2 kW 100 20
10 18.5 kW
2 2
2 15 kW
20 15 20
1
1.5 kW 30 kW
0 0 0 50 10
0 22 kW
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa 10 10
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI) 18.5 kW 5
Pressure
15 kW
0 0 0
0
0 10 20 30 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 PSI

Pressure
A37
U.S.GPM
L/min 11 kW kW HP
60 Output Flow 12 16
15 Input Power
A145
50 10
12 7.5 kW 10 L/min kW HP
40 8 300 75 100
Output Flow
Input Power
9 U.S.GPM 37 kW 70
5.5 kW 90
30 6 8 70 45 kW
6 60 80
20 4 60 Output Flow Input Power 55 kW
4 55 kW 70
3 200 50
10 2 50
3.7 kW 60
45 kW
Output Flow
Input Power
0 0
0 0 40
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa 40 50
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI) 37 kW
Pressure 30 40
30 30 kW
100
30
20 22 kW 20
30 kW 20
10 22 kW 10
10
A56
0 0 0
U.S.GPM 0
0 10 20 30 MPa
L/min 5.5 kW 7.5 kW11 kW 15 kW 22 kW 18.5 kW kW HP
120 24 32 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 PSI
30 Input Power Pressure
100 20
25 Output Flow
24
80
Output Flow
Input Power
20
15 60 16
10
10 40
8
5 20
3.7 kW
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10. 5 14 17. 5 21 MPa
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure

Flange Mtg. : A16-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
Surface of Suction Port Filling Port 2

257 44.5
(10.12) (1.75)
229 6.5
(9.02) (.26)
172 130
(6.77) Drain Port (5.12)
26.5 "C" Thd.
106
(1.04) (4.17)
Fully Extended
25 4.79(.1886)
(4.37)
(3.78)
R12
111
(.98) 4.76(.1874)
96
X (R.47)
(3.07)
(.47)
(.71)
12
18
78
Dia.
Dia.
95(3.74) Dia.
82.55(3.2500)
82.50(3.2480)
19.05(.7500)
19.02(.7488)
12
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
(.47)
252
(9.92)
3
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
245
(9.65)
63.5
(2.50)
Suction Port
19(.75) Dia.
(1.874)
47.6
"E" Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places 3
Input Power Setteing Screw
22.2
(.874)
32.5 56
(1.28) (2.20) Discharge Port
"D" Thd.
94 87
(3.70) (3.43)
View Arrow X

1
A16-F-R-09-*-K-32 Rc 3/8 G 1/2
M10
A16-F-R-09-*-K-3280 3/8 BSP.F 1/2 BSP.F
A16-F-R-09-*-K-32950 SAE #8 SAE #8 3/8-16 UNC
1. Detail of Discharge Port 2. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
[For Japanese Standard] 3. Do not touch the screw because it is adjusted at the time of shipment.
17
(.67)
0.5 2.5
(.020) (.098)
G1/2 Thd.
15°
22.6(.89) Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type


PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A37-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
59
(2.32)
Filing Port 1 Drain Port "C" Thd.
9.5
"A" Series
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (.37) 101 101
30 32 (3.98) (3.98)
(1.18) (1.26)
Fully Extended
(6.10)
155
6.38(.2512)
(4.13)
105
6.35(.2500)
(.28)
7
(.55)
(3.54)
(.98)
14
25
90
R14
Dia.
12 (R.55)
Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
(.47)
Pressure Gauge Connection
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
195 146
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
for Pump Discharge Pressure (7.68) (5.75)
120(4.72) Dia.
"D" Thd. 228 174
(8.98) (6.85)
282
(11.10)
Surface of Suction Port
2
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended 2
141 Input Power Setting Screw
(5.55)
Discharge Port
Suction Port
30(1.18) Dia. 20(.79) Dia.
(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6
"E" Thd. "H" Deep "F" Thd. 19(.75) Deep

4 Places 4 Places
30.2 22.2
(1.189) (.874)
36 42
(1.42) (1.65)
View Arrow X
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10 M10 19 (.75)
A37-F-R-09-*-K-3280 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A37-F-R-09-*-K-32950 SAE #10 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg. : A37-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
4 Places
(4.02)
(.59)
(.55)
102
15
14
(.12)
3
60 74 120
(2.362) (2.91) (4.72)
115 39 95 95
(4.53) (1.54) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

Flange Mtg. : A56-F-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950
Filling Port 1
Drain Port 2 50.5 62
41 49
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (1.99) (2.44)
(1.61) (1.93)
43.5 9.5
(1.71) (.37) Surface of Drain Port
40
(1.57) Surface of Drain Port
(6.34)
7.97(.3138)
161
7.94(.3126)
(3.54)
X
90
(.28)
7
(.98)
25
(.55)
(3.86)
14
98
Dia.
Dia.
12 R14
(R.55) 120(4.72) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
(.47)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
207 146
(8.15) (5.75)
240 174
Pressure Gauge Connection (9.45) (6.85)
for Pump Discharge Pressure 294 232
"D" Thd. (11.57) (9.13)
Surface of Suction Port
3
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended
141
3
(5.55) Input Power Setting Screw
Discharge Port
20(.79) Dia.
Suction Port
35(1.38) Dia. 1. Install the pump so that the "Filling Port" is at the top.
(2.311)
(1.874)
58.7
47.6

"E" Thd. "H" Deep "F" Thd. "H" Deep

4 Places 4 Places
30.2 22.2
(1.189) (.874)
38 44
(1.50) (1.73)
View Arrow X
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M10 M10 19 (.75)
A56-F-R-09-*-K-3280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A56-F-R-09-*-K-32950 SAE #12 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg. : A56-L-R-09-*-K-32/3280/32950 14(.55) Dia. Through
4 Places
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 77 120
(2.362)(3.03) (4.72)
115 42 95 95
(4.53) (1.65) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg. : A70-FR09*S-60/6080/60950
Fully Extended
"A" Series
351.5 62 27(1.06) Dia. Spotface
(13.84) (2.44) (From Rear) 4 places
Drain Port 2 65 19.5 188 95 Surface of Suction Port
"C" Thd. (Both Sides) (2.56) (.77) (7.40) (3.74)
"E" Thd. 17(.67) Deep 9.5 Surface of Drain Port 73 73 Surface of Drain Port
(.37) (2.87)(2.87)
4 Places
40
(1.57) 7.97(.3138)
Y 7.94(.3126)
(7.17)
(7.11)
180.5
182
(3.54)
X
(.71)
18
90
(4.504)
(1.031)
(7.09)
114.4
26.2
180
(4.65)
118
Dia.
Dia.
(.55)
14
Discharge Port
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
35.32(1.391)
18(.71) Dia. 35.14(1.383)
52.4 18 114.4 35(1.38) Dia. Spotface
(2.063) (.71) (4.504) (From Rear) 2 places
212.5 134
(8.37) (5.28)
3
Input Power Setting Screw "A" 181
Input Power Setting Screw "B" 3 (7.126)
211
(8.31)
Filling Port 1 Eye Bolt

Safety Valve Pressure [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] M10
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. INC.
Suction Port
Flow Adj. Screw
38(1.50) Dia.
17(.67) Hex. DEC.
(2.752)
69.9
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
View Arrow Y 4 Places
4
Case Drain Port 35.7
5(.20) Hex. Soc. (1.406)
246.5
(9.70)
View Arrow X

4. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid from pump casing.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F mm (IN.)

A70-FR09*S-60 Rc 3/4
M12 M10 19 (.75)
A70-FR09*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A70-FR09*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg. : A145-FR09*S-60/6080/60950
3
Input Power Setting Screw "B"
Drain Port 2
3
Input Power Setting Screw "A" Fully Extended "C" Thd. (Both Sides)
397 112
(15.63) (4.41) Surface of Discharge Port 214 112 Surface of Suction Port
89 23 (8.43) (4.41)
(3.50) (.91) Surface of Drain Port 72 72 Surface of Drain Port
13 (2.83)(2.83)
Discharge Port 11.14(.4386)
(.51) 11.11(.4374)
32(1.26) Dia.
70
Fully Extended
(1.189)
(2.76)
30.2
(9.69)
246
(7.81)
198.5
X
(4.33)
110
(2.24)
(9.000)
57
228.6
YUKEN
(5.55)
141
152.35(5.9980) Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
44.40(1.7480) Dia.
4 Places
152.40(6.0000)
44.45(1.7500)
R22
49.39(1.994)
49.21(1.937)
58.7 24 228.6
39(1.54) Dia. Spotface (R.87)
(2.311) (.94) (9.000)
(From Rear)
299.5 273
4 Places
(11.79) (10.75)
4
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
Eye Bolt
INC.
M10 Pressure Adj. Screw
Filling Port 1 17(.67) Hex.
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex. DEC.
Suction Port
48(1.89) Dia.
(3.063)
77.8
4. Case drain port is available for use when draining hydraulic fluid from "D" Thd. "F" Deep
pump casing. 4 Places
42.9
(1.689)
299.5
(11.79)
View Arrow X
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F mm (IN.) H mm (IN.)
A145-FR09*S-60 Rc 3/4
M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
A145-FR09*S-6080 3/4 BSP.F
A145-FR09*S-60950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps – Double Pumps,
"A" Series
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Shaft Speed
Geometric Min. Adj. Operating Pressure Approx. Mass
Range
Displacement Flow MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers r/min
cm3/rev cm3/rev
Flange Foot
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 35.5 37.7
A1616-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 35.5 37.7
A1622-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 35.5 37.7
A2222-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) (98.3) (83.1)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 50 54.3
A1637-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (110) (120)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 50 54.3
A2237-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (110) (120)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 54.5 58.8
A1656-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (120) (130)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 54.5 58.8
A2256-*R01*01**K-32* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (120) (130)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 77.5 89.5
A1670-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (171) (197)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 77.5 89.5
A2270-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (171) (197)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 86.5 98.5
A3770-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 30 (1.831) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (191) (217)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 88 108.5
A1690-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (194) (239)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 88 108.5
A2290-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (194) (239)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 100.5 121
A3790-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (222) (267)
Outboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 107.5 128
A5690-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 56 (3.42) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (237) (282)
Outboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 4 (.244) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 109 134
A16145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (240) (295)
Outboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 6 (.366) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 109 134
A22145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (240) (295)
Outboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 10 (.610) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 121.5 146.5
A37145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (268) (323)
Outboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 12 (.732) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) 128.5 153.5
A56145-*R01*01**-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 83 (5.06) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (283) (338)

Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type 113
Outboard Pump Inboard Pump (Driven End)
A1637 -F R S K -32 *
01 C 01 C
Direction Port
Series Control Pres. Adj. Range Control Pres. Adj. Range Position of Shaft Design Design
Mounting of
Number Type MPa(PSI) Type MPa(PSI) Outboard Extension Number Std.
Rotation Pump
A1616 B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(15.8/15.8 Viewed C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) 32
cm3/rev) B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020) H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
from C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
A1622 Shaft H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
(15.8/22.2 End 32
cm3/rev) B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
A2222 C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/22.2 32
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
cm3/rev)
A1637 B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020) K:
(15.8/36.9 C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) Keyed 32
cm3/rev) H: 1.2-21 (170-3050) Shaft
A2237
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/36.9 32
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
cm3/rev)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
A1656 B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020) H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
(15.8/56.2 C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) 32
cm3/rev) H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
A2256
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/56.2 32
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
cm3/rev)
A1670 F: B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020) S:
(15.8/70.0 Flange C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) Side Port 60
cm3/rev) Mtg. H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
A2270 R: 1 01: 01:
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/70.0 Clockwise Pressure C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) Pressure 60
cm3/rev) (Normal) Compen- Compen-
sator Type sator Type Refer to
A3770 L: 2
(36.9/70.0 Foot None: 60
cm3/rev) B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020) Axial Port
Mtg.
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
A1690 H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
(15.8/91.0 60
cm3/rev)
A2290
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/91.0 60
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
cm3/rev)
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
A3790 None:
C: 1.5-16 (220-2320)
(36.9/91.0 Keyed 60
H: 1.8-21 (260-3050)
cm3/rev) Shaft
K: 2.0-28 (290-4060)
A5690 B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(56.2/91.0 C: 1.2-16 (170-2320) 60
cm3/rev) H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
A16145
(15.8/145 60
cm3/rev)
A22145
B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
(22.2/145 60
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
cm3/rev)
A37145
(36.9/145 60
cm3/rev) B: 1.2- 7 (170-1020)
C: 1.2-16 (170-2320)
A56145 H: 1.2-21 (170-3050)
(56.2/145 60
cm3/rev)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. Consult Yuken 2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"
for details. 80 ............... European Design Standard
950 ............. N. American Design Standard

114 Double Pumps, Pressure Compensator Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
"A" Series Piston Pumps – Variable / Fixed Double Pumps
Graphic Symbol
"A" Series
M
O

Inboard Pump (Driven End) Outboard Pump
A16R1 -F R K -32 *
01 B -23 A A
Direction Nominal Discharge Suction
Series Pres. Adj. Range Shaft Design Design
Mounting of Control Type Displacement Port Port
Number MPa(PSI) Extension Number Std.
Rotation cm3/rev Position Position
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)

A16R1 Viewed C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320) Viewed from 32
from H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050) Shaft End
Shaft
End B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)
A22R1 32
C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320) K:
Keyed
Shaft
A37R1 32
F: B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020)
Flange C: 1.2 - 16 (170 - 2320) 6, 8
Mtg. H: 1.2 - 21 (170 - 3050) 10, 12
A56R1 14, 17 32
R: 1 01:
19, 23
Clockwise Pressure 25, 31 A: Up A: Up
L: (Normal) Compensator
A70R1 Foot Type 60
Mtg.
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) Refer to
C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320) 2
A90R1 60
H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050)
K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
A145R1 60
None:
Keyed
Shaft
A70R2 60
B: 1.2 - 7 (170 - 1020) 41, 47
C: 1.5 - 16 (220 - 2320) 53, 59
A90R2 60
H: 1.8 - 21 (260 - 3050) 65
K: 2.0 - 28 (290 - 4060)
A145R2 60
950 ............. N. American Design Standard
"A" Series Piston Pumps

Variable / Fixed Double Pumps 115
Specifications
Shaft Speed
Geometric Operating Pressure Approx. Mass
Range
Displacement MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers r/min
cm3/rev
Flange Foot
(cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min.
Mtg. Mtg.
Outboard Pump Refer to the following table 28.8 31.0
A16R1-*R01*-*AAK-32* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 15.8 (.964) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (63.5) (68.4)
A22R1-*R01*-*AAK-32* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 22.2 (1.355) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) (63.5) (68.4)
Outboard Pump Refer to the following table 39 43.3
A37R1-*R01*-*AAK-32* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 36.9 (2.25) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (86.0) (95.5)
Outboard Pump Refer to the following table 47 51.3
A56R1-*R01*-*AAK-32* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 56.2 (3.43) 16 (2320) 21 (3050) (104) (113)
Outboard Pump Refer to the following table 66 78
A70R1-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (146) (172)
A90R1-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (181) (232)
A145R1-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 750
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (225) (284)
A70R2-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 70.0 (4.27) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (160) (186)
Outboard Pump Refer to the following table 91.5 112
A90R2-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 91.0 (5.55) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (202) (247)
A145R2-*R01*-*AA-60* 1800 600
Inboard Pump 145 (8.85) 25 (3630) 28 (4060) (247) (302)
Geometric Displacement and Max. Pressure of

Outboard Pump
Geometric Max Pres. MPa (PSI)
Displacement
Model Numbers Anti-Wear R&O
cm3/rev
(cu.in./rev) Type Type
A*R1-*R01*-6 5.8 (.354) 21
A*R1-*R01*-8 8.0 (.488) (3050)
A*R1-*R01*-10 9.4 (.574)
A*R1-*R01*-12 12.2 (.744) 16
21 (2320)
A*R1-*R01*-14 13.7 (.836)
(3050)
A*R1-*R01*-17 16.6 (1.013)
A*R1-*R01*-19 18.6 (1.135)
A*R1-*R01*-23 22.7 (1.385) 17.5 (2540)
A*R1-*R01*-25 25.3 (1.544) 15 (2180) 15 (2180)
A*R1-*R01*-31 31.0 (1.892) 12 (1740) 12 (1740)
A*R2-*R01*-26 26.6 (1.623)
21
A*R2-*R01*-33 33.3 (2.03)
(3050)
A*R2-*R01*-41 41.3 (2.52)
14
A*R2-*R01*-47 47.2 (2.88) 20 (2900)
(2030)
A*R2-*R01*-53 52.5 (3.20) 18 (2610)
A*R2-*R01*-59 58.2 (3.55) 16 (2320)
A*R2-*R01*-65 64.7 (3.95) 14 (2030)
"A" Series Piston Pumps

116 Variable / Fixed Double Pumps
Pressure Compensator Type Constant Power (Torque) Load Sensing Type

Control Type

cu. in./rev Operating
Graphic .1 .2 .5 1 2 5 10 15
Pump Type Pressure Page
Symbol
MPa
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 300 (PSI)
cm3/rev
A3H16
A3H37
A3H56
35
Single Pump A3H71 120
M (5080)
O
A3H100
A3H145
A3H180
Three control types are available such as pressure compensator type. Refer to page 121.
117
Hydraulic Fluids
Use petroleum base oils such as anti-wear type hydraulic Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over
oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type contamination of the operating oil which can otherwise lead
hydraulic oils equivalent to ISO VG-32 or 46. to breakdowns and shorten the life of the unit. Please main-
The recommended viscosity range is from 20 to 400 tain the degree of contamination within NAS Grade 10.
mm2/s (98 to 1800 SSU) and temperature range is from 0 The suction port must be equipped with at least a 100
to 60°C (32 to 140°F), both of which have to be satisfied µm (150 mesh) reservoir type filter and the return line
for the use of the above hydraulic oils. must have a line filter of under 10 µm.
Instructions
When installing the pump the filling port should be Install drain piping according to the chart and ensure that
positioned upwards. pressure within the pump housing should be maintained
at a normal pressure of less than 0.1 MPa (15 PSI) and
Alignment of Shaft surge pressure of less than 0.5 MPa (70 PSI).
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid Length of piping should be less than 1 m (3.3 ft.), and the
any stress from bending or thrust. pipe end should be submerged in oil.
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm
(.0039 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular [Recommended Drain Piping Size]
is less than 0.2°.
Fitting Size
Inside Dia.
Suction Pressure Model Japnese Std. "JIS" & N.American of Pipe
European Design Std. Design Std.
Permissible suction pressure at suction port of the pump
1/2 SAE #10 12 mm
is between -16.7 and +50 kPa (5 in.Hg Vacuum and 7 A3H16
(.47 in.)
PSIG). In case of the speed is over 1800 r/min, adjust the A3H37 [Inside Dia. 12 mm (.47 in.) or more] or more
pressure 0 to +50 kPa (0 to 7 PSIG). A3H56 3/4 SAE #12 19 mm
For piping to the suction port, use the pipes of the same | (.75 in.)
A3H180 [Inside Dia. 16 mm (.63 in.) or more] or more
diametre as that of the specified pipe flange to be used.
Make sure that the height of the pump suction port is whithin
one metre (3.3ft.) from the oil level in the reservoir. Safety Valve
When delivery line is blocked suddenly, surge pressure is
Hints on Piping occurred so a safety valve should be set in the circuit to
When using steel pipes for the suction or discharge ports, eliminate any damage on equipment and piping.
excessive noise. Bleeding Air
Whenever there is fear of excessive load, please use rubber It may be necessary to bleed air from pump case and outlet
hoses. line to remove causes of vibration.
Suction Piping Starting
In case the pump is installed above the oil level, the suction Before first staring, fill pump case with clean operating
piping and suction line filter should be located lower than oil via the fill port.
the pump position to prevent air in the suction line. In order to avoid air blockage when first starting, adjust
the control valves so that the discharged oil from the pump
is returned direct to the tank or the actuator moves in a
free load.
[Volume of Pre-fill Oil Required]
Model Volume cm3(in.3)

A3H16 400 (24.4)
A3H37 700 (42.7)
A3H56 900 (54.9)
A3H71 1300 (79.3)
A3H100 1700 (104)
A3H145 2400 (146)
A3H180 3200 (195)
118 "A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

PISTON PUMPS
A
Setting Discharge Pressure and Delivery
At the time of shipment, the unit has been preset to maximum delivery and minimum discharge pressure.
Adjust the preset delivery and pressure to meet your system requirements.
Adjustment of Discharge Pressure Adjustment of Delivery
"A3H" Series
Turning the adjustment screw clockwise, increases Turning the flow adjustment screw clockwise, decreases
pressure. delivery.
Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure The minimum adjustable flow and adjustable volume of
adjustment screw each full turn of the delivery adjustment screw
Adjustment Volume Adjustable volumre

Model Numbers with each full turn
MPa (PSI) Model Minimum adjustment flow
of the adjustment
A3H16/A3H37/A3H56-01 5.5 (780) Numbers screw cm3/rev (cu.in./rev)
A3H71/A3H100/A3H145-01 6.3 (915)
A3H180-01 5.7 (830) A3H16 1.4 (.085) 8 (.488)
A3H37 3.3 (.201) 16 (.976)
A3H56 4.2 (.256) 35 (2.14)
A3H71 4.9 (.299) 45 (2.75)
A3H100 6.2 (.378) 63 (3.84)
A3H145 9.4 (.574) 95 (5.80)
A3H180 10.3 (.629) 125 (7.63)
Flow Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L" vs. Geometric Displacement (reference)
cm3/rev
cu.in./rev
12 200
180 A3H180
10
160
A3H145
Cover 140
Geometric Displacement
L 8
Flow Adj. Screw
120
6 100 A3H100
80
A3H71
4
60 A3H56
40 A3H37
2
Lock Nut
20
A3H16
Retainer 0
0
5 10 15 20 mm
.2 .4 .6 .8 Inches
Adjustment Screw Protrusion Length "L"
"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 119

Spool Pressure Compensator Valve

Pressure Adj. Screw
Control Piston
Drain Port
Flow Adj. Screw
Pivot
Shaft
OUT
IN
Port Plate Cradle
Cylinder Block Slipper Retainer

Spring Spring Piston Ass'y
Control Type Features

High performance at maximum pressure
35MPa
Volumetric efficiency is over 95% and
overall efficiency is more than 90% at
1800 r/min.
"A3H37" type performance charateristics
N=1800 r/min
100
Overall Efficiency
80
%
60 Output Flow 60
L/min
Efficiency
P
40 40
kW
PP L P
r
we
Output Flow
P Po
ut
Inp 20 20
Input Power
PP
M 0
M
0 0 0
S 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
DR
Pressure MPa
M
M
0
0
S DR
S DR
Compact size
A3H series are compact in size because
output / mass ratio is large.
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
Pressure Pressure Pressure
"01" "09" "14"

Pressure Compensator Type Constant Power Control Type Load Sensing Type
120 "A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

PISTON PUMPS
A
Control Type
"A3H" Series
Output Flow
When the system pressure increases and comes close
Pressure
to the preset cut-off pressure, the pump flow decreases
"01" Compensator
automatically while maintaining the set pressure as it 122
M
Type
O is.
Pressure
This type of control can control the pump input power

according to the motor output.
When the system pressure increases, the pump swash
Output Flow
Constant Power plate tilt angle (output flow) decreases, in correspondence
"09" (Torque) Control to predetermined shaft input values. 141
Type
This type of control can enable one pump to act as two
pumps (low-pressure and large-flow/high-pressure and
Pressure
small-flow). Therefore, the motor capacity can be
reduced.
This is an energy-saving type control which maintains the
pump flow and load pressure at the absolute minimum
necessary level to operate the actuator.
This type of control automatically regulates the output
Output Flow
flow so that the inlet-outlet differential pressure of the

Load Sensing flow control valve at the output side is constant. To do
"14" Type
150
so, the load pressure must be introduced to the load
sensing port "L" of the pump through the external piping.
Pressure
This type of control provides the remote control of the
full cut-off pressure by connecting a remote control relief
valve to the pilot port "PP".
A flow control valve is not included with the pump. Install the valve separately.
■ Availability of Control Type

Mark " " in the table below refers to standard model.
Geometric Displacement "01" "09" "14"
Model Numbers Constant Power
cm3/rev (cu. in./rev) Pressure Compensator Type (Torque) Control Type Load Sensing Type
A3H 16 16.3 (.995)
A3H 37 37.1 (2.26)
A3H 56 56.3 (3.44)
A3H 71 70.7 (4.31)
A3H100 100.5 (6.13)
A3H145 145.2 (8.86)
A3H180 180.7 (11.03)
"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 121

"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps-Single Pump,
Graphic Symbol
M
O
Specifications
Operating Pressure Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Geometric Minimum
MPa (PSI) r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Flange Foot
1 2
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent Max. Min. Mtg. Mtg.
A3H 16-*R01KK-10* 16.3 (.995) 8.0 (.488) 3600 600 14.5 (32.0) 23.4 (51.6)
A3H 37-*R01KK-10* 37.1 (2.26) 16.0 (.976) 2700 600 19.5 (43.0) 27.0 (59.5)
A3H 56-*R01KK-10* 56.3 (3.44) 35.0 (2.14) 2500 600 25.7 (56.7) 33.2 (73.2)
A3H 71-*R01KK-10* 70.7 (4.31) 45.0 (2.75) 28 (4060) 35 (5080) 2300 600 35.0 (77.2) 42.5 (93.7)
A3H100-*R01KK-10* 100.5 (6.13) 63.0 (3.84) 2100 600 44.6 (98.3) 72.6 (160)
A3H145-*R01KK-10* 145.2 (8.86) 95.0 (5.80) 1800 600 60.0 (132) 88.0 (194)
A3H180-*R01KK-10* 180.7 (11.03) 125.0 (7.63) 1800 600 70.4 (155) 98.4 (217)
1. Consult Yuken when pump is used over rated pressure because there is a restriction on operating condition.
2. The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).
3. The table above shows specifications for using petroleum based oils.
Pumps (customized design) for special fluids are also available. Their operating pressure and maximum shaft speed however differ from the values
in the table above depending on the fluid type.
Range of operating temperature and viscosities may differ from those of petroleum based oils due to their characteristics.
Specifications and Design numbers for Special Fluids

Allowable Design Numbers
Operating Pressure Maximum Temperature Viscosity
for Special Fluid
MPa (PSI) Shaft Speed Range Range
Type of Fluids (Occasion of
r/min Japanese Std.
°C (°F) mm2/s (SSU)
Rated Intermittent Rated Max. "JIS") 2
1
Water-Glycols 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1200 (1800) 0 - 50 (32 - 104) 1030
20 - 200 (98 - 927)
1
Phosphate Ester Type 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1200 (1800) 0 - 60 (32 - 140) 1006
Polyol Ester Type 21 (3050) 25 (3630) 1200 1800 0 - 60 (32 - 140) 20 - 200 (98 - 927) 10450
1. As the specific gravities of water-glycol fluids and phosphate ester type fluids are higher than one, an overhead reservoir is required when pumps are
operated at 1500 r/min or more.
2. For the design numbers of pumps for European Design and North American Design Standards, please contact us.

PISTON PUMPS
A
A3H16 -F R 01 K K -10 *
Direction of Pres. Adj. Range 2 Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Shaft Extension Design Std.
Rotation MPa (PSI) Number
"A3H" Series
A3H16
10
(16.3 cm3/rev)
A3H37
F: Flange Mtg. 10
(37.1 cm3/rev)
A3H56
L: Foot Mtg. K : Keyed Shaft 10
Shaft End
01: Pressure
A3H71
Compensator K: 5 - 35 (725 - 5080) 10 Refer to 3
(70.7 cm3/rev)
R: Clockwise 1 Type
A3H100 (Normal)
10
(100.5 cm3/rev)
F: Flange Mtg.
A3H145
K : Keyed Shaft 10
(145.2 cm3/rev)
4 44.45mm (1.75 IN.) Dia.
L: Foot Mtg.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
A3H180
50.8mm (2.0 IN.) Dia. 10
(180.7 cm3/rev)
2. We can also supply spline-type shaft extension. Consult Yuken for details.
3. Design Standards: None ......... Japanese Standard "JIS"
80 ............. European Design Standard
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)
954 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H100/145/180)
4. Mounting type "L" is not available for N. American Design Standard.
5. Shaft extension "K1" is applicable only for N. American Design Standard.
Pipe Flange Kits

Pump Model N. Ameraican
2 Japanese N. Ameraican
2 Japanese N. Ameraican2
Name of Port Japanese European Std. "JIS" & Std. "JIS" &
Numbers Design Design Design
Std. "JIS" Design Std. European European
Standard Design Std. Standard Design Std. Standard

A3H16- R01
* 1
Discharge F6-06-A-M-10 F6-06-A-M-1080 F6-06-B-M-10 F6-06-B-U-1090
A3H37- R01
* 1
A3H56- R01
* 1
A3H71- R01
* 1
A3H100- R01 Suction F5-20-A-10 F5-20-A-1080 F5-20-B-10 F5-20-B-1090 F5-20-C-10 F5-20-C-1090

*
A3H145- R01
* Discharge F6-10-A-M-10 1
F6-10-A-M-1080 F6-10-B-M-10 F6-10-B-U-1090
Suction F5-24-A-10 F5-24-A-1080 F5-24-B-10 F5-24-B-1090
A3H180- R01
* 1
1. These flanges are with tapered threaded port, maximum pressure is restricted at 31 MPa (4500 PSI).
2. As dimensions of the surface of pipe flanges are conformed to the SAE standards mentioned below, the pipe flanges conforming to the SAE
standards can be used.
• Suction Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series)
• Discharge Port: SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (High Pressure Series)
Details of pipe flange kits are shown on page 824 & 829.

Test Circuit and Conditions Size of High Pressure Rubber House

Circuit
Model High Pressure Rubber Housea
A3H16 3/4B 1500 mm (4.9 ft.)

SOL High Pressure
Rubber Hose
A3H37/56/71 3/4B 2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A3H100/145 1-1/4B 2000 mm (6.6 ft.)
A3H180 1-1/4B 2500 mm (8.2 ft.)
M
O
Conditions
Drive Speed: 1500 r/min
Hydraulic Fluid: ISO VG32 Oil
Oil Temperature: 40 °C (104 °F) [Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU)]
t1 t2 Response Time ms Ps
Model Overshoot Pres.
Pressure
t1 t2 MPa (PSI)
Ps
A3H 16 30 140 2.5 (363)
A3H 37 40 80 3.5 (508)

28 MPa
(4060 PSI) A3H 56 50 90 7.5 (1088)
2 MPa (290PSI) 2 MPa (290PSI)
A3H 71 50 140 10.0 (1450)
A3H100 70 170 11.0 (1595)

Time
A3H145 70 180 12.5 (1813)
SOL
OFF OFF A3H180 70 220 12.0 (1740)
ON

PISTON PUMPS
A
Typical Performance Characteristics of Type "A3H16" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s (150 SSU) [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]

Volumetric Efficiency Volumetric Efficiency Volumetric Efficiency
% % %
"A3H" Series
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min N=3600 r/min
100 100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency
80 80 80
L/min
L/min
L/min
Output Flow
60 30 8 60 30 8 60 60 16
HP HP
kW 6 30 kW 6 60 kW 12
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
20 20 20 20 40 40
HP
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
20 4 20 4 40 er 8
er ow
ower P ow tP
10 10 10 put 10 20 npu 20
ut P In I
10 Inp 2 10 2 20 4
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
kW
kW N=1500 r/min kW N=1800 r/min N=3600 r/min
40 MPa (PSI)
HP 20 HP 20 MPa (PSI) HP 35 (5080)
24 24 35 (5080) 35
50
MPa (PSI) 30 (4350)
30 (4350) 40 30
20 15 35 (5080) 20 15 28 (4060) 28 (4060)
30 (4350) 25 (3630) 25 25 (3630)
16 28 (4060) 16 30
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
25 (3630) 20 (2900) 20 (2900)
10 10 20
12 20 (2900) 12
15 (2180) 20 15 15 (2180)
8 15 (2180) 8 10 (1450)
10 (1450) 10
5 10 (1450) 5
10
4 4 5 ( 730) 5 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0 0
0 0 0
10 15 20 25 30 L/min 10 15 20 25 30 L/min 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM

Output Flow Output Flow Output Flow
Note) The dotted line in the graph indicates less than minimum adjustable flow.
kW L/min
HP 5 U.S.GPM 5
6 1.2
3600 r/min
4 4
5 1.0
Full Cut-off Power
3600 r/min
4 3 .8 3 1800 r/min
1800 r/min
Drain
1500 r/min
1500 r/min f
3 .6 t-of
2 2 l Cu
Ful
2 .4 3600 r/min
1800 r/min
ow 1500 r/min
1
1
.2
1
Fu ll Fl
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
80 80 80
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 70 Full Flow
Full Flow
Full Flow
60 60 60 Full Cut-off
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI


% % %
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
80 80 80 80
L/min
L/min
20
60 Output Flow 60 16 60 Output Flow 60 16 60 120 32

Output Flow
HP HP HP
Output Flow
kW kW kW 100
60 12 60 12 120 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
40 40 40 40 80 80
Input Power
Input Power
Input Power
40 8 40 w er 8 80 60 16
er Po r
ow
Inp
ut owe
20 ut P 20 20 20 40
npu
tP 40
20 Inp 4 20 4 40 I 8
20
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Input Power HP
90 kW N=2700 r/min MPa(PSI)
HP HP kW 65
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min 35 (5080)
50 kW MPa(PSI) 80 60 80 60
35 35 (5080)
70 70 30 (4350)
50 50 28 (4060)
40 30 30 (4350) MPa(PSI)
28 (4060) 60 60 25 (3630)
35 (5080)
Input Power
25 25 (3630) 40 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 50 30 (4350) 50 20 (2900)
20 20 (2900) 28 (4060)
40 30 25 (3630) 40 30
15 (2180)
20 15 15 (2180) 30 20 (2900) 30
20 15 (2180) 20 10 (1450)
10 10 (1450)
20 20
10 10 (1450)
5 ( 730) 10 10 5 ( 730)
5 10 5 ( 730) 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 L/min 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 L/min 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 L/min
6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 U.S.GPM 8 12 16 20 24 28 U.S.GPM


kW
HP 10
12 L/min
2700 r/min
8 U.S.GPM 10
10
Full Cut-off Power
2.4 2700 r/min

1800 r/min 8 1800 r/min
8 6 2.0
1500 r/min
1.6 1500 r/min
6
Drain
6
4 2700 r/min
1.2 -off
4 4 Cut 1800 r/min
.8 Full 1500 r/min
2
2 2
.4 Flow
Full
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
80 80 80
Full Flow
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 Full Flow 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 60 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

PISTON PUMPS
A

% % %
"A3H" Series
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
80 80 80
L/min
L/min
40
140
Output Flow
60 120 32 60 120 32 60 120 32
Output Flow
HP
Output Flow
kW Output Flow 100 kW 100 kW 100
24 24 120 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP 80 80 80 80 80 80
HP
Input Power
r
we
Input Power
80 60 16 Input Power 80 60 16 80 60 16
r Po
r owe ut
40 t Po
we 40 40 tP 40 40 Inp 40
npu
40 Inpu 8 40 I 8 40 8
20 20 20
0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Input Power HP kW N=2500 r/min MPa(PSI)

120 90
35 (5080)
HP 80
kW
N=1500 r/min 100 kW N=1800 r/min 100 30 (4350)
70 70 MPa(PSI) 70 28 (4060)
HP
80 80 35 (5080) 25 (3630)
60 MPa(PSI) 60 80 60
30 (4350)
Input Power
35 (5080) 20 (2900)
50 50 28 (4060) 50
30 (4350) 25 (3630)
Input Power
Input Power
60 60 60
40 28 (4060) 40 40 15 (2180)
25 (3630) 20 (2900)
40 30 20 (2900) 40 30 15 (2180) 40 30
10 (1450)
15 (2180)
20 20 10 (1450) 20
20 10 (1450) 20 20 5 ( 730)
10 5 ( 730) 10 5 ( 730) 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 L/min 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 L/min
12 16 20 24 28 U.S.GPM 12 16 20 24 28 U.S.GPM 20 24 28 32 36 38 U.S.GPM


kW L/min
HP 10 10
12
Full Cut-off Power
2500 r/min U.S.GPM

8 8
2.0
1800 r/min 2500 r/min
Drain
8 6 1500 r/min 1.6 6 1500,1800 r/min

1.2 off
4 4 Cut-
Full 1500,1800 r/min
4 .8 2500 r/min
2 2 Flow
.4 Full
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
90 90 90
80 80 80 Full Flow
w
Full Flo
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
w
70 Full Flo 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 Full Cut-off 60 Full Cut-off 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI


% % %
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
U.S.GPM
L/min
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
U.S.GPM
80 80 80
L/min
36
130 170
HP Output Flow 44
60 32 60 Output Flow 120 32 160 60 160
Output Flow
Output Flow
HP HP kW
Output Flow 100 40
Output Flow
kW 110 kW 110 150
120 28 120 28 120
Input Power
80 100 80 100 80 140
er 36
Input Power ow
Input Power
80 90 24 80 wer 90 24 80 P 130
wer Po ut
o put Inp
40 ut P 80 40 In 80 40 120 32
40 Inp 20 40 20 40
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Input Power HP
kW kW
N=1500 r/min 110 N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
HP 80 80 HP kW
35 (5080) N=2300 r/min
100 100 160 120
70 MPa(PSI) 70 MPa(PSI)
30 (4350)
35 (5080) 28 (4060) 35 (5080)
100
80 60 80 60
30 (4350) 25 (3630) 120 30 (4350)
28 (4060) 28 (4060)
Input Power
50 50 80
Input Power
25 (3630)
Input Power
60 60 20 (2900) 25 (3630)
40 20 (2900) 40
80 60 20 (2900)
15 (2180)
40 30 15 (2180) 40 30 15 (2180)
10 (1450) 40
20 10 (1450) 20 40 10 (1450)
20 20 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730) 20 5 ( 730)
10 10
0 0 0
0 0 0
50 70 90 110 130 150 L/min 50 70 90 110 130 150 L/min 60 80 100 120 140 160 L/min
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 U.S.GPM 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 U.S.GPM 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 U.S.GPM
L/min
U.S.GPM 14 2300 r/min
kW 3.6
HP 16 1800 r/min
20 3.2 12 1500 r/min
14
2300 r/min 2.8
10
16 12 1800 r/min ff
-o
Full Cut-off Power
2.4
C ut
10 1500 r/min 8 ll 2300 r/min
2.0
Drain
12 Fu 1800 r/min
8 1.6 6 1500 r/min
8 6 1.2
4 low
4 .8 ll F
4 Fu
2 2
.4
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
90 90 90
80 80 80
Full Flow
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
Full Flow
70 Full Flow 70 70
Full Cut-off
60 Full Cut-off 60 Full Cut-off 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

PISTON PUMPS
A

% % %
"A3H" Series
U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM
100 100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
L/min
U.S.GPM
L/min
80 80 80
52 60
kW 190 220
44 HP Output Flow HP kW Output Flow
160 160 120 180 48 200 150 210 56
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
Output Flow
kW
HP 100 150 40 170 200
120 120 44 150 52
Input Power
Input Power
80 140 80 er 160 100 r 190
we
Input Power
er 36 ow o
80 Pow 130 80 tP 150 40 100 u tP 180 48
ut pu Inp
40 Inp 120 32 40 In
140 50 170
40 40 36 50 44
0 0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Input Power kW
HP N=2100 r/min
140 MPa(PSI)
180
HP kW HP kW 35 (5080)
N=1500 r/min N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
160 120 160 120 160 120
35 (5080) 30 (4350)
100 MPa(PSI) 100 100 28 (4060)
30 (4350)
Input Power
120 35 (5080) 120 120 25 (3630)
28 (4060)
80 30 (4350) 80 25 (3630) 80
Input Power
Input Power
28 (4060) 20 (2900)
25 (3630) 20 (2900)
80 60 80 60 80 60 15 (2180)
20 (2900) 15 (2180)
40 15 (2180) 40 40 10 (1450)
10 (1450)
40 10 (1450) 40 40
20 20 5 ( 730) 20 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0 0
0 0 0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 L/min 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 L/min
24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 U.S.GPM 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 U.S.GPM 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 U.S.GPM

kW
HP 16
20 U.S.GPM L/min
2100 r/min
14 3.6 14 2100 r/min
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
16 12 3.2 12 1500 r/min
Full Cut-off Power
1500 r/min
2.8
10 10
ff
12 2.4 t-o
8 8 ll Cu
Drain
2.0 Fu
8 6 1.6 6
1500,1800 r/min
1.2 2100 r/min
4 4
4 .8 Flow
2 .4 2 Full
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A)
90 90 90
80 80 80 Full Flow
w Full Flow
Full Flo
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
70 70 70 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60 60
50 50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI


U.S.GPM
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
Efficiency
Efficiency
L/min
U.S.GPM
80 80 280 74
L/min
HP kW Output Flow HP kW Output Flow 66
Output Flow
200 150 220 58 200 150 240
58
Output Flow
150 50 150 r
we
Input Power
Input Power
100 r 180 100 o 200
we tP 50
Po pu
100 ut 42 100 In
Inp
50 140 50 160 42
50 34 50
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
HP kW N=1500 r/min MPa (PSI) HP kW
140 N=1800 r/min
180 35 (5080) 240 180 MPa (PSI)
160 160 35 (5080)
120 30 (4350) 200 30 (4350)
28 (4060) 140
100 25 (3630) 28 (4060)
120 160 120
Input Power
Input Power
25 (3630)
80 20 (2900) 100
120 20 (2900)
80 60 15 (2180) 80
15 (2180)
80 60
40 10 (1450) 10 (1450)
40 40
20 5 ( 730) 40 5 ( 730)
20
0 0
0 0
60 100 140 180 220 260 L/min 80 120 160 200 240 280 L/min
18 26 34 42 50 58 66 U.S.GPM 26 34 42 50 58 66 74 U.S.GPM

kW L/min
HP U.S.GPM 20
20
25 1800 r/min 5 1800 r/min
1500 r/min 1500 r/min
20 15 4 15
Full Cut-off Power
ff
t-o
15 3 ll Cu 1800 r/min
Fu
Drain
10 10 1500 r/min
10 2
Flow
5 5 Full
5 1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A)
90 90
Noise Level
Noise Level
low
80 Full Flow 80 Full F
70 70 Full Cut-off
Full Cut-off
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure

PISTON PUMPS
A

U.S.GPM
"A3H" Series
% N=1500 r/min % N=1800 r/min
100 100
U.S.GPM
Efficiency
L/min
L/min
Efficiency

80 80 340 90
80
HP kW Output Flow
Output Flow
60 Output Flow 280 320 240 300 80
Output Flow
HP 70
240 kW 240 70
Input Power
160 240 160 r 260
we
Input Power
r 60 o
160 we 160 tP
Po u
ut Inp 60
80 Inp 200 80 220
80 50 80
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressusre Pressusre
Input Power
HP kW
kW 210 N=1800 r/min MPa(PSI)
N=1500 r/min 280
HP 200 200 35 (5080)
MPa(PSI)
240 240
35 (5080) 30 (4350)
160 160 28 (4060)
200 30 (4350) 200
25 (3630)
28 (4060)
Input Power
160 120 25 (3630) 160 120

Input Power
20 (2900)
120 20 (2900) 120 15 (2180)
80 15 (2180) 80
80 80 10 (1450)
10 (1450)
40 40
40 40 5 ( 730)
5 ( 730)
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L/min 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM 10 20 40 60 80 90 U.S.GPM

kW L/min
1800 r/min U.S.GPM 1800 r/min
HP 20 5 20
24 1500 r/min 1500 r/min
f
16 ut-of
4 Full C
Full Cut-off Power
16 12 3
Drain
10 1500 r/min
8 2 1800 r/min
8 Flow
Full
4 1
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
dB(A) dB(A)
90 90
low
Noise Level
Noise Level
80 Flow 80 Full F
Full
70 70
60 60
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure

Flange Mtg.: A3H16-FR01KK-10/1080/10950
Flow Adj. Screw DEC. Fully Extended 49.5

13(.51) Hex. 205.5(8.09) (1.95)
Drain Port 39 9.5
"C" Thd. (1.54) (.37)
74.5 74.5 Filling Port 37
(2.93) (2.93) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.46)
"D" Thd. 19(.75) Deep 28
8 Places (1.10)
Suction Port
(4.31)
109.5
26(1.02) Dia.
(3.23)
82
X
(2.000)
(2.063)
50.8
52.4
(3.19)
81
Dia.
Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
26.2 23.8 Discharge Port 10
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
(1.031) (.937) 19(.75) Dia. (.39)
31.5 31.5 174.5
(1.24) (1.24) (6.87)
89.8
(3.535)
INC.
Position of Drain Port 10
Pres. Adj. Screw
(.39)
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(3.535)
(4.69)
89.8
119

A3H16-FR01KK-10 Rc 1/2
M10
A3H16-FR01KK-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H16-FR01KK-10950 SAE #10 3/8-16 UNC 28
(1.10)
126
(4.96)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H16-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)

4 Places
(4.53)
115
(.71)
(.63)
18
16
100 41.5 152

(3.937) (1.63) (5.98)
44 120 120
(1.73) (4.724) (4.724)
165 288
(6.50) (11.34)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Fully Extended 61.5
"A3H" Series
DEC. 223(8.78) (2.42)
Flow Adj. Screw Drain Port 49 12.5
17(.67) Hex. "C" Thd. (1.93) (.49)
81 82 Filling Port
(3.19) (3.23) 47.5
[22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.87)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep "D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places 40
4 Places
(1.57)
Suction Port
(4.49)
114
(3.70)
32(1.26) Dia.
94
X
(2.311)
(2.252)
58.7
57.2
(3.54)
90
Dia.
Discharge Port
Dia.
24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
25.40(1.0000)
25.37( .9988)
30.2 27.8 12
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
(1.189) (1.094) (.47)
35 35 189.5
(1.38) (1.38) (7.46)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port 16.5 INC.
(.65) Pres. Adj. Screw
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
F H
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
A3H37-FR01KK-10 Rc 1/2
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR01KK-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H37-FR01KK-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79) 28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H37-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)

4 Places
(5.91)
150
(.91)
(.75)
23
(.63)
19
16
(.12)
3
100 66.5 158

(3.937) (2.62) (6.22)
150 39.5 115 115
(5.91) (1.56) (4.528) (4.528)
278
(10.94)

Fully Extended 62
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw 223(8.78) (2.44)
17(.67) Hex. Drain Port 46.5 12.5
"C" Thd. (1.83) (.49)
92 89 47.5
(3.62) (3.50) Filling Port
Suction Port 40
38(1.50) Dia. "D" Thd. "F" Deep (1.57)
4 Places
(4.92)
125
(4.21)
107
X
(2.752)
(2.252)
69.9
57.2
(4.02)
102
Dia.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep Discharge Port
Dia.
4 Places 26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
35.7 27.8 13
(1.406) (1.094) (.51)
38 38 206
(1.50) (1.50) (8.11)
114.5
(4.508)
Positon of Dain Port 19
(.75) INC.
13.5 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.53) 13(.51) Hex.
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
Install the pump so that the "Filling port" is at the top. (4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
F H
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. mm(IN.) mm(IN.)
A3H56-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR01KK-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H56-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)

4Places
(5.91)
150
(.91)
(.75)
(.63)
23
19
16
(.12)
3
100 67 158
(3.937) (2.64) (6.22)
150 40 115 115
(5.91) (1.57) (4.528) (4.528)
278
(10.94)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Fully Extended 75
DEC.
Flow Adj. Screw 264(10.39) (2.95)
"A3H" Series
17(.67) Hex. Drain Port 55 12.5
"C" Thd. (2.17) (.49)
106.5 97
(4.19) (3.82) Filling Port 60.5
"D" Thd. "E" Deep
8 Places
50
(5.51)
(1.97)
140
(4.61)
117
X
(3.063)
(2.626)
77.8
66.7
(4.49)
114
Dia.
Suction Port
Dia.
51(2.01) Dia. Discharge Port
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
34(1.34) Dia.
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
42.9 31.8 Case Drain Port 14
(1.689) (1.252) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.55)
41.5 41.5 229.5
(1.63) (1.63) (9.04)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508) INC.
Positaion of Drain Port 19 Pres. Adj. Screw
(.75) 13(.51) Hex.
13.5
(.53)

9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E mm (IN.)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
A3H71-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR01KK-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H71-LR01KK-10/1080/10950
22
(.87)

4Places
(5.91)
150
(.91)
(.75)
(.63)
23
19
16
(.12)
3
100 80 158
(3.937) (3.15) (6.22)
150 53 115 115
(5.91) (2.09) (4.528) (4.528)
278
(10.94)

Flow Adj. Screw Fully Extended F
17(.67) Hex. 284.5(11.20)
Drain Port 60 12.5
DEC.
112 103 "C" Thd. (2.36) (.49)
(4.41) (4.06) Filling Port H
"D" Thd. "E" Deep [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
8 Places J
Suction Port
(5.67)
(5.10)
129.5
144
63(2.48) Dia.
X
(2.626)
(3.500)
66.7
88.9
(4.67)
118.5
Dia.
Dia.
Discharge Port
34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
(2.000) (1.252) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.67)
45 45 249.5
(1.77) (1.77) (9.82)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 23 INC.
21.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.85)
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
(6.362)
(7.72)
161.6
196
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep

"10954" Design Only
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X
Thread Size Dimensions mm (Inches)

Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H100-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75) 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
A3H100-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H100-FR01KK-10954 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: A3H100-LR01KK-10/1080
32
(1.26)

4Places
(8.27)
210
(1.46)
(1.26)
(1.14)
37
32
29
(.12)
3
140 108 198

(5.512) (4.25) (7.80)
220 63 165 165
(8.66) (2.48) (6.496) (6.496)
398
(15.67)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR01KK*-10/1080/10954
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
Flow Adj. Screw Fully Extended J
321.5 (12.66)
"A3H" Series
19(.75) Hex.
283.5 12.5
DEC.
121 111 (11.16) (.49)
Filling Port 74 K
"D" Thd. "F" Deep (4.76) (4.37)
Discharge Port [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (2.91)
8 Places 34(1.34) Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia. L
(5.98)
(5.47)
152
139
X
(3.500)
(2.626)
88.9
66.7
N
(5.08)
129
Dia.
"P" Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
22
Case Drain Port
50.8 31.8 (.87)
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(2.000) (1.252)
49 49 220
(1.93) (1.93) (8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
(1.02) INC.
(.85)
13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"E" Thd. "H" Deep
39
(1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P
A3H145-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4 49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
M12 22 (.87) 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48) 49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
A3H145-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H145-FR01KK-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H145-FR01KK1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
32
(1.26)

4Places
(8.27)
210
(1.26)
(1.46)
(5.51)
212
32
37
140
(.12)
(8.35)
3
(1.14)
29
198 200 48 165 165

(7.80) (7.874) (1.89) (6.496) (6.496)
123 123 270 13 398
(4.843) (4.843) (10.63) (.51) (15.67)

Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR01KK*-10/1080/10954
Drain Port
129.5 117 "C" Thd.
(5.10) (4.61) Fully Extended H
27.5 Position of Drain Port 347.5(13.68)
(1.08) Filling Port 81 12.5
[27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (3.19) (.49)
Flow Adj. Screw
Suction Port 19(.75) Hex. K
76(2.99) Dia. DEC.
(6.30)
(5.85)
148.5
160
X
(4.189)
(3.126)
106.4
79.4
L
J
(5.43)
138
"N" Dia.
Dia.
Discharge Port
44(1.73) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
61.9 36.5 24
(2.437) (1.437) 5(.20) Hex. Soc. (.94)
53 53 309.5
(2.09) (2.09) (12.19)
"D" Thd. 29(1.14) Deep 161.6
8 Places (6.362) INC.
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
39
(1.54)
220
(8.66)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N
A3H180-FR01KK-10 Rc 3/4 56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
M12 112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15) 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
A3H180-FR01KK-1080 3/4 BSP.F
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H180-FR01KK-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 5/8-11 UNC 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H180-FR01KK1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
32
(1.26)

4Places
(8.27)
210
(1.46)
(1.26)
212
(5.51)
37
32
140
(.12)
(8.35)
3
(1.14)
29
198 200 65 165 165

(7.80) (7.874) (2.56) (6.496) (6.496)
123 123 270 30 398
(4.843) (4.843) (10.63) (1.18) (15.67)

PISTON PUMPS
A
Spear Parts List
A3H16/A3H37/A3H56-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
X
"A3H" Series
53 46 49 44 35 49 55 47 31 54 10 42 45 11 7 9 21 39 33 43 19 29 22 4 27 23 1
52
5 48
48 50
40 41
36
38
56
Y 3
Y
Z
28
6
60
X
59
58
2 37 53 20 17 8 26 12 14 34 25 13 24 30
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61 72 71
51 18 44 15 16
Detail of Section X – X Detail of Section Y – Y Detail of "Z"

Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Q'ty.
A3H16 A3H37 A3H56
17 Gasket 2270-PK313655-3 2271-PK-313518-3 2272-PK313433-5 1
18 Back Up Ring 1310E-PK412440-0 1
Cylindrical Roller Bearing NUP205E
36 1
Tapered Roller Bearing 4T-30204 4T-33008
Needle Roller Bearing HMK2025V2
37 1
Tapered Roller Bearing 4T-33006 4T-32205R
38 Oil Seal TCN254511 (FKM) TCN284811 (FKM) TCN355511 (FKM) 1
40 O-Ring S65 (NBR, Hs70) S85 (NBR, Hs70) S95 (NBR, Hs70) 1
41 O-Ring SO-NA-G60 SO-NA-G60 S71 (NBR, Hs70) 1
42 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P21 1
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number from the table below.
List of Seals kit

A3H16-*R01KK-10/1080/10950 A3H16-01-10
A3H37-*R01KK-10/1080/10950 A3H37-01-10
A3H56-*R01KK-10/1080/10950 A3H56-01-10

Spear Parts List
A3H71-*R01KK-10/1080/10950
A3H100/A3H145/A3H180-*R01KK*-10/1080/10954
X
52 44 48 43 35 48 55 45 49 40 42 12 8 9 23 37 33 41 27 21 24 4 25 51
10 50
5 53 47
46 31 29
38 36
56
3
Y
Y 17
54
6
X 39
60
59
58
2 30 18 11 22 19 7 15 13 34 26 14 28 1 16
67 73 63 68 64 66 69 65 62 61 72 71
51 20 43
Detail of Section X – X Detail of Section Y – Y

Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Q'ty.
A3H71 A3H100 A3H145 A3H180
19 Gasket 2273-PK212356-0 2274-PK212368-5 2275-PK212382-6 2276-PK212301-6 1
20 Back Up Ring 1310E-PK412440-0 1
Tapered Roller Bearing 33009JR 4T-33206 HR33011
29 1
Cylindrical Roller Bearing 2276-PK412859-1
Tapered Roller Bearing 32205JR 4T-30210 4T-33206
30 1
Needle Roller Bearing 2276-PK412860-9
36 Oil Seal TCN426512 (FKM) TCN507212 (FKM) TCN557812 (FKM) TCN557812 (FKM) 1
38 O-Ring S100 (NBR, Hs70) S110 (NBR, Hs70) S125 (NBR, Hs70) S130 (NBR, Hs70) 1
39 O-Ring SO-NA-G80 SO-NA-G95 SO-NA-G95 SO-NA-G105 1
42 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P10A 1
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number from the table below.
List of Seals kit

A3H71-*R01KK-10/1080/10950 A3H71-01-10
A3H100-*R01KK-10/1080/10954 A3H100-01-10
A3H145-*R01KK-10/1080/10954 A3H145-01-10
A3H180-*R01KK-10/1080/10954 A3H180-01-10

PISTON PUMPS
A
Constant Power (Torque) Control Type
"A3H" Series
Graphic Symbol
P
PP
M O
M
O
S DR
Specifications
Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Geometric Minimum Max.
r/min kg (lbs.)
Displacement Adj. Flow Operating
Model Numbers
cm3/rev cm3/rev Pressure Flange Foot
(cu.in./rev) (cu.in./rev) MPa (PSI) Max. Min. Mtg. Mtg.
A3H 37-*R09-***K-10* 37.1 (2.26) 16.0 (.976) 2700 600 23.0 (50.7) 30.5 (67.3)
A3H 56-*R09-***K-10* 56.3 (3.44) 35.0 (2.14) 2500 600 29.0 (63.9) 36.5 (80.5)
A3H 71-*R09-***K-10* 70.7 (4.31) 45.0 (2.75) 2300 600 38.0 (83.8) 45.5 (100)
35 (5080)
A3H100-*R09-***K-10* 100.5 (6.13) 63.0 (3.84) 2100 600 48.0 (106) 76.0 (168)
A3H145-*R09-***K-10* 145.2 (8.86) 95.0 (5.80) 1800 600 63.0 (139) 91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R09-***K-10* 180.7 (11.03) 125.0 (7.63) 1800 600 74.2 (164) 102.2 (225)
The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).

A3H37 -F R 09 -11 A 4 K -10 *
Frequency Pole Number
Direction of Input Power 2 Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type of Power of Electric Shaft Extension Design Std.
Rotation Setting Source Motor Number
A3H37
10
(37.1 cm3/rev)
F: Flange
A3H56 Mtg.
10
(56.3 cm3/rev)
L: Foot 5.5: 5.5 kW K : Keyed Shaft
Viewed from
A3H71 Mtg. 09: Constant |
Shaft End 10
(70.7 cm3/rev) Power 110: 110 kW A: 50 Hz 4: 4 Poles
(Torque) Refer to 3
A3H100 1 Control Refer to the table B: 60 Hz 6: 6 Poles
R: Clockwise 10
(100.5 cm3/rev) Type on following page
(Normal)
F: Flange for combination.
A3H145 K : Keyed Shaft
Mtg.
(145.2 cm3/rev)
L: Foot 4
[44.45mm
(1.75 IN.) Dia.
K1: Keyed Shaft 5
] 10
A3H180 Mtg.
(180.7 cm3/rev) [50.8mm
(2.0 IN.) Dia. ] 10

Single Pump, Constant Power (Torque) Control Type 141
Combination of pump series and input power setting ( = available combinations)
Input Power Setting kW (HP)
Pole Number of Electric Motor : 4P Pole Number of Electric Motor : 6P
Model Numbers
11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75
(15) (20) (25) (30) (40) (50) (60) (75) (100) (120) (150) (7.5) (10) (15) (20) (25) (30) (40) (50) (60) (75) (100)
50 Hz
A3H 37
60 Hz
50 Hz
A3H 56
60 Hz
50 Hz
A3H 71
60 Hz
50 Hz
A3H100
60 Hz
50 Hz
A3H145
60 Hz
50 Hz
A3H180
60 Hz
Pipe Flange Kits

Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "09" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]
A3H37 U.S.GPM
L/min 20 L/min
70 70
U.S.GPM
16 60 16 60
50 50
Output Flow
12 12
40 40
Output Flow
8 30 8 30
20 20 22 kW (30 HP)
4 18.5 kW (25 HP) 4 18.5 kW (25 HP)
10 15 kW (20 HP) 10
15 kW (20 HP)
11 kW (15 HP)
0 11 kW (15 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H56
U.S.GPM L/min N=1500 r/min U.S.GPM L/min N=1800 r/min
32 120 32 120
100 100
24 24
80 80
Output Flow
Output Flow
16 60 16 60
37 kW (50 HP)
40 30 kW (40 HP) 40
8 8 30 kW (40 HP)
20 22 kW (30 HP) 20 22 kW (30 HP)
18.5 kW (25 HP) 18.5 kW (25 HP)
0 15 kW (20 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure

142 Single Pump, Constant Power (Torque) Control Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "09" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]
A3H71
40 150 40 150
"A3H" Series
125 125
30 30
100 100
Output Flow
Output Flow
20 75 20 75
50 50 45 kW (60 HP)
37 kW (50 HP) 37 kW (50 HP)
10 10
25 30 kW (40 HP) 25 30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP) 22 kW (30 HP)
0 18.5 kW (25 HP) 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H100
L/min N=1500 r/min L/min N=1800 r/min
50 50
175 175
40 150 40 150
125 125
Output Flow
Output Flow
30 30
100 100
20 75 55 kW (75 HP) 20 75 55 kW (75 HP)

50 45 kW (60 HP) 50 45 kW (60 HP)
10 37 kW (50 HP) 10 37 kW (50 HP)
25 30 kW (40 HP) 25 30 kW (40 HP)
22 kW (30 HP)
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H145
80 300 80 300
250 250
60 60
200 200
Output Flow
Output Flow
40 150 40 150
100 100 90 kW (120 HP)

75 kW (100 HP)
20 20 75 kW (100 HP)
50 55 kW ( 75 HP) 50 55 kW ( 75 HP)
30 kW (40 HP) 45 kW ( 60 HP) 45 kW ( 60 HP)
0 37 kW ( 50 HP) 0 37 kW ( 50 HP)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure
A3H180
L/min N=1500 r/min L/min N=1800 r/min
90 90
80 300 80 300
250 250
60 60
Output Flow
Output Flow
200 200
40 150 40 150 110 kW (150 HP)

100 90 kW (120 HP) 100 90 kW (120 HP)
20 75 kW (100 HP) 20 75 kW (100 HP)
50 55 kW ( 75 HP) 50
55 kW ( 75 HP)
45 kW ( 60 HP)
0 37 kW ( 50 HP) 0 45 kW ( 60 HP)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Pressure

Flange Mtg.: A3H37-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
Drain Port
"C" Thd.
61.5 Fully Extended
(2.42) 223(8.78) DEC.
12.5 49 Filling Port 1 Flow Adj. Screw
(.49) (1.93) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 17(.67) Hex.
47.5 154 82
(1.87) "E" Thd. "H" Deep (6.06) (3.23)
40 4 Places
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.57) 4 Places
(2.311)
(2.252)
(5.47)
58.7
57.2
139
(3.70)
94
X Y UKEN
(3.54)
(4.41)
90
112
Discharge Port
Dia.
Dia.
24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
25.40(1.00000)
25.37( .99880)
Fully Extended
12 30.2 27.8
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
(.47) Suction Port (1.189) (1.094)

41.8 32(1.26) Dia.
35 35
(1.65) (1.38) (1.38)
189.5 121
(7.46) (4.76)
2
Input Pwoer Setting Screw
114.5
(4.508)
INC.
Position of Drain Port 16.5
Pres. Adj. Screw
(.65)
13(.51) Hex.
13.5
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Thread Size mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
C D E F H
A3H37-FR09-***K-10 Rc 1/2
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR09-***K-1080 1/2 BSP.F
A3H37-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #10 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H56-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
"A3H" Series
62 Fully Extended
(2.44) 239(9.41) Filling Port 1
12.5 46.5 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(.49) (1.83)
47.5 Suction Port 162 89 Flow Adj. Screw
Drain Port
(1.87) 38(1.50) Dia. (6.38) (3.50) 17(.67) Hex.
"C" Thd.
40 DEC.
(1.57) "D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
(2.752)
(5.91)
69.9
150
(4.21)
107
(2.252)
Y UKEN
57.2
(4.02)
(4.41)
102
112
Discharge Port
Dia.
Dia.
26(1.02) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
Fully Extended
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
"E" Thd. "H" Deep

35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
13 Input Pwoer 2 35.7 27.8

Setting Screw 4 Places
(.51) (1.406) (1.094)
45.5 38 38
(1.79) (1.50) (1.50)
206 129
(8.11) (5.08)
114.5
(4.508)
Position of Drain Port
INC.
16.5
13.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.53)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Model Numbers
C D E F H
A3H56-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg.: A3H71-FR09-***K-10/1080/10950
75 Fully Extended
(2.95) 264(10.39) Filling Port 1
12.5 55 [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(.49) (2.17) Suction Port
60.5 Drain Port 51(2.01) Dia. 167.5 97
(2.38) "C" Thd. (6.59) (3.82)
50 Flow Adj. Screw
(1.97) 17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
(6.89)
175
(4.61)
117
(2.626)
(3.063)
Y UKEN
66.7
77.8
(4.45)
(4.49)
113
114
Discharge Port
Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Dia.
Fully Extended
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
14 42.9 31.8
8 Places
(.55) (1.689) (1.252)
54.5 41.5 41.5
(2.15) (1.63) (1.63)
229.5 134.5
2
Input Pwoer Setting Screw (9.04) (5.30)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
154
(6.06)
114.5
(4.508) Pres. Adj. Screw
Position of Drain Port 19 13(.51) Hex.
(.75) INC.
13.5
(.53)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Model Numbers
C D E
A3H71-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR09-***K-10950 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H100-FR09-***K-10/1080/10954
"A3H" Series
F Fully Extended Filling Port 1
284.5(11.20) [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
12.5 60
Suction Port
(.49) (2.36)
Drain Port 63(2.48) Dia.
H 175.5 103
"C" Thd. (6.91) (4.06)
J
Flow Adj. Screw
17(.67) Hex.
DEC.
(7.05)
179
(5.10)
129.5
(3.500)
(2.626)
Y UKEN
88.9
66.7
(4.45)
(4.67)
118.5
113
Discharge Port
Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
"D" Thd. "E" Deep

49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
17 50.8 31.8
8 Places
(.67) (2.000) (1.252)
59.2 45 45
(2.33) (1.77) (1.77)
249.5 142.5
Input Pwoer Setting Screw 2 (9.82) (5.61)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
210
(8.27)
161.6
(6.362)
INC.
(.91)
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
11.14(.4386)
11.11(.4374)
(6.362)
(7.72)
161.6
196
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep 39

"10954" Design Only (1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H100-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4
M12 19 (.75) 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
A3H100-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F
A3H100-FR09-***K-10954 SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR09-***K*-10/1080/10954
J Fully Extended
Filling Port 1
12.5 74
K Drain Port 63(2.48) Dia. 182 111
"C" Thd. (7.17) (4.37) Flow Adj. Screw
L 19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
(7.36)
187
(5.47)
139
(2.626)
(3.500)
Y UKEN
66.7
88.9
N
(4.45)
(5.08)
113
129
Discharge Port
Dia.
"P" Dia.
34(1.34) Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
22 "D" Thd. "F" Deep 50.8 31.8

(.87) 8 Places (2.000) (1.252)
73.5 49 49
(2.89) (1.93) (1.93)
283.5 149
Input Pwoer Setting Screw 2 (11.16) (5.87)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
(1.02) INC.
(.85) 13(.51) Hex.
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"E" Thd. "H" Deep 39

"10954" Design Only (1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P
A3H145-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4 56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
M12 — 19 (.75) — 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
A3H145-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H145-FR09-***K-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H145-FR09-***K1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR09-***K*-10/1080/10954
"A3H" Series
H Fully Extended Filling Port 1
12.5 81
J Drain Port 76(2.99) Dia.
189 117
"C" Thd.
(7.44) (4.61)
K Flow Adj. Screw
19(.75) Hex.
DEC.
(7.68)
195
(5.85)
148.5
(4.189)
(3.126)
106.4
79.4
L
(4.45)
113
(5.43)
138
Discharge Port
Dia.
"N" Dia.
44(1.73) Dia.
Fully Extended
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
24 "D" Thd. 29(1.14) Deep

61.9 36.5
8 Places
(.94) (2.437) (1.437)
81.9 53 53
(3.22) (2.09) (2.09)
309.5 156
2
Input Pwoer Setting Screw (12.19) (6.14)
Case Drain Port
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
(Opposite Side)
220
(8.66)
161.6
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 27.5 INC.
(1.08) Pres. Adj. Screw
21.5 13(.51) Hex.
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"E" Thd. "F" Deep 39

(1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N
A3H180-FR09-***K-10 Rc 3/4 56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
M16 — — 112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15)
A3H180-FR09-***K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H180-FR09-***K-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 5/8-11 UNC 99.8 (3.93) 85.3 (3.36) 70 (2.76)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H180-FR09-***K1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)

DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Load Sensing Type
Graphic Symbol
★
"PP" "L"
M
O
A flow control valve is not

included with the pump.
Install the valve separately.
Specifications
1
Geometric Operating Pressure Load Sensing Shaft Speed Range Approx. Mass
Displacement MPa (PSI) Pres. Difference r/min kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
cm3/rev P
3
(cu.in./rev) Rated Intermittent MPa (PSI) Max. Min. Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
A3H 16-*R14K-10* 16.3 (.995) 3600 600 17.5 (38.6) 26.4 (58.2)
A3H 37-*R14K-10* 37.1 (2.26) 2700 600 22.5 (49.6) 30.0 (66.2)
A3H 56-*R14K-10* 56.3 (3.44) 1.5 (218) 2500 600 28.7 (63.3) 36.2 (79.8)
A3H 71-*R14K-10* 70.7 (4.31) 2
2300 600 38.0 (83.8) 45.5 (100)
A3H100-*R14K-10* 100.5 (6.13)
28 (4060) 35 (5080)
(
At the time
of shipment ) 2100 600 47.6 (105) 75.6 (167)
A3H145-*R14K-10* 145.2 (8.86) 1800 600 63.0 (139) 91.0 (201)
A3H180-*R14K-10* 180.7 (11.03) 1800 600 73.4 (162) 101.4 (224)
1. The operating pressure means pump discharge pressure.

2. Load pressure difference P is adjustable in range of 1.0 -3.0 MPa (145-435 PSI).
3. The maximum shaft speeds shown in the above table are at suction pressure 0 kPa (0 PSIG).

A3H37 -F R 14 K -10 *
Direction of 2 Design
Series Number Mounting Control Type Shaft Extension Design Std.
Rotation Number
A3H16
10
(16.3 cm3/rev)
A3H37 F: Flange Mtg. 10
(37.1 cm3/rev)
A3H56
L: Foot Mtg. K : Keyed Shaft 10
(56.3 cm3/rev) Viewed from 14: Load
Shaft End Sensing
A3H71
Type 10 Refer to 3
(70.7 cm3/rev) 1
R: Clockwise
A3H100 (Normal) 10
(100.5 cm3/rev) F: Flange Mtg.
A3H145 K : Keyed Shaft 10
(145.2 cm3/rev) [44.45mm (1.75 IN.) Dia.]
4
A3H180 L: Foot Mtg. K1: Keyed Shaft 5
[50.8mm (2.0 IN.) Dia.] 10
(180.7 cm3/rev)
950 ........... N. American Design Standard (Applicable only for A3H16/37/56/71)

150 Single Pump, Load Sensing Type
PISTON PUMPS
A
Pipe Flange Kits
Typical Performance Characteristics of Control Type "A3H71" at Viscosity 32 mm2/s [ISO VG32 oils, 40°C (104°F)]
"A3H" Series
Pressure vs. Output Flow
Load Sensing Pressure Difference
U.S.GPM L/min P=1.5 MPa (218PSI)
140
36 N=1800 r/min
32 120
100
24
Output Flow
80
16 60
40
8
20
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
Full Cut-off Input Power

HP kW
14
18 2300 r/min
16 12 1800 r/min
1500 r/min
10
Full Cut-off Power
12
8
8 6
4
4
2
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Drain
L/min
U.S.GPM 20
5 2300 r/min
1800 r/min
1500 r/min
4 15 ff
t-o
ll Cu
Fu
Drain
3 1/10 Q
ss 1/8 Q
10 o r le
s sure 1/4 Q
pre 1/2 Q
2 -off
Cut 2300 r/min
5 1800 r/min
1 1500 r/min
0 MAX. Q
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI

Pressure
Ask Yuken for Performance caracteristics of other series than A3H71.

Single Pump, Load Sensing Type 151
Flange Mtg.: A3H16-FR14K-10/1080/10950
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 49.5

"D" Thd. 205.5(8.09) (1.95)
89.5 74.5 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 131.5 9.5
(3.52) (2.93) (5.18) (.37)
75.5 Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 124.5 37
DEC.
Pilot Port "PP" (2.97) Flow Adj. Screw (4.90) (1.46)
31.5 Filling Port 39 28
"D" Thd. 13(.51) Hex.
(1.24) [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.54) (1.10)
"E" Thd. 19(.75) Deep Drain Port

8 Places "C" Thd.
(5.41)
137.5
(3.23)
82
X
(2.063)
(2.000)
52.4
50.8
(3.19)
Discharge Port 81
Dia.
Suction Port 19(.75) Dia.
Dia.
26(1.02) Dia.
101.60(4.0000)
101.55(3.9980)
26.2 23.8 10
22.23(.8752)
22.20(.8740)
25.01(.985)
24.85(.978)
(1.031) (.937) (.39)
31.5 31.5 174.5
(1.24) (1.24) (6.87)
89.8 Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw

(3.535) 13(.51) Hex.
Position of Drain Port 10 Pressure Adj. Screw INC.
(.39) 14(.55) Hex.
13.5 INC.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(3.535)
(4.69)
89.8
119
28
(1.10)
126
(4.96)
View Arrow X
Thread Size
Model Numbers
C D E
A3H16-FR14K-10 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M10
A3H16-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H16-FR14K-10950 SAE #10 SAE #4 7/16-14 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H37-FR14K-10/1080/10950
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 61.5
"D" Thd. 223(8.78) (2.42)
92 82 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 146.5 12.5
(3.62) (3.23) DEC. (5.77) (.49)
78 Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 139.5 47.5
Pilot Port "PP" (3.07) 17(.67) Hex. (5.49) (1.87)
34 Filling Port 49 40
"D" Thd. [22(.87) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] (1.93)
(1.34) (1.57)
"F" Thd. "J" Deep "E" Thd. "H" Deep Drain Port
4 Places 4 Places "C" Thd.
(2.311)
(5.59)
58.7
142
(3.70)
X
94
(2.252)
57.2
(3.54)
90
Discharge Port
Dia.
Suction Port
Dia.
32(1.26) Dia. 24(.94) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
30.2 27.8 12
25.40(1.0000)
25.37( .9988)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
(1.189) (1.094) (.47)
35 35 189.5
(1.38) (1.38) (7.46)

(4.508) 13(.51) Hex.
Position of Drain Port 16.5 Pressure Adj. Screw INC.
(.65) 14(.55) Hex.
13.5 INC.
(.53)
6.38(.2512)
6.35(.2500)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
150
(5.91)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H37-FR14K-10 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4
M12 M10 22 (.87) 18 (.71)
A3H37-FR14K-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H37-FR14K-10950 SAE #10 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg.: A3H56-FR14K-10/1080/10950
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 62

"D" Thd. 239(9.41) (2.44)
(3.70) (3.50) DEC. (6.36) (.49)
80 Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 154.5 47.5
(3.15) 17(.67) Hex. (6.08) (1.87)
Pilot Port "PP"
36 Filling Port 46.5 40
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd. "H" Deep Drain Port
"F" Thd. "J" Deep
4 Places 4 Places "C" Thd.
(6.02)
153
(4.21)
107
X
(2.752)
(2.252)
69.9
57.2
(4.02)
102
Dia.
Discharge Port
Dia.
Suction Port
24(.94) Dia.
38(1.50) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.7 27.8
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
13
(1.406) (1.094) (.51)
206
38 38 (8.11)
(1.50) (1.50)

(4.508) 13(.51) Hex.
(.75) 14(.55) Hex.
13.5 INC.
(.53)
7.97(.3138)
7.94(.3126)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
154
(6.06)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Model Numbers
C D E F H J
A3H56-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 M12 22 (.87) 22 (.87)
A3H56-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H56-FR14K-10950 SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H71-FR14K-10/1080/10950
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended 75
"D" Thd. 264(10.39) (2.95)
106.5 97 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 181 12.5
(4.19) (3.82) (7.13) (.49)
DEC.
91 Flow Adj. Screw Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 174 60.5
(3.58) 17(.67) Hex. (6.85) (2.38)
Pilot Port "PP" Filling Port
"D" Thd. 43.5 55 50
Drain Port
"E" Thd. "F" Deep
"C" Thd.
8 Places
(6.26)
159
(4.61)
117
X
(3.063)
(2.626)
77.8
66.7
(4.49)
114
Dia.
Dia.
51(2.01) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
127.00(5.0000)
126.95(4.9980)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(1.689) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.55)
41.5 41.5 229.5
(1.63) (1.63) (9.04)
154
(6.06)
(4.508) 13(.51) Hex.
(.75) 14(.55) Hex.
13.5 INC.
(.53)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(4.508)
(5.63)
114.5
143
28
(1.10)
View Arrow X
Dimensions
Model Numbers
C D E F
A3H71-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 19 (.75)
A3H71-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H71-FR14K-10950 SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg.: A3H100-FR14K-10/1080/10954
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended H

"D" Thd. 284.5(11.20)
(4.41) (4.06) (7.74) (.49)
90 DEC. Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 189.5 J
(3.54) Flow Adj. Screw (7.46)
Pilot Port "PP" Filling Port
42.5 17(.67) Hex. 60 K
"D" Thd. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(1.67) (2.36)
Drain Port
"E" Thd. "F" Deep "C" Thd.
8 Places
(6.42)
163
(5.10)
129.5
X
(2.626)
(3.500)
66.7
88.9
(4.67)
118.5
Dia.
Dia.
63(2.48) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
44.45(1.7500)
44.40(1.7480)
50.8 31.8 17
49.39(1.944)
49.21(1.937)
(2.000) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.67)
45 45 249.5
(1.77) (1.77) (9.82)
210 Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw

(8.27) 13(.51) Hex.
161.6 INC.
(.91) INC.
21.5
(.85)
11.14(.4386)
11.10(.4370)
(6.362)
(7.72)
161.6
196
1/2-13 UNC Thd. 32(1.26) Deep 39

"10954" Design Only (1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
A3H100-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M12 19 (.75) 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
A3H100-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
A3H100-FR14K-10954 SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

PISTON PUMPS
A
Flange Mtg.: A3H145-FR14K*-10/1080/10954
"A3H" Series
Load Sensing Port "L" Fully Extended K
"D" Thd. 321.5(12.66)
(4.76) (4.37) (8.76) (.49)
93.5 DEC. Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 215.5 L
Pilot Port "PP" (3.68) Flow Adj. Screw Filling Port (8.48)
46 19(.75) Hex. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished] 74 N
"D" Thd.
(1.81) (2.91)
Drain Port
"E" Thd. "H" Deep "C" Thd.
8 Places
(6.73)
171
(5.47)
139
X
(3.500)
(2.626)
88.9
66.7
P
(5.08)
129
Discharge Port
Dia.
"Q" Dia.
Suction Port
63(2.48) Dia. 34(1.34) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
(2.000) (1.252) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.87)
49 49 283.5
(1.93) (1.93) (11.16)
220 Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw

(8.66) 13(.51) Hex.
161.6 INC.
(1.02) INC.
21.5
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"F" Thd. "J" Deep 39

(1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P Q
A3H145-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
M12 — 19 (.75) — 95 (3.74) 81 (3.19) 63 (2.48)
A3H145-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H145-FR14K-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 SAE #4 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 74.6 (2.94) 60.6 (2.39) 50 (1.97)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H145-FR14K1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

Flange Mtg.: A3H180-FR14K*-10/1080/10954
Fully Extended K
Load Sensing Port "L"
347.5(13.68)
"D" Thd.
129.5 117 Position of Pilot Port "PP" 244.5 12.5
(5.10) (4.61) (9.63) (.49)
87.5 Position of Load Sensing Port "L" 237.5 L
Pilot Port "PP" DEC.
(3.44) Flow Adj. Screw (9.35)
"D" Thd. Filling Port
40 81 N
19(.75) Hex. [27(1.06) Hex. Head Plug Furnished]
(1.57) (3.19)
"E" Thd. Drain Port
29(1.14) Deep "C" Thd.
8 Places
(7.05)
179
(5.85)
148.5
X
(3.126)
(4.189)
106.4
79.4
N
(5.43)
138
Dia.
Discharge Port
"P" Dia.
Suction Port
76(2.99) Dia. 44(1.73) Dia.
152.40(6.0000)
152.35(5.9980)
Case Drain Port
61.9 36.5 24
(2.437) (1.437) 5(2.0) Hex. Soc. (.94)
53 53 309.5
(2.09) (2.09) (12.19)
220
Load Sensing Pres. Difference Adj. Screw
(8.66)
13(.51) Hex.
161.6
INC.
(6.362)
Position of Drain Port 27.5 Pressure Adj. Screw
(1.08) 14(.55) Hex.
21.5 INC.
(.85)
12.73(.5012)
12.70(.5000)
(6.362)
(7.87)
161.6
200
"F" Thd. "H" Deep 39

(1.54)
View Arrow X

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P
A3H180-FR14K-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
M12 — — 112 (4.41) 97.5 (3.84) 80 (3.15)
A3H180-FR14K-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
49.39 (1.944) 44.45 (1.7500)
A3H180-FR14K-10954 1/2-13 UNC 32 (1.26)
49.21 (1.937) 44.40 (1.7480)
SAE #12 SAE #4 5/8-11 UNC 99.8 (3.93) 85.3 (3.36) 70 (2.76)
56.43 (2.222) 50.80 (2.0000)
A3H180-FR14K1-10954 5/8-11 UNC 36 (1.42)
56.25 (2.215) 50.75 (1.9980)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mounting Type

VANE PUMPS
B
Output Flow at 1200 r/min at No-Load Maximum
U.S.GPM
Operating
Graphic .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200
Pump Type Pressure Page
Symbols
MPa
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 800
(PSI)
L/min
"PV2R" Series 21 163
Single Pumps PV2R1 PV2R2 PV2R3 PV2R4 (3050)
"PV2R4A" Series 17.2
PV2R4A 177
Fixed Displacedment
Single Pumps (2500)
Small Volume (PV2R1) (PV2R2) (PV2R3)

"PV2R" Series 21
181
Double Pumps (3050)
Large Volume (PV2R2) (PV2R3) (PV2R4)
"PV2R24A/34A" Series Small Volume PV2R2 PV2R3 21 (3050)

196
Double Pumps 17.2(2500)
Large Volume PV2R4A
159
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of hydraulic fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the Table 1 below can be used. However, the specifications of the pumps such
as maximum pressure and maximum pump speed may be changed according to the type of hydraulic fluids to be used.
For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
Hydraulic fluids (Table 1)
Petroleum Base Oils Use anti-wear type oils or R & O (Rust and Oxidation inhibitor) type oils (equivalent to ISO VG32 or 46).
Use phosphate ester type fluids.

Synthetic Fluids When phosphate ester type fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the model number because the special seals
(fluororubber) are required to be used.
Standard pumps can be used without conditions.

Water Water-Glycols However, if any type other than those in Table 2 is used, the maximum operating
Containing pressure is limited.
Fluids Water in Oil
Standard pumps can be used without conditions.
Emulsions
Anti-wear type water-glycols (Table 2)

Fluid Manufacturer Commercial Trade Name
Exxon Mobil Mobil Nybac FR 200 D
JAPAN ENERGY CORP. JOMO Hydria G
NIPPON OIL CORPORATION HYRANDO FRX 46
Showa Shell Sekiyu K. K. Shell HFC Fluid 46
MATSUMURA OIL RESEARCH CORP. HYDOL HAW
COSMO FLUID HQ 46
COSMO OIL LUBRICANTS CO. , LTD.
COSMO FLUID GS 46
2. Fluid viscosity and temperature

Use the hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperature given in the Table 3 below.
However, please note that if any of the pumps listed in the table 4 is started at low speed, the maximum fluid viscosity
is limited.
Fluid viscosity and temperature (Table 3) Maximum viscosity for low start-up speed (Table 4)
Temperature Viscosity Start-up Speed Max. Viscosity
Fluid Pump Type
°C (°F) mm2/s(SSU) r/min mm2/s (SSU)
Petroleum Base Oils PV2R1
0-70 (32-158) 750 100 (455)
Phosphate Esters PV2R12
20-400 (100-1800)
Water Glycols 0-50 (32-122) PV2R13
PV2R14 950 200 (910)
Water in Oil Emulsions 5-50 (41-122)
PV2R2 600 100 (455)
PV2R23
PV2R24
PV2R24A 950 200 (910)
3. Control of contamination
Contamination of hydraulic fluids results in pump failures and reduced pump lives. Carry out sufficient contamination
control for hydraulic fluids and keep contamination level within NAS class 12.
Also, use a 100 µm (150-mesh) tank filter on the suction side, more than 50 mm (2 in.) away from the tank bottom.
160 Fixed Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
Instructions
1. Alignment of shaft
Employ a flexible coupling whenever possible, and avoid any stress from bending or thrust. B
Maximum permissible misalignment is less than 0.1 mm (.004 inches) TIR and maximum permissible misangular is
less than 0.2°.
2. Suction pressures
Set the suction pressure at pump inlet port at the value given in the table below. Furthermore, use the pipes in the
suction side having the diameter as indicated on the installation drawings. In case where the pump is installed on the
Fixed Vane Pumps

tank or at the position higher than the tank top cover, the height of the suction port of the pump should be less than 1
metre (3.3 ft.) from the oil level {less than 0.8 metre (2.6 ft.) in case of using phosphate ester fluids or water
containing fluids}.
Suction Pressure
Minimum
Pump Type
Phosphate ester type fluid Maximum
Petroleum base oil
Water containing fluid
PV2R1 -20 kPa
PV2R2 (5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
"PV2R" Series
Single Pumps PV2R3
-20 kPa
PV2R4
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R4A
-20 kPa
PV2R12
(5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
-16 kPa +30 kPa
PV2R13 (4.7 in. Hg Vacuum) (+4.3 PSIG)
PV2R23
"PV2R" Series PV2R33
Double Pumps PV2R14 -20 kPa
PV2R24 (5.9 in. Hg Vacuum)
PV2R34
PV2R24A
PV2R34A
In relation to the rotating speed of the pump, the minimum suction pressure may be restricted for a certain nominal
displacement. For details, please refer to the specifications of the pump concerned.
3. Precautions at starting
At an initial operation or at an operation after a long rest, the pump may have difficulty in sucking up fluid. In such cases,
an air bleed valve should be installed beforehand on the discharge side (model No. ST1004-*-10*, see page 820), or
discharge air by slightly slackening the connection on the discharge side. At starting, operate the pump intermittently as
far as possible with no load.
For fluid viscosity at starting, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids".
4. Other precautions
If a pump is used at speed below 1200 r/min, install the pump with the suction port upside so that the pump can suck up
fluid easily at starting.
Fixed Vane Pumps 161

Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design
The models shown below have been changed in design.
Model Numbers Interchange-

Name ability in Major Changes
Current New Installation
''PV2R1'' Series
Single Pumps PV2R1-*-*-RAA-40* PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R2'' Series
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-40* PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41* Yes Lower noise level
Single Pumps
''PV2R3'' Series
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-30* PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31* Yes Lower noise level
Single Pumps
''PV2R12'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-40* PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R13'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-40* PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42* Yes Lower noise level
41*
''PV2R14'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32* Yes Lower noise level
31*
''PV2R23'' Series
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-40* PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41* Yes
Double Pumps
''PV2R33'' Series
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31* Yes
Double Pumps
Lower noise level
''PV2R24'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-30* PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31* Yes
''PV2R34'' Series
Double Pumps PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-30* PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31* Yes
162 Fixed Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
"PV2R" Series Single Vane Pumps

These pumps are of high pressure and high performance, which have been developed especially for low noise operation.
To comply with a variety of applications including injection moulding machines, PV2R series single pumps provide the
B
output flow of such a wide range as from 5.8 to 237 cm3/rev (.354 to 14.46 cu.in./rev).
The intergral driving parts of the pumps are combined into a kit form and available for supply as a cartridge kit.
Therefore, the replacement of the driving parts can be done easily.
Single Vane Pumps

Graphic Symbol
"PV2R" Series
F- PV2R1 -6 -L -R A A -42 -*
Nominal Discharge Suction
Series Type of Shaft Design Design
Special Seals Displacement Port Port
Number cm3/rev Mounting Rotation Position Position Number Standards
6, 8, 10, 12
14, 17, 19 (Viewed from Shaft End)
PV2R1 L: 42
F: 23, 25, 31
Foot
For phosphate 41, 47, 53
ester type PV2R2 Mounting R: A: A: 41
59, 65 Refer to 2
fluids (Omit F: Clockwise 1 Upwards Upwards
if not PV2R3 76, 94, 116 Flange 31
required) (Normal) (Normal) (Normal)
136, 153, 184 Mounting
PV2R4 200, 237 30
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"
Consult Yuken for details. 80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits

Pump Name
Model of 2 Japanese 2 Japanese 2
European N. American Standard "JIS" N. American Standard "JIS" N. American
Numbers Port Japanese
Design Design European Design European Design
Standard "JIS" Design Design
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Standard Standard
PV2R1
PV2R2
PV2R3
Suction F5-24-A-10 F5-24-B-10 F5-24-B-1090 F5-24-C-10 F5-24-C-1090
PV2R4
2. As dimensions of the pipe flange mounting surface are conformed to SAE 4 Bolt Split Flange (Standard Pressure Series), pipe flanges conforming to
the SAE Standards can be used.
Notes: Special seals (Viton seals) are required when phosphate ester type fluids are used. (Prefix "F-" to the pipe flange kit number when ordering.)
"PV2R" Series Single Vane Pumps 163

Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure MPa (PSI)
Shaft Speed Range
Geometric Synthetic Output r/min
Petroleum Base Oils Water Containing Fluids
Displacement Fluids Flow
Model 1 &
Numbers Anti-Wear
Water Input
Anti-Wear R&O Type Water Phosphate Power
cm3/rev in Oil Max. Min.
Type Type Water Glycols Esters
(cu.in./rev) Emulsions
Glycols
PV2R1-6 5.8 ( .354 ) 21 6
PV2R1-8 8.0 ( .488 ) (3050)
PV2R1-10 9.4 ( .574 )
PV2R1-12 12.2 ( .744 )
PV2R1-14 13.7 ( .836 )
21 16 16 7 7 16 Refer to 1800 5
PV2R1-17 16.6 ( 1.013 ) 4 750
(3050) (2320) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2320) Pages (1200)
PV2R1-19 18.6 ( 1.135 ) 170 - 172
PV2R1-23 22.7 ( 1.385 )
PV2R1-25 25.3 ( 1.544 )
16
PV2R1-31 31.0 ( 1.892 )
(2320)
PV2R2-41 41.3 ( 2.52 )
PV2R2-47 47.2 ( 2.88 ) Refer to
21 14 16 7 7 14 1800 5
PV2R2-53 52.5 ( 3.20 ) Pages 4 600
(3050) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030) (1200)
PV2R2-59 58.2 ( 3.55 ) 172 & 173
PV2R2-65 64.7 ( 3.95 )
PV2R3-76 76.4 ( 4.66 ) 21 1800
4
PV2R3-94 93.6 ( 5.71 ) (3050) 14 16 7 7 14 Refer to (1200)
600
16 (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030) Page 174 1800 2
PV2R3-116 115.6 ( 7.05 ) 4
(2320) (1200)
PV2R4-136 136 ( 8.30 )
PV2R4-153 153 ( 9.34 ) 1800
Refer to 4
PV2R4-184 184 ( 11.23 ) 17.5 14 16 7 7 14 (1200)
Pages 600
PV2R4-200 201 ( 12.27 ) (2540) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
174 & 175
3
1800
PV2R4-237 237 ( 14.46 ) 4
(1200)
1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols , see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
2. If PV2R3-116 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
3. If PV2R4-237 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to -13 kPa (3.94 in. Hg. vacuum).
4. If phosphate ester or water containing fluids are used, the maximum speed is limited to 1200 r/min.
5. For starting at low speed, the maximum viscosity is limited. For details, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
6. For pressure above 16 MPa (2320 PSI), raise the speed over 1450 r/min.
Mass
Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers
Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
PVR2R1 9.0 ( 19.8) 11.2 ( 24.7)
PVR2R2 15.5 ( 34.2) 19.8 ( 43.7)
PVR2R3 30.9 ( 68.1) 40.9 ( 90.2)
PVR2R4 68.5 (151) 93.5 (206)
164 "PV2R" Series Single Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: PV2R1-*-F-RAA-42/4290

Discharge Port
15(.59) Dia. B
Key Width
Suction Port 13 7
28(1.10) Dia. (.51) (.276)
R9.5(R.37) R8(R.31)
(.1886)
(.1874)
40(1.57)
4.79
4.76
(2.063)
52.4
Single Vane Pumps

"PV2R" Series
(1.500)
38.1
56 (2.20)
"C" Thd.
17(.67) Deep 26.2 17.5 "D" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places (1.031) (.689) 4 Places
178.5
(7.03) Port Position
56 69.5 A
(2.20) (2.74)
19.05(.7500) Dia.
44.5 130
(1.75) (5.12)
19.02(.7488)
21.24(.836)
21.08(.830)
36 106
(1.42) 11(.433) Dia. Through (4.173)
25 2 Places
(.98)
(2.28)
R12
82.55 Dia.
58
97(3.82) Sq.
(R.47)
(4.19)
106.5
(3.250)
(3.248)
82.50
(.71)
18
95(3.74)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E mm (Inches)

PV2R1-*-F-RAA-42 M10 M8 14 (.55)
PV2R1-*-F-RAA-4290 3/8-16 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R1-*-L-RAA-42/4290
178.5 12(.472) Dia. Through

(7.03) 24(.94) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
56 69.5
A
(2.20) (2.74)
145.5(5.73)
(3.15)
(.59)
(.55)
15
80
14
(.12)
3
50 56.5 95
(1.969) (2.22) (3.74)
95 27.5 72.5 72.5
(3.74) (1.08) (2.854) (2.854)
180
(7.09)

Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia.
16 9
KeyWidth
Suction Port
34(1.34) Dia. (.63) (.354)
R11(R.43) R9(R.35)
(.2512)
(.2500)
49(1.93)
6.38
6.35
(2.311)
58.7
(1.874)
47.6
65(2.56)
"C" Thd.
"E" Deep "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
30.2 22.2
4 Places (1.189) (.874) 4 Places
222 Port Position

(8.74)
80 87 A
(3.15) (3.43)
Dia.
59 174
(2.32) (6.85)
25.35( .9980)
25.40( 1.0000)
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
47 146
(1.85) (5.748)
32
(1.26) R14
(2.76)
(R.55)
70
101.60 Dia.
125(4.92) Sq.
(5.22)
132.5
(4.000)
(3.998)
101.55
(.98)
25

120(4.72)
2 Places
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E mm (Inches)

PV2R2-*-F-RAA-41 M10 M10 19 (.75)
PV2R2-*-F-RAA-4190 7/16-14 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

222
(8.74)
4 Places
80 87
A
(3.15) (3.43)
189(7.44)
(4.02)
(.59)
102
(.55)
15
14
(.12)
3
60 73 120
(2.362) (2.87) (4.72)
95 95
115 38
(3.740) (3.740)
(4.53) (1.50)
230
(9.06)

VANE PUMPS

Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia. B
Key Width
Suction Port 21 9
(.83) (.354)
51(2.01) Dia.
R13(R.51) R11(R.43)
(.3138)
(.3126)
65(2.56)
7.97
7.94
(3.063)
77.8
Single Vane Pumps

"PV2R" Series
(2.311)
58.7
87(3.43)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep "D" Thd. "F" Deep

42.9 30.2
4 Places 4 Places
(1.689) (1.189)
274 Port Position

(10.79)
90 112 A
(3.54) (4.41)
Dia.
75 213
(8.39)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
(2.95)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 181
(2.48) (7.126)
40
(1.57) R16
(R.63)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
90
127.00 Dia.
(6.81)
173
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31

2 Places 148
(5.83)
Dimensions
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. mm (Inches)
E F
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-31 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R3-*-F-RAA-3190 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
274 17.5(.689) Dia. Through

(10.79) 26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
90 112
(3.54) (4.41) A
217(8.54)
(4.31)
109.5
(.91)
(.87)
23
22
2(.08)
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)

Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
Key Width
Suction Port 25 13
76(2.99) Dia. 61.9 (.98) (.512)
(2.437)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
(.3764)
(.3752)
9.56
9.53
(4.189)
106.4
(2.752)
69.9
118(4.65)
R15(R.59)
R37(R1.46) 35.7 "D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.406) 4 Places
R13(R.51)
354
(13.94)
110 135 Port Position
(4.33) (5.31)
Dia.
24 92 A
(.94) (3.62)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
273(10.75) Sq.
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
76
(2.99) 228.6(9.000)
56
(2.20)
(5.51)
(4.53)
140
115
152.40 Dia.
228.6(9.000)
(8.54)
217
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.35

39(1.54) Dia. Spotface (From Rear) R22(R.87)
4 Places
Dimensions
E F
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-30 M16 M12 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R4-*-F-RAA-3090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
354 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
(13.94) 4 Places
110 135 A
(4.33) (5.31)
327.3(12.89)
(7.37)
187.3
(1.18)
(1.14)
30
29
(.12)
3
280
114.3 99 (11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
187.3 187.3
185 60 (7.374) (7.374)
(7.28) (2.36) 438
(17.24)

VANE PUMPS
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
B
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
PV2R1-6 PV2R1-31
dB(A) dB(A)
60 60
Single Vane Pumps

1200 r/min
55 55
"PV2R" Series
Noise Level
Noise Level
1000 r/min
50 50
1200 r/min
1000 r/min
45 45
40 40
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R2-41 PV2R2-65
dB(A) dB(A)
65 65
60 60
1200 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
1200 r/min
55 55
1000 r/min
1000 r/min
50 50
45 45
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
dB(A)
PV2R3-76 dB(A)
PV2R3-116
65 65
1200 r/min
1200 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60
1000 r/min
1000 r/min
55 55
50 50
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4-136 PV2R4-184
dB(A) dB(A)
70 70
1200 r/min 1200 r/min

65 65
Noise Level
Noise Level
1000 r/min 1000 r/min

60 60
55 55
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

Typical Pump Characteristics at Viscosity 20 mm2/s (100 SSU) [ISO VG32 Oils, 50°C (122°F)]
PV2R1-6 PV2R1-8
L/min
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM
15
11
2.8 3.8 1800 r/min
10 1800 r/min 14
2.4 9 3.4 13
Output Flow
8 1500 r/min 12 1500 r/min

2.0 3.0
Output Flow
7 11
1200 r/min 2.6 10
1.6 6 1200 r/min
5 9 kW HP
1.2 2.2 10
8 7
4
1000 r/min kW HP 1000 r/min
.8 3 6 8 1.8 7 6 8
Input Power
5 6 5
1.4 6
Input Power
6 5 4
4
3 4 3 4
2 2
2 2
1 1
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
16 16
Pressure (2320) Pressure (2320)
PV2R1-10 PV2R1-12
U.S.GPM
L/min L/min
5.8
U.S.GPM 18 22 1800 r/min
4.4 17 1800 r/min 5.4 21
16 20
4.0 15 5.0
19 kW HP
1500 r/min 14
3.6 14 1500 r/min 4.6 18 10
Output Flow
13 kW HP 17 9 12
Output Flow
3.2 11 4.2
12 8 16 8
1200 r/min 10 10
11 7 3.8 15 1200 r/min 7
Input Power
2.8
10 6 8 14 6 8
3.4
Input Power
2.4 9 1000 r/min 5 13 5

6 1000 r/min 6
2.0 8 4 3.0 12 4
7 3 4 11 3 4
1.6 6 2 2.6 10 2
2 2
1 2.2 9 1
0 0 0 0
8
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R1-14 PV2R1-17
L/min L/min
7 26 8 30
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
24 28
Single Vane Pumps

6 7
22 26
1500 r/min 1500 r/min
"PV2R" Series
20 24
Output Flow
Output Flow
5 6
18 22
16 1200 r/min 20 kW HP
4 5 1200 r/min 20
14 1000 r/min kW HP 18 14
12 12 16 16 1000 r/min 12 16
3 4
10 10 14 10
Input Power
Input Power
12 12
2 8 3 12 8
6 8 6 8
4 4
4 4
2 2
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R1-19 PV2R1-23
L/min L/min
10
11 1800 r/min
35 40
9 1800 r/min 10
8 30 35
9 1500 r/min
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
kW
7
25 8 30 20 HP
1200 r/min 1200 r/min 24
6 kW HP
7
20 15 20 25 15 20
5 1000 r/min 1000 r/min
6
Input Power
16 16
Input Power
4 15 10 20 10 12
12 5
3 8 8
10 5 4 15 5
4 4
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

PV2R1-25 PV2R1-31
L/min U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM L/min
50 16 60
13
12 1800 r/min 1800 r/min
14
40 50
10 1500 r/min
Output Flow
1500 r/min
Output Flow
12
8 30 1200 r/min 40
10 1200 r/min
1000 r/min
6
20 8 1000 r/min
30
4 HP HP
kW 30 6 kW 30
20 Input Power
20 20
Input Power
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure 16
Pressure (2320)
PV2R2-41 U.S.GPM
PV2R2-47
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
20 75 23
22 85
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
70 80
18
20
16 60 1500 r/min 70
18 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
14
50 16 60
12 1200 r/min
14 1200 r/min kW
40 1000 r/min 50 40 HP
10 50
12 1000 r/min
kW HP
8 30 30 40 40 30 40
10
30 30
Input Power
Input Power
20 30 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0
0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R2-53 PV2R2-59
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
30 L/min L/min
30 110
110
1800 r/min
26 100 26 100
1800 r/min
Output Flow
90
Output Flow
90
Single Vane Pumps

22 22 1500 r/min
80 1500 r/min 80
"PV2R" Series
18 70 18 70 1200 r/min
60 1200 r/min 60
14 1000 r/min
50 1000 r/min 14 50
kW
10 40 40 50
10 HP
kW 60
40 HP 40
50 50
30 40 30 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 30
20 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R2-65
L/min
140
U.S.GPM
34 130
120
30 1800 r/min
110
Output Flow
26 100
1500 r/min
90
22
80
1200 r/min kW
18 70 50
1000 r/min HP
60 60
14
50 40
50
30 40
Input Power
30
20
20
10
10
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure

PV2R3-76 PV2R3-94
U.S.GPM
L/min L/min
38 U.S.GPM
140 170
1800 r/min 44 1800 r/min
34 130 42 160
120 150
30 38
110 1500 r/min
Output Flow
140
1500 r/min
Output Flow
26 100 kW 34 130
HP
90 1200 r/min 60 80 120
22 30
80 110 1200 r/min
1000 r/min 70
18 70 50 26 100
60 60 90 1000 r/min
14 22
50 40 80 HP
50 kW 100
18 70 70
30 40 60 80
Input Power
50
Input Power
30 60
20 40
20 30 40
10 20
10 20
10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R3-116 PV2R4-136
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
56 210 U.S.GPM 280
1800 r/min 70 260
200
52 1800 r/min
190 240
48 60 220
180
Output Flow
1500 r/min
170 1500 r/min 200
44
Output Flow
50
160 180
1200 r/min
40 150 160
40
140 140 1000 r/min HP
36 1200 r/min
130 120 120
30 kW
32 120 100 80
1000 r/min 100
110 kW 70
28 HP
100 60 80 60 80
Input Power
24 90 50 50
60 60
Input Power
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure 16 Pressure
(2320)

VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R4-153 PV2R4-184
U.S.GPM L/min
U.S.GPM L/min
80 300 90 340
1800 r/min
280 1800 r/min 320
70 260 80
Single Vane Pumps

300
240
Output Flow
280
"PV2R" Series
1500 r/min
Output Flow
60 1500 r/min
220 70 260
HP
200 240 160
50 1200 r/min kW
180 60 1200 r/min
220 110
140
160 1000 r/min HP 200 100
40 kW 50
140 90 1000 r/min
120 180 90 120
30 120 80 160 80
100 40 100
Input Power
70 70
60 80 60 80
Input Power
50 50
60 60
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4-200 PV2R4-237
U.S.GPM L/min L/min
U.S.GPM
100 380 115 440
1800 r/min 1800 r/min
360 110 420
90 340 400 kW
320 380 140 HP
100
1500 r/min 180
80 300 360 1500 r/min 130
Output Flow
kW HP
280 120 160 90 340 120 160
Output Flow
70 110 320 110

260
140 140
240 1200 r/min 100 80 300 100
60 1200 r/min
220 90 120 280 90 120
1000 r/min 70
Input Power
200 80 260 80
50 100 100
Input Power
180 70 240 1000 r/min 70

60 80 60 220 60 80
40
50 200 50
60 50 60
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 MPa
(500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (500) (1000) (1500) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

Spare Parts List
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42/4290
PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41/4190
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31/3190
PV2R4-*-*-RAA-30/3090
21 2 4 10 15 13 14 16 1 19 17 9 3 18
8 7 12 6 5
11
Y
22
23
24
29
Y 20
Section Y-Y
26
Section X-X
25
X
27
28
Cartridge Kits
Model Numbers 4 Cartridge Kit Numbers Model Numbers 4 Cartridge Kit Numbers
PV2R1-6-*-RAA-42* CPV2R1-6-R-42 PV2R2-41-*-RAA-41* CPV2R2-41-R-41
PV2R4-184-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-184-R-30
PV2R4-200-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-200-R-30
PV2R4-237-*-RAA-30* CPV2R4-237-R-30
Seals & Bearings

Part Numbers
PV2R1 PV2R2 PV2R3 PV2R4
9 Oil Seal ISD 26 42 8 ISD 30 42 8 ISD 35 55 11 ISD 45 68 12 1
10 O-Ring SO-NB-G80 SO-NB-G105 SO-NB-G135 SO-NB-G145 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P22A 1
13 O-Ring SO-NB-G60 SO-NB-G85 SO-NB-G115 SO-NA-G130 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-P46 SO-NB-A231 SO-NA-G80 1
15 Back Up Ring SO-BE-G130 1
16 Back Up Ring SO-BB-G80 1
17 Bearing 6004 6205 6207 6209 1
Note: 1) Item Nos. 13 and 14 (o-rings) and 15 and 16
(back up rings) are included in cartridge kit. List of Seal Kits
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
different part Nos. are used. Please contact us.
PV2R1-*-*-RAA-42/4290 KS-PV2R1-40
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number
from the table right. PV2R2-*-*-RAA-41/4190 KS-PV2R2-40
PV2R3-*-*-RAA-31/3190 KS-PV2R3-30
PV2R4-*-*-RAA-30/3090 KS-PV2R4-30

VANE PUMPS
"PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps

These high pressure, high performance pumps have been developed to meet space-saving requirements. These pumps are
a very compact version of the PV2R4, a vane pump series that has proven to exhibit outstanding low noise characteristics.
B
Graphic Symbol
Single Vane Pumps

"PV2R4A" Series
Specifications
Shaft Speed Range
Geometric Synthetic Output r/min
Petroleum Base Oils Water Containing Fluids
Displacement Fluids Flow
Model 1 &
Numbers Anti-Wear
Water Input
Anti-Wear R&O Type Water Phosphate Power
cm3/rev in Oil Max. Min.
Type Type Water- Glycols Esters
(cu.in./rev) Emulsions
Glycols
PV2R4A-138 138.5 ( 8.45 ) 1800
Refer to 3
PV2R4A-162 162.6( 9.92 ) 17.2 14 16 7 7 14 (1200)
Pages 600
(2500) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030) 1800 2
PV2R4A-193 194.4( 11.86 ) 179 & 180
(1200) 3
1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols , see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
2. If PV2R4A-193 is used at speed above 1700 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
3. If phosphate ester or water containing fluids are used, the maximum speed is limited to 1200 r/min.

F- PV2R4A -138 -L -R A A -10 -*
Nominal Discharge Suction
Series Type of Shaft Design Design
Special Seals Displacement Port Port
Number Mounting Rotation Number Standards
cm3/rev Position Position
F: L:
(Viewed from Shaft End)
For phosphate Foot
ester type Mounting R: A: A:
PV2R4A 138, 162, 193 1 10 Refer to 2
fluids (Omit F: Clockwise Upwards Upwards
if not Flange (Normal) (Normal) (Normal)
required) Mounting
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2.Design Standards:None.....Japanese Standard "JIS"
Consult Yuken for details. 80 . .. ...... European Design Standard
90 . .. ...... N. American Design Standard
Pipe Flange Kits

Pump Name
Standard Standard
PV2R4A
"PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps 177

Flange Mtg.: PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-10/1090
Discharge Port
7.97(.3138) Key Width

36(1.42) Dia.
Suction Port R14(R.55)
76(2.99) Dia. 21 9
(.83) (.354)
7.94(.3126)
R15(R.59)
(2.752)
69.9
166(6.54)
(4.189)
106.4
118
(4.65)
76(2.99)
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
61.9 35.7 4 Places
(2.437) (1.406)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
4 Places
Port Position
318.5 (12.54) A
31.75(1.250) Dia.
112 (4.41) 127 (5.00) 213 (8.39)

35.32 (1.391)
35.14 (1.383)
31.70(1.248)
79 (3.11) 181(7.126)
66.5
136.3(5.37)
(2.62)
110 (4.33)
236.3 (9.30)
50
126.95 Dia.
(1.97)
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
127.00
17.5(.689) Dia. Through R16

2 Places (R.63)
148
(5.83)
Approx. Mass......40 kg (88.2 lbs.)
Dimensions
E F
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-10 M16 M12 29 (1.14) 22 (.87)
PV2R4A-*-F-RAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R4A-*-L-RAA-10/1090

219.5 (8.64)

4 Places
22 (.87)
23 (.91)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 92 145
(3.000) (3.62) (5.71)
131 54 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.13) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
Approx. Mass......50 kg (110 lbs.)

178 "PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
Noise Level
Measuring conditions
Fluid viscosity : 20 mm2/s (100 SSU)
Measurement point : One metre (3.3 ft.) horizontally away from pump head cover
B
Back ground noise : 40 dB (A)
PV2R4A-138 PV2R4A-193
Single Vane Pumps

75 75
"PV2R4A" Series
1200 r/min
70 1200 r/min 70 1000 r/min
1000 r/min
Noise Level
Noise Level
65 65
60 60
55 55
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R4A-138 PV2R4A-162
L / min U.S.GPM L / min
U.S.GPM 280 80 300
70 1800 r/
260 280 min
1800 r/m 70
240 in 260
60 1500 r/
220 240 min
Output Flow
Output Flow
1500 r/ 60
200 min 220
50
180 200
50 1200 r/m
1200 r/m in kW HP
160 in 180
40
140 1000 r/m 160 1000 r/m 100
in 40 in 130
kW HP
120 140 90 120
30
100 80 110 80
100 30 100
70 70
60 80 60 80
Input Power
Input Power
50 50
60 60
40 40
30 40 30 40
20 20
20 20
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa 0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
"PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps 179

PV2R4A-193
U.S.GPM L / min
95 360
90 340 1800 r/
min
320
80 300
1500 r/
280 min
70 260
Output Flow
240
60 1200 r/m
220 in
200
50 1000 r/m
180 in
160 kW HP
40
120 160
100
120
Input Power
80
60 80
40
40
20
0
0
0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 17.5 MPa
(1000) (2000) (2500) (PSI)
Pressure
Spare Parts List
PV2R4A-*-*-RAA-10/1090
2 4 9 10 11 1 13 15 5 8 3 6
12
16
X Section X-X
Cartridge Kits Seals & Bearings

Model Numbers 4 Cartridge Kit Numbers Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
PV2R4A-138-*-RAA-10 * CPV2R4A-138-R-10 8 Oil Seal ISD 45 68 12 1
PV2R4A-162-*-RAA-10 * CPV2R4A-162-R-10 9 O-Ring SO-NB-G140 1
PV2R4A-193-*-RAA-10 * CPV2R4A-193-R-10 10 O-Ring SO-NB-A250 1
11 O-Ring SO-NB-G80 1
15 Bearing 6209 1
Note: 1) Item Nos. 10 and 11 (o-rings) are included in cartridge
kit.
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids
When ordering seals, please specify the kit number
from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

PV2R4A- *- *-RAA-10/1090 KS-PV2R4A-10
180 "PV2R4A" Series Single Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
"PV2R" Series Double Vane Pumps

These double pumps consist of two PV2R seires single pumps combined in tandem within a single housing and driven
by a common shaft. A Single suction port and two discharge ports are provided so that the output flow can be supplied
B
to separate circuits.
Graphic Symbol
Double Vane Pumps

"PV2R" Series
F- PV2R13 -6 -76 -L -R A A A -40 *
Small Large Small Large
Volume Volume Volume Volume
Pump Pump Direction Suction
Special Series Pump Pump Design Design
Nominal Nominal Mounting of Port
Seals Number Discharge Discharge Number Standards
Displacement Displacement Rotation Position
Port Port
cm3/rev cm3/rev Position Position
6, 8 (Viewed from Shaft End)

26, 33
10, 12
41, 47 E:
PV2R12 14, 17 42
53, 59 Left 45°
19, 23 Upwards
65
25, 31 (Normal)
6, 8
10, 12 A:
76, 94 L:
PV2R13 14, 17 Upwards 42
116 Foot Mtg.
19, 23 (Normal)
25, 31
F: E:
Special 41, 47 52, 60 R: 1 A: A:
Clockwise Left 45°
seals for PV2R23 53, 59 66, 76 Upwards Upwards 41
(Normal) Upwards
phosphate 65 94, 116 (Normal) (Normal)
(Normal) Refer to 2
ester type
fluids F: A:
76, 94 76, 94
(Omit if not PV2R33 Flange Upwards 31
116 116 Mtg. (Normal)
required)
6, 8
10, 12
PV2R14 32
14, 17 A:
19, 23 Upwards
(Normal)
136, 153
26, 33 184, 200
PV2R24 31
41, 47 237
E:
52, 60
Left 45°
PV2R34 66, 76 31
Upwards
94, 116 (Normal)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation.

Consult Yuken for details.
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
"PV2R" Series Double Vane Pumps 181

Specifications
Maximum Operating Pressure
Nominal Petroleum Base Oils Water Containing Fluids Synthetic Fluids
Displacement
1
Anti-Wear
Water in Oil
cm3/rev Anti-Wear Type R & O Type Type Water Water Glycols
Emulsions
Phosphate Esters
Glycols
6 21 2
8 (3050)
10
12
21
14 (3050)
17
19 16 16 7 7 16
(2320) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2320)
23
3 21 3
(3050)
25 21
(3050)
31 16
(2320)
26
33
41
21 14 16 7 7 14
47 (3050) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
53
59
65
52
60
21
66 (3050) 14 16 7 7 14
76 (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
94
116 16
(2320)
136
153
17.5 14 16 7 7 14
184 (2540) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
200
237
Note: 1) For the relation between model (series) No. and 2) As for PV2R12 and PV2R33 series, the sum of the input powers to small
nominal displacement, see the table below. volume pump and large volume pump is limited against shaft speed as
follows.
Nominal Displacement, Large Volume Pump HP kW

160 120
26, 33, 41, 47, 52, 60 76, 94 136, 153, 184,
53, 59, 65 66 116 200, 237
140
6 100 PV2R33
8 120
10
80
Input Power
12 100
PV2R14
14 Allowable
PV2R12 PV2R13
17 80 60 Range PV2R12
19
23 60
40
25 Allowable
Nominal 31 40 Range
Displace- 26 20
ment, 20
33
Small PV2R24 0
Volume 41 0
Pump 47 600 1000 1200 1500 1800
53 PV2R23 Shaft Speed r/min
59
65 1. For the brands of anti-wear type water-glycols, see the item of "Hydraulic
52
Fluids" on page 160.
60
66 2. For pressures above 16 MPa (2320 PSI), raise the speed over 1450 r/min.
PV2R34 3. If nominal displacement "23", of the PV2R14 series is selected, the
76
94 PV2R33 maximum operating pressure is limited to 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
116
182 "PV2R" Series Double Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
Shaft Speed Range Output Flow & Input Power

Shaft Speed Range r/min The pump characteristics are the same as those for PV2R
Model
Numbers
Petroleum Base Oils
Water Containing Fluids
Phosphate Esters
series single pumps. See the pages concerned.
Model Output Flow & Input Power
B
Max. Min. Max. Min.
3 3
Numbers Small Volume Pump Large Volume Pump
PV2R12 1800 750 1200 750
2 3 3
PV2R13 1800 750 1200 750 Same as single pump
2 3 3
PV2R23 1800 600 1200 600 "PV2R2", refer to pages
Same as single pump
1800 2 172 & 173.
PV2R33 600 1200 600 PV2R12 "PV2R1", refer to pages
(1500) 1 However, as for displace-
170 - 172.
Double Vane Pumps

2 3 3
ment of "26" and "33",
PV2R14 1800 750 1200 750 refer to page 192.
"PV2R" Series
PV2R24 2 3 3
1800 600 1200 600
PV2R34 2
1800 600 1200 600 Same as single pump Same as single pump
1. For PV2R33-116-116, the maximum speed is limited to 1500 r/min. PV2R13 "PV2R1", refer to pages "PV2R3", refer to page
170 - 172. 174.
2. As for the models (nominal displacements) listed below, the mini-
mum suction pressure are limited in relation to the shaft speed.
Same as single pump
[For other models, the minimum suction pressure is -20 kPa (5.9 in. "PV2R3", refer to page
Hg vacuum) irrespective of speed. Same as single pump 174.
PV2R23 "PV2R2", refer to pages However, as for
Min. Suction Pres. kPa (in. Hg Vacuum) 172 & 173. displacement of "52",
Model Numbers "60" and "66", refer to
Less than 1700 r/min 1700 - 1800 r/min pages 192 & 193.
PV2R13-*-116 Same as single pump Same as single pump

-20 (5.9) 0 (0)
PV2R23-*-116 PV2R33 "PV2R3", refer to page "PV2R3", refer to page
PV2R23-*-76 174. 174.
PV2R23-*-94 -20 (5.9) -7 (1.97)
PV2R33-*-76 Same as single pump
PV2R33-94-* PV2R14 "PV2R1", refer to pages
PV2R33-116-* 170 & 171.
-20 (5.9) 0 (0)
PV2R33-*-94
PV2R33-*-116
PV2R14-*-237 Same as single pump
"PV2R2", refer to page
PV2R24-*-237 -20 (5.9) -13 (3.94) 172
PV2R34-*-237 PV2R24
However, as for displace-
PV2R34-116-* -20 (5.9) 0 (0) ment of "26" and "33", Same as single pump
refer to page 192. "PV2R4", refer to pages
3. For starting at low speed, the maximum viscosity is limited. 174 & 175.
For details, see the item of "Hydraulic Fluids" on page 160.
Same as single pump
"PV2R3", refer to page
174.
PV2R34 However, as for
displacement of "52",
"60" and "66", refer to
pages 192 & 193.
Mass
Model Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Numbers
Mounting PV2R12 PV2R13 PV2R23 PV2R33 PV2R14 PV2R24 PV2R34
Flange Mtg. 25 (55.1) 45.6 (101) 51 (112) 84 (185) 75 (165) 78 (172) 98 (216)
Foot Mtg. 29.3 (64.6) 55.6 (123) 61 (135) 94 (207) 100 (221) 103 (227) 123 (271)

Pipe Flange Kits
Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit the number from the table below.

Pump Name
Standard Standard
PV2R12 Large Discharge F5-06-A-10 F5-06-A-1080 F5-06-B-10 F5-06-B-1090 F5-06-C-10 F5-06-C-1090
Small Discharge F5-04-A-10 F5-04-A-1080 F5-04-B-10 F5-04-B-1090 F5-04-C-10 F5-04-C-1090

VANE PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-42/4290
89 5
B
38 .500
(.6 17.
)
(1
.1 )
Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Key Width
21(.83) Dia. "E" Thd. "K" Deep R8(R.31)
16 9
(.63) (.354) 4 Places 40(1.57)
Suction Port R10
53.5(2.11) Dia. (R.39)
.
.8 Sq
R9(R.35) E
(3 97
(.2512)
(.2500)
2)
49(1.93)
6.38
6.35
Small
Volume Pump
(3.063)
Discharge Port
77.8
Double Vane Pumps

78 )
7 Position
(3.0
"PV2R" Series
(1.874)
47.6
Small Volume Pump 58 8)
.2
Discharge Port (2
15(.59) Dia. 42.9
(1.689) "D" Thd. 17(.67) Deep View Arrow X
"C" Thd. "J" Deep 22.2
4 Places
4 Places (.874)
326
(12.83) Suction Port and
129 80 95 Large Volume Pump
(5.08) (3.15) (3.74) Discharge Port
Dia.
67 Position A
(2.64)
25.35( .9980)
25.40( 1.0000)
174
28.18(1.109)
28.00(1.102)
55 (6.85)
(2.17)
146
40 (5.748)
(1.57)
R14
(2.95)
(2.76)
(R.55)
125(4.92) Sq.
101.60 Dia.
75
70
X
(5.63)
143
(4.000)
(3.998)
101.55
(.98)
25
13.5(.531) Dia. Through 120

2 Places (4.72)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
J K
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-42 M12 M10 M8 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
PV2R12-*-*-F-REAA-4290 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 21 (.83) 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R12-*-*-L-REAA-42/4290

326
(12.83) 28(1.10) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
129 80 95
(5.08) (3.15) (3.74) A
189(7.44)
(4.02)
(.55)
(.59)
102
14
15
(.12)
3
60 82 120
(2.362) (3.23) (4.72)
115 47 95 95
(4.35) (1.85) (3.740) (3.740)
230
(9.06)

Flange Mtg.: PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-42/4290
Large Volume Pump
78.5(3.09) Dia.
30(1.18) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
Key Width
21 9
Discharge Port (.83) (.354)
15(.59) Dia. R15 R11(R.43)
(R.59)
R8(R.31)
(.3138)
(.3126)
65(2.56)
7.97
7.94
(3.82) Sq.
(1.500)
38.1
118 )
5
97
(4.6
(2.311)
58.7
40(1.57)
(4.189)
106.4
61.9
"E" Thd. "J " Deep 17.5 (2.437) "D" Thd. "H" Deep
4 Places (.689) 30.2 4 Places
(1.189)
"C" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
370
(14.57)
120.5 115.5 112 Port Position
(4.74) (4.55) (4.41)
Dia.
75 A
(2.95)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 213
(2.48) (8.39)
40 181
(1.57) (7.126)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
95
166(6.54) Sq.
(2.28)
(R.63)
127.00 Dia.
90
58
(7.20)
183
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31

2 Places
148(5.83)
F H J
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-42 M16 M10 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
PV2R13-*-*-F-RAAA-4290 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79) 16 (.63)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R13-*-*-L-RAAA-42/4290

(14.57) 4 Places
120.5 115.5 112
(4.74) (4.55) (4.41) A
217(8.54)
(.91)
(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
23
22
(.08)
2
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)

VANE PUMPS

Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
30(1.18) Dia.
B
Key Width
21 9
Suction Port R15 (.83) (.354)
"J" Thd. 17(.67) Deep
78.5(3.09) Dia. (R.59) R11
(R.43) 4 Places
Small Volume Pump
(.3138)
(.3126)
65
7.97
7.94
Discharge Port
(2.56)
Position .2 )
22 74
47 .874
(4.189)
(1
106.4
(.8
.6 )
118 )
Double Vane Pumps

5 E
(4.6
.
Sq
5
12 92)
"PV2R" Series
(2.311)
.
58.7
( 4
Small Volume Pump
61.9 R9(R.35)
Discharge Port
21(.83) Dia. (2.437) 30.2 "D" Thd. "L" Deep 49(1.93)
"C" Thd. "K" Deep (1.189) 4 Places
4 Places
403
( 2 70
6)
.7
(15.87)
139.5 115.5 112 Suction Port and
(5.49) (4.55) (4.41)
View Arrow X Large Volume Pump
Dia. Discharge Port
75 A Position
(2.95)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
213
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
63 (8.39)
(2.48)
181
40 (7.126)
(1.57)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
95
(R.63)
127.00 Dia.
90
X
(7.20)
183
(5.000)
(4.998)
126.95
(1.22)
31

148
2 Places (5.83)
Model Numbers "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "J" Thd.
K L
PV2R23-*-*-F-REAA-41 M16 M10 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R23-*-*-F-REAA-4190 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN

(15.87) 4 Places
139.5 115.5 112
(5.49) (4.55) (4.41) A
217(8.54)
(.91)
(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
23
22
(.08)
2
76.2 88 145
(3.000) (3.46) (5.71)
131 50 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (1.97) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)

Large Volume Pump

Discharge Port
28(1.10) Dia.
Key Width
Suction Port 21 9
88(3.46) Dia. (.83) (.354)
Small Volume Pump
Discharge Port R11 R17
R11(R.43)
28(1.10) Dia. (R.43) (R.67)
(.3138)
(.3126)
7.97
7.94
65(2.56)
(2.311)
3
58.7
12 4)
8
( .
4
(2.311)
58.7
65(2.56) (4.752)
120.7
69.9
30.2 (2.752) 30.2
(1.189) "D" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.189)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep 4 Places
4 Places
"D" Thd. "F" Deep
4 Places
454(17.87)
136 136 124 Port Position

(5.35) (5.35) (4.88)
87 A
(3.43)
75 213(8.39)
Dia.
(2.95)
56 181(7.126)
31.75(1.2500)
31.70(1.2480)
(2.20)
35.32(1.391)
35.14(1.383)
R16
(3.74)
(3.54)
(3.54)
166(6.54) Sq.
(R.63)
Dia.
95
90
(4.998) 90
183(7.20)
(5.000)
127.00
126.95
(1.22)
31

2 Places
148
(5.83)
E F
PV2R33-*-*-F-RAAA-31 M16 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R33-*-*-F-RAAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
454(17.87) 17.5(.689) Dia. Through
136 136 124 4 Places
(5.35) (5.35) (4.88)
217(8.54)
23(.91)
22(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 100 145

(3.000) (3.94) (5.71)
131 62 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.44) (4.626) (4.626)
274(10.79)

VANE PUMPS
Suction Port
Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
B
88(3.46) Dia. 25 13
Key Width
69.9 (.98) (.512)
Small Volume Pump R17
Discharge Port (2.752)
(R.67)
13(.51) Dia.
R8(R.31)
(.3764)
(.3752)
9.56
9.53
Double Vane Pumps

97 Sq.
(1.500)
(4.752)
120.7
38.1
123 )
(3.82)
"PV2R" Series
4
(4.8
(2.752)
69.9
40(1.57)
17.5
"E" Thd. "J" Deep (.689)
4 Places 35.7
(1.406) "D" Thd. "H" Deep
"C" Thd. "F" Deep 4 Places
R13
4 Places
(R.51)
R37(R1.46)
Port Position
423(16.65)
146.5 119.5 135 A
(5.77) (4.70) (5.31)
24 92 273(10.75) Sq.
(.94) (3.62)
76 228.6(9.000)
(2.99)
Dia.
56
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
140
(4.53)
115
152.40 Dia.
228.6(9.000)
(2.28)
217(8.54)
58
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.35

39(1.54) Dia. Spotface R22
(From Rear) (R.87)
4 Places
F H J
PV2R14-*-*-F-RAAA-32 M16 M12 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 14 (.55)
DIMENSIONS IN
423(16.65) 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
146.5 119.5 135 4 Places
(5.77) (4.70) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)

Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
Suction Port 36(1.42) Dia.
88(3.46) Dia.
25 13
Key Width
Small Volume Pump 69.9 (.98) (.512)
Discharge Port R17 (2.752)
19(.75) Dia. (R.67)
(.3764)
(.3752)
R9(R.35)
9.56
9.53
125 Sq.
(1.874)
(4.752)
120.7
47.6
123 )
(4.92)
4
(4.8
(2.752)
69.9
49(1.93)
"E" Thd. 22.2

17(.67) Deep (.874) 35.7
4 Places "D" Thd. "H" Deep
(1.406)
4 Places
"C" Thd. "F" Deep
R13(R.51)
4 Places
R37(R1.46)
Port Position
462(18.19)
171.5 119.5 135 A

(6.75) (4.70) (5.31)
24 92 273(10.75) Sq.
(.94) (3.62)
76 228.6(9.000)
(2.99)
38.10(1.5000) Dia.
56
38.05(1.4980)
(2.20)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
140
(4.53)
115
228.6(9.000)
(2.76)
Dia.
217(8.54)
70
(6.000)
(5.998)
152.40
152.35

(From Rear) R22
4 Places (R.87)
F H
PV2R24-*-*-F-RAAA-31 M16 M12 M10 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R24-*-*-F-RAAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
462(18.19) 43(1.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
171.5 119.5 135
(6.75) (4.70) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)

VANE PUMPS

Large Volume Pump
Discharge Port
36(1.42) Dia.
Small Volume Pump
Discharge Port R11(R.43)
B
Suction Port Position
Key Width
77.8 25 13
.1 .2
100(3.94) Dia.
58 311
)
E
(1 30
89
(2
(3.063) (.98) (.512)
.7 )
.
.q
R17(R.67)
4) S
(6 6 6
1
Small Volume Pump
.5
(.3764)
(.3752)
Discharge Port
9.56
9.53
28(1.10) Dia. "J" Thd. "N" Deep
4 Places
Double Vane Pumps

(5.126)
130.2
152 65(2.56)
8)
"PV2R" Series
(5.9
(2.752)
69.9
(3 90
4)
.5
"C" Thd. "K" Deep 35.7 "D" Thd.
4 Places (1.406) "L" Deep View Arrow X
R37(R1.46) R13(R.51) 4 Places
518(20.39)
192 133 135 Suction Port

(7.56) (5.24) (5.31) and Large Volume
24 92 Pump Discharge A
(.94) (3.62) Port Position
76 273(10.75) Sq.
(2.99)
56
38.05(1.4980) Dia.
228.6(9.000)
(2.20)
38.10(1.5000)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(5.51)
(5.998) 140
(4.53)
115
228.6(9.000)
Dia.
X
(6.000)
152.40
152.35

39(1.54) Dia. Spotface R22(R.87)
(From Rear)
4 Places
K L N
PV2R34-*-*-F-REAA-31 M16 M12 M8 19 (.75) 19 (.75) 19 (.75)
PV2R34-*-*-F-REAA-3190 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 7/16-14 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83) 20 (.79)
DIMENSIONS IN
518(20.39) 22(.866) Dia. Through
192 133 135 4 Places
(7.56) (5.24) (5.31) A
327.3(12.89)
30(1.18)
29(1.14)
(7.37)
187.3
3(.12)
114.3 99 280(11.02)
(4.500) (3.90)
185 60 187.3 187.3
(7.28) (2.36) (7.374) (7.374)
438(17.24)

PV2R12-*-26 PV2R12-*-33
PV2R24-26-* PV2R24-33-*
L/min U.S.GPM L/min
U.S.GPM 60
50 16
13 1800 r/min
1800 r/min
12
14
40 1500 r/min 50 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
10
12
1200 r/min 40
8 30 1200 r/min
10
1000 r/min
6 1000 r/min kW HP
20 8 30 30 40
4 HP
kW 30 6 30
20
Input Power
10 20 Input Power 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure
PV2R23-*-52 PV2R23-*-60
PV2R34-52-* PV2R34-60-*
U.S.GPM L/min
L/min
U.S.GPM 30 110
110
28 1800 r/min
100 26 100
24 90 1800 r/min 90
22 1500 r/min
Output Flow
Output Flow
80 80
20 1500 r/min
70 18 70 1200 r/min
16 60 1200 r/min 60
1000 r/min
14 50
50 kW
12
40 10 40 50 HP
1000 r/min
8 30 30 60
kW
HP 40
40 50
50
30 40 30 40
Input Power
Input Power
30 30
20 20
20 20
10 10
10 10
0 0 0
0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI) (1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure Pressure

VANE PUMPS
B
PV2R23-*-66
PV2R34-66-*
L/min
140
U.S.GPM 130
Double Vane Pumps

32 120 1800 r/min
"PV2R" Series
110
28
100 1500 r/min
Output Flow
24 90 HP
80 1200 r/min kW
20 70
70 50
1000 r/min
16 60 60
50 40
12 50
40
Input Power
30 40
30
20
20
10
10
0 0
0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 MPa
(1000) (2000) (3000) (PSI)
Pressure

Spare Parts List
PV2R12-*-*-*-REAA-42/4290
PV2R13-*-*-*-RAAA-42/4290
PV2R23-*-*-*-REAA-41/4190
PV2R33-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190
3 15 14 9 6 1 5 8 10 11 21 2 18 7 4 20
24
23
22
27
26
25
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume
Pump Pump Pump Pump
PV2R12-6- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-6-L-42 PV2R13-6- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-6-L-42
PV2R12-14- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-14-L-42 CPV2R2 PV2R13-14- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-14-L-42 CPV2R3
PV2R12-17- -*-REAA-42* CPV2R13-17-L-42 - -R-41 PV2R13-17- -*-RAAA-42* CPV2R13-17-L-42 - -R-31
CPV2R33
CPV2R3 - -R-31
- -R-31
PV2R23-59- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-59-L-41 Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal
PV2R23-65- -*-REAA-41* CPV2R23-65-L-41 displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.
Seals & Bearings

Part Numbers
PV2R12 PV2R13 PV2R23 PV2R33
7 Oil Seal ISD 30 42 8 ISD 35 55 11 ISD 35 55 11 ISD 35 55 11 1
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P46 SO-NB-A231 SO-NB-A231 SO-NB-A231 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-P46 SO-NB-A231 1
18 Bearing 6205 6207 6207 6207 1
19 Bearing 6305 1
Note: 1) The o-rings under item. Nos. 10 and 11 are included
in the large volume pump cartridge kit and those List of Seal Kits
under item. Nos. 14 and 15 in the small volume pump Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
cartridge kit.
PV2R12-*-*-REAA-42* KS-PV2R12-40
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids,
different part Nos. are used. Please contact us. PV2R13-*-*-RAAA-42* KS-PV2R13-40
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number PV2R23-*-*-REAA-41* KS-PV2R23-40
from the table right. PV2R33-*-*-RAAA-31* KS-PV2R33-30

VANE PUMPS
Spare Parts List
PV2R14-*-*-*-RAAA-32/3290
PV2R24-*-*-*-RAAA-31/3190 B
PV2R34-*-*-*-REAA-31/3190
3 25 21 20 13 6 29 1 5 12 18 16 2 17 19 35 27 24 11 26 4
Double Vane Pumps

10 9 8 15 14 7 33
"PV2R" Series
32
34
31
30
28
36
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume Model Numbers 6 Small Volume 5 Large Volume
Pump Pump Pump Pump
PV2R14-6- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-6-L-42 PV2R24-26- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-26-L-41
PV2R14-8- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-8-L-42 PV2R24-33- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-33-L-41 CPV2R4
PV2R14-10- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-10-L-42 PV2R24-41- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-41-L-41 - -R-30
PV2R14-12- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-12-L-42 CPV2R2 PV2R24-47- -*-RAAA-31* CPV2R23-47-L-41
PV2R14-14- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-14-L-42 - -R-41 PV2R34-52- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-52-L-31
PV2R14-17- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-17-L-42 PV2R34-60- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-60-L-31
PV2R14-19- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-19-L-42 PV2R34-66- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-66-L-31 CPV2R34
PV2R14-23- -*-RAAA-32* CPV2R13-23-L-42 PV2R34-76- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-76-L-31 - -R-31
Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal PV2R34-94- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-94-L-31
displacement. Referring to the model No. designation on PV2R34-116- -*-REAA-31* CPV2R33-116-L-31
page 181, write the correct nominal displacement figures.
Seals & Bearings

Part Numbers
PV2R14 PV2R24 PV2R34
11 Oil Seal ISD 45 68 12 ISD 45 68 12 ISD 45 68 12 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-G145 SO-NB-G145 SO-NB-G145 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P22A SO-NB-P22A SO-NB-P22A 1
16 O-Ring SO-NA-G130 SO-NA-G130 SO-NA-G130 1
17 O-Ring SO-NA-G80 SO-NA-G80 SO-NA-G80 1
18 Back Up Ring SO-BE-G130 SO-BE-G130 SO-BE-G130 1
19 Back Up Ring SO-BB-G80 SO-BB-G80 SO-BB-G80 1
21 O-Ring SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-P46 SO-NB-A231 1
24 Bearing 6209 6209 6209 1
25 Bearing 6305 1
Note: 1) The o-rings and back up rings under item. Nos. 16
to 19 are included in the large volume pump cartridge
List of Seal Kits
kit and those under item. Nos. 20 and 21 in the small Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
volume pump cartridge kit. PV2R14-*-*-RAAA-32* KS-PV2R14-30
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids, PV2R24-*-*-RAAA-31* KS-PV2R24-30
PV2R34-*-*-REAA-31* KS-PV2R34-30
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.

"PV2R24A/34A" Series Double Vane Pumps
These double pumps incorporate the new PV2R4A series pumps for the large volume side, a feature that permits discharge
to separate circuits.
Graphic Symbol

F- PV2R24A -26 -193 -L -R E A A -10 *
Small Large Small Large
Volume Volume Volume Volume
Pump Pump Direction Suction
Special Series Pump Pump Design Design
Nominal Nominal Mounting of Port
Seals Number Discharge Discharge Number Standards
Displacement Displacement Rotation Position
Port Port
cm3/rev cm3/rev Position Position
F: 26, 33 (Viewed from Shaft End)

Special 41, 47 L: E:
seals for PV2R24A Foot Mtg. Left 45° 10
53, 59 R: 1 A: A:
phosphate 138, 162 Upwards
65 F: Clockwise (Normal) Upwards Upwards Refer to 2
ester type 193
fluids Flange (Normal) (Normal) (Normal)
A:
(Omit if not 76, 94 Mtg.
PV2R34A Upwards 10
required) 116 (Normal)
1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation.
Consult Yuken for details.
Pipe Flange Kits

Pipe flange kits are available. When ordering, specify the kit the number from the table below.

1
Pump Name
Standard Standard
PV2R24A Large Discharge F5-12-A-10 F5-12-A-1080 F5-12-B-10 F5-12-B-1090 F5-12-C-10 F5-12-C-1090
PV2R34A Large Discharge F5-12-A-10 F5-12-A-1080 F5-12-B-10 F5-12-B-1090 F5-12-C-10 F5-12-C-1090
196 "PV2R24A/34A" Series Double Vane Pumps

VANE PUMPS
Specifications
Maximum Operating Pressure
Model
Petroleum Base Oils
Water Containing Fluids Synthetic Fluids
B
Numbers 1
Anti-Wear
Water in Oil
Anti-Wear Type R & O Type Type Water Water Glycols Phosphate Esters
Emulsions
Glycols
PV2R24A-26
PV2R24A-33
"PV2R24A/34A" Series
PV2R24A-41
Double Vane Pumps

21 14 16 7 7 14
PV2R24A-47
(3050) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
PV2R24A-53
PV2R24A-59
PV2R24A-65
PV2R34A-76 21
PV2R34A-94 (3050) 14 16 7 7 14
16 (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
PV2R34A-116 (2320)
PV2R24A/34A-*-138
17.2 14 16 7 7 14
PV2R24A/34A-*-162
(2500) (2030) (2320) (1020) (1020) (2030)
PV2R24A/34A-*-193
Output Flow & Input Power, Shaft Speed Range and Mass
Shaft Speed Range r/min
Approx. Mass
Model Output Flow & Input Power Water Containing Fluids
Petroleum Base Oils kg (lbs.)
Numbers Phosphate Esters
Small Volume Pump Large Volume Pump Max. Min. Max. Min. Flange Mtg. Foot Mtg.
Same as single pump

"PV2R2", refer to pages
172 & 173. 60 70
PV2R24A 1800 600 1200 600
However, as for displace- (132) (154)
ment of "26" and "33", Same as single pump
refer to page 192. "PV2R4A", refer to pages
179 & 180.
Same as single pump 92.5 102.5
PV2R34A "PV2R3", refer to page 1800 600 1200 600
174. (204) (226)
If the pump is used at speed above 1400 r/min, the suction pressure is limited to 0 kPa (0 in. Hg.).
"PV2R24A/34A" Series Double Vane Pumps 197

Flange Mtg.: PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-10/1090
Large Volume Pump Small Volume Pump
Key Width
Discharge Port Discharge Port Position
E
Y
Suction Port
)6
88(3.46) Dia. 21 9
.7
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
(2
R17(R.67) R14(R.55) (.83) (.354)
12 .92
70
5 )
(4
4)
sq
7
.8
.
(
.2
22
47 874
(1
(4.752)
.6 )
(2.752)
.
120.7
69.9
12 4)
8
(4. 49
(1.93) "E" Thd.
76(2.99) 17(.67) Deep
R9
4Places
69.9 (R.35)
(2.752) 35.7 "D" Thd. "H" Deep
Small Volume Pump
(1.406) 4 Places View Arrow X View Arrow Y
Discharge Port "C" Thd. "F" Deep
19(.75) Dia. 4 Places
439(17.28) Port Position

A
132.5(5.22) 137(5.39) 133(5.24)
213
85 (8.39)
Dia.
(3.35) 181
72.5 (7.126)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
(2.85)
56
135.5
(5.33)
(2.20)
(4.33)
235.5(9.27)
110
160(6.30) Sq.
127.00 Dia.
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
126.95
R16
(R.63)
4 Places 148
(5.83)
F H
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-10 M16 M14 M10 19 (.75) 22 (.87)
PV2R24A-*-*-F-REAA-1090 5/8-11 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R24A-*-*-L-REAA-10/1090
4 Places
A
(9.63)
244.5
22(.87)
23(.91)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 98 145(5.71)
(3.000) (3.86)
131 60 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.36) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)

VANE PUMPS
Flange Mtg.: PV2R34A-*-*-F-RAAA-10/1090
Suction Port Large Volume Pump B
Key Width
100(3.94) Dia. Discharge Port
Small Volume Pump 36(1.42) Dia.
Discjarge Port
21 9
28(1.10) Dia. (.83) (.354)
9.56(.3764)
9.53(.3752)
R16 R14
R11(R.43) (R.63) (R.55)
"PV2R24A/34A" Series
130.2(5.126)
Double Vane Pumps

(2.311)
(2.752)
2
58.7
69.9
15 8)
5 .9
(
76(2.99)
65 30.2 77.8 35.7 "D" Thd. "L" Deep
(2.56) (1.189) (3.063) (1.406) 4 Places
"J" Thd. "N" Deep "C" Thd. "K" Deep
4 Places 4 Places
480.5(18.92)
Port Position
142 148 133 A
(5.59) (5.83) (5.24) 213
85
(8.39)
Dia.
(3.35) 181
72.5
(7.126)
38.10(1.5000)
38.05(1.4980)
(2.85)
42.36(1.668)
42.18(1.661)
56
135.5(5.33)
(2.20)
110(4.33)
(3.54)
235.5(9.27)
160(6.30) Sq.
90
Dia.
(1.22)
(5.000)
(4.998)
31
127.00
126.95
R16
(R.63)
2 Places 148
(5.83)
K L N
PV2R34-*-*-F-RAAA-10 M16 M14 M10 19 (.75) 22 (.87) 19 (.75)
DIMENSIONS IN
Foot Mtg.: PV2R34A-* -* -L-RAAA-10/1090
4 Places
A
(9.63)
244.5
23(.91)
22(.87)
(4.31)
109.5
(.08)
2
76.2 98 145
(3.000) (3.86) (5.71)
131 60 117.5 117.5
(5.16) (2.36) (4.626) (4.626)
274
(10.79)
"PV2R24A/34A" Series Double Vane Pumps 199

Spare Parts List
PV2R24A-*-*-*-REAA-10/1090
PV2R34A-*-*-*-RAAA-10/1090
14 3 13 12 8 1 9 20 11 15 16 2
19
6
18 10
17 21
24
23
Cartridge Kits
Cartridge Kit Numbers
Model Numbers 8 Small Volume 9 Large Volume
Pump Pump
PV2R24A-26- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-26-L-41
PV2R24A-33- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-33-L-41
PV2R24A-41- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-41-L-41
PV2R24A-47- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-47-L-41 CPV2R4A- -R-10
PV2R24A-53- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-53-L-41
PV2R24A-59- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-59-L-41
PV2R24A-65- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R23-65-L-41
PV2R34A-76- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-76-L-31
PV2R34A-94- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-94-L-31 CPV2R34A- -R-10
PV2R34A-116- -*-REAA-10* CPV2R33-116-L-31
Note: The marks are a spaces for large volume pump nominal displacement. Referring to
the model No. designation on page 196, write correct nominal displacement figures.
Seals & Bearings List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers Pump Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
PV2R24A PV2R34A PV2R24A-*-*-REAA-10* KS-PV2R24A-10
6 Bearing 6209 6209 1 PV2R34A-*-*-RAAA-10* KS-PV2R34A-10
10 Oil Seal ISD 45 68 12 ISD 45 68 12 1
When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from
11 O-Ring SO-NB-G140 SO-NB-G140 1 the table above.
12 O-Ring SO-NB-G105 SO-NB-G135 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P46 SO-NB-A231 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-A250 SO-NB-A250 1
17 Bearing 6305 1
Note: 1) The o-rings under item. Nos. 15 and 16 are included in

the large volume pump catridge kit and those under item.
Nos. 13 and 14 in the small volume pump cartridge kit.
2) For pumps for phosphate ester type hydraulic fluids,

PRESSURE CONTROLS
C
Maximum Maximum Flow U.S.GPM
Operating .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Pressure Page
MPa 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000
(PSI) L/min
Remote Cont. 25
DT 01 203
Relief Valves (3630) DG
Direct Type 21
DT/DG 02 206
Relief Valves (3050)
Pilot Operated 25
BT/BG 03 06 10 209
Low Noise Type 25
Pilot Operated S-BG 03 06 10 216
Sol. Cont. 25
BST/BSG 03 06 10 220
Low Noise Type 25
Sol. Cont. 230
(3630) S-BSG 03 06 10
Relief Valves
H TypePress. Cont. Valves / 21
HT/HG HF 237
HC TypePress. Cont. Valves (3050) 03 06 10 16
HCT/HCG HCF
Press. Reducing Valves / 21
Press. Reducing RT/RG RF 251
& Check Valves (3050) RCT/RCG 03 06 10 RCF 16
Pres. Reducing 03 : 14(2030)
RBG 03 06 260
& Relieving Valves 06 : 25(3630)
Unloading 21
BUCG 06 10 265
25
Brake Valves UBGR 03 06 10 271
(3630)
T
Semiconductor Type 35
JT-02 272
Pressure Switches (5080)
20(2900)
Pressure Monitoring System 274
35(5080)
201
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used,
Synthetic fluids
prefix "F-" to the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water containing fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Note: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives in advance.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature

Use under conditions where the viscosity and temperature of the hydraulic fluid remain in the ranges indicated in the
following table.
Name Viscosity Temperature
Remote Control Relief Valves

Direct Type Relief Valves
Pilot Operated Relief Valves
Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves
Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves
H Type Pressure Control Valves 15 - 400 mm2/s -15 - +70°C
HC Type Pressure Control Valves (88 - 1800 SSU) (5 - 158°F)
Pressure Reducing Valves
Pressure Reducing and Check Valves
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves
Unloading Relief Valves
Brake Valves
15 - 400 mm2/s -20 - +70°C

Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches
(88 - 1800 SSU) (- 4 - 158°F)
If the valve is provided with a vent ristrictor (ex. : A-BSG-03), the viscosity range should be 15 - 200 mm2/s (80 - 900 SSU).
Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 µm or finer line filter.

Model change has been made on the following products.
The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design”. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers Mounting

Name Interchange- Main Changes Page
Current New ability
BS*-03, -47* BS*-03, -48*
Solenoid Controlled
BS*-06, -47* BS*-06, -48* Yes 222
Relief Valve
BS*-10, -47* BS*-10, -48* Pilot valves (DSG-01) have been
S-BSG-03, -52* S-BSG-03, -53* changed in the design numbers 70.
Low Noise Type
Solenoid Controlled S-BSG-06, -52* S-BSG-06, -53* Yes 231
Relief Valve
S-BSG-10, -52* S-BSG-10, -53*
202 Pressure Controls

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Remote Control Relief Valves

This valve is used as a remote control valve for pilot operated type
pressure control valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Sub-plate
Max. Operating Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
C
Connection Mounting DT type DG type
DT-01-22* DG-01-22* 25 (3630) 1.6 (3.5) 1.4 (3.1)
Remote Control
Relief Valves
F- D T -01 -22 *
Type of Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Standards
Mounting Number
F: None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

T: Threaded
Special Seals Connection 22 80: European Design Std.
for Phosphate D: 90: N. American Design Std.
Ester Type Remote Control 01
Fluids Relief Valves None: Japanese Std. "JIS" and
(Omit if not G: Sub-plate 22 European Design Std.
required) Mounting
90: N. American Design Std.
Instructions Graphic Symbol

To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten
the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but
connected directly to the reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained,
remove some collars. One collar is equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
If the internal volume of the vent line is too large, chattering is likely to occur.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Valve Model Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
DG-01 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
Valve Model
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
DG-01 DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 0.7 (1.5)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a
good machined finish.
Remote Control Relief Valves 203

DT-01-22/2280/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.
Two Collars
26(1.02)
52(2.05)
Model Numbers "A" Thd.

DT-01-22 Rc 1/4
DT-01-2280 1/4 BSP.F
50 DT-01-2290 1/4 NPT
(1.97)
Fully Extended
193(7.60) Pressure Adjustment Dimensions of
Handle The Panel Mounting Hole
141.5 INC.
(5.57) Max.
44(1.73) 10(.39)
21(.83)
47(1.85)
26(1.02)
Dia.
Dia.
74
Pressure Port (2.91) Lock Nut 24(.94) Hex.
"A" Thd.
Tank Port "A" Thd.
DG-01-22/2290 Sub-plate: DGM-02-20/2080/2090
50
(1.97) 6.2(.24) Dia.
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 30 10 "A" Thd. (From Rear)
9(.35) Dia. Spotface (1.18) (.39) 2 Places
4 Places 27 24
(1.06) (.94)
30 60 Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. 15 17
(.59) 2(.08) (.67)
(.30)
(1.18) (2.36)
7.5
(.28)
(.75)
Two Collars
7
19
(.55)
14
44(1.73)
(.53)
13.5
(2.05)
(1.50)
Dia.
52
38
(.75)
19
(2.56)
(3.15)
(2.05)
(1.50)
65
80
10
52
38
Pressure Port
(.39)
Tank Port 50
(1.97)
Fully Extended Pressure Adjustment

142.5(5.61) Handle
100 INC. "B" Thd. 10(.39) Deep
(3.94) 4 Places
7(.28) Dia. Through

(1.89)
(1.85)
11(.43) C' bore

(1.46)
(1.50)
48
(1.02)
47
37
38
2 Places
26
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.
DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4
M5
DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F
DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT No. 10-24 UNC
204 Remote Control Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
DT-01-22/2280/2290
12 2 3 4 15 11 6 8 7
List of Seals
C
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P22.4 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
Remote Control
Relief Valves
number from the table below.
1 5 13 14 10 9
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DT-01 KS-DT-01-22
DG-01 KS-DG-01-22
DG-01-22/2290
13 2 1 3 10 14 6 9 8 7
List of Seals
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit
number from the table above.
12 4 11 5
Remote Control Relief Valves 205

Direct Type Relief Valves
This valve is used in a hydraulic circuit to prevent damage due to
over pressure and to adjust the maximum circuit pressure of small
capacity.
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operat- Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Threaded Sub-plate ing Pressure Range L/min kg (lbs.)
Connection Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) DT type DG type
16
DT-02-*-22* DG-02-*-22* 21 (3050) Note) 1.5 (3.3) 1.5 (3.3)
(4.23)
Note: Refer to the Model Number Designation.

F- D T -02 -B -22 *
Type of Pres. Adj. Range Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Standards
Mounting MPa (PSI) Number
F: None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
T: Threaded B: -7
Special Seals ( -1020) 22 80: European Design Std.
D: Connection
for Phosphate 90: N. American Design Std.
Direct Type 02 C: 3.5-14
Ester Type
Relief Valves (510-2030) None: Japanese Std. "JIS" and
Fluids G: Sub-plate
(Omit if not H: 7-21 22 European Design Std.
Mounting (1020-3050)
required) 90: N. American Design Std.
Refer to the Minimum Adjustment Pressure Characteristics.
Instructions Graphic Symbol

To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten
the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but
connected directly to the reservoir.
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Qty.
DG-02 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
Sub-plate
Valve Model
Numbers
DG-02 DGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 0.7 (1.5)
The sub-plates are those for remote control relief valves. For dimensions, see page 204.
206 Direct Type Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Min. Adjustment Pressure Nominal Override Characteristics

Hydraulic fluid
Specific Gravity : 0.850
PSI MPa PSI MPa
175 1.2 3000 21.0
Min. Adjustment Pressure
150 1.0 DT-02-H

2500 17.5
125
0.8
DG-02-H
C
Pressure
2000 14.0
100
0.6 DT-02-C
75 1500 10.5
0.4 DG-02-C
50 1000 7.0
25 0.2
DT-02-B
0 500 3.5
0 DG-02-B
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 L/min 0
0
Relief Valves
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 L/min
Direct Type
0 1 2 3 4 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate 0 1 2 3 4 4.5 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
DT-02-*-22/2280/2290 Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.

26(1.02)

(2.05)
52
DT-02-*-22 Rc 1/4
DT-02-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F
50
(1.97) DT-02-*-2290 1/4 NPT
Pressure Port Fully Extended Pressure Adjustment Dimensions of

"A" Thd. 163(6.42) Handle The Panel Mounting Hole
INC. Max.
112 10(.39)
(4.41)
44(1.73)
21(.83)
26(1.02)
Dia.
(1.85)
Dia.
47
74
(2.91) Lock Nut 24(.94) Hex.
Tank Port "A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
DG-02-*-22/2290 5.5(.22) Dia. Through Lock Nut
9(.35) Dia. Spotface 14(.55) Hex.
4 Places
(.28)
19(.75) 7
44(1.73)
(2.05)
Dia.
52
10 Tank Port
Pressure Port
(.39)
50
(1.97)
Pressure Adjustment
Fully Extended
Handle
160(6.42)
INC.
100
(3.94)
(1.89)
(1.85)
(1.50)
(1.46)
(1.02)
48
47
38
37
26
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see

the dimensional drawing (page 204) of the sub-
plate used together.
Direct Type Relief Valves 207

Spare Parts List
DT-02-*-22/2280/2290
DG-02-*-22/2290
10 2 3 11 1 9 5 6 7 8
12 4 13 14
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2 Use only for DG-02
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P22.4 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

DT-02 KS-DT-01-22
DG-02 KS-DG-02-22
208 Direct Type Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS

These valves protect the hydraulic system from excessive pressure, and can be used to maintain constant pressure in a
hydraulic system. Remote control and unloading are permitted by using vent circuits.
C
Graphic Symbols
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
Vent Connection
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Threaded Sub-plate Pressure Range L/min kg (lbs.)
Connection Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) BT type BG type
100 5.0 4.7
BT-03-*-32* BG-03-*-32*
(26.4) (11.0) (10.4)
Note)
200 5.0 5.6
BT-06-*-32* BG-06-*-32* 25 (3630) -25
(52.8) (11.0) (12.3)
( -3630)
400 8.5 8.7
BT-10-*-32* BG-10-*-32*
(106) (18.7) (19.2)
Note: Refer to the Minimum adjustment Pressure characteristics on page 214.

F- B T -03 -V -32 *
Type of Valve High Venting Design
Special Seals Series Number Design Standards
Mounting Size Pres. Feature Number
F: 03 V: 32 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
T: Threaded
Special Seals 06 For High 32 80: European Design Std.
B: Connection
for Phosphate 10 Venting 32 90: N. American Design Std.
Ester Type Pilot Operated Pressure
Fluids Relief Valves 03 Feature 32 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" and
G: Sub-plate
(Omit if not 06 (Omit if not 32 European Design Std.
Mounting
required) 10 required) 32 90: N. American Design Std.
Use high venting pressure type to reduce the response time from unload to onload.
Pilot Operated Relief Valves 209

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Model Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
BG-03 M12 70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M12 95 Lg. (2 pcs.) 1/2-13UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 1/2-13UNC 3-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Valve Approx.
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (lbs.)
BGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 BGM-03-3080 3/8 BSP.F BGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 2.4(5.3)

BG-03
BGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 BGM-03X-3080 1/2 BSP.F BGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1(6.8)
BG-06
BGM-06X-20 Rc 1 BGM-06X-3080 1 BSP.F BGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 5.7(12.6)
BGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BGM-10-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F BGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 8.4(18.5)
BG-10
BGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 BGM-10X-3080 1-1/2 BSP.F BGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 10.3(22.7)
Instructions
If a remote control relief valve is used in the vent circuit, see page 203. In addition, if the internal volume of the vent
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the
pipe.
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the handle slowly clockwise for higher pressures or anti-clock-
wise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the
reservoir.
Pressure is limited by collars fitted. If a working pressure cannot be attained, remove some collars. One collar is
equivalent to 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
With a small flow, the setting pressure may be unstable. Use models numbered 03 and 06 with a flow rate above
8 L/min (2.1 U.S. GPM) and model 10 with 15 L/min (4.0 U.S. GPM).
210 Pilot Operated Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290 DIMENSIONS IN
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
"A" SQ.
Two Collars
C
Four positions of pressure adjustment handle
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
are available by rotating cover assembly as shown.
Pressure Adjustment
Vent Port
Handle
"T" Thd.
INC.
5(.20) B Fully Extended C
3280 Design Only
44(1.73)
Dia.
D
J
L
F
Pressure Port P
"S" Thd. 2 Places
H
Tank Port E Q
"S" Thd.
"U" Thd.
N
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N Q
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
75 40 105 52 78 150.5 68.5 62 36 52 90 45
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.05) (3.07) (5.93) (2.70) (2.44) (1.42) (2.05) (3.54) (1.77)
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
85 50 101 80 96 183 89 74 49 80 120 60

BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
(3.35) (1.97) (3.98) (3.15) (3.78) (7.20) (3.50) (2.91) (1.93) (3.15) (4.72) (2.36)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"S" Thd. "T" Thd. "U" Thd.
BT-03-*-32 Rc 3/8 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-03-*-3280 3/8 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-03-*-3290 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
BT-06-*-32 Rc 3/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-06-*-3280 3/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-06-*-3290 3/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
BT-10-*-32 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
BT-10-*-3280 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
BT-10-*-3290 1-1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT

BG-03-*-32/3290 DIMENSIONS IN
BG-06-*-32/3290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BG-10-*-32/3290
Mounting Surface Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex.

(O-Rings Furnished)
Two Collars
"A" SQ.
Three positions of pressure adjustment handle

are available by rotating cover assembly as shown.
Pressure Adjustment Handle
INC.
B Fully Extended C
Vent Port
44(1.73)
Dia.

"X" Thd.
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Q
H
N
P
6
(.24)
Pressure Port
U J "S" Dia. Through
D
K "T" Dia. Spotface
V Tank Port 4 Places
E L
F
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V
75 40 105 57 78 78 137 14.1 41 82 117 77 22 13.5 21 55 77
BG-03-*-32/3290
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (2.24) (3.07) (3.07) (5.39) (.56) (1.61) (3.23) (4.61) (3.03) (.87) (.53) (.83) (2.17) (3.03)
75 40 105 40 60 78 161 17 52 104 141 83.5 4.5 17.5 26 38 58
BG-06-*-32/3290
(2.95) (1.57) (4.13) (1.57) (2.36) (3.07) (6.34) (.67) (2.05) (4.09) (5.55) (3.29) (.18) (.69) (1.02) (1.50) (2.28)
85 45 101 47 67 87.5 195 20.7 62 124 175 110 6 21.5 32 45 65
BG-10-*-32/3290
(3.35) (1.77) (3.98) (1.85) (2.64) (3.44) (7.68) (.81) (2.44) (4.88) (6.89) (4.33) (.24) (.85) (1.26) (1.77) (2.56)
Thread Size
Model Numbers Mounting Surface
"X" Thd
BG-03-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
BG-03-*-3290 1/4 NPT
BG-06-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
BG-06-*-3290 1/4 NPT
BG-10-*-32 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
BG-10-*-3290 1/4 NPT

PRESSURE CONTROLS
BGM-03,03X-20 / 3080 / 2090 DIMENSIONS IN

BGM-06,06X-20 / 3080 / 2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BGM-10,10X-20 / 3080 / 2090
"d" Dia. Through

"e" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
B
D E
C
Z
C
"h" F "t" Thd.
a
4 Places
J
6.2(.24) Dia.
P
N
T
Y
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
L
X
H
Q
U
S
"b" Dia.
2 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep f
"n" Thd. 2 Places
(From Rear)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S
86 26
BGM-03
86 60 13 53.8 3.1 26.9 149 13 123 (3.39) 32 (1.02) 97 53.8
(3.39) (2.36) (.51) (2.12) (.12) (1.06) (5.87) (.51) (4.84) 95 (1.26) 21 (3.82) (2.12)
BGM-03X
(3.74) (.83)
106.5 27.2
BGM-06
108 78 15 70 4 35 180 15 150 (4.19) 51 (1.07) 121 66.7
(4.25) (3.07) (.59) (2.76) (.16) (1.38) (7.09) (.59) (5.91) 119 (2.01) 18 (4.76) (2.63)
BGM-06X
(4.69) (.71)
138.2 30.2
BGM-10
126 94 16 82.6 5.7 41.3 227 16 195 (5.44) 62 (1.19) 154 88.9
(4.96) (3.70) (.63) (3.25) (.22) (1.63) (8.94) (.63) (7.68) 158 (2.44) 17 (6.06) (3.50)
BGM-10X
(6.22) (.67)
Model Numbers
T U V X Y Z a b d e f
32
BGM-03
19 47.4 0 22 22 (1.26) 20 14.5 11 17.5 19
(.75) (1.87) (0) (.87) (.87) 40 (.79) (.57) (.43) (.69) (.75)
BGM-03X
(1.57)
40
BGM-06
37 55.5 23.8 33.4 11 (1.57) 25 23 13.5 21 24
(1.46) (2.19) (.94) (1.31) (.43) 50 (.98) (.91) (.53) (.83) (.94)
BGM-06X
(1.97)
50
BGM-10
42 76.2 31.8 44.5 12.7 (1.97) 32 28 17.5 26 31
(1.65) (3.00) (1.25) (1.75) (.50) 63 (1.26) (1.10) (.69) (1.02) (1.22)
BGM-10X
(2.48)

Model Design "20" Design "3080" Design "2090"
Numbers
"h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd. "h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd. "h" "n" Thd. "t" Thd.
BGM-03 M12 Thd. Rc 3/8 M12 Thd. 3/8 BSP.F 1/2-13UNC Thd. 3/8 NPT
BGM-03X 20(.79) Deep Rc 1/2 20(.79) Deep 1/2 BSP.F 22(.87) Deep 1/2 NPT
BGM-06 M16 Thd. Rc 3/4 M16 Thd. 3/4 BSP. F 5/8-11UNC Thd. 3/4 NPT
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 NPT
BGM-06X 25(.98) Deep Rc 1 25(.98) Deep 1 BSP.F 27(1.06) Deep 1 NPT
BGM-10 M20 Thd. Rc1-1/4 M20 Thd. 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/4-10UNC Thd. 1-1/4 NPT
BGM-10X 28(1.10) Deep Rc 1-1/2 28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 BSP.F 28(1.10) Deep 1-1/2 NPT

Nominal Override Characteristics
2
Hydraulic fluid: Viscosity : 35 mm /s (164 SSU)
BT-03, BG-03 BT-06, BG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
3600 25 3600 25
24 24
3300 23 3300 23
Pressure
Pressure
2300 16 2300 16
15 15
2000 14 2000 14
225 1.6 275 1.9
1.3 1.6
150 1.0 200 1.3
0 25 50 75 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min

0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
BT-10, BG-10
PSI MPa
3600 25
24
3300 23
Pressure
2300 16
15
2000 14
300 2.0
200 1.6
1.2
0 100 200 300 400 L/min
0 25 50 75 100 U.S. GPM

Flow Rate
Min. Adj. Pressure & Vent Pressure vs. Flow

2
Hydraulic fluid: Viscosity : 35 mm /s (164 SSU)
BT-03, BG-03 BT-06, BG-06
Vent Pressure Vent Pressure
PSI MPa Min. Adjustment Pressure PSI MPa Min. Adjustment Pressure
100 0.7 200 1.4
0.6 1.2 High Venting
80 150
Pressure Type
Pressure
Pressure
60 0.4 0.8
100
40 Low Venting
0.2 Pressure Type 50 0.4
20 High Venting Low Venting
Pressure Type Pressure Type
0 0
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S. GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
BT-10, BG-10
Vent Pressure
PSI MPa Min. Adjustment Pressure
225 1.6
200 High Venting
1.2 Pressure Type
150
Pressure
0.8
100
50 0.4
Low Venting
0 Pressure Type
0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min
0 25 50 75 100 U.S. GPM

Flow Rate

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
BT-03-*-32/3280/3290
BT-06-*-32/3280/3290
BT-10-*-32/3280/3290
18 22 6 7 8 2 16 9 10 11 13 12
C
A
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Pilot Operated
Relief Valves
BT-03 BT-06 BT-10
17 21 16 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
14 20
5 15
24 Bonded Seal SG-FB-3/8 SG-FB-3/8 1
3 19
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
4
table below.
List of Seal Kits

24 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
23 BT-03
KS-BT-03-32
BT-06
Section "A" BT-10 KS-BT-10-32
for Design 3280
Note: No bonded seals are included in the seal kits.
BG-03-*-32/3290
BG-06-*-32/3290
BG-10-*-32/3290
21 16 6 7 8 2 17 9 10 11 13 12
20 List of Seals
18 25 Part Numbers
23 Item Name of Parts Qty.
14 BG-03 BG-06 BG-10
15
19 17 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
5 22
3 1
24
4
table below.
List of Seal Kits

BG-03 KS-BG-03-32
BG-06 KS-BG-06-32
BG-10 KS-BG-10-32

Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves
Pilot operated relief valves here have been particularly developed as low-noise types. Able to protect pumps and control
valves against excessive pressures, they are used to control the pressure in the hydraulic system to a constant level.
Remote control and unloading are permitted by using vent circuits.
Graphic Symbols
Vent Connection
Specifications
Max. Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow Approx.
Model Numbers Pressure Range L/min Mass
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) kg (lbs.)
S-BG-03-*-*-40* Note) 100 (26.4) 4.1 (9.0)
S-BG-06-*-*-40* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 5.0 (11.0)
S-BG-10-*-40* ( -3630) 400 (106) 10.5 (23.2)
Note: See minimum adjustment pressure characteristics on page 218.

F- S- B G -03 -V -L -40 *
1
Low Noise Series Type of Valve High Venting Direction Design
Special Seals Design Std.
Type Number Mounting Size Pres. Feature of Handle Number
F: 03 40
S: B: G: V: Viewed from pressure
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester Low Noise Pilot Sub-plate For High Venting gauge connection
Type Fluids Type Operated Mounting 06 Pressure Feature L: Left (Normal) R: Right 40 Refer to 2
(Omit if not Relief (Omit if not
required) Valves required)
10 40
1. Use the high venting pressure type where it is necessary to reduce the response time from unloading to onloading.
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard Approx.
BGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 BGM-03-3080 3/8 BSP.F BGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
S-BG-03
BGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 BGM-03X-3080 1/2 BSP.F BGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1 (6.8)
BGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 BGM-06-3080 3/4 BSP.F BGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
S-BG-06
BGM-06X-20 Rc 1 BGM-06X-3080 1 BSP.F BGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
BGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BGM-10-3080 1-1/4 BSP.F BGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 8.4 (18.5)
S-BG-10
BGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 BGM-10X-3080 1-1/2 BSP.F BGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 10.3 (22.7)
The sub-plates are those for pilot operated relief valves. For dimensions, see page 213.
216 Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Valve Model Numbers Qty.
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
S-BG-03 M12 40 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4
S-BG-06 M16 50 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 2 Lg. 4
S-BG-10 M20 60 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
C
Instructions
line is too large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside Dia. and the length of the pipe.

Piping of the tank line should not be connected to any tank line of the other valves, but connected directly to the reservoir.
Low Noise Type

Mounting surface
S-BG-03-*-L-40/4090 "K" Dia. Through
S-BG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
S-BG-06-*-L-40/4090 "N" Dia. Spotface S-BG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
Fully Extended J 4 Places S-BG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
S-BG-10-*-40/4090 Fully Extended
F E Pressure Port Opposite Handle Position
DIMENSIONS IN 03
S-BG- - -R
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 06 *
C
Fully Extended J
D
A
B
H
Vent Port
Pressure Adjustment Handle Tank Port
Two Collars "Y" Thd
INC.
P
Lock Nut
14(.55) Dia. Note:For other dimensions, see the figures
shown left.
44(1.73) Dia.
Note:For dimensions of the valve mounting

surface, see the dimensional drawing
(P. 213) of the sub-plate used together.
Q
Model Numbers "Y" Thd.

S
S-BG-03-*-*-40 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr

X
S-BG-03-*-*-4090 1/4 NPT

T
S-BG-06-*-*-40 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr

(.24)
6
Mounting Surface V
S-BG-06-*-*-4090 1/4 NPT
(O-Rings Furnished)
Locating Pin U
S-BG-10-*-40 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
6(.24) Dia.
S-BG-10-*-4090 1/4 NPT
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K N P Q S T U V X Z
76 53.8 11.1 26.9 53.8 73.6 26.9 163.5 13.5 21 50 130 103 21.5 106 26.1 13 36.1
S-BG-03
(2.99) (2.12) (.44) (1.06) (2.12) (2.90) (1.06) (6.44) (.53) (.83) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (.85) (4.17) (1.03) (.51) (1.42)
98 70 14 35 66.7 58.8 33.7 163.5 17.5 26 50 130 103 26 122 19.3 13 21.3
S-BG-06
(3.86) (2.76) (.55) (1.38) (2.63) (2.31) (1.33) (6.44) (.69) (1.02) (1.97) (5.12) (4.06) (1.02) (4.80) (.76) (.51) (.84)
120 82.6 18.7 41.3 88.9 46.1 44.9 180 21.5 32 65 167 135 33.5 155 21.1 18
S-BG-10
(4.72) (3.25) (.74) (1.63) (3.50) (1.81) (1.77) (7.09) (.85) (1.26) (2.56) (6.57) (5.31) (1.32) (6.10) (.83) (.71)
Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves 217

Hydraulic fluid:
S-BG-03 S-BG-06 S-BG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa PSI MPa
3700 25 3700 25 25
3500 24 3600
3500 24 24
3300 23 23 3400 23
3300
3200 22
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
2200 15 2200 15 2200 15
14 14 14
1900 13 1900 13 1900 13
300 2.0
250 1.5 250 1.5 1.5
1.0 1.0 150 1.0
50 0.5 50 0.5
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400

L/min L/min L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 25 50 75 100
U.S. GPM U.S. GPM U.S. GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate Flow Rate
Min. Adj. Pressure and Vent Pressure vs. Flow

Hydraulic fluid:
Vent Pressure Viscosity : 35 mm2/s (164 SSU)
Min. Adjustment Pressure Specific Gravity : 0.850
S-BG-03 S-BG-06 S-BG-10
0.9 200 1.4 225 1.6
120 High Vent
0.8 Pressure Type 1.2 200 1.4
100 0.7 150 1.2
1.0
80 0.6
High Vent 150 1.0 High Vent
Pressure
Pressure
0.8 Pressure Type

Pressure
0.5
60 100 Pressure Type 0.8
0.4 Low Vent 0.6 100
0.6
40 0.3 Pressure Type 0.4
50 50 0.4
0.2 Low Vent
20 0.1 0.2 0.2 Low Vent
0 Pressure Type 0 Pressure Type
0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400
L/min L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 25 50 75 100
U.S. GPM U.S. GPM U.S. GPM
Noise Level
Measuring condition Measuring position: At 1m (3.3 ft.) back from the valve front.
Back pressure : 0.1 MPa (14.5 PSI)
S-BG-03 S-BG-06 S-BG-10

Flow rate : 50 L/min Flow rate : 150 L/min Flow rate : 200 L/min
dB(A) (13.2 U.S.GPM) dB(A) (39.6 U.S.GPM) dB(A) (52.8 U.S.GPM)
80 80 80
70 70 70
Noise Level
Noise Level
Noise Level
60 60 60
50 50 50
40 40 0 40
0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 4 8 12 16 20 MPa 0 4 8 12 16 20 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI
218 Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
S-BG-03,06,10-*-40/4090
13 14 22 12 20 11 10 26 23 24 15 7 21
8
9
19
2 C
32
2
25 19
30
31

4
S-BG-10
5
Low Noise Type

18
3 17 6 29 28 16 27 1
List of Seals
Part Numbers
S-BG-03 S-BG-06 S-BG-10
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1
29 O-Ring SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A128 1
Note:When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits

S-BG-03 KS-S-BG-03-40
S-BG-06 KS-S-BG-06-40
S-BG-10 KS-S-BG-10-40
Low Noise Type Pilot Operated Relief Valves 219

These valves are a combination of a pilot operated relief valve and a solenoid operated
directional valve. Piping between the two is eliminated as the solenoid valve is directly
mounted on the relief valve and connected with the relief valve vent. Pump pressure
may be unloaded remotely by an electrical signal to the solenoid, or by connecting pilot
relief valves to the solenoid valve ports.
Specifications
Max. Pressure Max. Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Operating Adj. Flow With
Model Numbers Double Single
Pressure Range L/min Vent
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) Sol. Sol.
Restrictor
BST-03-*-*-*-*-48* 100 (26.4) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
Note)
Threaded
BST-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 7.1 (15.7) 6.6 (14.6) 7.6 (16.8)
Connection
( -3630)
BST-10-*-*-*-*-48* 400 (106) 10.8 (23.8) 10.3 (22.7) 11.3 (24.9)
BSG-03-*-*-*-*-48* 100 (26.4) 6.8 (15.0) 6.3 (13.9) 7.3 (16.1)
Note)
Sub-plate
BSG-06-*-*-*-*-48* 25 (3630) -25 200 (52.8) 7.7 (17.0) 7.2 (15.9) 8.2 (18.1)
Mounting
( -3630)
BSG-10-*-*-*-*-48* 400 (106) 11.0 (24.3) 10.5 (23.2) 11.5 (25.4)
Note: For relief valves, standard pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 214.

F- A- BS T -03 -V -2B3A -A100 -N -48 *
Special With Vent Series Type of Valve High Venting Vent 4 Type of Elect- Design Design
Coil Type
Seals Restrictor Number Mounting Size Pres. Feature Type rical Con. Number Standards
None:
AC: None:
T:
3 Terminal
F: 2B3A A100, A120 Japanese
03 Box Type
A: Threaded 2 A200, A240 Std. "JIS"
Special V: For High 2B3B
1 BS: Connection N: With
Seals for With Vent Venting
Phosphate Restrictor Solenoid Pressure 2B2B DC: Plug-in 90:
Ester Type Controlled 06 Connector 48 N. American
(Option- Feature 2B2 D12 , D24
Fluids Relief (Omit if not (DIN) Design Std.
Omit if not G: D48
(Omit if not Valves 3C2
required) required)
required) Sub-plate 10 N: With 80:
Mounting 3C3 AC DC: Plug-in
R100, R200 European
Connector
Design Std.
(DIN)
1. Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 222.
2. Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
3. For the details of the vent types, see the following page.
4. The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01. See the Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
220 Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Vent Types
Solenoid Operated Operation
Vent Type Graphic Symbols Directional Valve
Model Number SOL "a" SOL "b" Vent Connecting
"A"
OFF Connected to port "A".
b
2B3A DSG-01-2B3A
ON Connected to tank (no-load)

C
"B"
OFF Connected to tank (no-load)
b
2B3B DSG-01-2B3B
Solenoid Controlled
ON Connected to port "B".
Relief Valves
"B"
Closed state (relief valve
OFF
b setting pressure)
2B2B DSG-01-2B2B
"A" "B"
OFF Connected to port "A".
b
2B2 DSG-01-2B2
"A" "B" Closed state (relief valve

OFF OFF
setting pressure)
a b
3C2 DSG-01-3C2 ON OFF Connected to port "A".
OFF ON Connected to port "B".
"A" "B"
OFF OFF Connected to tank (no-load)
a b
3C3 DSG-01-3C3 ON OFF Connected to port "A".
OFF ON Connected to port "B".
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
BSG-03 M12 70 Lg. (2 pcs.), M12 95 Lg. (2 pcs.) 1/2-13UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.), 1/2-13UNC 3-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves 221

Sub-plate
Valve Approx.

BSG-03
BSG-06
BSG-10
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and
a solenoid operated directional valve. If prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the set pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressure are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-BS*-*-2B3A A-BS*-*-2B3B
b b
Instructions
pipe.
reservoir.
Interchangeability in Installation between Old and New Design.

Design 48 valve is one on which DSG-01, design 70 is mounted as a pilot valve. It is interchangeable with old design
(design 47) with respect to specifications, exterior shape and mounting dimensions.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
BST-03-*-*-*-48/4890 DIMENSIONS IN
BST-06-*-*-*-48/4890 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BST-10-*-*-*-48/4890
Terminal Box Type
C
Solenoid Indicator Light
"C" SQ.
Position can be shifted by 90° Steps.
Solenoid Controlled
Space Needed to Remove
Relief Valves
Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :204.4(8.05) DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
D (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
Pressure Adjustment Handle 47.5 Electrical Conduit Connection
46 "r" Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.81) (1.87)
INC.
Manual Actuator
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. 6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
44(1.73)
Q
Dia.
Remote Control Port "B"
T
Vent Port
N
"W" Thd.
"k" Thd.
U
V
Two Collars
Pressure Port
S
"X" Thd. P
Tank Port 2 Places
"X" Thd.
Pressure Gauge Connection K Remote Control Port "A"
"E" Sq. "h" Thd. "W" Thd.
L
F
Fully Extended
H
There are two threaded connection pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and the other
as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Model Numbers
C D E F H K L N P Q S T U V
BST-03-*-48/4890
75 40 52 78 145 45 90 239.3 68.5 152.5 36 105.5 69 62
(2.95) (1.57) (2.05) (3.07) (5.71) (1.77) (3.54) (9.42) (2.70) (6.00) (1.42) (4.15) (2.72) (2.44)
BST-06-*-48/4890
85 50 80 96 151 60 120 271.8 89 164.5 49 117.5 81 74

BST-10-*-48/4890
(3.35) (1.97) (3.15) (3.78) (5.94) (2.36) (4.72) (10.70) (3.50) (6.48) (1.93) (4.63) (3.19) (2.91)
Japanese Standard "JIS" N. American Design Standard

Model Numbers Design 48 Design 4890
"W" Thd. "X" Thd. "h" Thd. "k" Thd. "r" Thd. "W" Thd. "X" Thd. "h" Thd. "k" Thd. "r" Thd.
BST-03 Rc 3/8 3/8 NPT
1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2
BST-06 Rc 1/8 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 3/8 G 1/2 3/4 NPT
NPT NPT NPT NPT
BST-10 Rc 1-1/4 1-1/4 NPT

Models with Plug-in Connector DIMENSIONS IN
03 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
BST-06-*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890
10
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
Dimensions mm(Inches)
AC :196.4(7.73) Cable Departure Model Numbers
51 51 n Cable Applicable: P T NN QQ n
(2.01) (2.01) Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ...... BST-03-*-A*-N 68.5 105.5 239 158.5
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 SQ. in.) BST-06-*-A*-N (2.70) (4.15) (9.41) (6.24) 39
89 117.5 271.5 170.5 (1.54)
BST-10-*-A*-N
(3.50) (4.63) (10.69) (6.71)
SOL a SOL b
BST-03-*-D*-N 68.5 105.5 250 169.5
BST-06-*-D*-N (2.70) (4.15) (9.84) (6.67) 39
QQ
89 117.5 282.5 181.5 (1.54)

BST-10-*-D*-N
NN
Remote (3.50) (4.63) (11.12) (7.15)

T
Control Design 4880 Only

Port "B" BST-03-*-R*-N 68.5 105.5 253 162.7
"W" Thd. BST-06-*-R*-N (2.70) (4.15) (9.96) (6.41) 53
Pressure 89 117.5 285.5 174.7 (2.09)
Port BST-10-*-R*-N
P
(3.50) (4.63) (11.24) (6.88)

"X" Thd.
2 Places
Remote Control Port "A" Model Numbers "W" Thd. "X" Thd. "h" Thd. "k" Thd.
Vent Port "W" Thd
"k" Thd. Tank Port BST-03-*-*-*-N-4880 3/8 BSP.F
(Rear Side) "X" Thd.
"h" Thd
BST-06-*-*-*-N-4880 1/8 BSP.F 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr 3/8 BSP.Tr
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details,
BST-10-*-*-*-N-4880 1-1/4 BSP.F
refer to DSG-01 valve on page 357.
See the installation drawing of terminal box type on page 223 for design 48 and
4890 port thread and other dimensions.
Options - Models with Vent Restrictor

Terminal Box Type Plug-in Connector Type
03 03
2B3A 2B3A
A-BST-06 -*- - -48/4880 A-BST-06 -*- - -N-48/4880/4890
2B3B * 2B3B *
10 10
DC/R :102.2(4.02) DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
SOL b SOL b
QQ
Q
NN
T
T
Dimensions Plug-in Connector Type

mm (Inches) Terminal Box Type
P T AC Solenoid DC Solenoid R (AC DC) Solenoid
Model Numbers N Q NN QQ NN QQ NN QQ
A-BST-03 68.5 135.5 269.3 182.5 269 188.5 280 199.5 283 192.7
A-BST-06 (2.70) (5.33) (10.60) (7.19) (10.59) (7.42) (11.02) (7.85) (11.14) (7.59)
89 147.5 301.8 194.5 301.5 200.5 312.5 211.5 315.5 204.7
A-BST-10
(3.50) (5.81) (11.88) (7.66) (11.87) (7.89) (12.30) (8.33) (12.42) (8.06)
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 223 and 224.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting surface
BSG-03-*-*-*-48/4890 BSG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
BSG-06-*-*-*-48/4890 BSG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
BSG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
BSG-10-*-*-*-48/4890
Terminal Box Type DIMENSIONS IN


C
"C" SQ.
Solenoid Controlled
Mounting Surface Solenoid-Each End
(O-Rings Furnished)
Relief Valves
DC/R :204.4(8.05) DC/R :50(1.97)
AC :196.4(7.73) AC :45.5(1.79)
47.5 DC/R :102.2(4.02)
D (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87) Electrical Conduit Connection
46 47.5 "f" Thd. (Both Ends)
(1.81) (1.87)
Pressure Adjustment
Handle
Manual Actuator
INC. 6(.24) Dia.
Two Collars
SOL a SOL b
Remote Control Port "A"
"d" Thd.
44(1.73)
S
Dia.
U
"d" Thd.
P
V
X
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex. Vent Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Pressure Gauge Connection T
6 "e" Thd. Q
(.24)
Pressure Port
a K "Y" Dia. Through

Tank Port "Z" Dia. Spotface
E L 4 Places
b N
Fully Extended
J
Model Dimensions mm (Inches)

Numbers C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V X Y Z a b
75 40 57 78 78 145 14.1 41 82 225.8 77 130.5 22 83.5 47 40 13.5 21 55 77
BSG-03
(2.95) (1.57) (2.24) (3.07) (3.07) (5.71) (.56) (1.61) (3.23) (8.89) (3.03) (5.14) (.87) (3.29) (1.85) (1.57) (.53) (.83) (2.17) (3.03)
75 40 40 60 78 145 17 52 104 249.8 83.5 148 4.5 101 64.5 57.5 17.5 26 38 58
BSG-06
(2.95) (1.57) (1.57) (2.36) (3.07) (5.71) (.67) (2.05) (4.09) (9.83) (3.29) (5.83) (.18) (3.98) (2.54) (2.26) (.69) (1.02) (1.50) (2.28)
85 45 47 67 84 146 20.7 62 124 283.8 110 155.5 6 108.5 72 65 21.5 32 45 65
BSG-10
(3.35) (1.77) (1.85) (2.64) (3.31) (5.75) (.81) (2.44) (4.88) (11.17) (4.33) (6.12) (.24) (4.27) (2.83) (2.56) (.85) (1.26) (1.77) (2.56)
Japanese Standard "JIS" N. American Design Standard

Model Numbers Design 48 Design 4890
"d" Thd. "e" Thd. "f" Thd. "d" Thd. "e" Thd. "f" Thd.
BSG-03
BSG-06 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 G 1/2 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
BSG-10
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the installation drawing (P. 213) of
the sub-plate used together.

Models with Plug-in Connector
Dimensions mm(Inches)
03 Model Numbers
BSG-06-*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890 Q U PP SS h
10 77
BSG-03-*-A*-N (3.03) 83.5 225.5 136.5
(3.29) (8.88) (5.37)
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC :196.4(7.73) Cable Departure 83.5
BSG-06-*-A*-N (3.29) 101 249.5 154 39
Cable Applicable: (3.98) (9.82) (6.06) (1.54)
51 51 h Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
(2.01) (2.01) Conductor Area ...... BSG-10-*-A*-N 110 108.5 283.5 161.5
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 SQ. in.) (4.33) (4.27) (11.16) (6.36)
BSG-03-*-D*-N 77 83.5 236.5 147.5
(3.03) (3.29) (9.31) (5.81)
83.5
BSG-06-*-D*-N (3.29) 101 260.5 165 39
SOL a SOL b (3.98) (10.26) (6.50) (1.54)
BSG-10-*-D*-N 110 108.5 294.5 172.5
SS
(4.33) (4.27) (11.59) (6.79)
Remote
U
PP
Control BSG-03-*-R*-N 77 83.5 239.5 140.7
Design 4880 Only (3.03) (3.29) (9.43) (5.54)
Port "B"
"d" Thd. 83.5 101 263.5 158.2 53
BSG-06-*-R*-N (3.29) (3.98) (10.37)
Vent Port (6.23) (2.09)
BSG-10-*-R*-N 110 108.5 297.5 165.7
Q
(4.33) (4.27) (11.71) (6.52)

Pressure Port
Remote Control Port "A"
"d" Thd. Model Numbers "d" Thd. "e" Thd.
Tank Port Pressure Gauge Connection BSG-03-*-*-*-N-4880
"e" Thd
BSG-06-*-*-*-N-4880 1/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSG-01
valve on page 357. BSG-10-*-*-*-N-4880
See the installation drawing of terminal box type on page
DIMENSIONS IN 225 for design 48 and 4890 port threads and other
dimensions.
Options - Models with Vent Restrictor

03 03
2B3A 2B3A
A-BSG-06-*- - -48/4890 A-BSG-06 -*- - -N-48/4880/4890
2B3B * 2B3B *
10 10
DC/R :102.2(4.02) DC/R :102.2(4.02)
AC :98.2(3.87) AC :98.2(3.87)
SOL b SOL b
SS
S
U
PP
P
Q
Dimensions Plug-in Connector Type

mm (Inches) Terminal Box Type
Q U AC Solenoid DC Solenoid R (AC DC) Solenoid
Model Numbers P S PP SS PP SS PP SS
77 113.5 255.8 160.5 255.5 166.5 266.5 177.5 269.5 170.7
A-BSG-03
(3.03) (4.47) (10.07) (6.32) (10.06) (6.56) (10.49) (6.99) (10.61) (6.72)
83.5 131 279.8 178 279.5 184 290.5 195 293.5 188.2
A-BSG-06
(3.29) (5.16) (11.02) (7.01) (11.00) (7.24) (11.44) (7.68) (11.56) (7.41)
110 138.5 313.8 185.5 313.5 191.5 324.5 202.5 327.5 195.7
A-BSG-10
(4.33) (5.45) (12.35) (7.30) (12.34) (7.54) (12.78) (7.97) (12.89) (7.70)
For other dimensions, see the models without vent restrictor type on page 225 and 226.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
Threaded Connections
Terminal Box Type
03
BST- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890 16 23
10
C
8 10 12 13 15 14
Solenoid Controlled
11
Relief Valves
19
2
21
1
9
6
22
3
20
4
5
Models with Plug-in Connector Option

03
BST- 06 -*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890 Models with Vent Restrictor
03
10 48/4890
A-BST- 06 -*-*-*-
23 N-48/4880/4890
10
41 37 29 18 30 40 31
SOL a SOL b
34 28
35 36
Design 4880 Only 40

38
List of Seals List of Seal Kits

Part Numbers Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
BST-03 BST-06 BST-10 BST-03
KS-BST-03-48
21 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1 BST-06
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1 BST-10 KS-BST-10-48
35 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/8 SG-FB-1/8 2 A-BST-03
KS-A-BST-03-48
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 A-BST-06
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 A-BST-10 KS-A-BST-10-48
The O-Rings for Item 38,40 are used only for the models with the vent Note: No bonded seals are included in the seal kits.
restrictor.
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table
Pilot Valves
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included See page 229 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
in the seal kit. used.
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see the page 359.

Spare Parts List
Sub-plate Mounting
Terminal Box Type
03
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-48/4890 16 26
10
8 10 12 13 15 14
11
19
2
22 21
6 9
3 24
25 20
4 5
23 1
Option
Models with Plug-in Connector Models with Vent Restrictor
03 03
48/4890
BSG- 06 -*-*-*-N-48/4880/4890 A-BSG- 06 -*-*-*-
N-48/4880/4890
10 10
26
41 37 29 18 30 40 35
28
31 36
32 40
38
Design 4880 Only

BSG-03 BSG-06 BSG-10 BSG-03 KS-BSG-03-48
21 O-Ring SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 SO-NA-P9 1 BSG-06 KS-BSG-06-48
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P11 SO-NB-P9 1 BSG-10 KS-BSG-10-48
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2 A-BSG-03 KS-A-BSG-03-48
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1 A-BSG-06 KS-A-BSG-06-48
32 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/8 SG-FB-1/8 SG-FB-1/8 2 A-BSG-10 KS-A-BSG-10-48
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 Note: No bonded seals are included in the seal kits.
Pilot Valves
The O-Rings for item 38, 40 are used only for the models with the vent See page 229 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
restrictor. used.
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included
in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see page 359.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
List of Pilot Valves

Type of Pilot Valve
Electrical Conduit Valve Model Numbers Remarks
Connection Model Numbers
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -48 DSG-01-2B3A- -70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -48
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -48
DSG-01-2B3B-
DSG-01-2B2B-
-70
-70
Japanese Standard "JIS"
C
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -48 DSG-01-2B2- -70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -48 DSG-01-3C2- -70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -48 DSG-01-3C3- -70

Terminal Box Type
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -4890 DSG-01-2B3A- -7090
Solenoid Controlled
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -4890 DSG-01-2B3B- -7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -4890 DSG-01-2B2B- -7090
Relief Valves
N. American Design Std.
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -4890 DSG-01-2B2- -7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -4890 DSG-01-3C2- -7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -4890 DSG-01-3C3- -7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-48 DSG-01-2B3A- -N-70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-48 DSG-01-2B3B- -N-70

*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-48 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-48 DSG-01-3C2- -N-70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-48 DSG-01-3C3- -N-70

Plug-in Connector Type European Design Std.
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-4880 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-4880 DSG-01-3C2- -N-70
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-4880 DSG-01-3C3- -N-70

*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-4890 DSG-01-2B2- -N-7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-4890 DSG-01-3C2- -N-7090
*-BST/BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-4890 DSG-01-3C3- -N-7090

Note: 1. Fill a coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked .
2. For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359.

Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves
The low-noise solenoid controlled relief valve is a combination of a low-noise type pilot operated relief valve and a
solenoid operated directional valve. It is used for no-load pump operation by using electric signals or, together with a
remote control relief valve, for two or three pressure control of the hydraulic system.
Specifications
Max. Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Pressure
Operating Max. Flow
Model Numbers Adj. Range
Pressure L/min With Vent
Double Sol. Single Sol.
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) Restrictor
S-BSG-03-*-*-*-*-53* 100 (26.4) 6.0 (13.2) 5.5 (12.1) 6.5 (14.3)

- 25
S-BSG-06-*-*-*-*-53* 25 (3630) 200 (52.8) 6.9 (15.2) 6.4 (14.1) 7.4 (16.3)
( - 3630)
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-*-53* 400 (106) 12.6 (27.8) 12.1 (26.7) 12.9 (28.4)
For relief valves, low-noise type pilot operated relief valves are used.
For minimum adjustment pressures and other characteristics, see page 218.

F- A- S- BS G -03 -V -2B3A -A100 -N -L 53 *
With High Type of
Special Vent Low Series Type Valve Venting Vent Coil Electrical Direction Design
Noise of of Design Standards
Seals Restric- Type Number Mtg. size Pres. Type Type Connec- Handle Number
tor Feature tions
4 None: Viewed
F: AC:
Terminal from
Special 03 A100 None:
3 Box Type pressure
Seals A: 1 A120 gauge Japanese Std. "JIS"
2B3A
for With V: 2 A200 N: connection
A240 90:
Phos- Vent BS: For High 2B3B With
phate Restrictor S: Solenoid G: Venting Plug-in L: Left N. American
2B2B DC: Design Std.
Ester (Option- Low Con- Sub Pressure Connector (Normal)
06 D12 53
Type Omit Noise trolled -plate Feature 2B2 (DIN)
Fluids D24 R: Right
if not Type Relief Mtg. (Omit if D48
(Omit required) Valves not 3C2 N:
if not required) AC With 80:
re- 3C3 DC: Plug-in European Design
quired) 10 R100 Connector Std.
R200 (DIN)
1. Models with vent restrictor are applicable only for the vent type 2B3A and 2B3B. For details, see page 231.
2. Use high venting pressure types to reduce response time from unloading to onloading.
3. The vent types are the same as for the conventional type solenoid controlled relief valves. For the details of the vent types, see page 221.
4. The coil codes are the same as for solenoid operated directional valve DSG-01 valve. See the solenoid ratings on page 345.
230 Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Option
Models with vent restrictor
The type with a vent restrictor has a vent restrictor in vent types 2B3A and 2B3B added between a relief valve and a
solenoid operated directional valve. It prevents shock to the main circuit by gradually lowering the venting pressure
in the shift from the setting pressure to unloading.
Unloading pressures are the same as without a vent restrictor.
A-S-BSG-*-2B3A
b
A-S-BSG-*-2B3B
b
C

Sub-plate
Low Noise Type

Valve Approx.

S-BSG-03
S-BSG-06
S-BSG-10
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Qty.
S-BSG-03 M12 40 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4
S-BSG-06 M16 50 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 2 Lg. 4
S-BSG-10 M20 60 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
Instructions
pipe.
reservoir.
Interchangeability in Installation between Old and New Design.

Design 53 valve is one on which DSG-01, design 70 is mounted as a pilot valve. It is interchangeable with old design
(design 52) with respect to specifications, exterior shape and mounting dimensions.
Low Noise Type Solenoid Controlled Relief Valves 231

Mounting surface
Terminal Box Type S-BSG-03: ISO 6264-AR-06-2-A
S-BSG-06: ISO 6264-AS-08-2-A
Opposite Handle Position S-BSG-10: ISO 6264-AT-10-2-A
03
S-BSG- - - - - -R-53/5390
06 * * * * S-BSG-
03
- - - - -L-53/5390
j 06 * * * *
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-*-53/5390
"N" Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light
"P" Dia. Spotface
Fully Extended h
4 Places
Fully Extended Pressure Port
J H
E
F
C
D
r m
Tank Port
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown below.
Vent Port
L K
Electrical Conduit Connection Space Needed to Remove "nn" Thd.
Design Std. Thd. Size Solenoid-Each End
DC/R :50(1.97) DC/R :204.4(8.05)
53 G 1/2 AC :45.5(1.79) AC :196.4(7.73)
5390 1/2 NPT 46 DC/R :54.7(2.15) 95
Both Ends (1.81) AC :50.7(2.00) (3.74)
Remote Control Manual Actuator

Port "A" Both Ends
"ff" Thd. 6(.24) Dia.
Remote Control
Port "B"
"ff" Thd.
44(1.73)
Q
Dia.
S
Pressure Adjustment
T
Handle
Two Collars
U
INC.
V

X
Mounting Surface Y
(.24)
Locating Pin
6
(O-Rings Furnished) e Z
6(.24) Dia.
d

Numbers C D E F H J K N P Q S T U V X Y Z d e f h m r
76 53.8 11.1 26.9 53.8 73.6 26.9 13.5 21 216.8 198.5 151.5 117 103 21.5 17.1 36.6 106 26.1 13 163.5 127.4 36.1
S-BSG-03
(2.99) (2.12) (.44) (1.06) (2.12) (2.90) (1.06) (.53) (.83) (8.54) (7.81) (5.96) (4.61) (4.06) (.85) (.67) (1.44) (4.17) (1.03) (.51) (6.44) (5.02) (1.42)
98 70 14 35 66.7 58.8 33.7 17.5 26 216.8 198.5 151.5 117 103 26 31.9 51.4 122 19.3 13 163.5 142.2 21.3
S-BSG-06
(3.86) (2.76) (.55) (1.38) (2.63) (2.31) (1.33) (.69) (1.02) (8.54) (7.81) (5.96) (4.61) (4.06) (1.02) (1.26) (2.02) (4.80) (.76) (.51) (6.44) (5.60) (.84)
120 82.6 18.7 41.3 88.9 46.1 44.9 21.5 32 251.8 233.5 186.5 149 135 33.5 43.2 62.7 155 21.1 18 180
S-BSG-10
(4.72) (3.25) (.74) (1.63) (3.50) (1.81) (1.77) (.85) (1.26) (9.91) (9.19) (7.34) (5.87) (5.31) (1.32) (1.70) (2.47) (6.10) (.83) (.71) (7.09)
Dimensions AC Solenoid DC/R Solenoid

mm (Inches)
Model Numbers L j L j
71.3 161.2 75.3 165.2
S-BSG-03 DIMENSIONS IN
(2.81) (6.35) (2.96) (6.50)
56.5 161.2 60.5 165.2 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
S-BSG-06
(2.22) (6.35) (2.38) (6.50)
44.3 48.3
S-BSG-10
(1.74) (1.90)
For the port screws, see the Plug-in Connector type on page 233.
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the installation drawing (P. 213) of the
sub-plate used together.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Plug-in Connector Type DIMENSIONS IN

S-BSG- -*-*-*-N-L-53/5380/5390
06
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N-L-53/5380/5390
Cable Departure aa
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ......
bb
cc
102
(4.02)
C
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 SQ. in.)

Design 5380 Only
QQ
SS

Remote "ff" Thd.
Low Noise Type

Control
T
Port "A"
"ff" Thd.
L Pressure Gauge Connection

"nn" Thd.
Position of cable departure can be changed. For details, refer to DSG-01 valve on page 357.
Model Numbers Remarks
L QQ SS T aa bb cc
71.3 216.5 204.5 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N
(2.81) (8.52) (8.05) (5.96)
56.5 216.5 204.5 151.5 196.4 47.2 39
S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N With AC Solenoid
(2.22) (8.52) (8.05) (5.96) (7.73) (1.86) (1.54)
44.3 251.5 239.5 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N
(1.74) (9.90) (9.43) (7.34)
75.3 227.5 215.5 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N
(2.96) (8.96) (8.48) (5.96)
60.5 227.5 215.5 151.5 204.4 51.2 39
S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N With DC Solenoid
(2.38) (8.96) (8.48) (5.96) (8.05) (2.02) (1.54)
48.3 262.5 250.5 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N
(1.90) (10.33) (9.86) (7.34)
75.3 230.5 208.7 151.5
S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N
(2.96) (9.07) (8.22) (5.96)
60.5 230.5 208.7 151.5 204.4 51.2 53 With AC DC
S-BSG-06-*-*-R*-N
(2.38) (9.07) (8.22) (5.96) (8.05) (2.02) (2.09) Solenoid
48.3 265.5 243.7 186.5
S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N
(1.90) (10.45) (9.59) (7.34)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Design 53 Design 5380 Design 5390
"ff" Thd. "nn" Thd. "ff" Thd. "nn" Thd. "ff" Thd. "nn" Thd.
S-BSG-03-*-*-*-N
S-BSG-06-*-*-*-N Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4 1/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N

Options-Models with Vent Restrictor DIMENSIONS IN

03 03
A-S-BSG- -*-*-*-L-53/5390 A-S-BSG- - - - -N-L-53/5380/5390
06 06 * * *
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-*-53/5390 A-S-BSG-10-*-*-*-N-53/5380/5390
Q
Q
S
T
T
Q S T
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L
246.8(9.72) 228.5(9.00) 181.5(7.15)
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*/D*/R*-L Terminal Box Type
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*/D*/R* 281.8(11.09) 263.5(10.37) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-A*-N-L
246.5(9.70) 234.5(9.23) 181.5(7.15) Plug-in Connector
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-A*-N-L
with AC Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-A*-N 281.5(11.08) 269.5(10.61) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-D*-N-L
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-D*-N-L
with DC Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-D*-N 292.5(11.52) 280.5(11.04) 216.5(8.52)
A-S-BSG-03-*-*-R*-N-L
A-S-BSG-06-*-*-R *-N-L
with R Type Solenoid
A-S-BSG-10-*-*-R*-N 295.5(11.63) 273.7(10.78) 216.5(8.52)

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List

S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-53/5390 S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-N-53/5380/5390
33
33
26
C
10
13 21
14 19
22 9
12 8

11 7
15 2
31 25
Low Noise Type

24 30
4
1 5 6 23 28 17 34 3 29 28 16 27 18
43
2 42
32
19
Design 5380 Only
*-S-BSG-10
Option-Models with Vent Restrictor
List of Seals A-S-BSG-03,06,10-*-*-*-53/5390

N-53/5380/5390
Part Numbers
S-BSG-03 S-BSG-06 S-BSG-10 35 30 40 28 29 18 38 37 41 40 36
29 O-Ring SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A024 SO-NB-A128 1
List of Seal Kits
43 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/8 SG-FB-1/8 SG-FB-1/8 2
The O-Rings for item 38, 40 are used only for the models with the vent restrictor. S-BSG-03 KS-S-BSG-03-53
S-BSG-06 KS-S-BSG-06-53
right. In addition to the above seals, seals for the pilot valves are included in
the seal kit. S-BSG-10 KS-S-BSG-10-53
For the detail of the pilot valve seals, see page 359.
A-S-BSG-03 KS-A-S-BSG-03-53
Pilot Valves
See page 236 for the pilot valve model numbers to be
used.

Spare Parts List

Type of Pilot Valve
Electrical Conduit Valve Model Numbers Remarks
Connection Model Numbers
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -53 DSG-01-2B3A- -70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -53 DSG-01-2B3B- -70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -53 DSG-01-2B2B- -70

*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -53 DSG-01-2B2- -70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -53 DSG-01-3C2- -70
Terminal Box Type *-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -53 DSG-01-3C3- -70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -5390 DSG-01-2B3A- -7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -5390 DSG-01-2B3B- -7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -5390 DSG-01-2B2B- -7090

*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -5390 DSG-01-2B2- -7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -5390 DSG-01-3C2- -7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -5390 DSG-01-3C3- -7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-53 DSG-01-2B3A- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-53 DSG-01-2B3B- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-53 DSG-01-2B2B- -N-70

*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-53 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-53 DSG-01-3C2- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-53 DSG-01-3C3- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-5380 DSG-01-2B3A- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-5380 DSG-01-2B3B- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-5380 DSG-01-2B2B- -N-70

Plug-in Connector Type European Design Std.
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-5380 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-5380 DSG-01-3C2- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-5380 DSG-01-3C3- -N-70
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3A- -N-5390 DSG-01-2B3A- -N-7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B3B- -N-5390 DSG-01-2B3B- -N-7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2B- -N-5390 DSG-01-2B2B- -N-7090

*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-2B2- -N-5390 DSG-01-2B2- -N-7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C2- -N-5390 DSG-01-3C2- -N-7090
*-S-BSG-03/06/10-*-3C3- -N-5390 DSG-01-3C3- -N-7090

2. For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
H/HC Type Pressure Control Valves

These valves are hydraulically damped, direct operated, pressure control valves which can be actuated by internal or
external pilot pressure.
H Type Pressure Control Valves HC Type Pressure Control Valves

There are various types of valve including sequence,
unloading and low pressure relief valves, all of which
They are available with integral check valves for use
when free reverse flow from secondary port to the
C
are operated by a pressure rise in the circuit, sensed primary port is desired. There are various types of
either internally or remotely. valve including sequence and counterbalance valves, all
of which are operated by a pressure rise in the circuit,
sensed either internally or remotely.
Pressure Control Valves

H / HC Type
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Oper- Max. Flow Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Series Threaded Sub-plate ating Pres. L/ m i n Threaded Sub-plate
Connection Mounting MPa (PSI) ( U . S . G P M ) Connection Mounting
HT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290 HG-03-**-*-22/2290 50 (13.2) 3.7 (8.2) 4.0 (8.8)
H Type Pressure
HT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290 HG-06-**-*-22/2290 21(3050) 125 (33) 6.2 (13.7) 6.1 (13.5)
Control Valves
HT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290 HG-10-**-*-22/2290 250 (66) 12.0 (26.5) 11.0 (24.3)
HCT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290 HCG-03-**-*-22/2290 50 (13.2) 4.1 (9.0) 4.8 (10.6)
HC Type Pressure
HCT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290 HCG-06-**-*-22/2290 21(3050) 125 (33) 7.1 (15.7) 7.4 (16.3)
Control Valves
HCT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290 HCG-10-**-*-22/2290 250 (66) 13.8 (30.4) 13.8 (30.4)
For check valve pressure drops of HC type, see free flow pressure drop characteristics described on page 247.
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.

For details, contact us.
Max. Operating Max. flow

Model Numbers Pressure L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
HF/HCF-10-**-*-22/2290 21 250(66)
HF/HCF-16-**-*-20/2090 (3050) 500(132)
H / HC Type Pressure Control Valves 237

F- H T -03 -C 3 -P -22 *
1
Pres. Adj. With
Special Series Type of Valve Valve Design
Range Auxiliary Design Standards
Seals Number Mounting Size Type Number
MPa (PSI) Pilot Pressure
03 22
T: None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
Threaded 06 2 22 80: European Design Std.
H: Connection 1
H Type 10 2 22
Pressure
F: Control 03 L: 0.25 - 0.45 3 22
Special Valves G: (36 - 65) None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Seals for 4
Sub-plate 06 M:0.45 - 0.9 22 European Design Std.
Phosphate Mounting (65 - 130) P: 3
Ester 90: N. American Design Std.
10 N: 0.9 - 1.8 With 22
Type Auxiliary
(130- 260)
Fluids Pilot
(Omit if 03 A: 1.8 - 3.5 22
T: (260- 510) Pressure None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
not
required) Threaded 06 B: 3.5 - 7.0 22 80: European Design Std.
HC: Connection (510- 1020) 1
HC Type 10 C: 7.0 - 14 2 22
Pressure (1020 - 2030)
Control 03 3 22
Valves G: None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
4
Sub-plate 06 22 European Design Std.
Mounting
10 22
1. For the details of valve types, see the following page.

2. Type 1 is only possible for pressure adjustment ranges L and M.
3. Models with auxiliary pilots are used where valves must be operated under a lower external pilot pressure than the adjusted pressure (types N, A,
and B: about 1/8 of adjusted pressure; type C: about 1/16). This does not apply to pressure adjustment ranges L and M and valve type 1.
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment screw slowly clockwise to increase pressures
or anti-clockwise to decrease pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the secondary side pressure ports of types 1 and 4 (internal drain) and the drain ports of types 2 and 3 (external
drain) directly to the reservoir with a back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
There are two threaded connection primary pressure ports. They can be connected each other in-line; one as inlet and
the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the pressure ports.
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
HG -03- HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HCG ** HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HG -03- -P HGM-03-P-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-P-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-P-2090 3/8 NPT 2.0 (4.4)
HCG ** HGM-03X-P-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-P-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-P-2090 1/2 NPT 2.0 (4.4)
HG -06- HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
HCG ** HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HG -06- -P HGM-06-P-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-P-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-P-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
HCG ** HGM-06X-P-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-P-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-P-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HG -10- HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
HCG ** HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
HG -10- -P HGM-10-P-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-P-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-P-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
HCG ** HGM-10X-P-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-P-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-P-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have
a good machined finish.
238 H / HC Type Pressure Control Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Qty.
HG-03 M10 50 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
HG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
HG-10
HCG-03
M10
M10
50 Lg.
70 Lg.
3/8 -16 UNC
3/8 -16 UNC
2 Lg.
2-3/4 Lg.
6
4
C
HCG-06 M10 80 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 3-1/4 Lg. 4
HCG-10 M10 90 Lg. 3/8 -16 UNC 3-1/2 Lg. 6
Valve Types
H Type

Type 1: Type 2: Type 3: Type 4:
Valve Type
Low Pres. Relief Valve Sequence Valve Sequence Valve Unloading Valve
H / HC Type
Pilot-Drain Type Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Internal Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-Internal Drain
Operations
1 1 1
8 8 8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary
pilot port pilot port pilot port
Can be used as low- Used to control the Used for the same Used as unloading valve.
pressure relief valve, but operational sequence of two purpose as for the type 2. If external pilot pressure
be careful to occurrence of or more actuators. If Operated by external pilot exceeds the pressure
Description surge pressure. primary pressure exceeds pressure irrespective of setting, the pump is turned
the pressure setting, primary pressure. no-load by releasing all
effective fluid is delivered fluid to the tank.
to the secondary side.
HC Type
Type 1: Type 2: Type 3: Type 4:
Valve Type
Counterbalance Valve Sequence and Check Valve Sequence and Check Valve Counterbalance Valve
Pilot-Drain Type Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Internal Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-External Drain External Pilot-Internal Drain
Operations
1 1 1 1
8 8 8 8
Graphic Symbols
With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary With auxiliary
pilot port pilot port pilot port pilot port
Used to prevent gravitatio- Used to control the Used for the same purpose Used for the same purpose
nal falls by generating a operating sequence of two as for type 2. Operated by as for type 1. Operated by
pressure on the actuator or more actuators. If external pilot pressure external pilot pressure
return side. If primary primary pressure exceeds irrespective of primary irrespective of primary
Descriptions pressure exceeds the the pressure setting, pressure. Reversed flow is pressure. Reversed flow is
pressure setting, fluid is effective fluid is delivered free by a check valve. free by a check valve.
released to keep the pressure to the secondary side.
constant. Reversed flow is free by
a check valve.

HT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
Type 3: Sequence Valve MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(External Pilot, External Drain)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"Q" Thd. "S" Thd. "T" Thd.
HT-03, 22 Rc 3/8
"C"SQ.
HT-06, 22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
D
HT-10, 22 Rc 1-1/4
A
HT-03, 2280 3/8 BSP.F
HT-06, 2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A Pressure Adjustment
B Screw HT-10, 2280 1-1/4 BSP.F
10 (.39) Hex.
HT-03, 2290 3/8 NPT
INC. HT-06, 2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
HT-10, 2290 1-1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
Secondary Pressure "S" Thd.
Outlet Port
"Q" Thd.
Secondary Pressure
Fully Extended E
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd.
K
V
N
L
J
Primary Pressure
Primary Pressure Inlet Port
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. "Q" Thd. 2 Places
External pilot port "X" Aux. Pilot Port "Y"
"S" Thd. "S" Thd.
(For "P" models only)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K L N V
41 82 60 74 191 57 43 70 0 28 28
HT-03
(1.61) (3.23) (2.36) (2.91) (7.52) (2.24) (1.69) (2.76) (0) (1.10) (1.10)
48 96 73 87 221 64.5 50.5 80.5 9 33 42
HT-06
(1.89) (3.78) (2.87) (3.43) (8.70) (2.54) (1.99) (3.17) (.35) (1.30) (1.65)
66 132 86 112 272 84 66 98 12 40 52
HT-10
(2.60) (5.20) (3.39) (4.41) (10.71) (3.31) (2.60) (3.86) (.47) (1.57) (2.05)
Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve Type 2: Sequence Valve Type 4: Unloading Valve
(Internal Pilot, Internal Drain) (Internal Pilot, External Drain) (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Plug Plug
Drain Port
Plug Plug External Pilot

Port

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting Surface
HG-03, 06-**-*-22/2290 Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve
HG-03: ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A (Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)
Type 3: Sequence Valve HG-06: ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
"A" SQ.
C
C
D
B
Pressure Adjustment Screw

10 (.39) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Type 2: Sequence Valve
(Internal Pilot, External Drain)
Secondary Pressure

Outlet Port
Drain Port
Fully Extended F
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
H / HC Type
4 Places
6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
External Pilot Port "X"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
J
Primary Pressure
Type 4: Unloading Valve
Inlet Port
Aux. Pilot Port "Y" E K (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K
60 67 35 39 89 191 49.6 38
HG-03
(2.36) (2.64) (1.38) (1.54) (3.50) (7.52) (1.95) (1.50)
External Pilot
73 79 40 39 102 221 51 38 Port
HG-06
(2.87) (3.11) (1.57) (1.54) (4.02) (8.70) (2.01) (1.50)
Mounting Surface Type 1: Low Pressure Relief Valve

HG-10-**-*-22/2290 (Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)
ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
Type 3: Sequence Valve
DIMENSIONS IN
86(3.39) SQ.
(1.54)
39
(1.81)
46
(3.62)
92

10(.39) Hex. Type 2: Sequence Valve
INC.
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
Drain Port Outlet Port Drain Port

Fully Extended

272(10.71)
4 Places
6 (.24)
Type 4: Unloading Valve
Locating Pin (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(2.44)
External Pilot Port "X" (O-Rings Furnished)

62
Primary Pressure Inlet Port
Aux. Pilot Port "Y" 119 38 External Pilot

(For "P" models only) (4.69) (1.50) Port

HCT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2209 DIMENSIONS IN
Type 3: Sequence and Check Valve MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Thread Size
Model Numbers
HCT-03, 22 Rc 3/8
HCT-06, 22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
HCT-10, 22 Rc 1-1/4
"C"SQ.
HCT-03, 2280 3/8 BSP.F
D
HCT-06, 2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
A
HCT-10, 2280 1-1/4 BSP.F
HCT-03, 2290 3/8 NPT
A
Pressure Adjustment Screw HCT-06, 2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
B
10 (.39) Hex.
INC. HCT-10, 2290 1-1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
13 (.51) Hex.
Drain Port
"S" Thd.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port
or Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
"Q" Thd. Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
Fully Extended "E"
"T" Thd.
K
V
N
L
J
Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. Primary Pressure Inlet Port
or Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"Q" Thd. 2 Places Aux. Pilot Port "Y"
"S" Thd.
"S" Thd. (For "P" models only)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K L N V
41 82 60 96 191 57 43 70 0 28 28
HCT-03
(1.61) (3.23) (2.36) (3.78) (7.52) (2.24) (1.69) (2.76) (0) (1.10) (1.10)
48 96 73 116 221 64.5 50.5 80.5 9 33 42
HCT-06
(1.89) (3.78) (2.87) (4.57) (8.70) (2.54) (1.99) (3.17) (.35) (1.30) (1.65)
66 132 86 152 272 84 66 98 12 40 52
HCT-10
(2.60) (5.20) (3.39) (5.98) (10.71) (3.31) (2.60) (3.86) (.47) (1.57) (2.05)
Type 1: Counterbalance Valve Type 2: Sequence and Check Valve Type 4: Counterbalance Valve
(Internal Pilot, Internal Drain) (Internal Pilot, External Drain) (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Plug Plug
Drain Port
Plug External Pilot

Plug Port

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Mounting Surface Type 1: Counterbalance Valve

HCG-03, 06-**-*-22/2290
HCG-03: ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A (Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)
Type 3: Sequence and Check Valve HCG-06: ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
C
"D" SQ.
B
C
A

10 (.39) Hex. Lock Nut
INC. 13(.51) Hex.
Type 2: Sequence and Check Valve

Secondary Pressure Outlet Port (Internal Pilot, External Drain)

Drain Port
Fully Extended "F"

H / HC Type
4 Places 6(.24)
Drain Port
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
External Pilot Port "X" Mounting
Surface
(O-Rings
J
Primary Pressure Inlet Port Furnished) Type 4: Counterbalance Valve

or Reversed Free Flow (External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Auxiliary Pilot Port E Outlet Port K
Model Numbers
A B C D E F J K
90 59 35 60 89 191 49.6 58
HCG-03
(3.54) (2.32) (1.38) (2.36) (3.50) (7.52) (1.95) (2.28)
External Pilot
108 69 40 73 102 221 51 68 Port
HCG-06
(4.25) (2.72) (1.57) (2.87) (4.02) (8.70) (2.01) (2.68)
Mounting Surface Type 1: Counterbalance Valve

HCG-10-**-*-22/2290 (Internal Pilot, Internal Drain)
ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
DIMENSIONS IN
86 (3.39) SQ.
(1.81)
46
(3.11)
79
(5.20)
132

10(.39) Hex.
INC. Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port

Drain Port Drain Port

Fully Extended

272(10.71)
6 Places 6 (.24) Type 4: Counterbalance Valve

(External Pilot, Internal Drain)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting
(2.44)
Surface
62
(O-Rings
Furnished)
Primary Pressure Inlet Port External Pilot
Auxiliary Pilot Port 119 78
or Reversed Free Flow Port
(For "P" models only) (4.69) Outlet Port (3.07)

HGM-03-20/2080/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
HGM-03X-20/2080/2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
32
"A"Thd. (1.26)
2 Places 90 13(.51) Dia. 16
(3.54) 2 Places (.63)
"B"Thd.
2 Places 10 70 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep 15
(.39) (2.76) For Locating Pin (.59)
(4.02)
(3.23)
(.77) (1.69)
(3.54)
19.5 42.8
102
(.93) (1.41)
(1.25)
82
23.5 35.7
90
31.8
(2.40)
(.84)
21.4
61
(.83)
(.28)
7.1
21
4(.16) Dia.
(.39)
2 Places
10
7.9
(.31) "C" Thd. Sub-plate
8.8(.35) Dia. Through "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
33.3 20(.79) Deep Model Numbers
(1.31) 4 Places
4 Places HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8
58.7 Rc 1/4
(2.31) HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2
1.7 66.7 M10
(.07) (2.63) HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT
With Auxiliary Pilot Pressure Port

HGM-03-P-20/2080/2090
HGM-03X-P-20/2080/2090
90
(3.54)
10 70 "A"Thd. 36
2 Places
(.39) (2.76) (1.42)
D 16
13(.51) Dia. (.63)
11.5 2 Places
"B"Thd. 15
3 Places (.45) (.59)
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
For Locating Pin
(4.02)
(3.23)
(.77) (1.69)
102
(1.41)
19.5 42.8
82
(1.25)
35.7
31.8
(.84)
21.4
(2.11)
E
53.5
(1.12)
28.5
(.28)
7.1
F
(.39)
"C"Thd. 20(.79) Deep 4 Places

10
7.9
4(.16) Dia. (.31) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
3 Places 11 14(.55) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
(.43)
33.3 Sub-plate Thread Size Dimensions mm(Inches)
(1.31) Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. D E F
58.7 35 69.5 12.5
(2.31) HGM-03-P-20 Rc 3/8
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1.7 66.7 Rc 1/4
(.07) (2.63) 41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-20 Rc 1/2
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)
M 10
35 69.5 12.5
HGM-03-P-2080 3/8 BSP.F
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1/4 BSP.F
41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-2080 1/2 BSP.F
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)
35 69.5 12.5
HGM-03-P-2090 3/8 NPT
(1.38) (2.74) (.49)
1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
41 67.5 14.5
HGM-03X-P-2090 1/2 NPT
(1.61) (2.66) (.57)

PRESSURE CONTROLS
HGM-06-P-20/2080/2090 36 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A"Thd. 22(.87) Dia. (1.42)
2 Places 2 Places 16
"B"Thd. (.63)
2 Places 102 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep 15
(4.02) (.59)
For Locating Pin
C
(4.88)
(4.33)
(4.09)
(2.37)
124
110
60.3
104
(1.94)
(1.75)
49.2
(1.56)
44.5
(3.03)
39.7
77
(1.54)
E
(1.06)
39
27
(.81)
(.44)
20.6
11.1
(.87)
22
(.39)
(.28)
10
F 5(.20) Dia. 2 Places

"D" Thd. 6.4 "C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep
(.25) 4 Places
4(.16) Dia. 14
H / HC Type
(.55)
"HGM-06-P" 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
39.7
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
(1.56)
Models Only 73 4 Places
(2.87) Sub-plate Thread Size Dimensions mm(Inches)
11.3 79.4
(.44) (3.13) Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E F
HGM-06-20 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
HGM-06-P-20 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
M10
HGM-06-2080 3/4 1/4 1/4 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
HGM-06-P-2080 BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
HGM-06-2090 3/8-16 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25)
3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
HGM-06-P-2090 UNC 64 (2.52) 3 (.12)
HGM-06X-20/2080/2090
HGM-06X-P-20/2080/2090 45
"A"Thd. (1.77)
2 Places 102 16
"B"Thd. (4.02) 22(.87) Dia. (.63)
2 Places 11.3 75 2 Places 15
(.44) (2.95) 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep (.59)
For Locating Pin
(4.09)
(5.12)
(2.37)
(5.35)
104
60.3
130
(1.94)
136
(1.75)
(1.56)
49.2
44.5
39.7
(.81)
20.6
H
(.44)
11.1
(1.54)
39
(.87)
22
(.63)
16
F 5(.20) Dia. 2 Places
"D" Thd. 6.4 "C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep

(.25) 4 Places
4(.16) Dia. 14
(.55) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
39.7 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
"HGM-06X-P"
(1.56) 4 Places
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
73
Models Only
(2.87)
79.4
(3.13)
Sub-plate Thread Size Dimensions mm(Inches)
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E F H J
HGM-06X-20 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25) 82.3 22
Rc 1 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
HGM-06X-P-20 64 (2.52) 3 (.12) (3.24) (.87)
M10
HGM-06X-2080 1/4 1/4 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25) 80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-P-2080 BSP.F BSP.F 64 (2.52) 3 (.12) 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)
HGM-06X-2090 3/8-16 61.7 (2.43) 6.4 (.25) 80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
1 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
HGM-06X-P-2090 UNC 64 (2.52) 3 (.12) 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87)

HGM-10-P-20/2080/2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
140 45
(5.51) "A"Thd.
(1.77)
116 2 Places
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep 12 28(1.10) Dia.
20
6 Places (.47) (4.57) (.79)
E 2 Places
19
"B"Thd. 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep (.75)
2 Places For Locating Pin
(5.31)
(5.91)
(3.31)
(4.96)
84.1
135
150
126
(2.66)
(2.47)
(1.18)
(2.34)
67.5
(3.78)
62.7
59.5
(1.66)
30
96
42.1
(1.69)
43
(.66)
(.97)
16.7
24.6
(.83)
21
(.47)
(.30)
12
7.5
4 11(.43) Dia. Through
(.16)
"D" Thd. 15 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
4(.16) Dia. (.59) Sub-plate Thread Size mm(Inches)
48.4
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E
(1.91)
11.6 92.9 13.6
HGM-10-20
(.46) (3.66) (.54)
Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
9.6 96.8 9.6
"HGM-10-P" (.38) (3.81) HGM-10-P-20
(.38)
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure
120 M10
Models Only 13.6
(4.72) HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 1/4 1/4 (.54)
BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 9.6
HGM-10-P-2080
(.38)
13.6
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 3/8-16 (.54)
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
NPT UNC 9.6
HGM-10-P-2090
HGM-10X-20/2080/2090 (.38)
HGM-10X-P-20/2080/2090
140
(5.51)
12 116 50
(.47) (4.57) "A"Thd. (1.97)
F 2 Places 20
"C" Thd. 20(.79) Deep 28(1.10) Dia. (.79)
6 Places E 2 Places 19
"B"Thd. 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep (.75)
2 Places For Locating Pin
(6.97)
(4.96)
(3.31)
177
84.1
126
(6.57)
(2.66)
(2.47)
(4.09)
167
(2.34)
67.5
62.7
104
59.5
(1.66)
(.87)
42.1
22
(1.69)
43
(.66)
(.97)
16.7
24.6
(.83)
21

(.20)
(1.00)

25.5
4
(.16) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
15 4 Places
"D" Thd.
(.59) Sub-plate Thead Size mm(Inches)
4(.16) Dia. 48.4
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd. "D" Thd. E F
(1.91)
11.6 92.9 13.6 102.5
HGM-10X-20
(.46) (3.66) (.54) (4.04)
9.6 96.8
Rc 1-1/2 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
9.6 106
(.38) (3.81) HGM-10X-P-20
(.38) (4.17)
120 M10
"HGM-10X-P" 13.6 102.5
Auxiliary Pilot Pressure (4.72) HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 1/4 1/4 (.54) (4.04)
Models Only BSP.F BSP.F BSP.F 9.6 106
HGM-10X-P-2080
(.38) (4.17)
13.6 102.5
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 3/8-16 (.54) (4.04)
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
NPT UNC 9.6 106
HGM-10X-P-2090
(.38) (4.17)

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
HCT-03
PSI MPa
HCG-03
0.4
C
P
50
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
H / HC Type
HCT-06
PSI MPa
HCG-06
0.4
P
50
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
HCT-10
PSI MPa
HCG-10
0.6
P
80
0.5
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40 0.3
0.2
20 0.1
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from
the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)

PSI MPa
PSI MPa H*/HC*-06-C
H*/HC*-03-C 2000 14
2000 14 12
1600
12 10
1600
10 H*/HC*-06-B
H*/HC*-03-B 1000 7
1000 7 6
800
6 5
800 600
5 4
H*/HC*-03-A H*/HC*-06-A
500 3.5 500 3.5
400 3.0 400 3.0
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
2.5 2.5
300 2.0 300 2.0
H*/HC*-03-N H*/HC*-06-N
300 2.0 300 2.0
200 1.5 200 1.5
1.0 1.0
H*/HC*-03-M H*/HC*-06-M
130 0.9 130 0.9
120 120
0.8 0.8
100 0.7 100 0.7
0.6 0.6
H*/HC*-03-L H*/HC*-06-L
70 70
60 0.45 60 0.45
0.35 0.35
40 0.25 40 0.25
0 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
PSI MPa
H*/HC*-10-C
2000 14
12
1600
10
H*/HC*-10-B
1000 7
6
800
5
H*/HC*-10-A
500 3.5
3.0
400
Secondary Pressure
2.5
300 2.0
H*/HC*-10-N
300 2.0
200 1.5
1.0
H*/HC*-10-M
130 0.9
120
0.8
100 0.7
0.6
H*/HC*-10-L
70
60 0.45
0.35
40 0.25
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
HT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290

HG-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2290
A
C
6 8
14 2
7 29
26

31
11
38
23 4
H / HC Type
15 1
25
28 9 Section "A" for
24
3 16 HT-*-**-*-2280 Models
22
12
18
5
List of Seals
Part Numbers Quantity
Item Name of Parts HT -03 HT -06 HT -10
HG HG HG HT-* HG-*
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 SO-NB-P6 4 4
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P11 SO-NA-P15 SO-NA-P20 1 1
Used only for HG type with auxiliary pilot pressure (P).

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table berow.
List of Seal Kits

HT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HT-03-22
HT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HT-06-22
HT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HT-10-22
HG-03-**-22/2290 KS-HG-03-22
HG-03-**-P-22/2290 KS-HG-03-P-22
HG-06-**-22/2290 KS-HG-06-22
HG-06-**-P-22/2290 KS-HG-06-P-22
HG-10-**-22/2290 KS-HG-10-22
HG-10-**-P-22/2290 KS-HG-10-P-22

Spare Parts List
HCT-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2280/2290

HCG-03, 06, 10-**-*-22/2290
8
6 16
A
19 2
7 29
26 4
23 31
14 30
28
20 21
12 25
1
13 24 Section "A" for
27 HCT-*-**-*-2280 Models
3 22
17 10 18
9
5
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts HCT -03 HCT -06 HCT -10
HCG HCG HCG HCT-* HCG-*
27 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 1
Used only for HCG type with auxiliary pilot pressure (P).
List of Seal Kits

HCT-03-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HCT-03-22
HCT-06-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HCT-06-22
HCT-10-**-*-22/2280/2290 KS-HCT-10-22
HCG-03-**-22/2290 KS-HCG-03-22
HCG-03-**-P-22/2290 KS-HCG-03-P-22
HCG-06-**-22/2290 KS-HCG-06-22
HCG-06-**-P-22/2290 KS-HCG-06-P-22
HCG-10-**-22/2290 KS-HCG-10-22
HCG-10-**-P-22/2290 KS-HCG-10-P-22

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Pressure Reducing Valves / Pressure Reducing and Check Valves

Pressure reducing valves are used to set the pressure of a hydraulic circuit below that of the main circuit. In addition,
operation under remote control is possible by using the remote control port. Pressure reducing and check valves have
check valves, which allow a free flow from the secondary side to the primary.

Pressure Reducing Valves /
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Max. Flow 1 Approx. Mass
2
Operating Drain Flow kg (lbs.)
Valve Name Pressure Setting Pressure Max. Flow
Threaded Sub-plate
L/min L/min Threaded Sub-plate
Connection Mounting
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) Connection Mounting
0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 40 (10.6) 0.8 - 1.0
RT-03-*-22* RG-03-*-22* 21 (3050) 4.3 ( 9.5) 4.5 ( 9.9)
1.0 - 20.5 ( 145 - 2970) 50 (13.2) (.21 - .26)
0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 50 (13.2)
0.8 - 1.1
Pressure RT-06-*-22* RG-06-*-22* 21 (3050) 1.0 - 1.5 ( 145 - 220) 100 (26.4) 6.9 (15.2) 6.8 (15.0)
(.21 - .29)
Reducing 1.5 - 20.5 ( 220 - 2970) 125 (33.0)
Valve 0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 130 (34.3)
1.0 - 1.5 ( 145 - 220) 180 (47.6) 1.2 - 1.5
RT-10-*-22* RG-10-*-22* 21 (3050) 12.0 (26.5) 11.0 (24.3)
1.5 - 10.5 ( 220 - 1520) 220 (58.1) (.32 - .40)
10.5 - 20.5 ( 1520 - 2970) 250 (66.0)
0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 40 (10.6) 0.8 - 1.0
RCT-03-*-22* RCG-03-*-22* 21 (3050) 4.8 (10.6) 5.4 (11.9)
1.0 - 20.5 ( 145 - 2970) 50 (13.2) (.21 - .26)
0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 50 (13.2)
Pressure 0.8 - 1.1
Reducing RCT-06-*-22* RCG-06-*-22* 21 (3050) 1.0 - 1.5 ( 145 - 220) 100 (26.4) 7.8 (17.2) 8.1 (17.9)
(.21 - .29)
and 1.5 - 20.5 ( 220 - 2970) 125 (33.0)
Check 0.7 - 1.0 ( 102 - 145) 130 (34.3)
Valve
1.0 - 1.5 ( 145 - 220) 180 (47.6) 1.2 - 1.5
RCT-10-*-22* RCG-10-*-22* 21 (3050) 13.8 (30.4) 13.8 (30.4)
1.5 - 10.5 ( 220 - 1520) 220 (58.1) (.32 - .40)
10.5 - 20.5 ( 1520 - 2970) 250 (66.0)
1. The max. flow rates are those shown at the primary pressure at 21 MPa (3050 PSI). Graphic Symbols
2. The drain flow rates are equal to pilot flow rates when differential pressure between
primary and secondary pressure is at 20.5 MPa (2970 PSI).
RT / RG

For details, contact us. Remote control connection
Max. Operating Max. Flow RCT / RCG

Model Numbers Pressure L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
RF/RCF-10-*-22* 21 250 (66)
RF/RCF-16-*-20* (3050) 500 (132)
Remote control connection
Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valves 251

F- R T -03 -B -22 *
Valve Pres. Adj. Range Design
Special Seals Series Number Type of Mounting Design Standards
Size MPa (PSI) Number
03 22
T : Threaded 06 22
R: Connection None : Japanese Std. "JIS"
Pressure 10 22
80 : European Design Std.
F: Reducing 03 22
B: 0.7-7 90 : N.American Design Std.
Valves G: Sub-plate 06 (102-1020) 22
Special Seals
Mounting
for Phosphate 10 22
Ester Type C: 3.5-14
03 (510-2030) 22
Fluids
T : Threaded 06 22
(Omit if not
RC: Connection H: 7-20.5 None : Japanese Std. "JIS"
required) 10 (1020-2970) 22
Pressure 80 : European Design Std.
Reducing and 03 22
90 : N.American Design Std.
Check Valves G: Sub-plate 06 22
Mounting
10 22
Attachment
Mounting bolts
Qty.
RG-03 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
RG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
RG-10 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 6
RCG-03 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. 4
RCG-06 M10 80 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3-1/4 Lg. 4
RCG-10 M10 90 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3-1/2 Lg. 6
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers kg (lbs.)
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
RG HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT
RCG-03 HGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
RG HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
RCG-06 HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
RG HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
RCG-10 HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting
surface should have a good machined finish.
The sub-plates are the same as those for H type pressure control valves. With the reducing and check valve, the sub-plate is used in a
position 180° turned (upside down) from the normal position. When mounting the sub-plate, be sure to bring the valve locating pin to
the sub-plate pin hole. For dimensions, see page 244 to 246.
Instructions
To adjust the pressure, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment handle slowly clockwise for higher
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the drain port directly to the reservoir in which case the pressure at the drain port should be kept at a low
back pressure close to the atmospheric pressure.
In case of "Threaded Connections", there are two threaded connection type primary pressure ports. They can be
connected each other in-line; one as an inlet and the other as an outlet or the valve can be used by plugging one of the
pressure ports.
252 Pressure Reducing (and Check) Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
RT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. "C" Thd.
Fully Extended
148(5.83)
RT-03-*-22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
RT-03-*-2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
(.39)
10
RT-03-*-2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(1.61)
41
41 33 Remote Control Port
(1.61) (1.30) "B" Thd.
82 Drain Port Pressure Adj. Handle

(3.23) "B" Thd.
(.18)
4.5
Design 2280 Only 5 INC.
(.20)

Primary Pressure
Gauge Connection
(1.73)
Dia.
44
"C" Thd.
(1.89)
(1.73)
48
44
(6.10)
Lock Nut
155
(1.10)
14(.55) Hex.
28
(3.35)
85
Secondary Pressure Primary Pressure

Gauge Connection Inlet Port
"C" Thd. "A" Thd.
Secondary Pressure 32
2 Places
Outlet Port (1.26)
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
RT-06
10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Fully Extended "D"
RT-06-*-22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

(.73)
18.5
RT-06-*-2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr

RT-06-*-2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
B
RT-10-*-22 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

RT-10-*-2280 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
B C Remote Control Port
"S" Thd. RT-10-*-2290 1-1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
A
Pressure Adj. Handle
Drain Port
(.18)
Design 2280 Only

4.5
"S" Thd. INC.
Primary Pressure
(1.73)
Dia.
Gauge Connection
44
"T" Thd.
L
Lock Nut
F
K
14(.55) Hex.
E
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Primary Pressure
"T" Thd. Inlet Port
Secondary Pressure N "Q" Thd.
Outlet Port 2 Places
"Q" Thd.
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N
96 48 36.5 149 42 179 97.5 53.5 33 9 39
RT-06
(3.78) (1.89) (1.44) (5.87) (1.65) (7.05) (3.84) (2.11) (1.30) (.35) (1.54)
132 66 43 167 52 216 124 64 40 12 46
RT-10
(5.20) (2.60) (1.69) (6.57) (2.05) (8.50) (4.88) (2.52) (1.57) (.47) (1.81)

03 Thread Size
RG-06-*-22/2280/2290 Model Numbers
"L" Thd. "N" Thd.
RG-03/06-*-22 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
D
RG-03/06-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
RG-03/06-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
Port connection is not required for RG models

B but an O-ring should be furnished.
Remote Control Port
39 Design 2280 Only Pressure Adj. Handle
"L" Thd.
(1.54) INC.
(.18)
4.5
Fully Extended "A"
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
(1.73)
Dia.
44
Mounting Surface
4 Places
J
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
14(.55) Hex.
K
H
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
38 Drain Port
(1.50) Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
6 E "N" Thd.
(.24)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K
142 25 89 44.5 67 155.5 92.4 40.6 34.9
RG-03
(5.59) (.98) (3.50) (1.75) (2.64) (6.12) (3.64) (1.60) (1.37)
141 21.5 102 51 79 179 111 40 48
RG-06
(5.55) (.85) (4.02) (2.01) (3.11) (7.05) (4.37) (1.57) (1.89)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 244 & 245)
of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
(2.34)
Model Numbers
59.5
"A" Thd. "B" Thd.

(4.69)
119
RG-10-*-22 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

RG-10-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
RG-10-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
Remote Control Port 27.5 Port connection is not required for RG models
"A" Thd. (1.08)
39 but an O-ring should be furnished.
(1.54) Design 2280 Only Pressure Adj. Handle
Fully Extended INC.
(.18)
4.5
147(5.79)
Primary Pressure
Inlet Port
(1.73)
Dia.
44

(1.65)

42
Mounting Surface 6 Places

(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
(2.48)
(8.50)
14(.55) Hex.
63
216
(5.75)
146
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia. Secondary Pressure
Outlet Port
38 Drain Port Secondary Pressure
(1.50) Gauge Connection
6 92 "B" Thd.
(.24) (3.62)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.

PRESSURE CONTROLS
RCT-03-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Fully Extended
RCT-03-*-22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
148(5.83)
RCT-03-*-2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
C
(.39)
10
RCT-03-*-2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
(1.61)
41 33 41
Remote Control Port
(1.61) (1.30) "B" Thd.
82 Drain Port Pressure Adj. Handle

(3.23) (.18) "B" Thd.
5
4.5
Design 2280 Only

(.20) INC.

(1.73)
Dia.
Primary Pressure
44
Gauge Connection
(1.89)
(1.73)
"C" Thd.
48
44
(6.10)
Lock Nut
155
(1.10)
14(.55) Hex.
28
(3.35)
85
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
"C" Thd. Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
"A" Thd.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or 55
2 Places
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port (2.17)
"A" Thd.
DIMENSIONS IN
RCT-06
10-*-22/2280/2290
Thread Size
Model Numbers
Fully Extended "D"
RCT-06-*-22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

(.73)
18.5
RCT-06-*-2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr

RCT-06-*-2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
RCT-10-*-22 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
B
RCT-10-*-2280 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr

B C Remote Control Port RCT-10-*-2290 1-1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
A "S" Thd.
(.18)
Design 2280 Only

4.5
Drain Port
"S" Thd. INC.
Primary Pressure
(1.73)
Gauge Connection
Dia.
44
"T" Thd.
J
L
Lock Nut
F
K
E
14(.55) Hex.
H
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"T" Thd. Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
N Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or "Q" Thd.
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port 2 Places
"Q" Thd.
Model Numbers
96 48 36.5 149 42 179 97.5 53.5 33 9 68
RCT-06
(3.78) (1.89) (1.44) (5.87) (1.65) (7.05) (3.84) (2.11) (1.30) (.35) (2.68)
132 66 43 167 52 216 124 64 40 12 86
RCT-10
(5.20) (2.60) (1.69) (6.57) (2.05) (8.50) (4.88) (2.52) (1.57) (.47) (3.39)

03 Thread Size
RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290 Model Numbers
"N" Thd. "P" Thd.
RCG-03/06-*-22 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
E
RCG-03/06-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
D
RCG-03/06-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
Port connection is not required for RCG models

but an O-ring should be furnished.
C
Remote Control Port
"N" Thd. B Design 2280 Only Pressure Adj. Handle
Fully Extended "A" INC.
(.18)
4.5
Primary Pressure Inlet Port or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
(1.73)
Dia.
44
Mounting Surface 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
K
4 Places
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
L
14(.55) Hex.
J
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port
N Drain Port
Secondary Pressure
6 F Gauge Connection
(.24)
"P" Thd.
Model Numbers
142 59 25 89 44.5 90 155 92.4 40.6 34.9 58
RCG-03
(5.59) (2.32) (.98) (3.50) (1.75) (3.54) (6.10) (3.64) (1.60) (1.37) (2.28)
141 69 21.5 102 51 108 179 111 40 48 68
RCG-06
(5.55) (2.72) (.85) (4.02) (2.01) (4.25) (7.05) (4.37) (1.57) (1.89) (2.68)
page 244 & 245
DIMENSIONS IN
RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
Remote Control Port
"A" Thd. Thread Size
Model Numbers
(2.34)
"A" Thd. "B" Thd.

59.5
RCG-10-*-22 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4

(4.69)
119
RCG-10-*-2280 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr

RCG-10-*-2290 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
27.5
Port connection is not required for RCG models
(1.08) but an O-ring should be furnished.
79
(3.11) Design 2280 Only Pressure Adj. Handle
Fully Extended INC.
(.18)
4.5
147(5.79) Primary Pressure Inlet Port or

(1.73)
Dia.

44
(1.65)
Mounting Surface 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

42
(O-Rings Furnished) 6 Places

Lock Nut
(2.48)
14(.55) Hex.
(8.50)
63
216
(5.75)
146
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Secondary Pressure Outlet Port or
78 Drain Port Secondary Pressure
(3.07) Gauge Connection
6 132 "B" Thd.
(.24) (5.20)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface see the dimensional drawing (page 246) of the sub-plate used together.

PRESSURE CONTROLS

RCT-03 RCT-06
RCG-03 RCG-06
PSI MPa
35 0.25 PSI MPa
P
30
C
P
0.20 0.4
Pressure Drop
50
Pressure Drop
20 0.15 40 0.3
0.10 0.2
10 20
0.05 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L /min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate

RCT-10 For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
RCG-10
PSI MPa mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
0.6 Viscosity
80 SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
P
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
40
from the formula below.
0.2
20 P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate vs. Secondary Pressure

Primary Pressure : 21 MPa (3050 PSI) Pressure Adj. Range
Hydrauric Fluid : Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) "B"
"C"
"H"
RT/RG-03 RT/RG-06 RT/RG-10

RCT/RCG-03 RCT/RCG-06 RCT/RCG-10
2000 14.0 2000 14.0 2500 17.5
13.9 13.8 17.3
1980 1950 13.6 2450 17.1
13.8
1960 13.7 13.4 16.9
13.6 1000 7.0 2000 14.0
1000 7.0 6.8 13.8
6.9 950 6.6 1950 13.6
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
980
6.8 6.4 13.4
900 1900
960 6.7 6.2 13.2
6.6 6.0 1000 7.0
940 850
6.5 5.8 6.8
3.5 5.6 950 6.6
500 800
3.4 500 3.5 6.4
480 900
3.3 3.3 6.2
460 3.2 450 3.1 6.0
3.1 2.9 100 0.7
440 400 0.5
3.0 2.7
0.7 2.5 50 0.3
100 350
0.6 2.3 0.1
80
0.5 100 0.7 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
60 0.4 0.5 L/min
0 50 0.3
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0 20 40 60 70
L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
L/min
0 5 10
U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 35
Flow Rate
Flow Rate U.S. GPM

Spare Parts List
RT/RG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RT/RG-10-*-22/2280/2290
6 21 7 8 2 31 9 10 11 13
23
20
32
30 30
34 32
23 5
24
15
1
4
35
3 24
26 37
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts RT -03 RT -06 RT -10
RG RG RG RT-* RG-*
Section "A" for
Design 2280
37 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 1 1
List of Seal Kits

RT-03-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RT-03-22
RT-06-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RT-06-22
RT-10-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RT-10-22
RG-03-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RG-03-22
RG-06-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RG-06-22
RG-10-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RG-10-22

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Spare Parts List
RCT/RCG-03-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290
RCT/RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290
C
11 26 12 13 2 31 14 15 16 18 23
A
25
5

30 20
4 29

7
30
34 33 32
32
28 6
10
1 9
35
3
24
36 37
List of Seals
Item Name of Parts RCT -03 RCT -06 RCT -10
RCG RCG RCG RCT-* RCG-*
Section "A" for
Design 2280
33 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 1
37 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 SG-FB-1/4 1 1
List of Seal Kits

RCT-03-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCT-03-22
RCT-06-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCT-06-22
RCT-10-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCT-10-22
RCG-03-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCG-03-22
RCG-06-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCG-06-22
RCG-10-*-22/2280/2290 KS-RCG-10-22

Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves
Pressure reducing and relieving valves are
composite pressure control valves having
pressure reducing and counterbalancing
functions developed for hydraulic balancing
circuits.
Specifications
Max. Relieving Drain
Pres. Adj. Approx.
Operating Max. Flow Flow Flow
Model Numbers Range Mass
Pressure L/min L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) kg (lbs.)
14 0.6-13.5 50 50 0.6-1 4.2
RBG-03-*-10*
(2030) (90-1960) (13.2) (13.2) (.16-.26) (9.3)
25 0.8-24.5 125 125 1.5-2 11
RBG-06-*-10*
(3630) (120-3550) (33) (33) (.40-.53) (24.3)

F- RB G -03 -R -10 *
Design
Special Seals Series Number Type of Mounting Valve Size Drain Type Design Number
Standards
F:
Special Seals RB: 03 10
None:
for Phosphate Pressure G:
Internal Drain
Ester Type Reducing Sub-plate Refer to
Fluids and Mounting R:
(Omit if not Relieving External Drain
Valves 06 10
required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"

Graphic Symbols
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Internal drain
Valve Model Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
RBG-03 M10 65 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.
RBG-06 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg.
External drain
Sub-plate
Valve Model
Numbers
RBGM-03-10 Rc 3/8 RBGM-03-1080 3/8 BSP.F RBGM-03-1090 3/8 NPT 1.6
RBG-03
RBGM-03X-10 Rc 1/2 RBGM-03X-1080 1/2 BSP.F RBGM-03X-1090 1/2 NPT (3.5)
RBGM-06-10 Rc 3/4 RBGM-06-1080 3/4 BSP.F RBGM-06-1090 3/4 NPT 4.8

RBG-06
RBGM-06X-10 Rc 1 RBGM-06X-1080 1 BSP.F RBGM-06X-1090 1 NPT (10.6)
Instructions
To use remote control relief valve in the venting circuit, see page 203. If the internal volume of the vent line is too
large, chattering is likely to occur. Thus, as far as possible reduce the inside diametre and the length of the pipe.
pressures and anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Connect the tank pipe not to any other line but directly to the reservoir.
260 Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
62 42.9
(2.44) (1.69) Tank Port
10
(.44)
11.1 (.39)
4 Places
Two Collars
Model Numbers "A" Thd. C

(2.63)
(3.50)
66.7
89
*
RBG-03- -10 Rc 1/4
*
RBG-03- -1080 1/4 BSP.F
RBG-03-*-1090 1/4 NPT
Lock Nut
Drain Port "A" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
15
(Only for External Drain Type)
(.59) Secondary Pressure Port
Pressure Reducing and

73
Primary Pressure Port (2.87)
Relieving Valves
Vent Port
Fully Extended
156 INC.
(6.14)
44(1.73)
Dia.
(3.74)
(3.84)
97.5
95
(2.95)
75
(2.05)
(1.97)
52
50
(1.18)
30
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
03
Sub-plate : RBGM- -10/1080/1090
03X
102(4.02) "A" Thd. 3 Places
82(3.23) (From Rear)
10
10(.39)
(.39) 61(2.40)
21
(.07)
1.7
(.83)
33.3(1.31)
(.31)
(.31)
58.7(2.31)
7.9
8
66.7(2.63)
70(2.76)
90(3.54)
14(.55) Dia.
3 Places 7.1(.28) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through
"C" Thd. 21.4(.84) 14(.55) Dia. Spotface
20(.79) Deep 4 Places
4 Places 35.7(1.41)
6.2(.24) Dia.
19.5 42.9(1.69) "B" Thd.
(.77) (From Rear) Sub-plate
Model Numbers
RBGM-03-10 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
32(1.26)
M10
RBGM-03-1080 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-03-1090 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
15(.59)
16(.63)
RBGM-03X-10 Rc 1/2 Rc 1/4

M10
RBGM-03X-1080 1/2 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
RBGM-03X-1090 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves 261

RBG-06-*-10/1080/1090
217.5
(8.56)
115 60.3 Tank Port
(4.53) (2.37)
Fully Extended 11(.43) Dia. Through
Model Numbers "A" Thd. Primary Pressure Port 74.4(2.93) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
*
RBG-06- -10 Rc 3/8
(.48)
12.3
RBG-06-*-1080 3/8 BSP.F
RBG-06-*-1090 3/8 NPT
(3.13)
(4.09)
79.4
104
Secondary Pressure Port
Drain Port
Lock Nut
Two Collars 14(.55) Hex. Vent Port
INC. "A" Thd.
44(1.73)
Dia.
(5.47)
139
(4.57)
116
(2.24)
(2.20)
57
56
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
06
Sub-plate : RBGM- -10/1080/1090
06X
150
(5.91)
12 126
(.47) (4.96) 23(.91) Dia.
33 60.3 3 Places
(1.30) (2.37)
"J" Thd. 49.2
18(.71) Deep (1.94)
30.1 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 4 Places
(1.19)
11.1
(.47)
12
(.44)
(.87)
22
8.6(.34)

A
(1.56)
39.7
Numbers
B
A B C D E
(4.57)
C
(2.87)
(5.51)
(3.13)
116
140
79.4
73
20.7 65.7 95 37.1 89.1

RBGM-06
(.81) (2.59) (3.74) (1.46) (3.51)
20.4 69.7 98.4 32.5 93.8
RBGM-06X
(0.80) (2.74) (3.87) (1.28) (3.69)
6.2(.24) Dia.
"F" Thd. 3 Places D "H" Thd. (From Rear) Sub-plate Thread Size
(From Rear) Model Numbers
E "F" Thd. "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
RBGM-06-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
M10
RBGM-06-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(1.77)
RBGM-06-1090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC

45
RBGM-06X-10 Rc 1 Rc 1/4
M10
20(.79)
19(.75)
RBGM-06X-1080 1 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F

RBGM-06X-1090 1 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC

PRESSURE CONTROLS

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) , Specific Gravity 0.850
Relieving
Reducing
RBG-03 RBG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1600 11.1 3000 21
1550 10.7 2850 20
1500
1450
1100
10.3
7.6
2700
2450
19
17
C
16
Secondary Pressure
Secondary Pressure
1050 2300
7.2
1000 2150 15
950 6.8
1900 13
600 4.1 1850 12
550 3.7 1600 11
500 3.3 1300 9
Pressure Reducing and

450
1150 8
130 0.9 7
1000
Relieving Valves
90 0.6
50 0.3 750 5
600 4
450 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate 0 10 20 30 U.S. GPM
Flow Rate
Min. Adj. Pressure & Vent Pressure

RBG-06
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) , Specific Gravity 0.850 PSI MPa
170 1.2
Min. Adj. Pressure 160 1.1
Vent Pressure
140 1.0
RBG-03 0.9
PSI MPa
120
0.9 0.8
Pressure
120 0.8 0.5

70
60 0.4
0.6
Pressure
80
40 0.3
0.4
40 0.2
0.2 20
0.1
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 U.S. GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
RBG-03 RBG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
60 0.4 60 0.4
P
0.3 0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S. GPM 0 10 20 30 U.S. GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
2
be obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464 P'= P (G'/0.850)
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
Pressure Reducing and Relieving Valves 263

Spare Parts List
RBG-03-*-10/1080/1090
19 23 6 7 21 14 13 8 18 11 9 10 22 12
List of Seals
Included in
Seal Kit
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 1 Kit No. : KS-RBG-03-10
4 15 3 5 2 1 17 16
RBG-06-*-10/1080/1090
23
10 11 16 7 21 20 11 19 17 22
Design 1080 Only
18 5 14 4 1 2 13 3 15 12 6 9 11 8 8
List of Seals
Included in
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 3 Seal Kit
Kit No. : KS-RBG-06-10
22 Bonded Seal SG-FB-3/8 1

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Unloading Relief Valves

These valves are used to operate the pumps with minimum load in
accumulator circuits or in high-low pump circuits.
In accumulator circuits, when the system pressure reaches to a cut out
pressure (adjusted maximum), the valve acts to divert the pump
delivery to the reservoir at low pressure, thus the pump is unloaded
automatically.
When the accumulator pressure drops to the cut in pressure (refer to
C
characteristic chart on page 269), the valve directs the pump delivery
to the accumulator and hydraulic system.
An integral check valve prevents reverse flow through the valve from
the accumulator.
In high-low pump circuits, the valve acts to unload the large volume
Unloading Relif Valves

pump with the same manner as described above during load operation
of the small volume pump.
Specifications
Max. Max. Flow Approx. Mass
Model Numbers Operating Pres. L/min
kg(1bs.)
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
125 12
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
(33) (26.5)
21 (3050)
250 21.5
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
(66) (47.4)

F- BUC G -06 -B V -30 *
Cut-out Pres.
Type of Valve High Venting Design
Special Seals Series Number Adj. Range Design Standards
Mounting Size Pres. Feature Number
MPa (PSI)
F: B: 2.5-7.0 V: None:
Special Seals 06 (360-1020) For High 30 Japanese
for Phosphate BUC: G: Venting Std. "JIS"
Ester Type Unloading Sub-plate C: 3.5-14 Pressure 80: European
Fluids Relief Valve Mounting (510-2030) Feature Design Std.
(Omit if not 10 (Omit if not 25 90: N. American
required) H: 7.0-21 required) Design Std.
(1020-3050)
Use the high-venting-pressure type to reduce the shift time from unloading to onloading.
Pilot-drain system
A pilot-drain system is typically configured with an external pilot and an external drain, as
indicated by the right graphic symbol. However, customized pilot-drain systems with an internal Graphic Symbol
pilot are also available.
For the internal pilot type, the design standard number at the end of the model number is uniquely
assigned. Refer to the table below for the internal pilot type. Please contact us for details.
Pilot & Graphic European Design N. American Design Japanese Std.
Drain Conn. Symbols Standard Standard "JIS"
Int. Pitot- BUCG-06-**-30801 BUCG-06-**-30901 BUCG-06-**-3001

Int. Drain BUCG-10-**-25801 BUCG-10-**-25901 BUCG-10-**-2501
Int. Pitot-
BUCG-06-**-30802 BUCG-06-**-30902 BUCG-06-**-2502
Ext. Drain
Unloading Relief Valves 265

Instructions
pressures or anti-clockwise for lower pressures. After adjustments, do not forget to tighten the lock nut.
Take care not to neglect connecting the drain pipe to the reservoir; otherwise not only will the valve fail to operate
properly but also the line pressure will rise infinitely. Extend the end of the drain pipe into fluid.
Limit the pressure drop between the valve and the accumulator in an accumulator circuit below 10% of the cut-out
pressure.
Limit the drain port back pressure below 2% of the cut-out pressure.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
M16 55Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BUCG-06 M16 110Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 4-1/2 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M16 130Lg. (2 pcs.) 5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg. (2 pcs.)
M20 70Lg. (2 pcs.) 3/4-10 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. (2 pcs.)
BUCG-10
M20 160Lg. (4 pcs.) 3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg. (4 pcs.)
Sub-plate
BUCG-06 BUCGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 BUCGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F BUCGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
BUCG-10 BUCGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 BUCGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F BUCGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 7.2 (15.9)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
266 Unloading Relief Valves

PRESSURE CONTROLS
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090 Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.

BUCG-06-**-30 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
BUCG-06-**-3080 1/4 BSP.Tr 1/4 BSP.F
130
(5.12)
BUCG-06-**-3090 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
127
(5.00) Drain Port
50
90
(3.54)
External Pilot Port
Fully Extended
152
"B" Thd.
Lock Nut
C
(1.97) (5.98) 14(.55) Hex.
32.5 "B" Thd. 51.5 1
Pressure Adjustment Handlle
(1.28) (2.03) (.04)
44(1.73)
INC.
Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
(2.38)
60.5

(6.65)
169
6(.24) Dia. 26(1.02) C' bore
Two Locating Pins 2 Places
Accumulator or
(3.29)
83.5
6 System Port
(.24)
Pressure Inlet Port
88 Pressure Gauge Connection

(3.46) "A" Thd.
Tank Port 52
90 17.5(.69) Dia. Through
(2.05)
(3.54) 26(1.02) Dia. Spotface
104
108 4 Places
(4.09)
(4.25)
110
(4.33)
128
(5.04)
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate
BUCGM-06-20/2080/2090
102
(4.02) 40
78 12
(1.57)
11(.43) Dia. Through (3.07) (.47)
70 4 20
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (2.76) (.16) (.79)
4 Places 35 19
(.75)
(.47)
(1.38)
12
(1.08)
27.5
"A" Thd. Through

6 Places
(1.81)
(1.32)
46
33.5
(.43)
11
(6.61)
(7.56)
168
192
(5.71)
145
(1.31)
33.3
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

(2.19)
55.5
(2.63)
2 Places
66.7
23(.91) Dia.
"B" Thd. (From Rear)
3 Places
Sub-plate Model No. "A" Thd. "B" Thd.

BUCGM-06-20 M16 Rc 3/4
BUCGM-06-2080 M16 3/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-06-2090 5/8-11 UNC 3/4 NPT

BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590 Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.
BUCG-10-**-25 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/4
BUCG-10-**-2580 1/4 BSP.Tr 1/4 BSP.F
BUCG-10-**-2590 1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
159 Drain Port

"B" Thd. Lock Nut
(6.26)
117 Fully Extended 14(.55) Hex.
(4.61) External Pilot Port 154.5
45.5 "B" Thd. (6.08) Pressure Adjustment Handlle
(1.79) 57
(2.24) INC.
32(1.26) C' bore
2 Places
Mounting Surface
(2.84)
(O-Rings Furnished)
72.1
44(1.73)
Accumulator or System Port
Dia.
(8.07)
205
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins Pressure Gauge Connection
(4.25)
107.9
"A" Thd.
Pressure Inlet Port
6 67 60 21.5(.85) Dia. Through

(.24) (2.64) Tank Port (2.36) 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
136 120 4 Places
(5.35) (4.72)
137
(5.39)
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plate
BUCGM-10-20/2080/2090
120
(4.72) 45
92 14 (1.77)
11(.43) Dia. Through (3.62) (.55) 20
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 82.5 4.7 (.79)
4 Places (3.25) (.19) 19
41.3
(.75)
(.55)
14
(1.63)
(1.26)
32
"A" Thd. Through

6 Places
(2.01)
(3.00) (1.50)
51
(.50)
(.75)
12.7
19
38
(8.03)
(9.13)
204
232
(7.48)
190
(1.75)
44.5
7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

76.2
(3.50)
88.9
2 Places
28(1.10) Dia.
"B" Thd. (From Rear)
3 Places
Sub-plate Model No. "A" Thd. "B" Thd.

BUCGM-10-20 M20 Rc 1-1/4
BUCGM-10-2080 M20 1-1/4 BSP.F
BUCGM-10-2090 3/4-10 UNC 1-1/4 NPT

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Cut-in Pressure vs. Cut-out Pressure

BUCG-06,10
PSI MPa
2500 18
16
2000
C
Cut-in Pressure
12
1500
8
1000
500 4

0
0
0 5 10 15 20 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

Cut-out Pressure
Unloading Pressure vs. Flow

BUCG-06 BUCG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1.0 1.2
125 150
0.8 High Venting 1.0
Unloading Pressure
Unloading Pressure
100 Pressure Feature

125
0.6 0.8
High Venting
75 Standard 100 Pressure Feature
0.4 0.6
50 75
0.2 0.4 Standard
25 50
0 0.2
0 25
0 50 100 150 L /min 0
0
0 100 200 300 L /min
0 10 20 30 40
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 20 40 60 80
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop for Check Valve

BUCG-06 BUCG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
60 0.4 60 0.4
P
0.3 0.3
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 50 100 150 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
2
be obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464 P'= P (G'/0.850)
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

Spare Parts List
BUCG-06-**-30/3080/3090
BUCG-10-**-25/2580/2590
22 6 31 5 4 3 16 29 12 13 14 17
18 26
33 8
2 7
20 32
19 28 35
21 23 25
30 9 15
34 27 10
24 11
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Quantity
BUCG-06 BUCG-10
List of Seal Kits

BUCG-06 KS-BUCG-06-30
BUCG-10 KS-BUCG-10-25

PRESSURE CONTROLS
Brake Valves
Brake valves are used on hydraulic cylinders and in brake circuits of
hydraulic motors. They can brake with any pressure, permitting
smooth stopping.
Graphic Symbols
C
A B A B A B
T T
T
Breake Valves
03 03 03
UBGR-06-A UBGR-06-B UBGR-06-W
10 10 10
Specifications
Max.
Pres. Adj.
Operating Max. Flow
Model Numbers Range
Pressure
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
UBGR – 03 – * – B – 20 * 0.7 - 7.0 (100 - 1020)
50 (13.2)
UBGR – 03 – * – H – 20 * 25 3.5 - 25 (510 - 3630)
UBGR – 06 – * – 20 * (3630) 0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630) 125 (33.0)
UBGR – 10 – * – 20 * 0.7 - 25 (100 - 3630) 200 (52.8)

F- UBGR -03 -A -B -20 *
Pres. Adj. Range Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Type MPa (PSI) Design Number
Standards
A: B: 0.7-7.0
F:
03 (100-1020) 20
Special Seals UBGR: For A-Line
H: 3.5-25
for Phosphate Brake B: (510-3630)
Ester Type Valves, Refer to
For B-Line
Fluids Sub-plate 06 20
W: None: 0.7-25
(Omit if not Mounting
required) (100-3630)
10 For A•B-Lines 20
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
Breake Valves 271

Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches
These pressure switches have built-in electronic circuit on a semiconductor
pressure sensor and an open collector insulated by a photocoupler has been
used as output. As the use of semiconductor has put movable parts away from
the sensor section, high reliability and durability can be obtained.
These pressure switches are suitable for the applications not only compact,
light weight and vibration-proof are required but also better substitute to
conventional pressure switches.

J T –02 –100 –11
Max. Design
Series Number Type of Mounting Valve Size Setting Pressure
Number
MPa (PSI)
35 : 3.5 (510)
J: Semiconductor 100: 10 (1450)
T: Threaded
Type Pressure 02 11
Connection 200 : 20 (2900) Cable
Switch
350 : 35 (5080)
Electric Circuit
Trimmer
Specifications LED Indicator
Model Numbers JT – 02 JT – 02 JT – 02 JT – 02
Description – 35 – 11 – 100 – 11 – 200 – 11 – 350 – 11
Max. Operating MPa 10 10 20 35
Pressure (PSI) (1450) (1450) (2900) (5080)
MPa 20 20 40 50
Proof Pressure
(PSI) (2900) (2900) (5800) (7250)
MPa 0.1 – 3.5 1 – 10 2 – 20 3.5 – 35
Pressure Setting Range
(PSI) (15 – 510) (145 – 1450) (290 – 2900) (510 – 5080)
Pressure Setting
Single adjustment: ON trimmer setting (variable resistor)
(ON pressure Setting) Case
Differential Pressure Setting Single adjustment: DIFF trimmer setting
(OFF Pressure Setting) (-1 to -10% of the ON pressure setting)
Pressure
Sign on act When the ON pressure, the LED indicator lights. Sensor
Open collector (photocoupler insulated) Maximum
Output System
operating voltage : 35 VDC; maximum current: 100 mA Oil Pressure
10 to 28 VDC (ripple included). A constant-voltage power
Power Source
supply must be used. Curent consumption: 10 mA.
Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ or more Graphic Symbol
Response Time 1.5 ms 20 ms (damper contained)
Repeatability Approx. 0.5 %
Operating Temperature Range -20 to +70 °C (-4 to 158 °F)
Setting Fluctuation with 1% or less of the maximum operating pressure
Temperature Drift relative to 10 °C change.
Storage Temperature Range -40 to +105 °C (-40 to 221 °F)
Dust-proofness
IEC Pub. 529 IP54
/Water-Proofness
Vibration-resistance 98 m/s2 (322 ft./s2) (10 – 55 Hz)
Shock-resistance 98 m/s2 (322 ft./s2)
Mass 17g (.39 lbs.)
Trimmer Rotation Angle: 0 to 260°
Instractions
Voltage-proof test should not be carried out as semiconductor has been used.
272 Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches

PRESSURE CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS IN
Differential Pressure LED Indicator MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Setting Trimmer
Pressure Stting Trimmer
(DIFF Trimmer) (ON Trimmer)
R 1/4 Thd. ON Range
LED Light
Four-Conductor Cabele
30 (1.18) Dia.
YUKWN KOGYO (5 mm (.197 in.) OD)
(1.36)
RED...... ON Setting
34.6
DIFF. ON
Power Supply PRESSURE SWITCH
(Selected on Differential
BLK...... ON Trimmer) Pressure
Power Supply
WHT...... OFF Setting
Output (Selected on
15 15 30 OFF Range
GRN...... DIFF Trimmer)
(.59) (.59) (1.18)
41 2000 Output LED Extinguished
(1.61) (78.7)
Semiconductor Type
Pressure Switches
Adjustment
1. Before starting, turn the ON and DIFF trimmers fully 4. < Differntial pressure setting >
clockwise. (Trimmer Rotation Angle:0 – 260°) Gradually reduce pressure to obtain the required OFF
pressure. Then, turn DIFF trimmer anti-clockwise
2. Turn on the power. slowly and stop it when LED indicator goes off. The
3. < ON pressure setting > OFF setting is now obtained.
Apply required pressure to the switch. Turn ON trimmer 5. Make sure if "ON" or "OFF" setting is correct by
slowly anti-clockwise and stop it when LED indicator working of LED indicator when applying or reducing
lights, ON setting obtained. pressure repeatedly several times.
Application Examples of Electrical Circuit
Output Circuit of Semiconductor Type Pressure Switch Direct Relay Drive

(Internal Circuit) Use relay operable at 100 mA or lower.
Connect surge voltage absorption diode (D) in parallel with the relay
Pressure Switch coil.
WHT Connect pretective diode (D) between the white and green wires.
Output
Controller
Pressure Switch D
Output WHT
GRN V
D Relay
0V
GRN
D... Diode
Connection to Sequential Controller The usage below is possible because output circuit is
1. Sink System insulated by a photocoupler.
1. When AND circuit Two Pressures
Pressure Switch Sequential Controller Input Unit The sequential controller is signaled only when pressure switches
No. 1 and 2 are both ON.
Power
WHT Supply
WHT
V
Pressure
GRN Stabilized DC Power Supply Switch No. 1 GRN
RED
DC12/24V
Pressure WHT
BLK
Switch No. 2 GRN
0V
2. Source System 2. When OR circuit two pressures

The sequential controller is signaled when either of pressure switches
Pressure Switch Sequential Controller Input Unit No. 1 and 2 is ON.
WHT
Power
WHT Pressure Supply
Switch No. 1 V
GRN
GRN Stabilized DC Power Supply
RED Pressure WHT
DC12/24V Switch No. 2
GRN
BLK 0V
Semiconductor Type Pressure Switches 273

Pressure Monitoring System
The pressure monitoring system is for watching hydraulic system pressure
and is composed of highly reliable pressure sensor (SJT*-02-10) and
easy-to-use digital pressure monitor (DP*-*-*-10). There is no specific
model number code for the pressure monitoring system itself, therefore,
when ordering, specify the digital pressure monitor and pressure sensor
with respective model number code.
Remote pressure indication

Even if the monitor is located away from the unit, remote pressure
indication can be obtained by combination with special sensors.
Remote-setting pressure sensors
The pressure sensor can be used as a pressure switch with two
contacts: top and bottom. Pressure can be set and checked without
using any other pressure gauge, moreover, such pressure setting and
pressure check can be made when no pressure is applied in the
hydraulic system.
Digital Pressure Monitors

The digital pressure monitor indicates the system pressure and also
despatches signals when the system pressure reaches to the preset
pressure. The monitor can be separated from the sensor and installed
away from the sensor. The monitor and the sensor so separately installed
can be connected by wire, therefore, a long hydraulic piping is not
required. The digital pressure monitor provides high accuracy when it is
used with a special pressure sensor (SJT*-02-10).
Specifications
Model
Numbers Input Voltage Output System Pressure setting
0 – 4.5V / 0 – 19.6 MPa Total 4 points:

DP20-*-*-10
(0 – 4.5V / 0 – 2842 PSI) Open-collection high (HI) and low (LO)
output 2,
0 – 4.5V / 0 – 34.3 MPa 40 V - 100 mA (max.) limits for 2 channels
DP35-*-*-10 (each set independently)
(0 – 4.5V / 0 – 4974 PSI)
Pressure Sensor
The pressure sensor uses semiconductors and has no moving parts for
high reliability and durability.
It provides high accuracy when combined with the special monitor
(DP*-*-*-10).
Specifications
Model Numbers Rated Pres. Range Output Range Power Supply
0 – 20 MPa
Graphic Symbol
SJT20-02-10
(0 – 2900 PSI)
0.5 – 4.5 V DC 5.0 +
_ 0.5 V
0 – 35 MPa
SJT35-02-10
(0 – 5080 PSI)
Proportional to supply voltage if this voltage is 5.00 V
274 Pressure Monitoring System

FLOW CONTROLS
D
Maximum Maximum Flow
U.S.GPM
Operating
Graphic 1 5 10 50 100 500 1000
Valve Type Pressure Page
Symbols
MPa 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
(PSI) L/min
21
Flow Control Valves FG 01 02 03 06 10 277
(3050)
Flow Control and 21

FCG 01 02 03 06 10 277
Check Valves (3050)
Pilot Operated 21
FHG 02 03 06 10 289
Flow Control Valves (3050)
Pilot Operated
21
Flow Control and FHCG 02 03 06 10 289
Check Valves (3050)
25 SRF-
Restrictors SRT/SRG 03 06 10 (Rated Flow) 299
(3630) 16
25 SRCF-
One Way Restrictors SRCT/SRCG 03 06 10 (Rated Flow) 299
(3630) 16
25
Throttle Modules TC1G 01 03 305
(3630)
P T B A
Throttle & Check 25

TC2G 01 03 305
Modules (3630)
P T B A
21
Deceleration Valves ZT/ZG 03 06 10 310
(3050)
Deceleration & 21
ZCT/ZCG 03 06 10 310
Check Valves (3050)
A B
14
Feed Control Valves UCF1G/UCF2G 01 03 04 318
(2030)
35 GCT/
Needle Valves 02 325
(5080) GCTR
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened condition becomes
0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
275
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluids listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum base oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluid. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to
Synthetic fluids
the model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water containing fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures

Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given below.
Flow Control Valves

Flow Control and Check Valves 20 - 200 mm2/s
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves (98 - 900 SSU)
Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
Feed Control Valves
-15 - +70°C
(5 - 158°F)
Restrictors
One Way Restrictors
Throttle Modules 15 - 400 mm2/s
Throttle and Check Modules (77 - 1800 SSU)
Deceleration Valves
Deceleration and Check Valves
Needle Valves
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead to
breakdowns and shorten the life of the valves. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade 12.
Use 25 µm or finer line filter.
276 Flow Controls

FLOW CONTROLS
Flow Control Valves / Flow Control and Check Valves

These valves are pressure and temperature compensating type valves and
maintain a constant flow rate independent of change in system pressure
(load) and temperature (viscosity of the fluid). They control flow rate of the
hydraulic circuit and eventually control speed of the actuator precisely.
Valves with an integral check valve allow a controlled flow and reverse free
flow. Repeated resetting can be made easily with a digital readout.
Specifications
Max. Metred Min. Metred Max.
Model Numbers Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Flow Capacity
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Operating Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.) D
FG -01- 4 - -11 4(1.06) 0.02(.005)
14 (2030 ) 1.3 (2.9)
FCG 8 * * 8(2.1) {0.04 (.011)}
FG -02-30- -30 30(7.9) 3.8 (8.4)
* * 0.05 (.013)
FCG
FG -03-125- -30 125(33) 0.2 (.053) 7.9 (17.4)
* *
Flow Control and Check Valves

FCG
21 (3050)
FG -06-250- -30 250(66) 2 (.53) 23 (50.7)
FCG * *
Flow Control Valves

FG -10-500- -30 500(132) 4 (1.06) 52 (115)
FCG * *
The figures in the brace are for pressures above 7 MPa (1020 PSI).

F- FC G -01 -8 -N -11 *
Type of Valve Max. Metred Flow Capacity Pres. Compensator Design Design
Special Seals Series Number
Mounting Size L/min (U.S.GPM) Stroke Adjustment Number Standards
01 4 : 4 ((1.06) 11
F: F: 8 : 8 (2.1) N:
Special Seals Flow Control 30 : 30 (7.9)
02 Applicable only for 30
for Phosphate Valves G:
Pres. Compensator
Ester Type Sub-plate 03 125 : 125 (33) 30 Refer to
Stroke Adjustment
Fluids FC: Mounting
06 250 : 250 (66) (Option - Omit if 30
(Omit if not Flow Control and
not required)
required) Check Valves 10 500 : 500 (132) 30
Design Standards: None...........Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90................N. American Design Standard
Attachment Graphic Symbols

Mounting Bolts
Valve Model
Japanese Std. "JIS" & Qty.
Numbers N. American Design Std.
FG
FG/FCG-01 M5 55 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
FG/FCG-02 M8 50 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 2 Lg. 4
FG/FCG-03 M10 75 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 3 Lg. 4
FG/FCG-06 M16 130 Lg. 5/8-11 UNC 5 Lg. 4
FG/FCG-10 M20 160 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg. 4

FCG
Option
Pres. compensator stroke adjustment
Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
Flow Control Valves / Flow Control and Check Valves 277

Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Numbers Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
FG
FCG -01 FGM-01X-10 Rc 1/4 FGM-01X-1080 1/4 BSP.F FGM-01X-1090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
FGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 FGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F FGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 2.3 (5.1)
FG
FCG -02 FGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 FGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F FGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT 2.3 (5.1)
FGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1 (6.8)
FG FGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.9 (8.6)
FCG -03 FGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 FGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F FGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 FGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-03Z-2090 1 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-06X-20 Rc 1 FGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 12.5 (27.6)
FG
FCG -06 FGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 FGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F FGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NPT 16 (35.3)
FGM-06Z-20 Rc 1-1/2 FGM-06Z-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F FGM-06Z-2090 1-1/2 NPT 16 (35.3)
FG
FCG -10 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-2090 1-1/2, 2 37 (81.6)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from FGM-10Y is special type sub-plate to be used with pipe flange. When
the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface ordering FGM-10Y, specify pipe flange kit in addition to FGM-10Y
should have a good machined finish. referring to F3 pipe flanges show on page 821.
Instructions
Min. required pressure difference
The minimum differential pressure between inlet and outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure
compensation. It varies according to the flow rate to be set. For details, please refer to the performance curves.
Free flow
Check valve pressure drops vary with flow rates. If models with check valves are used, see free flow pressure drop
characteristics.
Flow adjustment
[F*G-01]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment dial clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease. The
dial makes about 4 revolutions from zero to full flow and the valve opening is indicated on the revolution indicator.
(Refer to characteristics of "Metred Flow vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
[F*G-02, 03, 06, 10]
Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment handle clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for decrease.
Open condition is indicated in digital-scale in built-in revolution indicator (Refer to the characteristics of "Metred Flow
vs. Dial Position").
After flow adjustments, tighten the locking screw.
Line filter
To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2 L/min (.53 U.S.GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter of 10 µm
or finer and install it near the valve inlet.
278 Flow Control Valves / Flow Control and Check Valves

FLOW CONTROLS
FG/FCG-01-*-*-11/1190
4 3
2
Revolution Indicator 2 1 0 9 8
Locking Screw
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
D
Tightening Torque: 22.5
(.89) Dia. Fully Extended
0.25 - 0.3 Nm 84(3.31)
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) Fully Extended 53.5
81.5(3.21) (2.11)
Pressure Compensator
66 Stroke Adjustment 45
(2.60) (1.77)
7.5 51 (Only for FG
FCG -01- -N ) 44
(.30) (2.01) (1.73)
25.5 17
(.30)
7.5
(1.00) (.67)

5.5(.22)
9(.35) Dia. Spotface Dia.
4 Places
5
(.65)
16.5
(1.22)
(.20)
Flow Control Valves

31
(1.69)
(2.28)
Controlled Flow
43
58
Outlet or 3(.12)
8
1
13(.51)
Locating Pin
Reversed Free Flow
Dia.
7 6
Inlet Port 4(.16) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
INC.
Flow Adjustment Dial Controlled Flow Inlet or
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface:
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090 F G-02: ISO 6263-AB-06-4-B
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090 F G-03: ISO 6263-AK-07-2-A
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
Controlled Flow Inlet or
46 Q
(1.81) Dia. Pressure Compensator S
Fully Extended "C" Stroke Adjustment
T
D (Only for FG
FCG - - -N )
H E X
F U
P
6
"V" Dia. Through
N
(.24)
"W" Dia. Spotface
L
4 Places
14(.55)
K
J
Locating Pin
Dia.
234
6(.24) Dia.
Revolution Indicator "Y" Places
Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow Outlet or (O-Rings Furnished)
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port Flow Adjustment Handle
INC.

Y
No. C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V W X
FG -02 116 96 76.2 38.1 9.9 104.5 82.6 44.3 24 9.9 123 69 40 23 8.8 14 39
1
FCG (4.57) (3.78) (3.00) (1.50) (.39) (4.11) (3.25) (1.74) (.94) (.39) (4.84) (2.72) (1.57) (.91) (.35) (.55) (1.54)
FG -03 145 125 101.6 50.8 11.7 125 101.6 61.8 29.8 11.7 152 98 64 41 11 17.5 63
2
FCG (5.71) (4.92) (4.00) (2.00) (.46) (4.92) (4.00) (2.43) (1.17) (.46) (5.98) (3.86) (2.52) (1.61) (.43) (.69) (2.48)

Mounting surface:
FG/FCG-06-250-*-30/3090 F G-06: ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A
FG/FCG-10-500-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
46
(1.81) Dia. Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
Q
Fully Extended "C" Pressure Compensator S
Stroke Adjustment
D T
H E (Only for FG
FCG - - -N ) a
"X" Dia. Through F U
"Y" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
P
W
N
Flow Adjustment Handle

L
J
K
INC. Locating Pin

"V" Dia.
121
2 Places
Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow Outlet or (O-Rings Furnished)
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port Z
Revolution Indicator Only for Flow Control and Check Valves
( FCG- - -N )

No. C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V W X Y Z a
FG -06 198 180 146.1 73 17 174 133.4 99 44 20.3 184 130 105 65 16 7 17.5 26 10 103
FCG (7.80) (7.09) (5.75) (2.87) (.67) (6.85) (5.25) (3.90) (1.73) (.80) (7.24) (5.12) (4.13) (2.56) (.63) (.28) (.69) (1.02) (.39) (4.06)
FG -10 267 244 196.9 98.5 23.5 228 177.8 144.5 61 25 214 160 137 85 18 10 21.5 32 7.5 135
FCG (10.51) (9.61) (7.75) (3.88) (.93) (8.98) (7.00) (5.69) (2.40) (.98) (8.43) (6.30) (5.39) (3.35) (.71) (.39) (.85) (1.26) (.30) (5.31)

FLOW CONTROLS
FGM-01X-10/1080/1090 "A" Thd. (From Rear)

51 2 Places 22
(2.01) "B" Thd. "C" Deep (.87)
36 4 Places 17
5.5(.22) Dia. Through (1.42) (.67)
5(.20) Dia. 8(.31) Deep
18.5 9 16
4 Places
(.24)
(.73) (.35) (.63)
6
(. 55)
14
(.65)
16.5
(1.36)
34.5
(1.69)
(2.17)
D
43
55
D
12.5 63
(.49) (2.48)
6 76
(.24) (2.99) 6(.24) Dia.
88 2 Places
(3.46)

Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. C D
Model Numbers
Flow Control Valves

FGM-01X-10 Rc 1/4 M5 14 (.55) 34.5 (1.36)
FGM-01X-1080 1/4 BSP.F M5 14 (.55) 30.0 (1.18)
FGM-01X-1090 1/4 NPT No.10-24 UNC 15 (.59) 34.5 (1.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
FGM-02*-20/2080/2090
79.4
(3.13)
"D" Dia. 2 Places
76.2
(3.00)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep
54 4 Places H
8.8(.35) Dia. Through (2.13)
14(.55) Dia. Spotface E 16
4 Places 7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
(.63)
(.45)
11.5
31.9 9.5 15
(.55)
14
(1.26) (.37) (.59)

(.94)
23.8
(2.06)
52.4
(.44)
11.1
(3.07)
(4.17)
F
(3.25)
82.6
106
78
22 96
(.87) (3.78)
10 120
(.39) (4.72)
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
140
2 Places
(5.51)
Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. C D E F H
Model Numbers
FGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 11.0 (.43)
M8 14 (.55)
FGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F 11.7 (.46)
FGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 11.0 (.43) 54 11.1 25
FGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 14.0 (.55) (2.13) (.44) (.98)
M8 14 (.55)
FGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F 15.2 (.60)
FGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 14.0 (.55)
FGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 14.0 (.55)
M8 14 (.55) 51 14 35
FGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP.F 15.0 (.59)
(2.01) (.55) (1.38)
FGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 18 (.71) 14.0 (.55)

FGM-03*-20/2080/2090 102.4(4.03) "D" Dia. 2 Places
101.6(4.00)
75(2.95) "B" Thd. "C" Deep
4 Places
33.2 E K
(1.31) F 20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep 2 Places
"A" Thd. (From Rear) 20(.79)
(.56)
14.2
2 Places 0.8 20.6 19(.75)
(.03) (.81)
H
(3.41)
86.5
(1.13)
(4.00)
(5.12)
101.6
(.44)
28.6
11.1
J
130
21.5(.85) 125(4.92)
11(.43) 146(5.75)
168(6.61) 11(.43) Dia. Through
4 Places
Sub-plate Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. C D E F H J K

FGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 14.0 (.55)
M10 18 (.71)
FGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F 15.0 (.59)
FGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 14.0 (.55) 75 20.6 11.1 86.5 25
FGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 17.5 (.69) (2.95) (.81) (.44) (3.41) (.98)
M10 18 (.71)
FGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F 19.0 (.75)
FGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 17.5 (.69)
FGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4
M10 18 (.71)
FGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F
FGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83) 70 25.6 16.1 81.5 40
23.0 (.91)
FGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 (2.76) (1.01) (.63) (3.21) (1.57)
M10 18 (.71)
FGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP.F
FGM-03Z-2090 1 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 21 (.83)
DIMENSIONS IN
FGM-06*-20/2080/2090 29(1.14) Dia.
146.1(5.75)
2 Places
144.4(5.69)
"B" Thd. "C" Deep
104.8(4.13)
4 Places
D
17.5(.69) Dia. Through 17(.67) Dia. 10(.39) Deep
26(1.02) Dia. Spotface 52 E 2 Places J
4 Places (2.05)
22.2 K
(.80)
(.94)
20.3
(.87)
24
1.6 L
(.06)
H
(4.13)
104.8
(1.63)
(4.96)
(6.85)
(.50)
12.7
(5.25)
133.4
41.3
126
174
35(1.38) 180(7.09)
19(.75) 212(8.35)
250(9.84)
"A" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
Sub-plate Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd. C D E F H J K L

FGM-06X-20 Rc 1
M16 30 (1.18) 104.8 22.2 104.8 18 45 35 34
FGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F
(4.13) (.87) (4.13) (.71) (1.77) (1.38) (1.34)
FGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 5/8-11 UNC 35 (1.38)
FGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4
M16 30 (1.18)
FGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F
FGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NPT 5/8-11 UNC 35 (1.38) 99 34 99 23 60 40 39
FGM-06Z-20 Rc 1-1/2 (3.90) (1.34) (3.90) (.91) (2.36) (1.57) (1.54)
M16 30 (1.18)
FGM-06Z-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F
FGM-06Z-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5/8-11 UNC 35 (1.38)

FLOW CONTROLS
FGM-10Y-20/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
198.4 43.5(1.71) Dia. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(7.81) 2 Places
196.9
(7.75) "B" Thd. "C" Deep
8 Places (From Rear)
144.5 80
(5.69) 20(.79) Dia. 15(.59) Deep (3.15)
68.5 140 2 Places 50
(2.70) (5.51) (1.97)
"A" Thd. 32(1.26) Deep
(.43)
4 Places 1.6 34.9 73 48
11
(.06) (1.37) (2.87) (1.89)
(.68)
17.3
(1.42)
(2.19) 36
(3.94) SQ.
(2.87)
55. 5
73
D
100
(5.69)
144.5
(8.98)
(9.84)
(7.00)
177.8
(1.14)
228
250
29
(2.87)
73
Pipe Flange

32(1.26) Dia. Spotface 73
4 Places

(2.87)
45 244 48(1.89) Dia.
(1.77) (9.61) 2 Places
25 284
Flow Control Valves

(.98) (11.18)
334
(13.15)
Sub-plate
"A" Thd. "B" Thd. C
Model Numbers
FGM-10Y-20 M20 M16 32 (1.26)
FGM-10Y-2090 3/4-10 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 34 (1.34)

Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure Metred Flow vs. Viscosity
FG FG
-01
U.S.GPM L/min
8.2
FCG U.S.GPM L/min FCG -01
2.15 2.2 8.4
2.10 8.0 2.1 8.0
7.8 2.0 7.6
Flow Rate
2.05
Flow Rate
1.10 4.2 1.10 4.2

1.05 4.0 1.05 4.0
1.00 3.8
1.00 3.8 .0060 0.022
0.022 .0055 0.020
.0055 0.020 .0050 0.018
.0050 0.018
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 MPa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
Differential Pressure Viscosity
FG FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG -02 U.S.GPM L/min FCG -02
8.5 32 31.5
8.0 30 8.00 30.0
7.5 28 7.50 28.5
Flow Rate
2.2 8.4
Flow Rate
2.15 8.2 2.1 8.0

2.10 8.0 2.0 7.6
2.05 7.8 .0140
.0135
0.053
.0130 0.050
0.52 .0125 0.047
.135
.130 0.50
0.48
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 5 10 15 20 21 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU

FG FG
130 34 131
33 125 33 125
120 32 119
Flow Rate
31
Flow Rate
55 13.5 52.5
14
13 50 13.0 50.0
12 12.5 47.5
45
3.7
.9 3.5 .95
.8 3.0 3.5
.90
.7 3.3
2.5
0 5 10 15 20 MPa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
21
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
FG FG
66 250 68 260
65 245 66 250
64 240 64 240
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
42 160
155 40 150
40 150 38 140
38 145 11
2.8
2.75 11 2.6 10
10 2.4 9
2.50
9
0 5 10 15 20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
21 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU
U.S.GPM L/min FG FG
-10 U.S.GPM L/min -10
FCG FCG
510 134 510
132 500 132 500
490 130
Flow Rate
128 490
Flow Rate
67 255 54 205
66 250 53 200
65 52 195
245
13.5 52
13.5 52 50
50 13.0
13.0 48
48
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 5 10 15 20 MPa
21
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 100 300 500 700 SSU

FLOW CONTROLS
■Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
FG
U.S.GPM L/min FCG-01
2.25
8 FG FG
FCG-02 FCG-03
2.0
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM L/min
6 FG -01-8 8 30 140
1.5 FCG 35
120
Flow Rate
FG -01-4 25 30
6 100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
1.0 4 FCG 20
20 80
4 15
60
0.5 2 10 40
2 10
5 20
0 0 0
0
0 1 2
Dial Position
3 4
0
0 100 200 300 400
Handle Position
500
0
0 100 200 300
Handle Position
400 500
D
FG -06 FG -10
U.S.GPM L/min FCG U.S.GPM L/min FCG
70 140
250 500
60 120
50 200 100 400

Flow Rate
Flow Rate
40 150 80 300
30 60
100 200
20 40
Flow Control Valves

50 20 100
10
0 0
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Handle Position Handle Position
■Min. Required Pressure Difference
FG FG FG
PSI MPa FCG-01 PSI MPa FCG-02 PSI MPa FCG-03
Differential Pressure
100 0.7 80 0.6 200 1.5

0.6 1.2
80 60 150
0.4 0.9
60 0.4
40 100 0.6
40 0.2
0.2 20 50 0.3
20 0
0 0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 25 50 75 100 125
L/min L/min L/min
0 0. 5 1. 0 1. 5 2. 0 2.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
U.S.GPM U.S.GPM Flow Rate U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
FG -06 FG -10
PSI MPa FCG PSI MPa FCG
150 1.0 200 1.4

125 1.2
0.8 150
100 0.8
75 0.6 100
50 0.4 0.4
50
25 0.2
0 0 0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 100 200 300 400 500
L/min L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

U.S.GPM Flow Rate U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

FCG-01 FCG-02
PSI MPa PSI
80 MPa
0.5 80
P
P
Throttle Closed 0.5
60 Throttle Closed
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
0.4 60 0.4
Throttle Fully Open
Throttle Fully Open
0.3 (FCG-01-4) 0.3
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 Throttle Fully Open 20
0.1 0.1
(FCG-01-8)
0 0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
0 1. 0 2. 0 3. 0 4.0 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 U.S.GPM

Free Flow Free Flow
FCG-03 FCG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
100 150
1.0
P
P
0.6 Throttle Closed
75 Throttle Closed 125
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
0.8
0.4 100
50 0.6
Throttle Fully Open 75 Throttle Fully Open
50 0.4
25 0.2
25 0.2
0 0
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 L/min 0 100 200 300 400 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM

Free Flow Free Flow
FCG-10
PSI MPa
150 1.0
P
125 Throttle Closed

0.8
Pressure Drop
100
0.6
75 Throttle Fully Open
0.4
50
25 0.2
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L/min
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM

Free Flow
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors

in the table below.
mm2/s 20 40 60 80 100
Viscosity
SSU 98 186 278 371 464
Factor 0.87 1.03 1.14 1.23 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure

drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)

FLOW CONTROLS
List of seals
FG -01- - -11/1190
FCG **
9 8 26 1 6 22 2 27 10 20 35 38 36 37 33 34
29 27 32 20 28 30 31
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
(FCG-01 Type)
Section X-X
(FG/FCG-01-*-N Type)
D
(FG-01 Type)
List of Seals
12 18 21 15
Y X 24 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2

Flow Control Valves

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the
seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
14 19 13 11 16 23 3 4 5 25 7 24 17
Y X
FG-01 KS-FG-01-11
FCG-01 KS-FCG-01-11
FG/FCG-02-30-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-03-125-*-30/3090
11 27 26 10 29 28 4 5 32 3 9 22 8 23 35 6 7 2 24 34 1 33 12 25
33
(FCG- Type)
14 30 13 16 15
(FG/FCG- - -N Type)
X (FG- Type)
17 19 31 20 21
Section X-X

Item Name of Parts FG -02 FG -03 Qty. FG-02 KS-FG-02-30
FCG FCG
FCG-02 KS-FCG-02-30
FG-03 KS-FG-03-30
29 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P4 SO-BB-P4 1
FCG-03 KS-FCG-03-30
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P16 1
Note:When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.

FG/FCG-06-250-*-30/3090
FG/FCG-10-500-*-30/3090
8 40 6 4 2 40 9 36 10 42 41 14 30 15 37 27
X
Section X-X
26 1 (FG-06/10 Type) 11 35 34 5 17 7 39 3 23
1 48 43 45 47 46 48 43 45 47 46 49
Section X-X Section X-X

(FCG-10 Type) (FCG-06 Type)

Item Name of Parts FG -06 FG -10 Qty. FG-06 KS-FG-06-30
FCG FCG FCG-06 KS-FCG-06-30
34 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 SO-NA-P4 1 FG-10 KS-FG-10-30
35 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P4 SO-BB-P4 1 FCG-10 KS-FCG-10-30
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P50 SO-NB-G75 3
47 O-Ring SO-NB-A020 SO-NB-P32 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number

FLOW CONTROLS
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
Flow control of these valves is continuously
made by a hydraulically operated pilot
piston mechanism which controls opening
area of the orifice of the valve. With the use
of these valves, shockless operation either in
acceleratio or deceleration can be obtained.
With the compensator for the pressure and
temperature, stable flow control can be
obtained regardless of the changes in the
pressure (load) and temperature (oil
viscosity). D
T P
Graphic Symbols O M
Specifications T P T P A B
Max. Min. Max. Min. Approx.

Metred Flow Metred Flow Operating Pilot

Model Numbers Mass
Capacity Capacity Pressure Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -13 30 (7.9) 0.05 (.013) 13 (28.7)
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves

FHG/FHCG-03-125- -13 125 (33) 0.2 (.053) 21 1.5 17 (37.5) O M O M
FHG/FHCG-06-250- -13 250 (66) 2 (.53) (3050) (220) 32 (70.6)
A B
FHG/FHCG-10-500- -13 500 (132) 4 (1.06) 61 (135) A B
FHG FHCG
F- FHC G -02 -30 -N -O -A100 -N -13

Max. 3 With
Metred Flow Pressure 2 Type of
Special Series Type of Valve No Coil Design Design
Compensator Electrical
Seals Number Mounting Size L/min Pilot Type Number Standards
Stroke Adj. 1 Connections
(U.S.GPM) Valve
FH: AC:
F: Pilot 02 30 : 30 (7.9) A100 13
Special Operated A120 None: None:
Seals Flow N: A200 Terminal Box Japanese Std.
for Control Applicable A240 Type "JIS"
Phos- Valves 03 125 : 125 (33) only for Pres. 13
phate G: Compensator O: DC: N:
Applicable 90:
Ester Sub-plate Stroke D12 With Plug-in N.American
Type FHC: Mounting Adjustment only for D24 Connector (Din)
Pilot Without Design Std.
Fluids 06 250 : 250 (66) (Option - D48 13
(Omit Operated Omit if not Pilot
if not Flow required) Valve AC
re- Cont. & DC: N: 80:
quired) Check 10 R100 With Plug-in 13 European
500 : 500 (132)
Valves R200 Connector (Din) Design Std.
1. Both solenoid operated directional valve (DSG-01) and modular valve (MSW-01) can be used as a pilot valve.
If no pilot valve is required, there is no needs to specify the coil type and the electrical connection type of solenoid operated directional valve.
2. The coil types are same as those for DSG-01 Series solenoid operated directional valves. See solenoid ratings on page 345.
3. Pres. compensator stroke adjustment: Can reduce jumping at the start of the actuator.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore,
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
FHG/FHCG-02 M8 50 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 2 Lg. 4
FHG/FHCG-10 M20 160 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 6-1/2 Lg. 4
Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves 289
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Model Sub-plate Sub-plate Sub-plate Mass
Numbers Thread Size Thread Size Thread Size kg (lbs.)
Model No. Model No. Model No.
FHG -02 FGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 FGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F FGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT 2.3 (5.1)
FHCG
FGM-02Y-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-02Y-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-02Y-2090 1/2 NPT 3.1 (6.8)
FHG -03 FGM-03X-20 Rc 1/2 FGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F FGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 3.9 (8.6)
FHCG FGM-03Y-20 Rc 3/4 FGM-03Y-2080 3/4 BSP.F FGM-03Y-2090 3/4 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-03Z-20 Rc 1 FGM-03Z-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-03Z-2090 1 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
FGM-06X-20 Rc 1 FGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F FGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 12.5 (27.6)
FHG -06 FGM-06Y-20 Rc 1-1/4 FGM-06Y-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F FGM-06Y-2090 1-1/4 NPT 16 (35.3)
FHCG
FGM-06Z-20 Rc 1-1/2 FGM-06Z-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F FGM-06Z-2090 1-1/2 NPT 16 (35.3)
FHG -10 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-20 1-1/2, 2 FGM-10Y-2090 1-1/2, 2 37 (81.6)
FHCG
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from Sub-plates are common with flow control valves. For dimensions, see
the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface pages 281 to 283.
FGM-10Y is special type sub-plates to be used with pipe flange.
When ordering FGM-10Y, specify the pipe flange kit in addition to
FGM-10Y referring to F3 pipe flanges shown on page 821.
Instructions
Control patterns and flow rate adjustment
1 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial for "A" line.
While the solenoid operated directional valve off ( 4
Dec.
shown left)
2 Set by the max. flow adj. screw.
Dec.
The flow rate is set by the minimum flow adjustment
screw and the actuator operates at the minimum
3 Set by the pilot flow adj. dial speed setting.
for "B" line. Dec.
When the solenoid operated directional valve is
Flow Rate
4 4 Set by the min. adj. screw. turned on ( 1 shown left)

Inc.
The flow rate is shifted from minimum to maximum
T1 T2 and the actuator speed is also shifted likewise. The
Time
switching time can be set by the pilot flow adjustment
Solenoid ON dial 1 .
Signal OFF OFF
When the solenoid operated directional valve is
turned off ( 3 shown left)
The flow rate is shifted from maximum to minimum
and the actuator speed is also shifted likewise. The
switching time can be set by the pilot flow adjustment
dial 3 .
Tightening of flow adjustment screws and dials Free flow

To adjust flow rates, slacken the lock nut or the dial Check valve pressure drops vary with flow rates. If
setting screw. After adjustments, tighten the lock nut models with check valves are used, see free flow
or the dial. pressure drop characteristics.
Min. required pressure difference Line filter

The minimum differential pressure between inlet and To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2
outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure L/min (.53 U.S.GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter
compensation. It varies according to the flow rate to of 10 µm or finer and install it near the valve inlet.
be set. For details, please refer to the performance
curves.
290 Pilot Operated Flow Control Valves / Pilot Operated Flow Control and Check Valves
FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs. Cylinders Stroke
FHG
FHCG -02
U.S.GPM L/min
9
FHG -03
35 FHCG
8 U.S.GPM L/min
30
7 140
35
25 120
6
Flow Rate
30
20 100
Flow Rate
5 Min. Metred
Min. Metred
4 15 Flow Range 20 80 Flow Range
3 60
2
1
10
5
Max. Metred
Flow Range
10 40
20
Max. Metred
Flow Range
D
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm T P
O M
0 0. 5 1. 0 1.5 1.75 IN. 0 0.5 1. 0 1.5 1.75 IN. A B
Cylinders Stroke Cylinders Stroke

FHG

FHG
U.S.GPM L/min FHCG -06 U.S.GPM L/min FHCG -10
80 300 600
70 150
250 500
60 125
200 Min. Metred 400
50 Flow Range 100
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
40 150 300 Min. Metred

75 Flow Range
30
100 Max. Metred 200 Max. Metred
Flow Range 50 Flow Range
20
50 25 100
10
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 mm
0 0. 5 1. 0 1.5 1.75 IN. 0 0. 5 1. 0 1.5 1.75 IN.

Cylinders Stroke Cylinders Stroke
Other Characteristics
The following characteristics are the same as for flow See pages 284 to 286. For reference, the corresponding
control valves; model No. of the flow control valves are shown below.
Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity Valve Model No. Model No.
Min. Required Pressure Difference FHG -02 FG -02
Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow (only for FHCG FCG
models with check valves) FHG -03 FG -03
FHCG FCG
FHG -06 FG -06
FHCG FCG
FHG -10 FG -10
FHCG FCG
Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type FH G-02: ISO 6263-AK-06-2-A
FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-13/1390 FH G-03: ISO 6263-AM-07-2-A
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-13/1390
DIMENSIONS IN
"e" Dia. Through Controlled Flow Inlet or
"f" Dia. Spotface Reversed Free Flow
4 Places Outlet Port Model Numbers n t
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
Fully Extended d FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
C
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
L
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the

installation drawing (P.281 and 282) of the sub-plate used
together.
K
(2.36)
9
H
60
0
1
F E
D
Controlled Flow Outlet or

Solenoid-Each End
Pilot Line Tank Port "T" "n" Thd. 47.5 DC/R:102.2(4.02) DC/R:50(1.97)
(Rear) Pilot Line Pressure Port "P" (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87) AC :45.5(1.79)
"n" Thd.
47.5
"t" Thd. (Both End)
(3.50)
88.8
Manual Actuator A100
6(.24) Dia.
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial INC. SOL b A
(For "B" line) 3 5
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial

(For "A" line)
(1.26)
1
(1.57)
INC.
9
Dia.
32
8
40
Lock Nut
7
4
(S)
19(.75) Hex.
Max. Flow Adjustment Screw
V
(2.95)
19(.75) Hex.
75
INC.
Y
Fully Extended
Z
a
20(.79)
U
N
h
Min. Flow
(.24)
Adjustment Screw INC. Pressure Compensator

6
19(.75) Hex. Stroke Adjustment

Mounting Surface (Only for FH G- - -N )
(O-Rings Furnished) Locating Pin 6(.24) Dia.
"j" Places

Numbers C D E F H J K L N Q S U V X Y Z
FHG 127.4 96 76.2 9.9 100.6 82.6 44.3 9 40 23 272.8 69 254.5 207.5 166 129
FHCG -02 (5.02) (3.78) (3.00) (.39) (3.96) (3.25) (1.74) (.35) (1.57) (.91) (10.74) (2.72) (10.02) (8.17) (6.54) (5.08)
FHG 114.7 125 101.6 11.7 125 101.6 61.8 11.7 64 41 301.8 98 283.5 236.5 195 158
FHCG -03 (4.52) (4.92) (4.00) (.46) (4.92) (4.00) (2.43) (.46) (2.52) (1.61) (11.88) (3.86) (11.16) (9.31) (7.68) (6.22)

Numbers j
a d e f h
FHG 104 38.1 8.8 14 39
FHCG -02 (4.09) (1.50) (.35) 1
(.55) (1.54)
FHG 133 50.8 11 17.5 63
FHCG -03 (5.24) (2.00) (.43) 2
(.69) (2.48)
FLOW CONTROLS

FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-N-13/1380/1390 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
FHG/FHCG-03-125-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60) Three positions of cable departure are
available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
DC/R:102.2(4.02) After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
AC :98.2(3.87) in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
51 q Cable Departure
Pilot Line
Tank Port "T"
(2.01) Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
D
"n" Thd. Conductor Area
(Rear) Pilot Line
...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
T P
Pressure Port "P"

"n" Thd. SOL b (.0023 SQ. IN.) A
3 5
O M
1
A B
Lock Nut
2
(SS)
3
7
4
VV

XX

SS VV XX q
272.5 260.5 207.5
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -A -N
(10.73) (10.26) (8.17) 39
with AC Solenoid
301.5 289.5 236.5 (1.54)
(11.87) (11.40) (9.31)
283.5 271.5 207.5
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -D -N
(11.16) (10.69) (8.17) 39
with DC Solenoid
312.5 300.5 236.5 (1.54)
(12.30) (11.83) (9.31)
286.5 264.7 207.5
FHG/FHCG-02-30- -R -N
(11.28) (10.42) (8.17) 53 with AC DC
315.5 293.7 236.5 (2.09) Solenoid
(12.42) (11.56) (9.31)
Thread Size
Japanese Std. "JIS" European Design Std. N.American Design Std.
Model Numbers
"n" Thd. "n" Thd. "n" Thd.
FHG/FHCG-02-30- - -N
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 NPT
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N
For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".
Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type FH G-06: ISO 6263-AP-08-2-A
FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-13/1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-13/1390 DIMENSIONS IN
Model Numbers q r
Fully
Controlled Flow Outlet or Extended FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
Reversed Free Flow Inlet Port C FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -13 Rc 1/4 G 1/2
F
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -1390 1/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
K
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the

(2.36)
installation drawing (P.282 and 283) of the sub-plate used

9
60
D
E
0
together.
1

Reversed Free Flow
n Outlet Port
Pressure Compensator J L
Stroke Adjustment "h" Dia. Through
(Only for FH G- - -N ) H "m" Dia. Spotface
4 Places
Pilot Line Space Needed to Remove

Tank Port "T" Solenoid-Each End
"q" Thd.
47.5 DC/R:102.2(4.02) DC/R:50(1.97)
(Rear) Pilot Line
Pressure Port "P" (1.87) AC :98.2(3.87) AC :45.5(1.79)
"q" Thd. 47.5
"r" Thd. (Both End)
(3.50)
88.8
Manual Actuator A100
Pilot Flow Adj. Dial INC. SOL b

6(.24) Dia. A
(For "B" line) 3 5 Pilot Flow Adj. Dial

(For "A" line) INC.
( 1.57)
(1.26)
9
Dia.
2
32
8
40
Lock Nut
4
19(.75) Hex. Max. Flow Adjustment Screw

19(.75) Hex.
(2.95)
(U)
75
INC.
X
Y
Z
Min. Flow
a
Adjustment Screw
d
19(.75) Hex.
N
INC.
t
V
Q
e
Mounting Surface aa Locating Pin

(O-Rings Furnished) "f" Dia. 2 Places

Numbers C D E F H J K L N Q S U V X Y Z
FHG 66.5 180 146.1 17 174 133.4 73.1 20.3 105 65 18 333.8 130 315.5 268.5 227
FHCG -06 (2.62) (7.09) (5.75) (.67) (6.85) (5.25) (2.88) (.80) (4.13) (2.56) (.71) (13.14) (5.12) (12.42) (10.57) (8.94)
FHG 21 244 196.9 23.5 228 177.8 98.5 25.1 137 85 23 363.8 160 345.5 298.5 257
FHCG -10 (.83) (9.61) (7.75) (.93) (8.98) (7.00) (3.88) (.99) (5.39) (3.35) (.91) (14.32) (6.30) (13.60) (11.75) (10.12)

Numbers a d e f h m n t aa
FHG 190 165 7 16 17.5 26 44 103 99
FHCG -06 (7.48) (6.50) (.28) (.63) (.69) (1.02) (1.73) (4.06) (3.90)
FHG 220 195 10 18 21.5 32 61 135 144.5
FHCG -10 (8.66) (7.68) (.39) (.71) (.85) (1.26) (2.40) (5.31) (5.69)
FLOW CONTROLS

FHG/FHCG-06-250-*-*-N-13/1380/1390 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
FHG/FHCG-10-500-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
DC/R:146.2(5.76)
AC :142.2(5.60)
Three positions of cable departure are
DC/R:102.2(4.02) available by loosening "Lock Nut" as shown.
AC :98.2(3.87) After location, tighten "Lock Nut" with torque
in the range 10.3 to 11.3 Nm (91 - 100 IN.lbs.).
51 m
(2.01) Cable Departure
D
Pilot Line Cable Applicable:
Tank Port "T" Outside Dia.
"q" Thd. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
(Rear) Pilot Line Conductor Area
Pressure Port "P" ...... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 T P
"q" Thd. (.0023 SQ. IN.)
Lock Nut O M
A B
(UU)

XX
YY

UU XX YY m
333.5 321.5 268.5
(13.13) (12.66) (10.57) 39
with AC Solenoid
363.5 351.5 298.5 (1.54)
(14.31) (13.84) (11.75)
344.5 332.5 268.5
(13.56) (13.09) (10.57) 39
with DC Solenoid
374.5 362.5 298.5 (1.54)
(14.74) (14.27) (11.75)
347.5 325.7 268.5
(13.68) (12.82) (10.57) 53 with AC DC
377.5 355.7 298.5 (2.09) Solenoid
(14.86) (14.00) (11.75)
Thread Size
Japanese Std. "JIS" European Design Std. N.American Design Std.
Model Numbers
"q" Thd. "q" Thd. "q" Thd.
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N
Rc 1/4 1/4 BSP.F 1/4 NPT
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N
List of seals
Terminal Box Type Models with Plug-in Connector

FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-13/1390 FHG/FHCG-02-30-*-*-N-13/1380/1390
63
63
49
62
57 SOL b SOL b
50
55
52
59
9
8 9
1 2
58
8
3
7
6 7
60
3 4
4
54
6
51
61 53
56 5
X X
11 3
29 32
10 9
4 22
34 23 35 8 7 6 24 1 2 33 12 25 14 33 30 13 16 15
(FHCG- Type)
FHG
FHCG - - -N Type
(FHG- Type) 1 17 19 31 21 20
Section X-X
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts FHG -02 FHG -03 Qty.
FHCG FHCG
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P5 SO-NB-P5 1 Pilot Valves
31 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P16 1 See page 298 for the pilot valve model numbers to
32 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 1 be used.
List of Seal Kits
57 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
58 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P10A 2 FHG-02 KS-FHG-02-13
59 O-Ring SO-NA-P26 SO-NA-P26 2 FHCG-02 KS-FHCG-02-13
60 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P26 SO-BB-P26 4 FHG-03 KS-FHG-03-13
61 O-Ring SO-NB-P38 SO-NB-P38 2 FHCG-03 KS-FHCG-03-13
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are
included in the seal kit.
FLOW CONTROLS
Terminal Box Type Models with Plug-in Connector

63
62 63
49 50
SOL b
SOL b
57 52
58
1
55
9
1 2
8 9
8
3
7
54
6 7
3 4
61
6
51 53
D
14
59 T P
11
60 X X
3
56 A
O M
B
5
35
17

7
37
39
27
23

26
1
8 48
40 9 1
43
6 40 48
45
4 36 43
47
2 10 45
46
42 47
41 49
46
(FHG- Type) (FHCG-06 Type) (FHCG-10 Type)

Section X-X Section X-X
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts FHG -06 FHG -10 Qty.
FHCG FHCG
35 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P20 1 Pilot Valves
36 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P34 1 See page 298 for the pilot valve model numbers to
37 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P48 2 be used.
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P50 SO-NB-G75 3
47 O-Ring SO-NB-A020 SO-NB-P32 1
List of Seal Kits
57 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P9 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
58 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A SO-NB-P10A 2 FHG-06 KS-FHG-06-13
59 O-Ring SO-NA-P26 SO-NA-P26 2 FHCG-06 KS-FHCG-06-13
60 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P26 SO-BB-P26 4 FHG-10 KS-FHG-10-13
61 O-Ring SO-NB-P38 SO-NB-P38 2 FHCG-10 KS-FHCG-10-13
table right. In addition to the above seals, seals for pilot valves are
included in the seal kit.

Type of Pilot Valve Model Numbers
Electrical Item No.62 Item No.63
Valve Model Numbers Remarks
Conduit Throttle and Check Solenoid Operated
Connections Modular Valves Directional Valves
FHG/FHCG-02- 30- - -13

FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -13
MSW-01-X-50 DSG-01-2B2- -70 Japanese Std. "JIS"
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -13
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -13
Terminal
Box
Type
FHG/FHCG-02- 30- - -1390
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -1390
MSW-01-X-50 DSG-01-2B2- -7090 N. American Design Std.
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -1390
FHG/FHCG-02- 30- - -N-13

FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N-13
MSW-01-X-50 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70 Japanese Std. "JIS"
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N-13
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N-13
FHG/FHCG-02- 30- - -N-1380

Plug-in
FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N-1380
Connector MSW-01-X-50 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70 European Design Std.
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N-1380
Type
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N-1380
FHG/FHCG-02- 30- - -N-1390

FHG/FHCG-03-125- - -N-1390
MSW-01-X-50 DSG-01-2B2- -N-7090 N. American Design Std.
FHG/FHCG-06-250- - -N-1390
FHG/FHCG-10-500- - -N-1390

2. For the detail of the MSW-01 valve O-rings, see Page 566.
3. For the detail of the DSG-01 valve O-rings, see Page 359.
FLOW CONTROLS
Restrictors / One Way Restrictors

This valve is used to regulate an actuator speed in a circuit where line pressure is almost steady and small fluctuation
of oil flow due to pressure changes is permitted. Integrated check valve allows reversed free flow from outlet to inlet
port. Pressure balanced construction provides less effort in adjustment at high pressure.
Graphic Symbols
D
SRT/SRG SRCT/SRCG
SRT/SRG SRCT/SRCG
Specifications
One Way Restrictors

Model Numbers Max. Approx. Mass
Rated Flow Operating kg (lbs.)
Valve Name
Restrictors
Pres.
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting L/min Threaded Sub-plate
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) Connection Mounting
SRT-03-50/5080/5090 SRG-03-50/5090 30 (7.9) 1.5 (3.3) 2.5 (5.5)
Restrictor SRT-06-50/5080/5090 SRG-06-50/5090 85 (22.4) 25 (3630) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
SRT-10-50/5080/5090 SRG-10-50/5090 230 (60.7) 9.1 (20.1) 7.5 (16.5)
SRCT-03-50/5080/5090 SRCG-03-50/5090 30 (7.9) 1.5 (3.3) 2.5 (5.5)
One Way Restrictor SRCT-06-50/5080/5090 SRCG-06-50/5090 85 (22.4) 25 (3630) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
SRCT-10-50/5080/5090 SRCG-10-50/5090 230 (60.7) 9.1 (20.1) 7.5 (16.5)
Rated flow stands for approximate flow rate when the pressure
drop between inlet and outlet ports of the valve in fully opened Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
condition becomes 0.3 MPa (44 PSI) maximum at fluid's specific
gravity of 0.85 and kinematic viscosity of 20 mm2/s (98 SSU).
Rated Flow Max. Operating
Model Numbers L/min Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
SRF/SRCF-10-50
230 (60.7)
SRF/SRCF-10-5090
25 (3630)
SRF/SRCF-16-50
500 (132)
SRF/SRCF-16-5090

F- SR T -03 -50
Special Seals Series Number Type of Mounting Valve Size Design Number Design Standards
03 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

T: Threaded Connection 06 50 80: European Design Std.
10 50 90: N.American Design Std.
SR:
F: Restrictor 03 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Special Seals G: Sub-plate Mounting 06 50 European Design Std.
for Phosphate 10 50 90: N.American Design Std.
Ester Type
03 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
Fluids
(Omit if not T: Threaded Connection 06 50 80: European Design Std.
required) SRC: 90: N.American Design Std.
10 50
One Way
Restrictor 03 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
G: Sub-plate Mounting 06 50 European Design Std.
10 50 90: N.American Design Std.
Restrictors / One Way Restrictors 299

Attachment Instructions
Mounting Bolts Flow Adjustment
Socket Head Cap Screw Slacken the lock nut and turn the flow adjustment
Valve Model handle anti-clockwise to throttle flow. After achieving
Japanese Std. "JIS" and Qty.
Numbers N. American Design Std.
European Design Std. satisfactory performance tighten the lock nut.
SRG/SRCG-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
SRG/SRCG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
SRG/SRCG-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Numbers kg (lbs.)
SRG CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8 CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
SRCG -03 CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2 CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
SRG CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
SRCG -06 CRGM-06X-50 Rc 1 CRGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F CRGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
SRG CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4 CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
SRCG -10 CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2 CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are common with right angle check valves. For dimensions, see page 502.
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090 DIMENSIONS IN
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
INC. C
D K
56 L
(2.20) Dia.
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Fully Extended F

H

"N" Thd.

"E" Dia.
"N" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches) Thd. Size

Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L "N" Thd.
SRT/SRCT-03-50 Rc 3/8
72 36 44 150.5 53.5 38 46 22
SRT/SRCT-03-5080 Dia. 3/8 BSP.F
(2.83) (1.42) (1.73) (5.93) (2.11) (1.50) (1.81) (.87)
SRT/SRCT-03-5090 3/8 NPT
SRT/SRCT-06-50 Rc 3/4
100 50 58 180 66.5 62 64 31
SRT/SRCT-06-5080 Sq. 3/4 BSP.F
(3.94) (1.97) (2.28) (7.09) (2.62) (2.44) (2.52) (1.22)
SRT/SRCT-06-5090 3/4 NPT
SRT/SRCT-10-50 Rc 1-1/4
138 69 80 227 86 80 82 40
SRT/SRCT-10-5080 Sq. 1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.43) (2.72) (3.15) (8.94) (3.39) (3.15) (3.23) (1.57)
SRT/SRCT-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT
300 Restrictors / One Way Restrictors

FLOW CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO5781-AG-06-2-A

SRG/SRCG-03-50/5090

56 31
INC. (1.22)
Lock Nut (2.20) Dia.
19(.75) Hex. Controlled Flow Outlet or
D
Fully Extended
150.5(5.93)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
(1.69)
42.9
(1.26)
32
One Way Restrictors

Mounting Surface
Restrictors
11(.43) Dia. Through 33.3 30 (O-Rings Furnished)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.31) (1.18)
4 Places Controlled Flow Inlet or
11.7 66.7 Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port 64 6
(.46) (2.63) (2.52) (.24)
90
(3.54)
Note: For dimensions of the valve mounting surface, see the dimensional drawing (P.502) of the sub-plate used together.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface: ISO5781-AH-08-2-A
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
INC.
Lock Nut 56 37
19(.75) Hex. (2.20) Dia. (1.46)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Fully Extended
180(7.09)
(2.37)
60.3
(1.44)
36.5
11(.43) Dia. Through 39.7 35

Mounting Surface
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.56) (1.38) (O-Rings Furnished)
Controlled Flow Inlet or 36
4 Places 11.3 79.4 Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port (1.42)
(.44) (3.13)
102 79 6
(4.02) (3.11) (.24)

Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
SRG/SRCG-10-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
INC. 56 42
Lock Nut (1.65)
(2.20) Dia.
19(.75) Hex.
Fully Extended
Locating Pin
227(8.94)
6(.24) Dia.
(3.31)
84.1
(1.66)
42.1
(1.73)
44
Mounting Surface
40 (O-Rings Furnished)
11(.43) Dia. Through 48.4
Controlled Flow Inlet or (1.57)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.91) 41
6 Places 11.1 96.8 Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port
(1.61)
(.44) (3.81)
119 90 6
(4.69) (3.54) (.24)

FLOW CONTROLS
Metred Flow vs Adjustment Handle Revolutions

P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
SRT SRCT SRT SRCT
SRG-03, SRCG-03 SRG-06, SRCG-06
P=25 (3630) P=16 (2320) P=20 (2900)
P=20 (2900) P=10 (1450) P=10 (1450) P=25 (3630)
P=16 (2320) P=7 (1020) P=7 (1020)
45 120
11 40 30
10 100
25
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
8 30 20 80
P=4 (580) P=4 (580)
6 60
2
20
10
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
15
10
5
40
20
P=2 (290)
P=1 (145)
P=0.5 (70)
D
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fully Open Fully Open
Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns) Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns)
SRT SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
One Way Restrictors

P=16 (2320) P=20 (2900)
P=10 (1450) P=25 (3630)
Restrictors
U.S.GPM L/min
90 350
80 300
70
250
Flow Rate
60 P=7 (1020)
50 200
P=4 (580)
40 150 P=2 (290)
30 100 P=1 (145)
20 P=0.5 (70)
10 50
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Fully Open
Adj. Handle Position (Number of turns)
Pressure Drop
SRT SRCT SRT SRCT
SRG-03, SRCG-03 SRG-06, SRCG-06
MPa MPa
PSI 0.4 Free Flow PSI 0.4 Free Flow
50
Pressure Drop
50
Pressure Drop
Spool Closed Spool Closed

40 0.3 40 0.3
30 0.2 30 0.2
Controlled Flow Controlled Flow
20 Spool Fully Open 20 Spool Fully Open
0.1 0.1
10 10
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 45 L/min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
SRT SRCT
SRG-10, SRCG-10
PSI MPa
70 0.5 Free Flow
Spool Closed
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
50
40 0.3
30 0.2
20 Controlled Flow
10 0.1 Spool Fully Open
0 0
0 100 200 300 350 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 90 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Applicable only for one way restrictor (Model No. SRC*)

List of seals
SRT/SRCT-03-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-06-50/5080/5090
SRT/SRCT-10-50/5080/5090
17 16 10 9
4
15
5
For SRCT 3
2
14
12
11
18
6
7
1
13
8
L i st o f Se a l s List of Seal Kits

Item Name of Parts SRT -03 SRT -06 SRT -10 Qty. SRT/SRCT-03 KS-SRT-03-50
SRCT SRCT SRCT
SRT/SRCT-06 KS-SRT-06-50
SRT/SRCT-10 KS-SRT-10-50
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P22.4 SO-NB-P36 1
right.
SRG/SRCG-03-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-06-50/5090
SRG/SRCG-10-50/5090
10 17 18
9
4
16
For SRCG 5
3
1
12
2
15
14
19
6
11
20
7
13
8
L i st o f Se a l s List of Seal Kits

Item Name of Parts SRG -03 SRG -06 SRG -10 Qty. SRG/SRCG-03 KS-SRG-03-50
SRCG SRCG SRCG
SRG/SRCG-06 KS-SRG-06-50
SRG/SRCG-10 KS-SRG-10-50
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-P22.4 SO-NB-P36 1
right.

FLOW CONTROLS
Throttle Modules / Throttle and Check Modules

Used as pilot choke valves for solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves and pilot operated directional
valves.
D
Graphic Symbols
Throttle Modules Throttle and Check Modules

Valve Size
Standard Type With Check Standard (Metre-out) Type Metre-in Type
Throttle and Check Modules

Solenoid Operated Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve Directional Valve
Throttle Modules
01
P AB T P A B T
TC1G-01 TC2G-01
Solenoid Operated Solenoid Operated Solenoid Operated Solenoid Operated

Directional Valve Directional Valve Directional Valve Directional Valve
03
P AB T P AB T P A B T P A B T
TC1G-03 TC1G-03-C TC2G-03 TC2G-03-A
Specifications
Max. Operating Approx.
Nominal Flow
Model Numbers Pressure Mass
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
TC1G-01-40/4090 0.6 (1.3)
30 (7.9)
TC2G-01-40/4090 0.65 (1.4)
25 (3630)
TC1G-03- -40/4090 1.6 (3.5)
80 (21.1)
TC2G-03- -40/4090 1.8 (4.0)

F- TC1 G -03 -C -40
Type of Valve Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Type
Mounting Size Number Standards
TC1: Throttle Module None: Std. Type
G: Gasket 01 40
TC2: Throttle and Mounting None: Std. (Metre-Out)
Type None: Japanese Std.
Check Module
F: Special Seals for "JIS" and
Phosphate Ester European
None: Std. Type
Type Fluids (Omit TC1: Throttle Module Design Std.
C: With Check Valve
if not required) 90: N. American
G: Gasket
03 40 Design Std.
Mounting None: Std. (Metre-Out)
TC2: Throttle and Type
Check Module
A: Metre-in Type
Throttle Modules / Throttle and Check Modules 305

Attachment
Mounting Bolts
If mounting bolts are necessary, order suitable ones selected from the table below. If
mounting bolts from other companies are used, their strength must be 8.8 or up ISO
standards.
Valve
Solenoid Operated
Model Japanese Std. "JIS" & N. American Qty.
Directional Valve
Numbers European Design Std. Design Std.
Solenoid
Operated No. 10-24 UNC
TC G-01 M5 70 Lg. 4
Directional valve 2-3/4 Lg.
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module 1/4-20 UNC
TC G-03 M6 70 Lg. 4
2-3/4 Lg.
Mounting bolt
Solenoid
Operated No. 10-24 UNC
Directional valve TC G-01 M5 95 Lg.
3-3/4 Lg.
4
Throttle module
or Throttle and
check module 1/4-20 UNC
TC G-03 M6 100 Lg. 4
4 Lg.
Mounting bolt
Instructions
Flow adjustment
Slacken the lock nut and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise caused the flow rate to decrease
After adjustment, be sure to tighten the lock nut.
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

TC2G-01-40/4090
54
(2.13) Tank Port "T"
7 40.5
(.28) (1.59) TC1G-01-40/4090
30.2
Cylinder Port "A" (1.19) Cylinder Port "B"
21.5
(.85)
12.7
(.20)
(.50) 5.5(.22) Dia. Through

5
4 Places
(.67)
(.67)
17
17
(1.22)
Fully Extended
(2.76)
(1.28)
Fully Extended
(1.02)
32.5
25.8
31
70
(.03)
(.61)
0.75
15.5
(3.80)
96.5
(3.60)
91.5
(.20)
5.2
Lock Nut
12(.47) Hex.
Pressure Port "P" 11
21.5
(.43)
(.85)
30.7
(1.21)
Flow Adjustment Screw Flow Adjustment Screw
6(.24) Hex. 6(.24) Hex.
INC. INC.
(.98)
25
(.59)
15
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown TC2G-01.

Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
306 Throttle Modules / Throttle and Check Modules

FLOW CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

TC2G-03-40/4090
TC2G-03-A-40/4090
92
(3.62)
19 54
(.75) (2.13)
50.8
(2.00)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
Cylinder Port "A" 16.7
(.66)
3.2
D
(.20)
Pressure Port "P"

5
(.13)
(1.81) (.67)
(.25)
6.4
17
Cylinder Port "B"

(.84)
21.4
(1.28)
Fully Extended
32.5
(3.52)
89.5
46
(4.72)
120

Tank Port "T"
Lock Nut
Throttle Modules
14.7 14(.55) Hex.
7(.28) Dia. Through (.58)
4 Places 39.3 Flow Adjustment Screw
(1.55) 7(.28) Hex.
INC.
(1.26)
32
TC2G-03 ........... 11(.43)

TC2G-03-A ....... 21(.83) Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
With standard sub-plates, the left one of the two tank ports "T" is used but either one may be used.
DIMENSIONS IN
TC1G-03-40/4090
TC1G-03-C-40/4090
(.20)
5
(.67)
17
Fully Extended
(3.13)
79.5
(4.33)
110
27
(1.06) Flow Adjustment Screw
7(.28) Hex.
INC.
Note: For other dimensions, see the figures shown TC2G-03.

Metred Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions Pressure Drop
TC1G-01 TC1G-01
U.S.GPM L/min TC2G-01 PSI MPa TC2G-01
300
8 30 2.0
Differential Pressure Throttle Fully Closed
7 25 MPa 250 A2 A1
25 (3630 PSI) A2 B 2 B2 B1
P2
6 16 MPa 1.5
P
(2320 PSI) 200
20
6.3 MPa
Pressure Drop
5
Flow Rate
(910 PSI) P1 A1 B 1
2.5 MPa 150 1.0
4 15 (360 PSI) Throttle Fully Open
1.0 MPa P1 P2
3 (145 PSI) 100 A1 A2
10 0.4 MPa B1 B2
(60 PSI) 0.5
2
5 A2 A1
1
0 B2 B1
0 0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6.5
L/min
Closed Fully Open
Adjustment Screw Revolutions
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
TC1G-03 TC1G-03-
U.S.GPM L/min TC2G-03 TC2G-03-
PSI MPa
22.5 1200
Differential Pressure 8
80
20 25 MPa P2 A2 B2
70 (3630 PSI) 1000 7
16 MPa
60 (2320 PSI) 6
P
15 800 P1 A1 B1 Throttle Fully Open

6.3 MPa P'2 P'1 P'2
Flow Rate
A'2 B'2
Pressure Drop
50 (910 PSI) 5
2.5 MPa Throttle Fully Closed
40 (360 PSI) 600 4 A2 A1 A'1 A'2
10 P'1 B2 B1 B'1 B'2
1.0 MPa A'1B'1
(145 PSI)
30 3 Throttle Fully Open
0.4 MPa 400
(60 PSI) P1 P2
5 20 2 A1 A2 A'2 A'1
200 B1 B2 B'2 B'1
10 1 Throttle Fully Open
A2 A1 A'1 A'2
0 0 B2 B1 B'1 B'2
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11.5 0 20 40 60 80 100
Closed Fully Open L/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 27.5
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min TC1G-03-C
22.5
80
20 Differential Pressure
70 For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table
25 MPa
(3630 PSI) below.
60
15 16 MPa
(2320 PSI) mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
50 Viscosity
Flow Rate
6.3 MPa
(910 PSI) SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
40 2.5 MPa
10 Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
(360 PSI)
30 1.0 MPa
(145 PSI)
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P')
5 20 0.4 MPa may be obtained from the formula below.
(60 PSI)
10
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11.5
Closed Fully Open
308 Throttle Modules / Throttle and Check Modules

FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
TC1G-01-40/4090
TC1G-03-*-40/4090
7 1 2 9 10 12 5 3 11 4 8 7 2 6 9 10 1 12 5 3 11
D
TC1G-01 TC1G-03

Throttle Modules
TC1G-01 TC1G-03 TC1G-01 KS-TC1G-01-40
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-A014 5 TC1G-03
KS-TC1G-03-40
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 1 TC1G-03-C
With TC1G-01, four O-Rings, Item 7 , are used.
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right
TC2G-01-40/4090
TC2G-03-*-40/4090
18 23 17 16 13 22 14 24 25 27 19 15 26 18 23 17 16 20 22 13 21 14 24 25 27
19
15
26
TC2G-01 TC2G-03

TC2G-01 TC2G-03 TC2G-01 KS-TC2G-01-40
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-A014 5 TC2G-03
KS-TC2G-03-40
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 SO-NB-P10 2 TC2G-03-A
With TC2G-01, four O-Rings, Item 22 , are used.

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right

Deceleration Valves / Deceleration and Check Valves
These valves are available either with or without an integral check valve which allows free reverse flow. Flow rate
through the valve is regulated by the movement of the spool, which is operated by a cam. When the spool is
depressed, the flow is decreased in Normally Open type valves and increased in Normally Closed type valves. Their
principal use is to control the speed of actuators in machine tools and similar applications.
Normally Open Type Normally Closed Type
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)
Max. Flow
Pressure
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting L/min (U.S.GPM) Z T Z G
MPa (PSI)
ZT/ZCT-03- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-03- - -22/2290 30 (7.9) 4.3 (9.5) 4.3 (9.5)
ZT/ZCT-06- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-06- - -22/2290 80 (21.1) 21 (3050) 8.7 (19.2) 8.7 (19.2)
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22/2280/2290 ZG/ZCG-10- - -22/2290 200 (52.8) 17 (37.5) 17 (37.5)

F- ZC T -03 -T -C -22
Type of Valve With Adjustable Design
Special Seals Series Number Needle Valve for Spool Type Design Standards
Mounting Size By-Pass Line Number
T: 03 22 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

None:
Threaded 06 T: Normally 22 80: European Design Std.
Z: Connection 10 With Adjustable Open Type 22 90: N. American Design Std.
Deceleration Needle Valve
Valve 03 (Omit if not C: 22
F: G: None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
required) Normally
Special Seals Sub-plate 06 Closed 22 European Design Std.
for Phosphate Mounting 10 Type 22 90: N. American Design Std.
Ester Type
Fluids 03 22 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
T: None:
(Omit if not 06 22
ZC: Threaded T: Normally 80: European Design Std.
required)
Connection 10 With Adjustable Open Type 22 90: N. American Design Std.
Deceleration
and Needle Valve
03 (Omit if not C: 22
Check Valve G: None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
required) Normally
Sub-plate 06 Closed 22 European Design Std.
Mounting 10 Type 22 90: N. American Design Std.
Graphic Symbols
ZT ZT ZT ZT ZCT ZCT ZCT ZCT

ZG - ZG - -T ZG - -C ZG - -T-C ZCG - ZCG - -T ZCG - -C ZCG - -T-C
310 Deceleration Valves / Deceleration and Check Valves

FLOW CONTROLS
Instructions
Force to Depress Spool
Model Numbers Force N (lbs.)
ZT/ZG -03 150 (337)
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG -06 270 (607)
ZCT/ZCG
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -10 400 (899)
Total Leakage at Spool Fully Closed [Viscosity:20 mm2/s (98 SSU)]
Total Leakage cm3 /min (cu.in./min)

Model Numbers
1 (145) 2 (290)
Pressure
5 (730)
MPa (PSI)
10 (1450) 21 (3050)
D
ZT/ZG 9 (.55) 18 (1.10) 44 (2.7) 88 (5.4) 185 (11.3)
ZCT/ZCG -03
ZT/ZG
ZCT/ZCG -06 9 (.55) 17 (1.04) 43 (2.6) 86 (5.2) 180 (11.0)
ZT/ZG -10 10 (.61) 20 (1.22) 49 (3.0) 98 (6.0) 205 (12.5)
ZCT/ZCG

Drain Port Back Pressure
Limit the drain port back pressure to 0.1 MPa (15 PSI).
Deceleration Valves
In addition, connect the drain pipe independently and directly to the tank.
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Japanese Std. "JIS" and European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
ZG/ZCG-03 M8 75 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 3 Lg. 4
ZG/ZCG-06 M10 100 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 4 Lg. 4
ZG/ZCG-10 M12 120 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 4-3/4 Lg. 4
Option
Bypass throttle valves
To allow a metred flow between ports even when the flow is stopped by the spool.
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Numbers Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
ZG/ZCG-03 ZGM-03-21 Rc 3/8 ZGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F ZGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 2 (4.4)
ZG/ZCG-06 ZGM-06-21 Rc 3/4 ZGM-06-2180 3/4 BSP.F ZGM-06-2190 3/4 NPT 3.8 (8.4)
ZG/ZCG-10 ZGM-10-21 Rc 1-1/4 ZGM-10-2180 1-1/4 BSP.F ZGM-10-2190 1-1/4 NPT 9 (19.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Deceleration Valves / Deceleration and Check Valves 311

ZT/ZCT-03-*-*-22/2280/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
ZT/ZCT-06-*-*-22/2280/2290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
ZT/ZCT-10-*-*-22/2280/2290
Total Valve Spool Movement "d"
(Normally Open) (Normally Closed) "a" Dia. Roller Z

Lock Nut
Seal Stroke "e" Seal Stroke "g" Limit the cam angle to 35˚ 13(.51) Hex. t
Throttle Stroke "f" Throttle Stroke "h" b
Port "A"
(See table below)
"q" Thd.
Port "B"
U
(See table below)
P
V
"q" Thd.
N
Q
T
L
S
K
J
"j" Dia. Through F Y

"n" Dia. Spotface
4 Places E X
Drain Port "DR" "r" Thd. H 20 W
(Connect directly to the tank.) D
(.79)
C
Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line(Z T- -T)
INC.
Model Numbers Port "A" Port "B" Model Numbers "q" Thd. "r" Thd.
Controlled flow Controlled flow ZT/ZCT-03- - -22 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
ZT-
inlet outlet
ZT/ZCT-03- - -2280 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
Controlled flow Controlled flow
ZCT- inlet or Reversed outlet or Reversed ZT/ZCT-03- - -2290 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
free flow outlet free flow inlet ZT/ZCT-06- - -22 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2280 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-06- - -2290 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
ZT/ZCT-10- - -22 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4
ZT/ZCT-10- - -2280 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
ZT/ZCT-10- - -2290 1-1/4 NPT 1/4NPT
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P Q S T U V W
102 80 66 40 11 82 60 41 20 11 141 58 40 56 25 70
ZT/ZCT-03
(4.02) (3.15) (2.60) (1.57) (.43) (3.23) (2.36) (1.61) (.79) (.43) (5.55) (2.28) (1.57) (2.20) (.98) (2.76)
120 98 82 49 11 106 84 57 32 11 176 81 57 65 27 95
ZT/ZCT-06
(4.72) (3.86) (3.23) (1.93) (.43) (4.17) (3.31) (2.24) (1.26) (.43) (6.93) (3.19) (2.24) (2.56) (1.06) (3.74)
160 132 103 66 14 140 112 75 40 14 224 106 75 80 32 110
ZT/ZCT-10
(6.30) (5.20) (4.06) (2.60) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (1.57) (.55) (8.82) (4.17) (2.95) (3.15) (1.26) (4.33)
Model Numbers
X Y Z a b d e f g h j n t
60 25 35 18 6 10 2 8 2 8 8.8 14 24.5
ZT/ZCT-03
(2.36) (.98) (1.38) (.71) (.24) (.39) (.08) (.31) (.08) (.31) (.35) (.55) (.96)
85 32 50 22 8 13 3 10 3 10 11 17.5 29
ZT/ZCT-06
(3.35) (1.26) (1.97) (.87) (.31) (.51) (.12) (.39) (.12) (.39) (.43) (.69) (1.14)
96 40 55 28 10 18 3 15 3 15 13.5 21 34
ZT/ZCT-10
(3.78) (1.57) (2.17) (1.10) (.39) (.71) (.12) (.59) (.12) (.59) (.53) (.83) (1.34)

FLOW CONTROLS
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290 DIMENSIONS IN
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290
Adjustable Needle Valve

for By-Pass Line(Z G- -T) INC.
Total Valve Spool Movement "Z" V

"X" Dia. Roller
(Normally Open) (Normally Closed)
Limit the cam angle to 35˚ h
Seal Stroke "a" Seal Stroke "d"
Y
Throttle
Stroke "b"
Throttle Stroke "e"
D
Mounting Surface
Q
(O-Rings Furnished)
N

P
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
L
K
J
Deceleration Valves
Port "A"
(See table below) F U
Drain Port "DR" E "f" Dia. Through 20 T 6
(Connect directly "g" Dia. Spotface (.79) (.24)
to the tank.) D H 4 Places
Lock Nut
C Port "B" 13(.51) Hex.
(See table below)
Model Numbers Port "A" Port "B"

ZG-
inlet outlet
ZCG- inlet or Reversed outlet or Reversed
free flow outlet free flow inlet
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L N P Q S T
102 80 66 40 11 82 60 41 11 141 56 25 70
ZG/ZCG-03
(4.02) (3.15) (2.60) (1.57) (.43) (3.23) (2.36) (1.61) (.43) (5.55) (2.20) (.98) (2.76)
120 98 82 49 11 106 84 57 11 176 65 27 95
ZG/ZCG-06
(4.72) (3.86) (3.23) (1.93) (.43) (4.17) (3.31) (2.24) (.43) (6.93) (2.56) (1.06) (3.74)
160 132 103 66 14 140 112 75 14 224 80 32 110
ZG/ZCG-10
(6.30) (5.20) (4.06) (2.60) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (.55) (8.82) (3.15) (1.26) (4.33)
Model Numbers
U V X Y Z a b d e f g h
60 35 18 6 10 2 8 2 8 8.8 14 24.5
ZG/ZCG-03
(2.36) (1.38) (.71) (.24) (.39) (.08) (.31) (.08) (.31) (.35) (.55) (.96)
85 50 22 8 13 3 10 3 10 11 17.5 29
ZG/ZCG-06
(3.35) (1.97) (.87) (.31) (.51) (.12) (.39) (.12) (.39) (.43) (.69) (1.14)
96 55 28 10 18 3 15 3 15 13.5 21 34
ZG/ZCG-10
(3.78) (2.17) (1.10) (.39) (.71) (.12) (.59) (.12) (.59) (.53) (.83) (1.34)

ZGM-03-21/2180/2190 DIMENSIONS IN
ZGM-06-21/2180/2190 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
ZGM-10-21/2180/2190
A
B J
C H "h" Thd. "Y" Deep
D 4 Places
7(.28) Dia. 10(.39) Deep V
E "a" Dia. Through
"b" C' bore e
F 4 Places
Q
P
N
T
S
K
L
"n" Dia. "j" Dia.
"g" Thd. (From Rear) "f" Thd. (From Rear)
2 Places
Thd. Size mm (Inches)

Model Numbers
"f" Thd. "g" Thd. "h" Thd. j n
ZGM-03-21 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4 14 (.55)
M8
ZGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 15 (.59) 6.2 (.24)
ZGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 14 (.55)
ZGM-06-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4 23 (.91)
M10
ZGM-06-2180 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 24.5 (.96) 11 (.43)
ZGM-06-2190 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 23 (.91)
ZGM-10-21 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4 11 (.43)
M12
ZGM-10-2180 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F 29 (1.14) 11.7 (.46)
ZGM-10-2190 1-1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/2-13 UNC 11 (.43)
Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L N P Q S
146 124 80 60 42 20 22 11 85 60 40 20 12.5 58
ZGM-03
(5.75) (4.88) (3.15) (2.36) (1.65) (.79) (.87) (.43) (3.35) (2.36) (1.57) (.79) (.49) (2.28)
160 138 98 74 53 24 20 11 108 84 57 32 12 81
ZGM-06
(6.30) (5.43) (3.86) (2.91) (2.09) (.94) (.79) (.43) (4.25) (3.31) (2.24) (1.26) (.47) (3.19)
218 190 132 98 70 34 29 14 140 112 75 40 14 106
ZGM-10
(8.58) (7.48) (5.20) (3.86) (2.76) (1.34) (1.14) (.55) (5.51) (4.41) (2.95) (1.57) (.55) (4.17)
Model Numbers
T V Y a b e
44 26 18 11 17.5 15.2
ZGM-03
(1.73) (1.02) (.71) (.43) (.69) (.60)
60 35 18 11 17.5 24.2
ZGM-06
(2.36) (1.38) (.71) (.43) (.69) (.95)
87 45 25 14 21 31.5
ZGM-10
(3.43) (1.77) (.98) (.55) (.83) (1.24)

FLOW CONTROLS

Pressure Drop for Reversed Free Flow Metred Flow vs. Spool Depression
ZCT-03 Z T-03
ZCG-03 Z G-03
PSI MPa Spool Depression (Normally Closed)
80 .4 .3 .2 .1 0 IN.
0.5 Spool Closed
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
Spool Open 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 mm
40 0.3
U.S.GPM L/min
0.2 8
20 30
0.1
0
0 6
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min
D
Flow Rate
1 MPa
4 (145 PSI) 21 MPa
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 U.S.GPM (3050 PSI)
2 MPa
Flow Rate 10 (290 PSI) 10 MPa
2 (1450 PSI)
5 MPa
(730 PSI)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mm

0 .1 .2 .3 .4 IN.
Spool Depression (Normally Open)
Deceleration Valves
ZCT-06 Z T-06
ZCG-06 Z G-06
PSI MPa
150 1.0 Spool Depression (Normally Closed)
Spool Closed
0.8 .5 .4 .3 .2 .1 0 IN
Pressure Drop
100
0.6 Spool Open
0.4 13 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 mm
50 U.S.GPM L/min
0.2 22
0 80
20
0
0 50 100 150 200 L/min
16 60 Differential Pressure
Flow Rate
12 21 MPa
0 10 20 30 40 50 55 U.S.GPM (3050 PSI)
Flow Rate 40
8 10 MPa
1 MPa (1450 PSI)
20 (145 PSI)
4 5 MPa
2 MPa (730 PSI)
(290 PSI)
0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 mm
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 IN.
ZCT-10 Z T-10
PSI MPa ZCG-10 Z G-10
125 Spool Depression (Normally Closed)
0.8
100 .7 .6 .5 .4 .3 . 2 .1 0 IN.
Spool Closed
Pressure Drop
0.6
75
0.4 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 mm
50 U.S.GPM L/min
25 0.2 55 200
Spool Open 50
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 L/min 40
Flow Rate
21 MPa
30 120 (3050 PSI)
0 20 40 60 80 100 110 U.S.GPM 10 MPa
20 80 (1450 PSI)
Flow Rate 1 MPa
(145 PSI) 5 MPa
10 40 2 MPa (730 PSI)
0 (290 PSI)
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 mm
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 IN.

Metred Flow for Needle Valve
ZT /ZCT-03-T
ZG/ZCG-03-T
U.S.GPM L/min
2.0 Differential Pressure
7
21 MPa
6 (3050 PSI)
1.5 10 MPa
Flow Rate 5 (1450 PSI)
4 5 MPa
1.0 (730 PSI)
3 2 MPa
(290 PSI)
.5 2
1 MPa
1 (145 PSI)
0 0
0 1 2 3 4
Fully
Closed Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-06-T
ZG/ZCG-06-T
U.S.GPM L/min
2.0 Differential Pressure
7
21 MPa
6 (3050 PSI)
1.5 10 MPa
5 (1450 PSI)
Flow Rate
4 5 MPa
1.0 (730 PSI)
3 2 MPa
(290 PSI)
.5 2
1 MPa
1 (145 PSI)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4
Fully
Closed Choke Adj. Position rev
ZT /ZCT-10-T
ZG/ZCG-10-T
U.S.GPM
L/min Differential Pressure
2.0 21 MPa
7
(3050 PSI)
6 10 MPa
1.5
5 (1450 PSI)
5 MPa
Flow Rate
1.0 4 (730 PSI)

3 2 MPa
(290 PSI)
.5 2
1 MPa
1 (145 PSI)
0 0
0 1 2 3 4
Fully Choke Adj. Position rev
Closed

FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
ZT/ZCT-03-*-*-22/2280/2290
ZT/ZCT-06-*-*-22/2280/2290
With Check Valve With Adjustable Needle Valve
ZT/ZCT-10-*-*-22/2280/2290 (ZCT- ) for By-Pass Line
1 2 17 18 4 15 16 7 5 14 ZT - -T
ZCT
11 19 10 9 8 1
6
25
20
21
12
D
22
17 23
3 3
1

24
Part Numbers
Deceleration Valves
Item Name of Parts ZT -03 ZT -06 ZT -10 Qty.
ZCT ZCT ZCT ZT-03 KS-ZT-03-22
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P36 SO-NB-P49 2 ZT-06 KS-ZT-06-22
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P25 SO-NA-P32 1 ZT-10 KS-ZT-10-22
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 ZCT-03 KS-ZCT-03-22
20 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 1 ZCT-06 KS-ZCT-06-22
21 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 1 ZCT-10 KS-ZCT-10-22
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
ZG/ZCG-03-*-*-22/2290
ZG/ZCG-06-*-*-22/2290 With Adjustable Needle Valve
With Check Valve
ZG/ZCG-10-*-*-22/2290 (ZCG- ) for By-Pass Line
1 2 18 20 4 16 17 7 5 14 ZG - -T
ZCG
22 10 9 8 11 1
6
28
23
24
12 19
25 15
18 21
26
3
13
27
1
List of Seals
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts ZG -03 ZG -06 ZG Qty.
ZCG ZCG ZCG-10 List of Seal Kits
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P36 SO-NB-P49 2 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2 ZG-03 KS-ZG-03-22
20 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 SO-NA-P25 SO-NA-P32 1 ZG-06 KS-ZG-06-22
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 1 ZG-10 KS-ZG-10-22
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P22A 1 ZCG-03 KS-ZCG-03-22
23 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 SO-NA-P5 1 ZCG-06 KS-ZCG-06-22
24 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 SO-BB-P5 1 ZCG-10 KS-ZCG-10-22

These valves are the combination of flow control valve, a deceleration valve and
a check valve and used mainly for controlling rapid traverse and feed cycles
machine tools. Switching from rapid traverse to feed is made by a cam
operation, and fine feed control is accomplished by dial rotation regardless of
pressure and oil temperature variation. Rapid return is free of cam actuation.
Specifications
Metred Flow Max. Max.
1
Max. Flow Range Reversed Operat- Approx.
Model Numbers L/min L/min (U.S.GPM) Free Flow ing Mass
(U.S.GPM) Fine L/min Pressure kg (lbs.)
Feed
Feed (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
16 [12]
UCF1G-01-4-A- -11
(4.2 [3.2]) 0.03-4
12 [8] (.008-1.06)
UCF1G-01-4-B- -11
(3.2 [2.1]) 2
{0.05-4}
8 [4] ({.013-1.06})
UCF1G-01-4-C- -11
(2.1 [1.06]) 20 1.6
20 [12] (5.3) (3.5)
UCF1G-01-8-A- -11
(5.3 [3.2]) 0.03-8
16 [8] (.008-2.1)
UCF1G-01-8-B- -11
(4.2 [2.1]) 2
{0.05-8}
12 [4] ({.013-2.1})
UCF1G-01-8-C- -11
(3.2 [1.06]) 14
0.05-4 (2030)
UCF1G-03-4- -10
40 [40] (.013-1.06) 40 2.6
(10.6 [10.6]) 0.05-8 (10.6) (5.7)
UCF1G-03-8- -10
(.013-2.1)
0.1-4 0.05-4
UCF2G-03-4- -10
40 [40] (.026-1.06) (.013-1.06) 40 2.7
(10.6 [10.6]) 0.1-8 0.05-4 (10.6) (6.0)
UCF2G-03-8- -10
(.026-2.1) (.013-1.06)
0.1-22 6.5
UCF1G-04-30-30
80 [40] (.026-5.8) 80 (14.3)
(21.1 [10.6]) 0.1-22 0.1-17 (21.1) 9.2
UCF2G-04-30-30
(.026-5.8) (.026-4.5) (20.3)
1. The maximum flow rates are values with the deceleration valve and the flow control valve fully open.
The values in [ ] are maximum flow rates with the deceleration valve fully open and the flow
control valve fully closed.
2. The values in { } are for pressures above 7 MPa (1020 PSI).

F- UCF1 G -01 -4 -A -E -11
Nominal Metred Deceleration Valve Design
Special Series Type of Valve Design
Flow Max. Flow Drain Connection Stan-
Seals Number Mounting Size Number
L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM) dards
4: 4 (1.06) A:12 (3.2)
01 B: 8 (2.1) 11
8: 8 (2.1) C: 4 (1.06) None: Internal
F-: UCF1: G:
Drain
Special Single Gasket
Seals for 4: 4 (1.06) E: External Drain
Feed Mounting 03 10
Phosphate Control 8: 8 (2.1) Refer to
Ester Type 04 30:30 (7.9) None: External Drain 30
Fluids
(Omit if not UCF2: 4: 4 (1.06) None: Internal
required) G: 03 Drain 10
Double 8: 8 (2.1)
Gasket E:External Drain
Feed
Mounting
Control 04 30:30 (7.9) None: External Drain 30
Design Standards: None. . . . . . . . . Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90. . . . . . . . . . . . N. American Design Standard
318 Feed Control Valves

FLOW CONTROLS
Graphic Symbols
A B A B A B A B
A B A B
UCF1G-01- UCF1G-01- -E UCF1G-03- UCF1G-03- -E UCF2G-03- UCF2G-03- -E

UCF1G-04 UCF2G-04
Attachment
Mounting Bolts
Qty.
D
Model Numbers Japanese Std. "JIS" & European Design Std. N. American Design Std.
UCF1G-01 M6 55 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4 A B
UCF1G-03 M6 55 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4

UCF2G-03 M6 55 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 4
UCF1G-04 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. 4
Feed Control Valves

UCF2G-04 M10 70 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-3/4 Lg. 4
Instructions
Allowable pressures at controlled flow outlet Required Force for Spool Push Down
If internal drain types of UCF1G-01 or 03 or UCF2G-03 Force
are used, use them in metre-out circuits in order to limit Model Numbers Drain Type
N (lbs.)
the valve outlet pressure to the valves shown below. Internal drain type 100 (22.5)
In addition, external drain types can also be used in metre- UCF1G-01
External drain type 80 (18.0)
in circuits. Internal drain type 170 (38.2)
UCF1G-03
External drain type 90 (20.2)
Allowable
Internal drain type 170 (38.2)
Outlet Port UCF2G-03
Model Numbers External drain type 130 (29.2)
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI) UCF1G-04 External drain type 170 (38.2)
Internal UCF1G-01- UCF2G-04 External drain type 170 (38.2)
Drain UCF1G-03- 0.3 (44) Note: The push down forces are with the maximum allowable pressure
Type UCF2G-03- at the port concerned, which is controlled flow outlet "B" for
UCF1G-01- -E internal drain types or the drain port for internal drain types.
External UCF1G-03- -E Line filter

Drain UCF1G-04 14 (2030) To carry out flow adjustments by as small degree as 2
Type UCF2G-03- -E L/min (.53 U. S. GPM) or less, be sure to use a line filter,
UCF2G-04 10 µm or less, near the valve inlet.
Minimum required pressure difference Flow adjustment

The minimum pressure differential between inlet and [UCF1G-01, UCF G-03]
outlet port is required to obtain the optimum pressure Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment
compensation. It varies accordingly to the flow rate to be dial clockwise for increase, and anti-clockwise for
set. For details, refer to the performance curve. decrease.
Spool push down level The dial makes about four revolutions from zero to
Limit the spool push down level within the allowable full flow and the valve opening is indicated on the
maximum stroke range shown in the installation draw- revolution indicator.
ings. After flow adjustment, tighten the locking screw.
Allowable drain port back pressure [UCF G-04]

Limit to 0.1 MPa (15 PSI). Loosen the locking screw and turn the flow adjustment
In addition, connect the drain pipe independently and handle clockwise to increase, and anti-clockwise to
directly to the tank. (This applies only to external drain decrease.
types.) Open condition is indicated in digital-scale in built-in
revolution indicator.
After flow adjustment, tighten the locking screw.
Feed Control Valves 319

Min. Required Pressure Difference
UCF1G-01 UCF1G-03
PSI MPa
PSI MPa
100 0.7
0.7
100
0.6
0.6 80
80 0.5
0.5
60 60 0.4
0.4
0.3 40 0.3
40
0.2 0.2
20 20 0.1
0.1
0 0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 L/min 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 5.5 U.S.GPM 0 .5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 U.S.GPM

Metred Flow Metred Flow
UCF1G
UCF2G-03 UCF2G -04
PSI MPa
100 0.7 PSI MPa
0.6
0.6 80
80
0.5 0.5
60 0.4 60 0.4
0.3 40 0.3
40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 L/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 L/min
0 .5 1.0 1.5 2.0 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 U.S.GPM

Metred Flow Metred Flow
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190 DIMENSIONS IN
Port "A"
Total Valve Spool Movement Controlled Flow Inlet or
Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port Mounting Surface
5.5 to 6.5 (.22 to .25) 11(.43) Dia. Roller 15(.59) Mounting surface should have
Seal Stroke 1.5(.06) Locking Screw a good machined finish.
Limit the cam 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. 16.4(.65)
Max. "X" Dia.
Throttle Stroke 17 angle to 30° Tightening Torque: 4

4(.16) (.67) 0.25 - 0.3 Nm (.16)
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.)
Revolution
(1.10)
(.28)
28
7
Indicator
84(3.31)
(.53)
13.5
Name
(1.06)
"X"
(1.18)
(1.18)
of Port
27
30
30
(2.48)
(1.67)
4
22.5(.89)
42.5
(1.93)
63
49
6 7 8
(.16)
Dia.
Port "A" 11.5

Port "B" (.45)
3.5
Locating Pin. Drain Port
(.14)
12 4(.16) Dia.
7(.28) Dia. Through Flow Adjustment 44(1.73)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (.47) Mounting Surface
20.5 Dial
4 Places 45(1.77) (O-Rings Furnished)
Port "B" (.81) INC.
Controlled Flow Outlet 33 53(2.09)
or Reversed Free Flow (1.30) Drain Port
Inlet Port 50(1.97)
Fully Extended
7 66(2.60) 84(3.31)
(.28) 80(3.15)
Only External drain type (UCF1G-01- - -E) have a machined finish.

FLOW CONTROLS
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
Total Valve Spool Movement Locking Screw 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. Mounting Surface
6.0 to 7.0 (.24 to .27) 11(.43) Dia. Roller Tightening Torque: Mounting surface should have
18(.71) 4
Seal Stroke 1.5 (.06) 0.25 - 0.3 Nm a good machined finish.
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) 16.4(.65) (.16)
Throttle Stroke4.5(.18)
Max. "X" Dia.

Limit the cam
Port "A" angle to 30° 4
Controlled Flow Inlet or (.16)
31(1.22) 28(1.10)
Reversed Free Outlet Port Revolution
(.26)
Indicator
6.5
Name
89.5(3.52)
13.5(.53)
of Port "X"
D
49(1.93)
(1.63)
55(2.17)
41.5
68(2.68)
22.5(.89)
Port "A" 11.5
Dia.
Port "B" (.45)
Locating Pin.
4(.16) Dia. 4
Drain Port
Mounting Surface (.16) A B
(O-Rings Furnished)
7(.28) Dia. Through 29 Flow Adjustment 44(1.73)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (1.14) Dial
4 Places 51.5(2.03) 45(1.77)
Port "B" INC.
Feed Control Valves

Controlled Flow Outlet 69(2.72) 54(2.13)
Drain Port
or Reversed Free Flow 84(3.31) Fully Extended
Inlet Port
84(3.31)
6.5 104(4.09)
(.26)
117(4.61) Only external drain type (UCF1G-03- -E) have a machined finish.
DIMENSIONS IN
UCF2G-03-*-*-10/1090
Fine Feed Stroke 1.8 (.07) Mounting Surface

Mounting surface
Feed Stroke 4.2 (.17) Total Valve Spool Movement should have a
7.5 to 9.0 (.30 to .35)
Throttle Stroke 2 (.08) good machined
11(.43) Dia. Roller INC. finish.
Port "A" 18(.71) 4
Feed Flow Adjustment Dial
Max. "X" Dia.
Controlled Flow Inlet or Limit the cam (.16)

Reversed Free Flow Outlet Port Revolution Indicator 16.4
angle to 30° (.65)
Fine Feed Flow 4
Adjustment Dial Locking Screw (.16)
2.5(.10) Hex. Soc.
(1.12)
Locating Pin.
(.26)
28.5
6.5
Tightening Torque:
INC. 4(.16) Dia.
0.25 - 0.3 Nm
(2.2 - 2.7 IN. lbs.) Name
of Port "X"
13.5(.53)
34(1.34)
(1.08)
90(3.54)
41.5(1.63)
27.5
49(1.93)
(.89) Dia.
68(2.68)
55(2.17)
Port "A" 11.5

22.5
Port "B" (.45)

4
Drain Port
(.16)
Port "B" 13(.51) 7(.28) Dia. Through 45(1.77) Mounting Surface

Controlled Flow 11(.43) Dia. Spotface (O-Rings Furnished)
Outlet or Reversed 29(1.14) 4 Places 46(1.81)
Free Flow Inlet Port
51.5(2.03) Drain Port 54(2.13)
72(2.83) Fully Extended
84(3.31)
84(3.31)
6.5 104(4.09)
(.26) 117(4.61)
Only external drain type (UCF2G-03- -E) have a machined finish.

UCF1G-04-30-30/3090
Mounting Surface
Total Valve Spool Movement Mounting surface should
8 to 9 (.31 to .35) have a good machined finish.
28(1.10) 6
Seal Stroke 2(.08)
18(.71) Dia. Roller (.24)
24.5(.96)
Max. "X" Dia.

Throttle Stroke 6(.24)
Limit the cam
Port "A" angle to 30° 6
Controlled Flow Inlet or Revolution Indicator (.24)
Reversed Free Flow
Outlet Port
(1.73)
Locking Screw
(.39)
44
10
2(.08) Hex. Soc. Name

of Port "X"
Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia. Port "A" 15.5
(1.69)
(1.81)
(5.12)
55(2.17)
130
67(2.64)
43
46
Port "B" (.61)
96(3.78)
76(2.99)
20(.79)
123 8.5
Drain Port
(.33)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
20(.79) 54
Port "B" 11(.43) Dia. Through (2.13)
Controlled Flow
Outlet or Reversed 40 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 55
Free Flow Inlet Port (1.57) 4 Places (2.17)
60 69
(2.36) Flow Adjustment (2.72)
90 Handle 123
(3.54) 46(1.81) Dia. (4.84)
10 140
(.39) (5.51)
160 INC.
(6.30)
Drain Port
DIMENSIONS IN
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
Total Valve Spool Movement

13 to 14 (.51 to .55) 31.5(1.24)
18(.71) Dia. Roller 6
Fine Feed Stroke 4(.16) (.24)
24.5
Feed Stroke 4(.16) Limit the cam (.96)
Throttle Stroke 5(.20) angle to 30° 6
Revolution Indicator (.24)
Port "A"
(1.97)

50
Locking Screw
(.39)
10
2(.08) Hex. Soc.

Two Locating Pins
6(.24) Dia.
57.5(2.26)
(5.91)
(2.05)
150
(2.36)
52
82(3.23)
20(.79)
22(.87)
60
110(4.33)
90(3.54)
123 300
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Port "B" 20(.79) 54
11(.43) Dia. Through Mounting Surface
Controlled Flow (2.13)
Outlet or Reversed 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Mounting surface
47 4 Places 55
Free Flow Inlet Port (1.85) (2.17) should have a
65 69 good machined
Fine Feed Flow Feed Flow (2.72) finish.
(2.56)
Adjustment Handle 82 Adjustment Handle 123
Max. "X" Dia.
46(1.81) Dia. (3.23) 46(1.81) Dia. (4.84)

85
INC. (3.35) INC.
123
(4.84) Drain Port
10 170
(.39) (6.69)
190 Name of Port "X"
(7.48)
Port "A" 18 (.71)
Port "B" 15.5 (.61)
Drain Port 8.5 (.33)

FLOW CONTROLS
List of Seals
UCF1G-01-*-*-*-11/1190
34 2 3 45 4 38 32 33 15 12 39 7 21 17 31 18 35 6 1 44 43
46
D
X
A B
26 27 40 5 14 13 42 11 29 20 30 19 28 16 36 9 10 39 8 12 41
22 37 25 24 23 34
List of Seals
Feed Control Valves

Included in Seal Kit
Kit No:
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A 1 KS-UCF1G-01-11
Section X-X Used only for external drain types (UCF1G-01- - -E-11 ).
UCF1G-03-*-*-10/1090
36 1 2 43 5 26 6 7 44 37 19 18 33 38 3 35 27 39 28 29 30 32
Y X
47
Y X
46 4 25 9 8 12 45 34 17 16 31 15 40 14 11 41 13 10
Section X-X
24 List of Seals
23 Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
42 40 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 1
20 41 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 1
21 42 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A 1
22 Kit No:
44 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 3 KS-UCF1G-03-10
44
Section Y-Y
Used only for external drain types (UCF1G-03- -E-10 ).

UCF2G-03-*-*-10/1090
42 2 41 1 26 12 43 10 36 28 30 19 9 7 35 5 27 6 34 31 33 22 23 24 4 40 43
Y
X
Y X
Section Y-Y
45 3 8 25 44 11 17 20 29 18 13 32 37 14 16 39 21 38 15
Section X-X
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
37 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 2 UCF2G-03- -10 KS-UCF2G-03-10
1
38 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 1 UCF2G-03- -E-10 KS-UCF2G-03-E-10
1. Used only for external drain types
40 O-Ring SO-NB-P10A 1 (UCF2G-03- -E-10 ).
41 O-Ring SO-NA-P12 1 2. Used only for internal drain types
42 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P12 1 2 (UCF2G-03- -10 ).
43 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 3 Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the
seal kit number from the table above.
UCF1G-04-30-30/3090
UCF2G-04-30-30/3090
4 39 3 11 29 42 27 35 17 2 13 List of Seals
Quantity
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers
Y X UCF1G UCF2G
33 O-Ring SO-NA-P4 1 2
34 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P4 1 2
SO-NB-P14 1
35 O-Ring
SO-NB-P10A 1
SO-NB-P18 1
Y X 40 O-Ring
38 23 24 26 1 18 16 19 41
SO-NB-P22A 1
12 32 25 6 28
41 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 1 1
30 5 7 31 40
from the table below.
24
List of Seal Kits
23
38
UCF1G-04 KS-UCF1G-04-30
8
UCF2G-04 KS-UCF2G-04-30
9
38
14 34 33 22 15 37 20 36 21 Section Y-Y
Section X-X

FLOW CONTROLS
Needle Valves
Used as stop valves for pressure gauge lines and small-capacity line. Also
can be used as restrictors for regulating flow rates in pilot lines.
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Operating Approx.
Max. Flow
Pressure Mass
L/min (U.S.GPM)
In-Line Type Angle Type MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
GCT-02-32 GCTR-02-32 35 (5080 ) 0.34 (.75)
Depends on allowable pressure drops. See Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions characteristics
and Pressure Drop at Full Open characteristics.

D
F- GCT -02 -32 Graphic Symbol
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Number Design Standards
F: GCT : In-line Type Needle Valve,
Special Seals for Threaded Connection
Phosphate Ester
Needle Valves
Type Fluids GCTR : Angle Type Needle 02 32 Refer to
(Omit if not Valve, Threaded
required) Connection
Design Standards: None.......Japanese Standard "JIS"

80............European Design Standard
90............N. American Design Standard
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions Pressure Drop at Full Open
16 Oil Viscosity:20mm2/s (98 SSU)
16 60 Pressure 60
14 35 MPa (5080 PSI) 14
50 50
12 12
21 MPa (3050 PSI)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
10 40 40
10
14 MPa (2030 PSI)
8 30 10 MPa (1450 PSI) 8 30
6 7 MPa (1020 PSI)
4 MPa (580 PSI) 6
20 20
4 2 MPa (290 PSI) 4
10 1 MPa (145 PSI) 10
2 0.5 MPa (70 PSI) 2
0 0
0 0
Closed 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 Fully Open 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 MPa
Adjustment Revolution
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 PSI
Pressure Drop
Adaptor
Used where pressure gauges are attached directly to needle valves. Equipped with pressure snubber for reducing
harmful surges to protect pressure gauges.
Adaptors are not accessories to needle valves. Order them referring to the table below. For the models shown here,
only Japanese standard specifications are available.
L
AG-02S B
DIMENSIONS IN
AG-03S 11
(.43)
AG-04S
R 1/4 Thd.
C "D" Thd.
Pressure Snubber O-Ring
(SO-NB-P7)
Thread Size Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx.

Adaptor Type
"D" Thd. B C L Mass kg (lbs.)
AG-02S G 1/4 24 (.94) 14 (.55) 32 (1.26) 0.075 (.165)
AG-03S G 3/8 24 (.94) 16 (.63) 35 (1.38) 0.075 (.165)
AG-04S G 1/2 27 (1.06) 18 (.71) 37 (1.46) 0.08 (.176)
Needle Valves 325

GCT-02-32/3280/3290 50
(1.97)
Max.10(.39)
M20 Thd. 21(.83) Dia.
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
Panel mounting
(.63)
16
dimensions
mm (Inches)
B C
Outlet Port C Inlet Port "A" Thd. 24
(Adaptor Mounting Side) (.94)
GCT-02-32 Rc 1/4 50 (1.97) 25 (.98)
"A" Thd. B GCT-02-3280 1/4 BSP.F 48 (1.89) 24 (.94)
GCT-02-3290 1/4 NPT 50 (1.97) 25 (.98)
DIMENSIONS IN
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290 50
(1.97)
Max.10(.39)
M20 Thd. 21(.83) Dia.
Fully Extended
82.5 (3.25)
Lock Nut
24(.94) Hex.
Panel mounting
(.63)
dimensions
16
mm (Inches)
B
B
Outlet Port
(Adaptor Mounting Side) GCTR-02-32 Rc 1/4 25 (.98)
"A" Thd. B Inlet Port "A" Thd. 24 GCTR-02-3280 1/4 BSP.F 24 (.94)
(.94)
GCTR-02-3290 1/4 NPT 25 (.98)
List of Seals
GCT-02-32/3280/3290 9
GCTR-02-32/3280/3290
8 List of Seals
4 Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty.
5 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 1
7 6 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P5 1
Note : When ordering the seals, please specify the seal
2
kit number from the table below.
3
List of Seal Kits
1 Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
GCT-02
6 KS-GCT-02-32
GCTR-02
5
Installation
Refer to the following procedures to fit the valve with a panel. Figure in a circle below is shown on the above drawing.
1. Remove the nut then take off the handle .
2. Take off the nut .
3. Insert the needle valve to a panel hole.
4. Screw the nut onto the valve and fix the valve with the panel.
5. Fit the handle and fix it with the nut .
326 Needle Valves

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
E
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................................................Page 331
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331
“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331
Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331
Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451
Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497
327
■Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
● Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
● Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
●" " Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
● Pilot /Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
● Poppet Type Directional Valves
● Check /Pilot Controlled Check Valves
328 Directional Valves

Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Type of Fluids Remarks

Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type. When phosphate ester
1)
Synthetic Fluids type fluid is to be used, prefix “F-” to the model number
because a special seal (fluororubber) will be used.
Water Containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.
Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.

2: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT- 06 and DMT- 10 , only petroleum base oils
06X 10X
and polyol ester type fluids are available.
3: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for two types of solenoid operated poppet type two-way valves; CDST-
03✻ and CDSG-03 types.
4: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives is
advance. E
2. Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
Name Viscosity Oil Temperature
Directional Valves
DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 20 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(100 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves 15 – 400 mm2/s –15 – +70°C
Pilot Controlled Directional Valves (80 – 1800 SSU) (5 – 160°F)
Manually Operated Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Check Valves
Pilot Controlled Check Valves
G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 15 – 200 mm2/s –15 – +60°C
(Shifting Time Adjustable) (80 – 900 SSU) (5 – 140°F)
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 µm or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 µm or finer line filter).
Directional Valves 329

■ Water-proof, dust-proof and vibration-resistance
There properties are in compliance with the following standards.
(The marking of indicates compliance)
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
DSHG-01 G-DSG-01
DSLG
Item Standard Type Description DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04 DSLHG CDS❇
(S-)DSHG-06 DSG-03 G-DSHG-06 DSP❇
(S-)DSHG-10
JIS F8001 Class 1 water spray Drip-proof construction
Water-proof test
for marine Class 2 water spray Froth-roof construction
electric appliance
Damp-proof test M1 Test to examine damp-resistance of parts
JIS D0203 Damp-proof test M2 Test to examine functions of part under high
temperature and high humidity
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile Splash-proof test R1 Test to examine functions of parts which are
likely to be exposed to water splash.
parts
Splash-proof test R2 Test to examine functions of parts which are
indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.
★2 JIS C0920 Drip-proof type Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electro- Rain-proof type Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.
mechanical parts Froth-proof type Not affected by water drip from any dirction.
an wiring
materials Jet-flow proof type Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Protection Class 2: Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of
Drip-proof type (2) 15 degrees or less.
Protection Class 3: Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60
(I.E.C) Rain-proof type degrees or less.
PUBL. 529 Protection Class 4: Not affected by water drip from any direction.
Froth-proof type
Protection Class 5: Not affected by jet flow from any direction.
Jet-flow proof type
(I.E.C)
Dust-proof Protection Class 6 Fully protected from entry of dust.
PUBL. 529
Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz
Resonace test (IC) Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm
Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm
Grade 2: duplex amplitude-1.2 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
JIS C0911 Fixed frequency Frequence: 20 Hz
Vibration test for resistance test (IIC) Grade 3: duplex amplitude-1.8 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
small electric
appliances Grade 4: duplex amplitude-2.4 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Vibration-
resistance Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.3 mm (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1 ★1
Variable frequency
resistance test (IIIC)
Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz
Grade A: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
JIS D1601 Class 1: having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Vibration test for mainly for parts of
automobile parts passenger car Grade B: Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis
having relatively low vibration. (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low (2D✻)★1 (2D✻)★1
vibration
★1 : No-spring detented type (2D✻) and No-spring type (2N✻) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
★2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.

“ ” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves
Pilot / Manually / Mechanically Operated Directional Valves
Maximum Flow
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Pressure Page
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI) L /min
25 (3600) DSG−005 336
16 (2320) L−DSG−01
25 (3600) S−DSG−01 344
Solenoid Operated A B
Directional Valves a b 35 (5080) DSG−01

P T
16 (2320) L−DSG−03
25 (3600) S−DSG−03 361
31.5 (4580) DSG−03
Low Wattage (5W) Type A B
b E−DSG−01
Dolenoid Operated a
16 (2320) 378
Directional Valves P T E−DSG−03
25 (3600) T−S−DSG−01
Electronic Relay A B 379
a b
Incorporated 35 (5080) T−DSG−01
Solenoid Operated P T
Directional Valves 25 (3600) T−S−DSG−03 379

31.5 (4580) T−DSG−03
21 (3050) DSHG−01
Solenoid Controlled 25 (3600) DSHG−03

A B
Pilot Operated a b 381
DSHG−04/S−DSHG−04
Directional Valve Y P T
31.5 (4580) DSHG−06/S−DSHG−06
DSHG−10/S−DSHG−10
“ ” Series Shockless Type A B
a b G−DSG−01 412
Solenoid Operated 25 (3600)
Directional Valves P T G−DSG−03
“ ” Series Shockless Type A B
a b G−DSHG−04 418
Solenoid Controlled Pilot 25 (3600)
Y P T
Operated Directional Valves G−DSHG−06
A B
Pilot Operated 423
Directional Valves 31.5 (4580) DHG−04 06 10
X Y
P T
A B 21 (3050)
Manually Operated Threaded Connection (DMT) 03 06 10 429
Directional Valves 31.5 (4580) Sub-plate connection (DMG) 01
P T 03 04 06 10
A B
Mechanically Operated
7 (1020) Rotary (DR T
G) 02
P T
A
441
B
Directional Valves
P T
25 (3600) Cam Operated (DC T
G) 01 03

■ Spool Types
Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.
Spool Type Graphic Symbols Schematic Drawing Functions and Applications

(Centre Position)
A B
2 Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care
Closed Centre should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock
( All Ports ) P T
occurs when each port is blocked in transit.
T B P A
A B
3 Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.
Open Centre If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is
( All Ports ) P T
released to tank in transit.
T B P A
A B Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.

4 2-position type is used when system pressure is required to be
(Open Centre A, B&T) held in transit. Shock during transit is less compared to spool
P T T B P A type “2”.
40 A B
Open Centre A, B&T In a variation of spool type “4”, a restrictor is provided in A-T
( Restricted Flow ) and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.
P T T B P A
A B
5 It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuator
(Open Centre P, A&T) is halted at one way flow.
P T T B P A
A B
6 Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.
Open Centre P&T
( Closed Crossover ) P T
Suitable for series operation.
T B P A
A B
60 It is a variation of spool type “6”.
Open Centre P&T
( Open Crossover ) Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.
P T T B P A
A B
7
Open Centre All Ports Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.
( Restricted Flow )
P T T B P A
A B
Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the
8
same way as spool type “2”.
(2-Way)
It is used as 2 way type.
P T T B P A
A B
9 Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.
(Open Centre P, A&B)
P T T B P A
A B
10 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre B&T) neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
11 Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A
(Open Centre P&A) ports connected at neutral.
P T T B P A
A B
12 Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at
(Open Centre A&T) neutral.
P T T B P A

■ Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valves-
Mounting surfaces.
Model Numbers ISO Code of Mounting Surface
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–01
T–
G– ISO 4401–AB–03–4–A
DSHG–01
DMG–01
DCG–01
()
S–
L–
E– DSG–03
T– ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A
G–
DMG–03
DCG–03
DSHG–03 ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A✻
( )
S– DSHG–04
G– ISO 4401–AD–07–4–A
E
DHG–04
DMG–04
( )
S– DSHG–06
G–
ISO 4401–AE–08–4–A
DHG–06
DMG–06
Directional Valves
(S–) DSHG–10
DHG–10 ISO 4401–AF–10–4–A
DMG–10
✻ The main port conform to the ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A.
The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.
Model change has been made on the following product.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in
Installation between Current and New Design.” Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers Interchangeability Related

Name Major Changes
Currrent New in Installation Page
DSG–005– – –40/4090 ● High Flow
DSG–005 Series Solenoid DSG–005– ● Low Pressure Drop
– –30/3090 DSG–005– – – N –40/4090 Yes —
Operated Directional Valves N1 ● Din-connector type solenoid in addition
DSG–01 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves ( )
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
– –60/6090 ( )
S–
L– DSG–01–
T–
– –70/7090 Yes 357
●
●
High Pressure and High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
1/8,3/8 Solenoid Controlled DSHG–01– – –13/1390 DSHG–01– – –14/1490 ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves DSHG–03– – –13/1390 DSHG–03– – –14/1490
1/2 Solenoid Controlled ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional (S–) DSHG–04– – –51/5190 (S–) DSHG–04– – –52/5290 Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves
3/4,1–1/4 Solenoid Controlled (S–) DSHG–06– – –52/5290 (S–) DSHG–06– – –53/5390 ● Pilot valve has been changed
Pilot Operated Directional (S–) DSHG–10– – –42/4290 (S–) DSHG–10– – –43/4390 Yes — from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.
Valves

■ Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves
WIDE RANGE OF MODELS – Choose the optimum valve to
meet your needs from a largeselection available.
S H
1100
(291)
H : High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type
(S–)DSHG–10
S : Shockless Type
G : Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable] S H

500
(132) P : Low Pressure Drop Type
(S–)DSHG–06
E : Low Wattage Type
S H
G
Maximum Flow L / min (U.S.GPM)
300
(79.3)
(S–)DSHG–04
250
(66.1) G–DSHG–06
G
S
160
(42.3)
P
DSHG–03 G–DSHG–04
S H
120
(31.7)
S–DSG–03 DSG–03 H
100
(26.4) G DSG–01
80
(21.1)
G–DSG–03
E S
63
(16.6)
E–DSG–03 S–DSG–01
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
S G
E
40
(10.6) E–DSG–01 DSHG–01 G–DSG–01
E
30
(7.9)
E–DSG–01
15
(4.0) DSG–005
0 16 21 25 31.5 35
(2320) (3050) (3630) (4570) (5080)
Pressure MPa (PSI)
334 Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

Instructions
● Mounting
DSG-005 No mounting restrictions for any model.
-DSG-01 No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that
-DSG-03 the spool axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. L L’
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04 No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
(S-) DSHG-06 axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions. ,
(S-) DSHG-10 L L
-DSHG
● Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
E
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
● Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled

Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
● Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Valve
Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.
● Shockless Type
In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary to fill the lbf. N
30 150
tank line with operating oil. 05
G-0
Directional Valves
r DS
Operating
20 100 pt fo
Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the exce
Force
valve be used on a regular basis. 10 50 05

DSG-0
0
● Operating Force be Manual Actuator 0 1 2 3 4 MPa
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator increases in 0 100 200 300 400 500 PSI
proportion to the tank line back pressure. (See the graph right.) Tank Line Back Pressure
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Solenoid
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectors- connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
Characteristics and requirements). peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
■ AC Solenoid to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re-
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated against transient voltage peaks are assured.
Directional Valve) ■ RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid Return Solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for
characteristics: the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays. Model numbers Insulation Class
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01
normally experienced. L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03 Class H
approximately 50 %. E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03
DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03 Class F
Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves 335

■ Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-005 Series
These DSG-005 series solenoid directional valves are the pro-ducts
newly developed as a “Mini-series”. Compared with DSG-01
series, the valve are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a
maximum operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum
flow rate of 15 L/min (3.96 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to
a space saving requirement. Moreover, using wet armature
solenoids, the valves ensure the long life.
Flying Lead Wire Type
Plug-in Connector Type
■ Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Tank-Line Max. Changeover

Max. Flow ★ Frequency Approx. Mass
Pressure Back Pressure
Model Numbers L/min kg
MPa MPa min–1
(U.S.GPM) (Cycles/min) (lbs.)
(PSI) (PSI)
DSG-005-3C - -40/4090 15 25 7 0.5 (1.1)

120
DSG-005-2B - -40/4090 (3.96) (3630) (1020) 0.4 (.9)
★ The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.
The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the “List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow” on pages 338 to 339.
■ Solenoid Rating
Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage

Frequency
Electric Source Coil Type ★1
(Hz) Inrush Holding Power
Source Rating Serviceable
(A) (A) (W)
50 80 – 110 0.36 0.16

A100 100
60 90 – 120 0.34 0.11
AC —
50 160 – 220 0.18 0.08
A200 200
60 180 – 240 0.17 0.05
★2 D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 1.2
DC — — 15
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.6
★1 Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
★2
336 DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Model Number Designation

F- DSG -005 -3 C 2 -D24 -N -40
Number of Spool-Spring Electrical Conduit Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Spool Type Coil Type
Valve Position Arrangement Connection Number Standard
None: Flying Lead

F: C: 2, 3 AC Wire Type
Special Seals for 3
Spring Centred 40 A100, A200 N: Plug-in
Phosphate Ester DSG: ★
Type Fluids Solenoid Operated 005 DC Connector Type 40 Refer to
(Omit if not Directional Valve B: D12, D24 N1: Plug-in
required) 2 2, 3 Connector with
Spring Offset
Indicator Light
★ Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard “JIS” and European Design Standard
■ Sub-plates
Piping
Size
Japanese Standard “JIS”
Sub-plate Thread
Sub-plate Thread
Sub-plate Thread
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
1/8 DSGM-005X-20 Rc 1/8 DSGM-005X-2080 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-005X-2090 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
1/4 DSGM-005Y-20 Rc 1/4 DSGM-005Y-2080 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-005Y-2090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Operated Directional Valves

DSG-005 Series Solenoid
■ Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard “JIS”
M4 × 35 Lg.
European Design Standard 2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)
N. American Design Standard No. 8-32 UNC × 1-3/8 Lg.
■ Typical Changeover Time (Example)

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
ON [Test Conditions]
Solenoid OFF OFF Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Spool Shift 0 0
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Max.
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
T1 T2
A B
Direction of Flow: P T
B A
[Result of Measurement]
Time ms
Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-005-3C2-A 16 60
DSG-005-3C2-D 23 40
DSG-005-2B2-A 14 45
DSG-005-2B2-D 15 33
DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 337

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Max. Flow L/min
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position
P T P A [ Port "B" Blocked] P B [ Port "A" Blocked]

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(7) 12(3) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5) 15(12) 12(3) 5(1) 1(0.5)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5) 15(14) 15(6) 12(2) 4(0.5)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15
P T 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5) 15(10) 12(5) 5(2) 1(0.5)
A B 15(14) 15(10) 13(5) 6(0.5)
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 2 1 1 1
Spring
Offset
15(14) 14(9) 8(4) 4(0.5)

Two
P T
A B 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 3 3 3 3 15
P T 15(14) 15(11) 15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example ) 50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At rated voltage
(80% of rated voltage)
The maximum flow rate is constant
regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 15 (14)
15
any voltage variants within the 15 (14)
serviceable voltage
60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Max. Flow L/min
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
AB 15 8 5 3 15 8 5 3
DSG-005-3C2 15 15 15 15
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 12 5 3 2 12 5 3 2
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T
A B 13 8 5 13 8 5
DSG-005-3C40 a b 15 15 15 15 15 15
P T 9 5.5 3.5 9 5.5 3.5
A B 15 11 9
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 14 14 14 14 8.5 4.5 6.5 6.5 15

Spring
Offset
11 7.5 5.5
Two
P T
A B
13.5
DSG-005-2B3 b 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 8 7 8 9 15 15 15
P T 10.5
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example ) At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant 13
regardless of any voltage variants 15 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 9 (90% of rated voltage)

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6) 3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1) 4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1)
A B 4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6) 3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 .5 .3 .3 .3

Spring
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
Offset
4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)
Two
P T
DSG-005-2B3
A B
P T
b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 .8 .8 .8 .8 4.0
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4) E

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 4.0(3.7)
4.0

any voltage variants within the 4.0(3.7)

serviceable voltage
● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Max. Flow U.S.GPM
Spool-Spring
No. of Valve
Arrangement
A B
Position

Model Graphic B A
Numbers Symbols
730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630
AB 4.0 .8 4.0 2.1 1.3 .8
2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C2 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
P T 3.2 1.3 .8 .5 3.2 1.3 .8 .5
A B
DSG-005-3C3 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T
A B 3.4 2.1 1.3 3.4 2.1 1.3
DSG-005-3C40 a b 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.4 1.5 .9 2.4 1.5 .9
A B 4.0 2.9 2.4
Positions
DSG-005-2B2 b 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 2.3 1.2 1.7 1.7 4.0
Spring
Offset
2.9 2.0 1.5

Two
P T
A B
3.6
DSG-005-2B3 b 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 2.1 1.9 2.1 2.4 4.0 4.0 4.0
P T 2.8

The maximum flow rate is constant 3.4
regardless of any voltage variants 4.0 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 2.4 (90% of rated voltage)

■ Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
PSI MPa
300 2.0 1 Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
Model Numbers
250 P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T
Pressure Drop ∆P
1.6 2
200 DSG-005-3C2 4 4 4 4 —
1.2 3
DSG-005-3C3 5 5 5 5 3
150 4
DSG-005-3C40 4 4 4 4 —
0.8
100 1 1 4 4 —
5 DSG-005-2B2
50 0.4 DSG-005-2B3 2 2 4 4 —
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
● For any other specific gravity (G’), the pressure drop (∆P) may be obtained from the formula below.
∆P’ = ∆P (G’/0.850)

■ Flying Lead Wire Type

A -40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D ● Spring Offset:
DSG-005-2B - A -40/4090
Space Needed to Remove D
132 (5.20) Solenoid-Each End.
32 (1.26)
28 52
4.5(.18) Dia Through (1.10) (2.05)
8(.31) Dia Spotface Pressure Port "P"
4
4 Places SOL b
25(.98)
(1.30)
33
93
(3.66)
Cylinder Port "B" 8 Cylinder Port "A"
(.31)
44 ● For other dimensions, refer
(1.73) Tank Port "T" to “Spring Centred” type.
Lead Wire Manual Actuator

270(10.63)
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
Approx.
29(1.14)
(1.34)
SOL a SOL b
34
3 16(.63)
(.12)
Mounting Surface 2(.08) Dia. 17

(O-Rings Furnished) Location Pin (.67)

DIMENSIONS IN
■ DIN Connector Type / DIN Connector with Indicator Light

A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
A -N/N1-40/4090
● Spring Offset: DSG-005-2B -D The position of the Plug-in connector can be
changed as illustrated below by loosening the
Cable Departure lock nut. After completion of the change, be
46 18 30.1 Cable Applicable: 15.8 sure to tighten the lock nut with the torque as
(1.81) (.71) (1.19) Outside Dia. .... 3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.) (.62) specified below.
Conductor Area ....
Not Exceeding .75mm2 (.0012 sq. in.)
65.1(2.56)
(2.87)
73
46(1.81)
SOL a SOL b
Single Solenoid Models Only Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:
2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)
● For other dimensions, refer to “Flying Lead Wire Type”.

DIMENSIONS IN
■ Sub-plates: DSGM-005 -20/2080/2090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
28 21.5
(1.10) (.85)
20.75 32 58.5
7(.28) Dia. Through
(.82) (1.26) (2.30)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 16(.63)
14 35.5 "C" Thd.
2 Places 4 Places
(.55) 2.7(.11) Dia. (1.40)
7.25 15 12.5
(.30)
7.5
(.29) 4(.16) Deep (.59)

(.85) 12.5(.49)
(.49)
3.5(.14)
(.43)
11
(.45)
25(.98) 11.5
(.94)
24
63 (2.48)
48 (1.89)
(1.46)
B
21.5
37
T
"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep 71 7

4 Places (2.80) (.28)
85
(3.35)
4.3(.17) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate Piping Size

"D" Thd.
DSGM-005X-20 Rc 1/8
M4
DSGM-005X-2080 1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-005X-2090 1/8 NPT No. 8-32 UNC
DSGM-005Y-20 Rc 1/4
M4
DSGM-005Y-2080 1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-005Y-2090 1/4 NPT No. 8-32 UNC

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y
DSG-005- - -40/4090 13 7 8
SOL a SOL b
4 10 5 2
5 3 11 2 1 12 21 23 22 20 24 25
30 9 31 E

List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Remarks
3C 2B
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 — 1
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 1 Included in Solenoid Ass’y
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number “KS-DSG-005-40”.
■ Solenoid Ass’y, Coil and Connector Ass’y No.

Connector Connector
Valve Model Number 9 Solenoid Ass’y No. @2 Coil No. #0 Ass’y Part No. #1 Ass’y Part No. Remarks
DSG-005- -A100 SA05-100-40 C-SA05-100-40

DSG-005- -A200 SA05-200-40 C-SA05-200-40
Flying Lead Wire Type
DSG-005- -D12 SD05-12-40 C-SD05-12-40
DSG-005- -D24 SD-05-24-40 C-SD-05-24-40
DSG-005- -A100-N SA05-100-N-40 C-SA05-100-N-40
DSG-005- -A200-N SA05-200-N-40 C-SA05-200-N-40
TK290058-7 TK290058-7 Plug-in Connector Type
DSG-005- -D12-N SD05-12-N-40 C-SD05-12-N-40
DSG-005- -D24-N SD-05-24-N-40 C-SD-05-24-N-40
DSG-005- -A100-N1 SA05-100-N-40 C-SA05-100-N-40 TK290378-9 TK290378-9
Plug-in Connector
DSG-005- -A200-N1 SA05-200-N-40 C-SA05-200-N-40 TK290379-7 TK290379-7
with
DSG-005- -D12-N1 SD05-12-N-40 C-SD05-12-N-40 TK290089-2 TK290089-2 Indicator Light
DSG-005- -D24-N1 SD-05-24-N-40 C-SD-05-24-N-40 TK290090-0 TK290090-0

■ 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-01 Series
These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high
flow and low pressure drop, the features of which can be materialized
by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow
channel design.
● High Pressure & High Flow Rate
In comparison to our existing lines, both the pressure and flow of
these valves are much increased.
● Max. Operating Pressure: approx. 10 % increased [31.5→35 MPa
(4570 →5080 PSI)] Terminal Box Type
● Max. T-Line Back Pressure: approx. 30 % increased [16→21 MPa
(2320 →3050 PSI)]
● Max. Flow Rate: approx. 60 % increased [63→100 L/min (16.64
→26.42 U.S.GPM)]
● Low Pressure Drop
The pressure drop of these valves is reduced by 10 % from 1.0 to 0.9
MPa (145 to 131 PSI), in comparison to our existing lines*; the valves
effectively reduce the energy consumption of the unit.
{* At Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Spool Type: 3C2 (P→A)}
● Compact & Small Mass
Despite of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, these valve Plug-in Connector Type
bodies are compact and lightweight with DC double solenoids; the
overall length and mass are reduced from 210 to 205 mm (8.26 to 8.07
inch) and from 2.2 to 1.85 kg (4.85 to 4.08 lbs), respectively.
● Shockless type available
In addition to the standard valves for high pressure and high flow, a
shockless type capable of minimizing noise and vibration in piping
during spool changeover is also available.
● Stable Operation
Due to the powerful magnetic and spring force of the solenoids, these
valves exhibit a high tolerance to contaminants and especially stable
operation.
● IP65-equivalent high dust- and water-proof
These valves demonstrate excellent dust- and water-proof
characteristics, in compliance with I. E. C. Pub. 529. IP65 and JIS C
0920 IP65 (dust- and jet-proof type).
● Usable in products of various standards
These standard valves are CE certified for installation in equipment overseas.
UL/CSA certified products are also available.
■ Specifications
Max. Flow ★2 Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Mass
Valve Type Model Numbers L/min Pressure Back Pressure Frequency kg
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min–1} (lbs.)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 300 1.85
100 35 21 (4.08)
Standard Type DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 (26.4) (5080) R Type Sol. Only
(3050)
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 120 1.4(3.09)
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090 63 25 21 1.85(4.08)
Shockless Type 120
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090 (16.6) (3630) (3050) 1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
300 1.85
Low Wattage(14W) L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090 40 16 16 (4.08)
R Type Sol. Only
Type ★1 L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090 (10.6) (2320) (2320)
120
L-DSG-01-2B - -70/7090 1.4(3.09)
★ 1. For details of L-DSG-01, please contact us.

★ 2. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347
to 351 for details.

Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS " European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Sub-plat e Thread Mass
Size
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP. F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
1/4 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP. F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

M5 × 45 Lg. 5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)
European Design Standard Applicable to working pressure more than
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC × 1-3/4 Lg . 25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
E
Solenoid Ratings
Coil Frequency Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Valve Type Electric source
Type (Hz) Source Ratin g Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
50 100 80 - 110 2.42 0.51
A100 100 2.14 0.37
60 90 - 120

110 2.35 0.44

50 96 - 132 2.02 0.42
A120 120
1 60 108 - 144 1.78 0.31
Standard AC
Type 50 200 160 - 220 1.21 0.25
A200 200 1.07 0.19
60 180 - 240
220 1.18 0.22
50 192 - 264 1.01 0.21
Shockless A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.89 0.15
Type
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45
DC (K Series ) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23 29
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.61
R100 100 90 - 110 0.33
AC → DC Rectified (R ) 50/60 29
R200 200 180 - 220 0.16
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
2. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.
■ Options
Lock Nut
● Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition. SOL b
Push Button
● Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light Plug-in Connector

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector With Indicator Light
type solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid
can be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
SOL b

F- S- DSG - 01 -2 B 2 A -D24 -C -N -70 -L
Special Two Models with
Number Spool- Position Valve Electrical Reverse Mtg. of
Special Shockless Series Valve Spool Coil Manual Design Design Solenoid
of Valve Spring Conduit
Seals Type Number Size Type Omit if not Type Override Number Standard Omit if not
Positions Arrangement Connection
required required
2, 3
3: C: 4, 40 None:
AC:
Three Spring Japanese
60, 9 A100
Positions Centred Std. "JIS"
10, 11 A120
12 None: None:
A200
Manual Terminal 90:
A240 Override Box Type N.American
Pin Design Std.
DC:
None: D: D12
Standard No-Spring 2
Type D24
Detented
D48
F: C:
For Phosphate DSG: 2: Push
Ester Type Solenoid Button
01 Two 70
Fluids Operated R: and
Positions N: None:
(Omit if not Directional Lock Nut
required (AC → Plug-in Japanese
Valve (Option)
2 DC) Connector Std. "JIS"
B: A
1
Type and
3 1
R100 L
Spring B European
Offset 8 R200 2 Design
N1 : Std.
Plug-in
Connector
Type 90:
DC: with
3: C: D12 N. American
2 Indicator
Three Spring D24 Light Design
S: Positions Centred 4 D48 (Option) Std.
Shockless
Type R:
(AC →
2: B:
DC)
Two Spring 2 R100 L
Positions Offset R200
★1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
★2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.


● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A
Max. Flow L /min
Spool-Spring Arrangement
No. of Valve Positions
[Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic A B A B
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35
a
A B
b
100（43）100（41） 80（21） 60（17） 38（15） 100（43）100（41） 80（21） 60（17） 38（15）
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 57（38） 53（31） 29（17） 19（10） 13（9） 57（38） 53（31） 29（17） 19（10） 13（9）
AB
100（80）100（80）100（80）100（77）100（77） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46） 70（46）
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 90（63） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30） 45（30）
a
AB
b
90 90（22） 35（18） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15） 57（10） 35（7） 100（38） 76（28） 67（15） 57（10） 35（7）
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 90（26） 43（14） 30（11） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10） 16（7） 12（5） 50（31） 38（20） 20（10） 16（7） 12（5）
AB
85 85 85 80（40） 80（22） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24） 60（16） 55（12） 85（40） 85（35） 85（24） 60（16） 55（12）
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 80 80 80（30） 63（15） 25（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16） 22（13） 18（10） 70（26） 50（24） 32（16） 22（13） 18（10）
a
AB
b
43（23） 43（23） 42（23） 42（23） 42（23） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32） 52（32） 52（32） 54（32） 54（32） 52（32） 52（32） 52（32）
DSG−01−3C60
PT 40（23） 40（23） 38（23） 36（23） 35（23） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 48（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30） 47（30）

AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8

PT
a
AB
b
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13）
DSG−01−3C10 100
PT 100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10）
a
AB
100（65） 85（52） 72（45） 65（34） 60（27）
DSG−01−3C11 b
100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 70（50） 57（40） 50（25） 43（19） 35（18）
a
AB
b
100 100（63）100（33）100（27）100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13） 100（50）100（37）100（20） 78（16） 62（13）
DSG−01−3C12 100
PT 100（70） 80（20） 70（20） 40（19） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10） 100（37） 55（25） 29（14） 20（11） 15（10）
45（21） 45（16） 38（13） 50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）

No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
36（18） 28（13） 22（12） 50（45） 50（42） 45（40） 45（40）
AB
85（63） 80（50） 63（40） 44（32） 44（32）
DSG−01−2B2 b 85 85 85 85 85 20 16 16 15 13
85（30） 60（33） 50（28） 40（28） 40（28）
Spring Offset
PT
AB
80（70） 80（70） 80（70） 80（70） 80（70）
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 70（48） 70（48） 70（48） 70（48） 70（48）
AB
80（50） 70（40） 60（20） 45（10） 30（10）
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35（20） 23（15） 15（8） 10（5） 7（5）

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 100 (43)
100
any voltage variants within the 57 (38)
serviceable voltage
2. For the maximum flow rate in P → T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.
The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time
of delivery beforehand.

● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R
Max. Flow L /mi
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35
a
A B
b
100 45 28 25 22 100 45 28 25 22
DSG−01−3C2 100 100 100 100 100
PT 55 35 23 19 17 55 35 23 19 17
a
AB
b
100 100 100 100 100 78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75
DSG−01−3C3
PT 80 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
a
AB
b
90 50 38 100 58 38 31 29 100 58 38 31 29
DSG−01−3C4 90 90
PT 42 26 20 62 48 30 25 23 62 48 30 25 23
Three Positions
52 30 26 24 85 52 30 26 24
Spring Centred
a
AB
b
65 40 33 85
DSG−01−3C40 85 85
PT 45 30 26 65 36 25 21 19 65 36 25 21 19
a
AB
b
50 50 50 50 50 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66
DSG−01−3C60
PT 41 41 41 41 41 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8
PT
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C10 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
a
AB
b
100 60 40 36 32
DSG−01−3C11 100 100 100 100 100 23 20 13 10 5
PT 85 46 32 28 24
a
AB
b
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
DSG−01−3C12 85 85
PT 35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
75 75 75 75 75 40 30 27 50 50 45 45
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 45 45 50
PT
Two Positions
70 70 70 70 70 30 25 22 45 42 40 40
AB
46 31 24 22 22
DSG−01−2B2 80 80 80 80 80 20 16 16 15 13
Spring Offset
b
PT 32 23 19 18 18
AB
75 75 75 75 75
DSG−01−2B3 b 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
PT 65 65 65 65 65
AB
53 35 23 19 17
DSG−01−2B8 b 26 17 13 11 10
PT 35 30 17 13 12
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.

The maximum flow rate is constant 100
regardless of any voltage variants 100 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 55 (90% of rated voltage)

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time


● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
a b
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
AB
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
E
a b
DSG−01−3C3
PT 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
AB
a b
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
AB
22.5 22.5 22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
a b
DSG−01−3C40
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
AB
a b
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)

AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1

PT
AB
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)
DSG−01−3C10 a b
26.4
PT 26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)
a
AB
b
26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0) 15.9(7.1)
DSG−01−3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3
PT 18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0) 9.2(4.8)
a
AB
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)
DSG−01−3C12 b 26.4
PT 26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)
11.9(5.6) 11.9(4.2) 10.0(3.4) 13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)

No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
9.5(4.8) 7.4(3.4) 5.8(3.2) 13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)
AB
22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)
DSG−01−2B2 b 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)
Spring Offset
PT
AB
21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)
AB
21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)
DSG−01−2B8 b ― ― ― ― ― 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of 26.4(11.4)
26.4
any voltage variants within the 15.1(10.0)
serviceable voltage


● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B
Numbers Symbols
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
a
A B
b
26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8 26.4 11.9 7.4 6.6 5.8
DSG−01−3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
PT 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5 14.5 9.3 6.1 5.0 4.5
a
AB
b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 19.8
DSG−01−3C3
PT 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5
a
AB
b
23.8 13.2 10.0 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7 26.4 15.3 10.0 8.2 7.7
DSG−01−3C4 23.8 23.8
PT 11.1 6.9 5.3 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1 16.4 12.7 7.9 6.6 6.1
Three Positions
7.9 6.9 6.3 22.5 13.7 7.9 6.9 6.3

Spring Centred
a
AB
b
17.2 10.6 8.7 22.5 13.7
DSG−01−3C40 22.5 22.5
PT 11.9 7.9 6.9 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0 17.2 9.5 6.6 5.6 5.0
a
AB
b
13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4
DSG−01−3C60
PT 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3 15.3
AB
a
DSG−01−3C9 b
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1 5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1
PT
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C10 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
a
AB
b
26.4 15.9 10.6 9.5 8.5
DSG−01−3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3
PT 22.5 12.2 8.5 7.4 6.3
a
AB
b
22.5 21.1 10.6 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3 26.4 14.8 9.5 7.4 6.3
DSG−01−3C12 22.5 22.5
PT 9.2 6.1 5.3 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0 19.6 11.4 7.4 5.3 5.0
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 10.6 7.9 7.1 13.2 13.2 11.9 11.9
No-Spring
Detented
AB
a b
DSG−01−2D2 11.9 11.9 13.2
PT
Two Positions
18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 7.9 6.6 5.8 13.2 11.1 10.6 10.6
AB
12.2 8.2 6.3 5.8 5.8
DSG−01−2B2 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4
Spring Offset
b
PT 8.5 6.1 5.0 4.8 4.8
AB
19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8 19.8
DSG−01−2B3 b 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2
PT 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.2
AB
14.0 9.2 6.1 5.0 4.5
DSG−01−2B8 b 6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6
PT 9.3 7.9 4.5 3.4 3.2

The maximum flow rate is constant 26.4
regardless of any voltage variants 26.4 At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage 14.5 (90% of rated voltage)

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time

Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)

Graphic
Mode Numbers 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 35 MPa
Symbol
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (5080 PSI)
AB
a b 55 44 30 26 22
DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R (14.5) (11.6) (7.9) (6.9) (5.8)
PT
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01- -D /R


No. of Spool-Spring Graphic
Valve Model Numbers Symbol A B A B
Arrangement A B
Positions
P T P T P T
Working Pressure Working Pressure Working Pressure

MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI)
10 16 25 10 16 25 10 16 25
(1450) (2320) (3630) (1450) (2320) (3630) (1450) (2320) (3630)
A B
40 32 25 40 32 25
a b 63 63 40 (10.6) (8.5) (6.6) (10.6) (8.5) (6.6)
S-DSG-01-3C2 (16.6) (16.6) (10.6) 32 20 16 32 20 16
Three Spring PT
(8.5) (5.3) (4.23) (8.5) (5.3) (4.23)
Positions Centred AB
50 40 40 32 16 40 32 16
S-DSG-01-3C4 a b 60 (13.2) (10.6) (10.6) (8.5) (4.2) (10.6) (8.5) (4.2)
PT
(15.9) 40 20 32 16 12 32 16 12
(10.6) (5.3) (8.45) (4.23) (3.17) (8.45) (4.23) (3.17)
AB 50 45 45
Two Spring (13.2) (11.9) (11.9) 30 30 30 60 40 40
Positions S-DSG-01-3B2 b
45 40 40 (7.9) (7.9) (7.9) (15.9) (10.6) (10.6)
Offset PT
(11.9) (10.6) (10.6)
( Example ) L/min At rated voltage

50 [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant (13.2)
60
regardless of any voltage variants At minimum serviceable voltage
within the serviceable voltage (15.9) 40 (90% of rated voltage)
(10.6)
U.S.GPM

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A B A B
SOL b a SOL a
b
P T P T
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"

Neutral Position
SOL. a Energised SOL. b Energised
Position Position
A B
a b
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
"A": Use of Neutral and "B": Use of Neutral and
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbols
Model Numbers Model Numbers

Standard Reverse Standard Reverse
Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type
A B A B AB A B
DSG-01-2B A b a DSG-01-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
DSG-01-2B2A DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.

Typical Changeover Time

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions ] [Result of Measurement]

Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
ON
Flow Rate: 31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU) Solenoid OF F O FF
Voltage: 100 %V
(After coil temprature rises and saturated) Spool Shift 0 0
Max.
T1 T2
Type Model Numbers

T1
Time ms
T2
E
DSG-01-3C2- A 15 23
Standard
DSG-01-3C2- D 48 19
Type
DSG-01-3C2- R 50 100
Shockless Type

[Test Circuit and Conditions] [Reaults of Measurement]
Accelmeter
ON OF F
Speed SOL a
G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
a b Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1 T2
Time
Time Acceleratio n
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI) Type Model Nmbers ms m/s2 (G)
Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.) T1 T2 G1 G2
Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)
Viscosity: 35 mm 2 /s (164 SSU ) Shockles s 12 7
S-DSG-01-3C2- D 70 30
Type (1.2 ) (0.7 )
Standard 18 15
DSG-01-3C2- D 35 25
Type (1.8 ) (1.5 )

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-01 Pressure Drop Curve Number

Model Numbers
PSI
MPa
1 2 P →A B→ T P →B A→ T P→ T
600
4
DSG-01-3C2 4 4 4 4
3
500 DSG-01-3C3 5 5 5 5 2
3 DSG-01-3C4 4 4 4 4
Pressure Drop P
400 4 DSG-01-3C40 4 4 4 4
5 DSG-01-3C60 1 1 1 1 2
300 2
DSG-01-3C9 5 3 5 3
200 DSG-01-3C10 4 5 4 4
1 DSG-01-3C11 4 4 4 4
100 DSG-01-3C12 4 4 4 5
DSG-01-2D2 5 4 5 4
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 L/min DSG-01-2B2 5 4 5 4
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 U.S.GPM DSG-01-2B3 5 5 5 5
Flow Rate DSG-01-2B8 5 4
Shockless Type: S-DSG-01

PSI
MPa
180 1.2
1 Pressure Drop Curve Number
160 Model Numbers
1.0 P →A B→ T P→ B A→ T
P
S-DSG-01-3C2 1 1 1 1
120 2
Pressure Drop
0.8
S-DSG-01-3C4 1 2 1 2
0.6 S-DSG-01-2B2 1 1 1 1
80
0.4
40
0.2
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm 2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented DSG-01-2B -A -70/7090
3C -A -70/7090
DSG-01- 2D2 145.7
(5.74)
Solenoid Indicator Light Pressure Port "P"
(For Sol a) Cylinder Port "A"
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 76.7
(1.22) (.03)
SOL b
31 0.75
9.5(.37) C' Bore (1.59) (3.02)
4 Places
(1.28)
32.5
142.2
(5.60)
Cylinder Port "B"
Tank Port "T"
(For Sol b)
For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and
No-Spring Detented" models.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position
E
SOL a side is also available.
Solenoid-Each End
196.4 45.5 Electrical Conduit Connection
(7.73) (1.79) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
95 50.7
(3.74) (2.00)
26 46

(1.02) (1.81)

33
(1.25)
23.5 47(1.85)
31.75
A100
(1.30)
(3.50)
88.8
T
SOL a SOL b A
B A
(.93)
3 5
P
(1.50)
38
13.5 27 3(.12) Dia. ★

(.53) (1.06)
Mounting Surface Lock Nut 5(.20) Deep
70 Manual Actuator-Both Ends
(O-Rings Furnished) Tightening Torque: 6(.24) Dia. VIEW ARROW X
(2.76)
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
X
★ Locating pin can be fitted to this hole to conform with
Model Numbers "C " Thd. ISO4401-03-02-94. However, locating pin is not provided
to standard design valve. When ordering valve with a
DSG-01- -A -70 G 1/2 locating pin, please consult Yuken.
DSG-01- -A -7090 1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D -70/7090
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -70/7090
Spring Centred
No-Spring Detented Space Needed to Remove
Spring Offset Solenoid-Each End
204.4(8.05) 50
(1.97)
149.7
(5.89)
80.7
(3.16)
D24
SOLa SOL b D
3 5
Double Solenoid
Spring Offset Type 146.2
Models Only
(5.76)
For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.

Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190
DIMENSIONS IN
40.5 14.2
(1.59) (.56)
30.2 32
(1.19) "D" Thd. "E" Deep (1.26)
7 (.28) Dia. 21.5 16
4 Places "C" Thd.
4 Places (.85) (.63)
12.7(.50) 4 Places
15
(.30)
(.33)
7.5
8.5
(.59)
(.03)
0.75
(.61)
15.5
P
(1.02)
(2.48)
(1.89)
(1.22)
25.8
B
(1.25)
A
31.75
(.20)
63
5.2
48
31
(1.46)
37
(.94)
T
24
(.43)
11
12.5
71 7 7 (.28) Dia. Through
(.49)
(2.80) (.28) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface 35.5
85 2 Places
(1.40)
(3.35) 58.5
(2.30)
Sub-plate Piping Size "E"

"D" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. mm(IN.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4
M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 M5 10 (.39)
DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT No. 10-24 UNC 12 (.47)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

DIMENSIONS IN
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A - N -70/7090
N1
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D - N -70/7090
N1
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -N-70/7090
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
C Cable Departure completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
Cable Applicable: with the torque as specified below.
D Outside Dia. .... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
72.5 29.5 Conductor Area .... 46(1.81)
H
Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.85) (1.16) G
F
SOLa SOL b A100
E
(.93)
23.5
E
Double Solenoid Lock Nut
Models Only Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers C D E F G H
196.4 76.7 88.5 53 27.5 39
DSG-01- -A -N (7.73) (3.02) (3.48) (2.09) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 99.5 64 27.5 39
(S-)DSG-01- -D -N (8.05) (3.18) (3.92) (2.52) (1.08) (1.54)
204.4 80.7 102.5 57.2 34 53
(S-)DSG-01- -R -N

(8.05) (3.18) (4.04) (2.25) (1.34) (2.09)

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 356).
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut AC: 132.2(5.20) Lock Nut
DC/R: 136.2(5.36) Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
(S-)DSG-01- - -C clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design

In ouder to achieve higher pressure, higher flow, lower pressure drop DSG-01 valves has been upgraded from the 60
design series to the 70 design series.
The figures in the table below are the comparison between the current and the new design valves.
● Specifications
Max. Flow Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Pressure Drop ★ Mass kg (lbs.)
Design Number L/min Pressure Back Pres. Frequency MPa (PSI)
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Cycle/min (min–1) {P→A} 3C /2D 2B
New Design: 70 100(26.4) 35(5080) 21(3050) 300 0.9(130) 1.85(4.08) 1.4(3.09)
Current Design: 60 63(16.6) 31.5(4570) 16(2320) (R Type sol. Only 120) 1.0(145) 2.2(4.85) 1.6(3.53)
★ Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)
● Interchangeability in Installation
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E F
Design
H C Coil Type A B C D E F H J K L
Number
New Design 196.4 142.2 46 88.8 95 50.7 26 70 13.5 70.5
: 70 (7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
A100
AC
Current Design 191.4 142.7 48 90.3 90 50.7 23.5 65 11 72
D
L
SOL a SOL b : 60
3
A
5
(7.54) (5.62) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.00) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)
(1.50)
New Design 204.4 146.2 46 88.8 95 54.7 26 70 13.5 70.5

38
K 27 DC : 70 (8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
(1.06)
J R Current Design 210 152 48 90.3 90 60 23.5 65 11 72
B : 60 (8.27) (5.98) (1.89) (3.56) (3.54) (2.36) (.93) (2.56) (.43) (2.83)

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type
Connection
Power Supply 3
Power Suppl y 3
(For SOL.a)
Power Supply 3
Ground 1
(For SOL.b)
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. a SOL. b SOL. b
Common Plate 2 Indicator Light Indicator Light
Ground 1
Common 3 Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in 1-Power Suppl y 3
Connector 3
2-Power Suppl y 3
Type
2
2
3
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it. DANGER
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC→DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Supply Supply Supply
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Common Common Common

Ground Ground Voltage-Surge Ground Rectifier
Suppressor Circuit
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)

■ List of Seals
-DSG-01- - -70/7090
Spring Offset type 28

17
16 12 18 14 19 29 10 13 15
30
7
SOL a SOL b
6
5 4 3 1 8 2 27 25 24 21
11
23 20 26 22
E
-DSG-01- - -N/N1-70/7090
18 16 15 14 11 19

SOL a SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
3C 2D 2B
8 O-Ring SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90) 4 4 4
18 Packing 1790S-VK421290-8 1 1 1
19 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
24 O-Ring AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70) 2 2 1
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 2 1
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)
26 O-Ring SO-NA-P20 2 2 1
30 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
-DSG-01- - -70/7090 KS-DSG-01-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above), 27 (4 Pcs.)
-DSG-01- - -N-70/7090 KS-DSG-01-N-70 8 (4 Pcs.), 9 & 25 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
11 20 13 18 19
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-01- -A100-70 SA1-100-70 C-SA1-100-70
DSG-01- -A120-70 SA1-120-70 C-SA1-120-70
R1-70
DSG-01- -A200-70 SA1-200-70 C-SA1-200-70
DSG-01- -A240-70 SA1-240-70 C-SA1-240-70
DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-70 C-SD1-24-70
Terminal
DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
Box
DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70 Type
DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-70 C-SR1-200-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-70 SD1-12-S-70 C-SD1-12-70
KR1-A-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-70 SD1-24-S-70 C-SD1-24-70
S-DSG-01- -D48-70 SD1-48-S-70 C-SD1-48-70 KR1-B-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-70 SR1-100-S-70 C-SR1-100-70
RR1-70
S-DSG-01- -R200-70 SR1-200-S-70 C-SR1-200-70
DSG-01- -A100-N-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
DSG-01- -A200-N-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70
Plug-in
DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
Connector
DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10 Type
DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D12-N-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70
S-DSG-01- -D24-N-70 SD1-24-S-N-70 C-SD1-24-N-70 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
S-DSG-01- -D48-N-70 SD1-48-S-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70
S-DSG-01- -R100-N-70 SR1-100-S-N-70 C-SR1-100-N-70
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
S-DSG-01- -R200-N-70 SR1-200-S-N-70 C-SR1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A100-N1-70 SA1-100-N-70 C-SA1-100-N-70
DSG-01- -A120-N1-70 SA1-120-N-70 C-SA1-120-N-70
GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
DSG-01- -A200-N1-70 SA1-200-N-70 C-SA1-200-N-70
DSG-01- -A240-N1-70 SA1-240-N-70 C-SA1-240-N-70 Plug-in
Connector
DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
with
Indicator
DSG-01- -D48-N1-70 SD1-48-N-70 C-SD1-48-N-70 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11 Light
S-DSG-01- -D12-N1-70 SD1-12-S-N-70 C-SD1-12-N-70 GDML-211-2-11 GDML-211-2-11
Note: The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-03 Series

These are epoch-making solenoid operated valves of high pressure, high flow
which have been developed incorporating a unique design concept into every
part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these
valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of
oil outside of the valves.
● Wide Range of Models
Choose the optimum valve to meet your need from a large selection available.
The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are
Terminal Box Type
classified into the two basic models.
● Standard type …. Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high
flow: 120 L/min (31.7 U.S.GPM)

● Shockless type …. A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping
can be reduced to a minimum.

● Stable Operation
With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against
contamination and thus ensure a stable operation. Plug-in Connector Type
E
● Usable in products of various standards
CE/UL/CSA certified products are available.

Specifications
★2 Max. Operating Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)
Valve Model Max. Flow
Pressure Back Pres. Frequency Type of Solenoid
Type Numbers L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) min-1 (Cycles/Min) AC DC, R, RQ
DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Standard 31.5 (4570) 240 3.6 (7.9) 5 (11)
DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090 120 (31.7) Spool Type 60 Only 16 (2320) R Type Sol. Only
Type 25 (3630) 120
DSG-03-2B - -50/5090 2.9 (6.4) 3.6 (7.9 )
Shockless S-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090 5 (11)
120 (31.7) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 120
Type S-DSG-03-2B2- -50/5090 3.6 (7.9)
★1 L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Low 240
3.6 (7.9) 5 (11)
Wattage L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090 60 (15.9) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) R Type Sol. Only
(14W)Type L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090 120
2.9 (6.4) 3.6 (7.9I
★1 For details of L-DSG-03, please contact us.
★2 The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow
differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on
pages 364 to 368.
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard Approx.
Piping
Size
3/8 DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8 DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
3/4 DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
M6 × 35 Lg. 12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC × 1-1/2 Lg.

Solenoid Ratings
Coil Frequency Voltage (V) Current & Power at Rated Voltage
Valve Type Electric source
Type (Hz) Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) 2 Holding (A) Power (W)
50 100 80 - 110 5.37 0.90
A100 100 4.57 0.63
60 90 - 120
110 5.03 0.77
50 96 - 132 4.48 0.75
A120 120
1 60 108 - 144 3.81 0.52
AC
50 200 160 - 220 2.69 0.45
Standard
Type A200 200 2.29 0.31
60 180 - 240
220 2.52 0.38
50 192 - 264 2.24 0.37
A240 240
60 216 - 288 1.91 0.26
Shockless D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 3.16
Type
DC (K Series ) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.57 38
D100 100 90 - 110 0.38
R100 100 90 - 110 0.43
AC→ DC Rectified (R ) 50/60 38
R200 200 180 - 220 0.21
AC →DC Rectified (RQ)
RQ100 50/60 100 90 - 110 0.43 38
(Quick Return )
1. AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.
R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.
3. There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries .
delivery with us before ordering .
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
Lock Nut
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type Push Button
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
M8 Mounting Bolts. Plug-in Connector

As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for with Solenoid
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also Indicator Light
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws

are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and
sub-plate model number like below. SOL b
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 × 38 Lg.


F- S- DSG -03 -2 B 2 A -D24 -C -N -50 -L
Special Two Models with
Number Spool- Position Valve Electrical Reverse Mtg. of
Special Shockless Series Valve Spool Coil Manual Design Design Solenoid
of Valve Spring Conduit
Seals Type Number Size Type Type Override Number Standard Omit if not
Positions Arrangement Omit if not Connection
required required
AC:
2, 3 A100
C: 4,40 A120 None:
3:
Three Spring 5, 60 A200 Japanese
Positions Centred None: Std. "JIS"
9, 10 A240
11, 12 DC: Terminal
Box Type 90:
D12
None: D24 N.American
Design Std.
Standard D: D100 None:
Type
No-Spring 2 R: Manual
2:
Detented (AC →DC) Override
R100 Pin E
Two R200
Positions 2
B: 1 RQ:
F: A
DSG: Spring 3 (AC →DC) L
For Phosphate 1
Ester Type Solenoid Offset 8 B
Operated 03 RQ100 50
Fluids 2
(Omit if not Directional N:
Valve None::
C:

required) Plug-in Japanese
Push

DC: Connector Std. "JIS"
Button Type
D12 and and
3: C: Lock Nut European
2 D24
Three Spring (Option) 3 Design
Positions Centred 4 D100 N1:
Std.
Plug-in
R: Connector
S: (AC DC) Type
Shockless with 90:
R100
Type Indicator N. American
R200 Light Design
(Option) Std.
2: B: 1
A RQ:
Two Spring 2 1 (AC DC) L
Positions Offset B
RQ100
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A
Max. Flow L/min
A B P A P B
P A T
B [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
A B A B
Model Graphic A B
Numbers Symbols P T
P T
P T
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

A B 100(70) 100(48) 96(28) 65(24) 100(70) 100(48) 96(28) 65(24)
a b
DSG-03-3C2 100 100 100 100
P T 90(49) 53(30) 34(19) 26(15) 90(49) 53(30) 34(19) 26(15)
A B 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81)
a b
DSG-03-3C3 90 90 90 90
P T 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81) 100(81)
A B
a b 80(65) 80(25) 100(58) 100(33) 76(22) 46(19) 100(58) 100(33) 76(22) 46(19)
DSG-03-3C4 80 80
P T 75(20) 30(15) 90(47) 50(26) 28(18) 22(15) 90(47) 50(26) 28(18) 22(15)
A B 100(75) 100(62) 100(39) 84(21) 48(18) 100(62) 100(39) 84(21) 48(18)
a b
DSG-03-3C40 100 100 100
P T 100(25) 62(40) 47(26) 27(16) 20(12) 62(40) 47(26) 27(16) 20(12)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 30 30 30 30 26 21 18 16 30 28 28 28
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 70 70 70 100 100 100 100 100 100
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 100 100 100 100 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
P T
A B
a b 80(30) 80(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C10 80 80
P T 30(25) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
A B
a b 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28) 100(80) 100(65) 85(35) 62(28)
DSG-03-3C11 100 100 100 100
P T 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25) 80(60) 70(46) 51(32) 45(25)
A B
a b 90(30) 90(20) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16) 100(55) 100(36) 60(21) 34(16)
DSG-03-3C12 90 90
P T 40(20) 20(15) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11) 60(38) 47(24) 23(14) 17(11)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 100 100 100 100 40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
A B 100 100 100 100 100(62) 100(62) 100(44) 94(37)

DSG-03-2B2 b 34 24 20 19
Spring Offset
P T 100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 80(42) 73(36) 63(34) 51(33)

A B 100 100 100 100 100(79) 100(72) 100(64) 100(59)
DSG-03-2B3 b 57 57 57 57
P T 100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 92(55) 89(46) 78(28) 70(27)
A B 100(35) 87(15) 61( 9 ) 49( 7 )
DSG-03-2B8 b 26 19 18 16
P T 45(21) 34(12) 15( 9 ) 11( 6 )
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example) 50Hz, At rated voltage 50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

100(75)
The maximum flow rate is 100
constant regardless of 50 Hz or 100(25)
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable 60Hz, At rated voltage 60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
voltage (90% of rated voltage)



Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100
Max. Flow L/min
A B P A B
P
P A T
Model Graphic
A B
Numbers Symbols A B
A B
P T P T
P T
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

A B
a b 120 80 55 120 80 55
DSG-03-3C2
DSG-03-3C3 a
P T
A B
b
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
120
54
120 120
43
120
120
100
120 120
54 43
120
E
P T
A B
a b 84 64 84 64
DSG-03-3C4 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 65 53 65 53
A B 120 62 49 120 62 49
a b
DSG-03-3C40 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T 104 57 42 104 57 42
Three Positions
Spring Centred

A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 50 50 50 50 35 24 21 20 45 45 45 45

P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
P T
A B
a b 120 65 112 60 51 112 60 51
DSG-03-3C10 120 120 120 120
P T 65 50 69 46 40 69 46 40
A B
a b 80 65 80 65
DSG-03-3C11 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100
P T 62 52 62 52
A B
a b 120 65 120 62 51 120 62 51
DSG-03-3C12 120 120 120 120
P T 65 50 86 47 40 86 47 40
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35
P T
Two Positions
A B 110 110 110 110 114 75 63

DSG-03-2B2 b 68 47 38 38 120
Spring Offset
P T 100 100 100 100 83 58 48

A B 120
DSG-03-2B3 b 120 120 120 120 77 77 77 77 120 120 120
P T 103
A B 120 62 47
DSG-03-2B8 b 53 33 24 23 120
P T 62 40 37
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
120
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 65 At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]


Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A
Max. Flow U.S.GPM
A B P A P B
P A T
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbole A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
a b
DSG-03-3C2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0) 6.7 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C3 23.8 23.8 23.8 23.8
P T 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B 21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
a b
DSG-03-3C4 21.1 21.1
P T 19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8) 5.8 (4.0)
A B 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
a b
DSG-03-3C40 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2) 5.3 (3.2)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 6.9 5.5 4.8 4.2 7.9 7.4 7.4 7.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 18.5 18.5 18.5 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9
P T
A B 21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C10 21.1 21.1
P T 7.9 (6.6) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
A B 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C11 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
A B 23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C12 23.8 23.8
P T 10.6 (5.3) 5.3 (4.0) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9) 15.9 (10) 12.4 (6.3) 6.1 (3.7) 4.5 (2.9)
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 10.6 10.6 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (11.6) 24.8 (9.8)
DSG-03-2B2 b 9.0 6.3 5.3 5.0
Spring Offset
P T 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 21.1 (11.1) 19.3 (9.5) 16.6 (9.0) 13.5 (8.7)
A B 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 (20.9) 26.4 (19) 26.4 (16.9) 26.4 (15.6)
DSG-03-2B3 b 15.1 15.1 15.1 15.1
P T 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 24.3 (14.5) 23.5 (12.2) 20.6 (7.4) 18.5 (7.1)
A B 26.4 (9.2) 23 (4.0) 16.1 (2.4) 12.9 (1.8)
DSG-03-2B8 b 6.9 5.0 4.8 4.2
P T 11.9 (5.5) 9.0 (3.2) 4.0 (2.4) 2.9 (1.6)
(Example) 50Hz, At rated voltage 50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

26.4(19.8)
The maximum flow rate is 26.4
constant regardless of 50 Hz or 26.4(6.6)
60 Hz and of any voltage
variants within the serviceable 60Hz, At rated voltage 60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
voltage (90% of rated voltage)



Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100
Max. Flow U.S. GPM
A B P A P B
T
P B A [Port "B" Blocked] [Port "A" Blocked]
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570
A B
31.7 21.1 14.5 31.7 21.1 14.5
E
a b
DSG-03-3C2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 26.4 14.3 11.4 26.4 14.3 11.4
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C3 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T
A B
a b 22.2 16.9 22.2 16.9
DSG-03-3C4 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 14 17.2 14
A B 31.7 16.4 12.9 31.7 16.4 12.9
a b
DSG-03-3C40 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 27.5 15.1 11.1 27.5 15.1 11.1
Three Positions
Spring Centred

A B
a b
DSG-03-3C5 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 9.2 6.3 5.5 5.3 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9

P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C60 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T
A B
a b
DSG-03-3C9 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T
A B
a b 31.7 17.2 29.6 15.9 13.5 29.6 15.9 13.5
DSG-03-3C10 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 13.2 18.2 12.2 10.6 18.2 12.2 10.6
A B
a b 21.1 17.2 21.1 17.2
DSG-03-3C11 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4
P T 16.4 13.7 16.4 13.7
A B
a b 31.7 17.2 31.7 16.4 13.5 31.7 16.4 13.5
DSG-03-3C12 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 17.2 13.2 22.7 12.4 10.6 22.7 12.4 10.6
No-Spring
Detented
AB b
a
DSG-03-2D2 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 11.9 9.8 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2
P T
Two Positions
A B 29.1 29.1 29.1 29.1 30.1 19.8 16.6

DSG-03-2B2 b 18 12.4 10 10 31.7
Spring Offset
P T 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 21.9 15.3 12.7

A B 31.7
DSG-03-2B3 b 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3 31.7 31.7 31.7
P T 27.2
A B 31.7 16.4 12.4
DSG-03-2B8 b 14 8.7 6.3 6.1 31.7
P T 16.4 10.6 9.8
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]

22.2
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 31.7
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 17.2 At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]


Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated
below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral
position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below
regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.

Graphic
Model Numbers 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
Symbols
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSG-03-3C3-A A B 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
a b
DSG-03-3C3-D /R /RQ100 P T 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
DSG-03-3C5-A A B 26 (6.9) 21 (5.5) 18 (4.8) 16 (4.2)
a b
DSG-03-3C5-D /R /RQ100 P T 35 (9.2) 24 (6.3) 21 (5.5) 20 (5.3)
DSG-03-3C60-A A B 84 (22.2) 52 (13.7) 52 (13.7)
a b
DSG-03-3C60-D /R /RQ100 P T 68 (18.0) 65 (17.2) 61 (16.1)
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow

Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -D
Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -RQ100
A B P A P B
P A T
No. of Valve
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Positions
Model Graphic
A B A B
Numbers Symbols A B
P T P T
P T
Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI) Working Pressure MPa (PSI)
5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25 5 10 16 25
(730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630) (730) (1450) (2320) (3630)
A B 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
a b
S-DSG-03-3C2 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
Positions
Centred
Spring
Three
P T 105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6) 105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)

A B
b
85 (22.5) 65 (17.2) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
a
S-DSG-03-3C4 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T 70 (18.5) 45 (11.9) 100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2) 100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
Positions
Spring
105 (27.7) 60 (15.9)

Offset
Two
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2 b 120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2)
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min U.S.GPM
At rated voltage
120 (31.7)
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of 120 (31.7)
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage 80 (21.1) At minimum serviceable voltage
[after temperature rises and saturated]

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A B A B
SOL b SOL a
a
b
P T P T
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
Position Position

A B

a b
P T
2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
P T P T
Position (2B2A) Position (2B2B)
Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbols

Standard Reverse Standard Reverse
Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type Mtg. Type
A B A B A B A B
(S-) DSG-03-2B A b a DSG-03-2B B b a
P T P T P T P T
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A (S-) DSG-03-2B2B
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with
us before ordering.

Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Test Conditions] [Result of Measurement]

Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM)
ON
Viscosity: 30 mm2 /s (140 SSU)
Solenoid OFF OFF
Voltage: 100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
Spool Shift 0 0
Max.
T1 T2
Changeover Time ms
Type Model Numbers
T1 T2
DSG-03-3C2-A 27 22
Standard DSG-03-3C2-D 97 30
Type DSG-03-3C2-R 97 204
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 97 41
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions] [Result of Measurement]
Accelmeter
Speed ON OFF
SOL a
a b Load G1 G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure (Ps)
T1 T2
Time
Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI) Time Acceleration

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.) Type Model Numbers ms m/s2 (G)
Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min) T1 T2 G1 G2
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (140 SSU) S-DSG-03-3C2- D 110 120
Shockless 6.4 6.4
S-DSG-03-3C2- R 110 220
Type (.65) (.65)
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 110 120

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-03 Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa Model Numbers
1 P→A B→ T P→ B A→ T P→ T
2.5
350 DSG-03-3C2 7 7 7 7
2 DSG-03-3C3 9 9 9 9 5
300
P
2.0 3 DSG-03-3C4 7 8 7 8
Pressure Drop
250 DSG-03-3C40 7 7 7 7
4 DSG-03-3C5 9 7 7 9 1
1.5
200 DSG-03-3C60 6 5 6 5 1
5
DSG-03-3C9 9 7 9 7
150 1.0 DSG-03-3C10 7 8 7 7
100 DSG-03-3C11 9 7 7 7
6 DSG-03-3C12
E
7 7 7 8
0.5 7
50 8 DSG-03-2D2 4 3 6 6
9
0 DSG-03-2B2 2 1 7 7
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min DSG-03-2B3 3 2 9 9
DSG-03-2B8 6 5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

Shockless Type: S-DSG-03
PSI MPa 1
2.5
350
300
P
2.0
2
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop Curve Number
Model Numbers
1.5 P→A B→T P→B A→T
200
S-DSG-03-3C2 2 2 2 2
150 3 S-DSG-03-3C4 2 2 3 3
1.0
S-DSG-03-2B2 1 2 2 2
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L/ min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/0.850)

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A -50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended
Cylinder Port "A "
(For Sol b)
91 54 Cylinder Port "B"
(3.58) (2.13)
(1.28)
32.5
Model Numbers "C " Thd.
(1.81)
46
DSG-03- -A -50 G 1/2
DSG-03- -A -5090 1/2 NPT
7(.28) Dia. Through 50.8 Solenoid Indicator Light
11(.43) Dia. Spotface (2.00) (For Sol a)
4 Places Tank Port "T "

Solenoid-Each End
47.5 236
(1.87) (9.29)
179.5
Electrical Conduit Connection (7.07)
"C " Thd. (Both Ends) 123
(4.84)
34.5
58
(1.36)
(2.28)
105.3
(4.15)
(3.52)
89.5
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
32 19
(1.26) Lock Nut (.75)
70 Tightening Torque: 92
(2.76) 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.) (3.62)
Mounting Surface
Manual Actuator (O-Rings Furnished)
6.3(.25) Dia.
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
179.5
(7.07)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -D -50/5090
Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -R -50/5090
Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -RQ100-50/5090
Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented
Single Solenoid: Spring Offset
Solenoid-Each End
70.5 282
(2.78) (11.10)
58 202.5
(2.28) (7.97)
E
(4.15)
105.3
(3.52)
89.5
SOL b SOL a
L L'
(1.39)
35.3
32 114
(1.26) (4.49) Double Solenoid
70 199.3 Models Only
(2.76) (7.85)

For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 372).
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub- plates MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J 90
(3.54)
18 54
(.71) (2.13)
37.3 "D" Thd. "E" Deep
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through (1.47) 4 Places
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface 27
4 Places (1.06) K L
16.7 N
T
(.66)
3.2 7 P
(.79)
(.39)
(.87)
(.28)
20
(.13)
10
22
S
(.25)
6.4
P
(.84)
21.4
Q
(1.28)
(2.99)
(3.54)
32.5
(4.33)
(2.76)
(1.81)
76
110
90
70
46
B
A T
11 (.43) Dia. H 92
(3.62) "C" Thd.
4 Places
F 4 Places
Sub-plate Piping Size Dimensions mm (Inches)

"D" Thd.
Model Numbers "C" Thd. E F H J K L N P Q S T
DSGM-03-40 Rc 3/8
M6 13 (.51) 110 9 10 32 62 40 16 48 21 24
DSGM-03-2180 3/8 BSP.F
(4.33) (.35) (.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83) (.94)
DSGM-03-2190 3/8 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2
M6 13 (.51) 110 9 10 32 62 40 16 48 21 24
DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F
(4.33) (.35) (.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83) (.94)
DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4
M6 13 (.51) 120 14 15 50 80 45 10 47 16 42
DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F
(4.72) (.55) (.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15 (.59)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A - N -50/5090
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut 236
with the torque as specified below. (9.29)
91
(3.58)
27.5(1.08) 39 35 89
(1.54) (1.38) (3.50)
(1.39) (2.43)
35.3 61.8
(4.30)
109.1
(2.43)
SOLa
61.8
SOLb
32 Double Solenoid
176.3
(1.26) (6.94) Models Only
70 Lock Nut
(2.76) Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -D - N -50/5090

N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -R -N-50/5090
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as Outside Dia. ..... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut 282
with the torque as specified below. (11.10)
114
(4.49)
F 35 89
E (1.38) (3.50)
D
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
32
(1.26) 199.3 Double Solenoid
70 (7.85) Models Only
Lock Nut
(2.76)
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"

Model Numbers (Page 372 – 373).
C D E F
N
DSG-03- -D - N1-50/5090 121.1 (4.77) 73.8 (2.91) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54)
DSG-03- -R -N-50/5090 124.9 (4.92) 62.6 (2.46) 34 (1.34) 53 (2.09)
DIMENSIONS IN
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03- - C(- N )-50/5090
N1
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut" DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
Push Button

Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type
Connection
3
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
1 Power Supply Earth
Earth
(For SOL.a)
Indicatot Indicator
Light Light
Terminal
Box Type SOL. b SOL. a SOL. b
Common Plate 2 Indicator Light

Power
Common 1 Supply
Earth
1
1
Ground E
Plug-in 1-Power Supply 3
Connector 3
3
2-Power Supply
Type
2
2
3

1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.

2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it. DANGER
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of Electric Source
Electrical Conduit
Connection AC DC AC → DC Rectified
Indicator Light
Indicator Light Indicator Light Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Power Power Power
Terminal
Box Type SOL. SOL. SOL.
Common Common Common

Ground Ground Voltage-Surge Ground Rectifier
Suppressor Circuit
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only) Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power 1-Power 1-Power
Plug-in SOL. SOL.
Connector 2-Power 2-Power 2-Power
Type Supply Supply Supply
Ground Ground Ground Rectifier
Voltage-Surge Circuit
Indicator Light Suppressor
(Integrated in "N1" (Circuit composed
model only) in coil)

■ List of Seals
-DSG-03- - -50/5090
Spring Offset Type

18 16
25
30 26 19 21 20 22 24 31 17 23 43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b SOL a 28
27
1 2 27 3 6 4 10
-DSG-03- -N/N1-50/5090
46 47 48 45 16
SOL b SOL a
List of Seals
Qty.
3C 2D2 2B
21 Gasket 1751S-VK418689-6 1 1 1
27 O-Ring SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90) 5 5 5
29 Plug 1790S-VK418329-9 2
30 O-Ring S6 2 2 2
Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16 )
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit No. O-Ring Details for Seal Kit
DSG-03- - -50/5090 KS-DSG-03-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above), 43 (4 Pcs.)
DSG-03- - -N-50/5090 KS-DSG-03-N-50 27 (5 Pcs.), 28 & 41 (2 Pcs., see above)
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 377 for the details of these parts.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
16 42 17 45 46
Valve Model Numbers Receptacle Connector Ass'y Connector Ass'y Remarks
Solenoid Ass'y No. Coil No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DSG-03- -A100-50 SA3-100-51 C-SA3-100-51
DSG-03- -A120-50 SA3-120-51 C-SA3-120-51
R3-60
DSG-03- -A200-50 SA3-200-51 C-SA3-200-51
DSG-03- -A240-50 SA3-240-51 C-SA3-240-51
DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-51 C-SD3-12-51
KR3-A-60
DSG-03- -D24-50 SD3-24-51 C-SD3-24-51
DSG-03- -D100-50 SD3-100-51 C-SD3-100-51 KR3-C-60
Terminal
DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60 Box
DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-51 C-SR3-200-51
Type
DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
S-DSG-03- -D12-50 SD3-12-S-51 C-SD3-12-51
S-DSG-03-
S-DSG-03-
-D24-50
-D100-50
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
E
S-DSG-03- -R100-50 SR3-100-S-51 C-SR3-100-51
RR3-60
S-DSG-03- -R200-50 SR3-200-S-51 C-SR3-200-51
S-DSG-03- -RQ100-50 SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51 QR3-C-60
DSG-03- -A100-N-50 SA3-100-N-51 C-SA3-100-N-51
DSG-03- -A120-N-50 SA3-120-N-51 C-SA3-120-N-51

DSG-03- -A200-N-50 SA3-200-N-51 C-SA3-200-N-51

DSG-03- -A240-N-50 SA3-240-N-51 C-SA3-240-N-51 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSG-03- -D12-N-50 SD3-12-N-51 C-SD3-12-N-51
DSG-03- -D24-N-50 SD3-24-N-51 C-SD3-24-N-51
Plug-in
DSG-03- -D100-N-50 SD3-100-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51
Connector
DSG-03- -R100-N-50 SR3-100-N-51 C-SR3-100-N-51
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10 Type
DSG-03- -R200-N-50 SR3-200-N-51 C-SR3-200-N-51
S-DSG-03- -D12-N-50 SD3-12-S-N-51 C-SD3-12-N-51
S-DSG-03- -D24-N-50 SD3-24-S-N-51 C-SD3-24-N-51 GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
S-DSG-03- -D100-N-50 SD3-100-S-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51
S-DSG-03- -R100-N-50 SR3-100-S-N-51 C-SR3-100-N-51
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
S-DSG-03- -R200-N-50 SR3-200-S-N-51 C-SR3-200-N-51
DSG-03- -A100-N1-50 SA3-100-N-51 C-SA3-100-N-51
DSG-03- -A120-N1-50 SA3-120-N-51 C-SA3-120-N-51
GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11
DSG-03- -A200-N1-50 SA3-200-N-51 C-SA3-200-N-51
DSG-03- -A240-N1-50 SA3-240-N-51 C-SA3-240-N-51 Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
DSG-03- -D100-N1-50 SD3-100-N-51 C-SD3-100-N-51 GDML-211-1-11 GDML-211-1-11 Light
Note : The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
2 type of Direct Acting type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,
E-DSG-01/03, with suppressed consumption power 5W were launched
in series.
● Because these valves only 5W of power which enables remarkable

reduction of operating cost.
E-DSG-01
DSG Series
Standard E-DSG Series
Low Wattage Type
DSG-01: 29W E-DSG-01: 5W
DSG-03: 38W E-DSG-03: 5W
● Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
● These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
● CE certified products are available. E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow ★ Max. T-Line Max. Changeover
L/min Max. Operating Pressure Frequency Mass
Model Numbers Back Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) kg (1bs.)
MPa (PSI) Cycle/min {min-1}
E-DSG-01-3C -D -60 2.2 (4.85)

E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60 30 240 2.2 (4.85)
16 (2320) 16 (2320)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60 (7.9) 2.2 (4.85)
E-DSG-01-2B -D -60 1.6 (3.53)
E-DSG-03-3C -D -50 5 (11.03)
63
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 240 5 (11.03)
(16.6)
E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50 3.6 (7.94)
★ Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.
Solenoid Ratings
Model Numbers Electric source Coil Type
Source Rating Serviceable Range Inrush (A) Power (W)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.43
E-DSG-01 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.23
DC (K Series)
D12 12 10.8 – 13.2 0.44
E-DSG-03 5
D24 24 21.6 – 26.4 0.22
delivery with us before ordering .
For details, please contact us.
378 Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Drive power source and signal are separate.
The valve is actuated by operating a built-in switch using a very small

current signal (about 10 mA) when the solenoid is energised.
● A Direct Drive by a programmable controller is now possible.

As the valve can be actuated by a very small current, as we have
mentioned, a Direct Drive is possible on the output circuit of the
programmable controller or sequence controller. T-DSG-01
● Simple construction and stable operation.

Since the valve is a direct type, the construction is quite simple.
Also the solenoid is the well proven wet armature type, which can
withstand contamination.
Therefore a stable operation can be obtained. E
T-DSG-03
Specifications

Max. Flow ★ Max. Operating Pressure Max. T-Line Max. Changeover Mass
Valve Back Pressure Frequency
Electronic Relay Incorporated

Model Numbers L/min MPa kg
Type MPa
(U.S.GPM) (PSI) (PSI) Cycle/min {min-1} (1bs.)
T-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090

Standard 100 35 21 1.85 (4.08)
T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090 (5080) (3050) 300
Type (26.4)
T-DSG-01-2B -D24 -70/7090 1.4 (3.09)
Shockless T-S-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090 63 25 21 1.85 (4.08)
120
Type T-S-DSG-01-2B2-D24 -70/7090 (16.6) (3630) (3050) 1.4 (3.09)
T-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090 31.5 (4570)
Standard 120 16 5 (11.03)
T-DSG-03-2D2-D24 -50/5090 Spool Type 60 Only 240
Type (31.7) (2320)
T-DSG-03-2B -D24 -50/5090 25 (3630) 3.6 (7.94)
Shockless T-S-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090 120 25 16 5 (11.03)
120
Type T-S-DSG-03-2B2-D24 -50/5090 (31.7) (3630) (2320) 3.6 (7.94)
★ Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard
DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.

F- T- S- DSG -03 -2 B 2 A -D24 M -70 -L
Special Supply Models with
Special Control Series Valve Number Spool-Spring Spool Two Type of Design Design Alternate
Type Coil Type
Seals Type Number Size of Valve Arrangement Type Position Signal Number Standard Offset
Position
Valve Power Solenoid
None:
01 Internal
70
T: Signal
Electronic Power
DC
Relay
D24
Incorporated
M:
Type
03 External
Signal 50
Power
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
For details, please contact us.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 379

■ Comparison of The Conventional Type and The Electronic Relay
Incorporated Type
Conventional Type
● Output Unit
● Large capacity output units (approximately 2A per unit) are required to operate solenoid
Programmable operated directional valves.
● As there is a limitation for common capacity, all contacts of the output units can be used in
Controller some cases.
● Total cost therefore becomes higher, and a larger installation space is required.
Control Board
Thick wires are

required and,
therefore, wiring
is awkward.
Solenoid Power Supply ● Power Supply Cables

● As each double solenoid valve requires a minimum of three cables, it is obvious that
the more valves you use, the more power supply cables and wiring is necessitated.
This may increase the possibility of miswriting.
● Miswriting and short circuits may damage a very expensive programmable
controller and output units.
Electronic Relay Incorporated Type
● Output Unit
● Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.
● Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.
Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.
● Signal Output Cables

Programmable ● Thinner cable, compared with power supply cable, can be used and therefore wiring is easier.
Controller ● The solenoid operated directional valve is provided with a protective circuit to ensure a
Control constant current, which protects the programmable controller from serious effects caused by
Board miswriting.
Common
Cables
Solenoid Power Supply
● Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves
and, therefore wiring can be reduced.
380 Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

These valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot
operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve
directs the flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the
direction of flow in the hydraulic circuit.
● High Pressure High Flow

High pressure [31.5 MPa (4570 PSI)] along which high flow means
compact system design.
● Lower Pressure Drop

System energy saving increased as pressure drop of each valve has been
greatly reduced.
Specifications
Pilot Operated Directional Valves

★1 Max. Min. ★2 Max. T-Line Back Max. Change-
Valve Max. Flow Operating Max. Pilot Required Pressure over Frequecy Mass
Model Numbers L/min Pressure MPa (PSI) Cycles/Min {min–1} kg
Type Pressure Pilot Pres.
(U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Ext. Drain Int. Drain AC DC (1bs.)
Solenoid Controlled
R
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490 3.2 (7.1)
40 (10.6) 21 (3050) 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490 2.7 (6.0)
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490 6.9 (15.2)
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490 160 (42.3) 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 0.7 (100) 16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 6.9 (15.2)
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490 6.4 (14.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 16 (2320) 120 120 120 8.5 (18.7)
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290 8.0 (17.6)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390 ★3
12.4 (27.3)
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 120 120 120 12.4 (27.3)
500 (132) 31.5 (4570) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390 11.9 (26.2)
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390 21 (3050) 1.0 (145) 110 110 110 13.2 (29.1)
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390 120 120 100 45.0 (99.2)
25 (3630)
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390 ★3 100 100 100 45.0 (99.2)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570) 1.0 (145) 21 (3050) 16 (2320)
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390 44.5 (98.1)
21 (3050) 60 60 50
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390 52.9 (116.6)
★1. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390 Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.
for details. Consult us for the details.
★2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure Rated Flow Max. Pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure. Model Numbers
l/min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
★3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
DSHF-10- - -27 315 (83) 21 (3050)
DSHF-16- - -37 500 (132) 21 (3050)
■ Solenoid Ratings DSHF-24- - -28 1200 (317) 21 (3050)
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid DSHF-32- - -27 2400 (634) 21 (3050)
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Model Pilot Valve Model Solenoid Ratings described
Numbers Numbers on the page below CSA Approved Solenoid Valve
DSHG-01
Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved
DSHG-03 by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).
(S-)DSHG-04 DSG-01- - -70 345 Consult us for details.
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves 381

F- S- DSHG -06 -2 B 2 A -C2 -E T
Special Series No. of Special Two Models with Pilot Drain
Type Valve Spool-Spring Spool
Seals Number Valve Position Pilot Choke Connec- Connec-
Size Arrangement Type
Position Valve Valve tion tion
2, 3, 4
C: 40, 5, 60
3
Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
01 11, 12
B: 2, 3, 4
2
Spring Offset 40, 7
None: 2, 3, 4
Standard 3 C: 40, 5, 60
Type Spring Centred 7, 9, 10
11, 12
03
N: 2
F: No-Spring 3
For DSHG: 2 4
Phos- Solenoid B: 40
Controlled Spring Offset 7 None: None:
phate C1 : Internal External
Ester Pilot
Operated 2, 4, 40 With C1 Pilot Drain
Type Choke
Directional 3 C: 60, 10, 12
Fluids ★1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
Valve, (
7, 9, 11 )
(Omit if not
required )
Sub-plate
Mounting 04
C2 :
With C2
E:
External
E:
Internal
N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2 Drain
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Choke Pilot
No-Spring
2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
(3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
None: Spring Offset
C1C2 :
Standard With C1 &
Type H: 2, 4, 40 C2 Choke
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
06 3 3, 5, 6 ★1
S: C: (7, 9, 11 )
Shock-
less
Spring Centred (Omit if not
required )
Type N: 2, 4, 40 A ★2
No-Spring (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
10 2
★2
B: 2, 4, 40 A B★2
Spring Offset (3, 7) ★1 (Omit if not required)
Note: In spool type “3”, “5”, “6”, “60”, and “7”, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
Pilot Connection Drain Connection Care in Application

Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between
External Drain pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum
Internal Pilot required pilot pressure.
Internal Drain (T) Combination is not applicable
External Drain
External Pilot (E) No restrictions in the combination on us
Internal Drain (T)
382 Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

-R2 -A100 -C -H -N -53 - -L

★3
Spool Control Manual Bult-in Type of Elec- Design Models with
Coil Design
Modification Override of Orifice for trical Conduit Standard Reverse Mtg.
Type Number
(Omit if not required) Pilot Valve Pilot Line Connection of Solenoid
AC: 14 None:
A100 , A200 Japanese
A120 , A240 Standard L
"JIS" (Omit if not required)
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 : None:
AC → DC Terminal
With Stroke 90:
R100 , R200 Box Type
Adjustment, None : 14 N.
Both Ends
RA :
Manual
Override
Pin
American
Design
Standard
E
With Stroke L
(Omit if not required)
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
RB : None:
With Stroke Japanese

Adjustment, Standard
Port "B" End "JIS" &
52
AC: C: European
A100 , A200 Push Design
Solenoid Controlled
A120 , A240 Button & N: Standard L
Lock Nut Push-in (Omit if not required)
DC: Connector
D12 , D24 Type 80:
R2 : With Stroke Adj., D48 European
Both Ends 53 Design
RA : With Stroke Adj., AC → DC H: Standard
Port "A" End R100 , R200 Refer to ★5
N1 : (Applicable
RB : With Stroke Adj., ★4 only for
Push-in
Port "B" End Connector DSHG-01)
P2 : With Pilot Piston, with
Both Ends 90:
Indicator
N.
PA : With Pilot Piston, Light 43 American L
Port "A" End
Design (Omit if not required)
PB : With Pilot Piston, Standard
Port "B" End
★1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
★2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than “2”, “4”, “40” (3, 7) are also available.
★3. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
★4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
★5. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

Sub-plates
Valve
Approx. Approx. Approx.
Mass Mass Mass
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3080 1/8 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01-3090 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSHG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3090 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01Y-3090 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSHG-03
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F 4.4 (9.7) DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT 4.4 (9.7)
DSHG-04
DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F 4.1 (9.0) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT 4.1 (9.0)
DSHG-06
DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1 7.4 (16.3) DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 8.5 (18.7) DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSHG-10
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
Numbers Name N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs.)
1
3 MBK-01-01-30 MBK-01-01-3090 1
DSHG-01 Mtg. Bolt Kit 2 1 set 5-6 (43 - 52)
MBK-01-02-30 MBK-01-02-3090 2
DSHG-03 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12 - 15 (104 - 130)
(S-)DSHG-04 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58 - 72 (504 - 625)
(S)-DSHG-06 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100 - 123 (868 - 1068)
(S)-DSHG-10 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 6 473 - 585 (4106 - 5078)
1. For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.

2. For External Pilot or External Drain.
3. Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.
Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9 9
(.35) (.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut "B " Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B " Thd.

8.5 Dia.
MBK-01-01-30 94 (3.70 )
(.33)
M5
MBK-01-02-30 134 (5.28 )
MBK-01-01-3090 94 (3.70 )
No.10-24 UNC
4 MBK-01-02-3090 134 (5.28 )
9
(.16)
(.35)
15
(.59)

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment Pressure Centred Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, The pressure centered type can be used when the
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In returning of the main spool to the neutral position is
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making required to be firmily.
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
(Only for 3H6, 3H60)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) A B A B
a b a b
DSHG-01,06,10 P T
C2 Choke Y V
X Y P T V X
E
C1 Choke b a
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)
Y When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main
P
T
spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)
A B
"R2" Models
DSHG-03, 04
C2 Choke A B

a b
Y P T
a b
C1 Choke "RA" Models
Solenoid Controlled
Y
P A B
T a b
Y P T
A B
"RB" Models
A B
a b
Y P T
Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high
speed changeover of the main spool is required. Additional Mass of Options
However, please not that in case of spring centered
valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the Add the mass described below to the mass of standard
main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot models on page 381, if options are required.
piston.
kg (1bs.)
Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred) Model with Pilot Models with Models with
Model Choke Adj. Pilot Piston Stroke Adj.
"P2" Models Numbers PA PA
C1, C2 C1C2 P2 P2
A B PB PB
a b
DSHG-03 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
W V
Y P T (S-)DSHG-04 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
(S-)DSHG-06 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
"PA" Models (S-)DSHG-10 0.65(1.4) 1.3(2.9) 3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
A B
a b
T V
Y P Options on Pilot Valve
"PB" Models
The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.
A B
Please refer to page 345 for the details.
a b
W
Y P T

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-01)
Three Positions Two Positions
Spring Centred Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow Maximum Flow
Spool Type A B A B
b
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa 7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa

(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI) (1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2" DSHG-01-3C2 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B2 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"3" DSHG-01-3C3 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B3 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"4" DSHG-01-3C4 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B4 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"40" DSHG-01-3C40 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B40 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"5" DSHG-01-3C5 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"60" DSHG-01-3C60 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"7" DSHG-01-3C7 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) DSHG-01-2B7 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"9" DSHG-01-3C9 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"10" DSHG-01-3C10 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"11" DSHG-01-3C11 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
"12" DSHG-01-3C12 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details. A B
a b
P T

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)

Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa

Model Numbers
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"2" DSHG-03-3C2 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
"3" DSHG-03-3C3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"4" DSHG-03-3C4 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"40" DSHG-03-3C40 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
"5" DSHG-03-3C5 160 (42.3)

85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
E
125 (33.0)
"60" DSHG-03-3C60 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"7" DSHG-03-3C7 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"9" DSHG-03-3C9 160 (42.3)

160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"10" DSHG-03-3C10 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Solenoid Controlled
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"11" DSHG-03-3C11 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
"12" DSHG-03-3C12 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Two Positions
No-Spring Spring Offset
A B
A B
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa 7 MPa 14 MPa 25 MPa

(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI) (1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"2" DSHG-03-2N2 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B2 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"3" DSHG-03-2N3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B3 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"4" DSHG-03-2N4 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B4 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"40" DSHG-03-2N40 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B40 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
85 (22.5) 85 (22.5)
"7" DSHG-03-2N7 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3) DSHG-03-2B7 160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
85 (22.5)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI). 160 (42.3)
Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port a b
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
P T
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-04/S-DSHG-04)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
A B
Spool Type a b L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa

Model Numbers
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"2"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C2 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"3" DSHG-04-3C3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-3C4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 165 (43.6)

"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 140 (37.0) 110 (29.1)
DSHG-04-3C40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C40 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"5" DSHG-04-3C5 250 (66.1) 250 (66.1) 245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)
"6" DSHG-04-3C6 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 245 (64.7) 235 (62.1)
DSHG-04-3C60
"60" 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7" DSHG-04-3C7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)
"9" DSHG-04-3C9 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 250 (66.1)
DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6)

"10"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C10 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
"11" DSHG-04-3C11 300 (79.3) 260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)
DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 280 (74.0) 170 (44.9) 135 (35.7)

"12"
(S-)DSHG-04-3C12 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 120 (31.7) 110 (29.1)
Two Positions
A B
A B
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
"2" (S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"3" DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4" (S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40" (S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7" DSHG-04-2N7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) DSHG-04-2B7 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow a b
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
P T


Three Positions
Spring Centred Pressure Centred
A B
Maximum Flow A B
Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T V
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-3C2 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-3C3 500 (132) 500 (132) 460 (122) 370 (97.8) DSHG-06-3H3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)

"4" (S-)DSHG-06-3C4 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 420 (111)
"40" (S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"5" DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5) DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
470 (124)
500 (132)
420 (111)
E
"6" DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8) DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
"60" (S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-3C7 500 (132) 500 (132) 450 (119) 360 (95.1) DSHG-06-3H7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)

450 (119) 360 (95.1)
"9" DSHG-06-3C9 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-3H9 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
Solenoid Controlled
"10" (S-)DSHG-06-3C10 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H10 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"11" DSHG-06-3C11 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-3H11 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
410 (108) 310 (81.9) 460 (122)
"12" (S-)DSHG-06-3C12 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-3H12 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Two Positions
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b b
Y P T Y P T
"2" (S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"3" DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4" (S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40" (S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7" DSHG-06-2N7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) DSHG-06-2B7 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
410 (108) In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 500 (132) is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI). 500 (132)
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the a b
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
P T
for details.

Three Positions
Spring Centred Pressure Centred
A B
Maximum Flow A B
Maximum Flow
Spool Type a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
a b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y P T Y P T V
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-3C2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1050 (277)
"3" DSHG-10-3C3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1060 (280) 895 (236) DSHG-10-3H3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-3C4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 970 (256)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-3C40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1000 (264)
"5" DSHG-10-3C5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 980 (259) 850 (225) DSHG-10-3H5 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"6" DSHG-10-3C6 1050 (277) 880 (232) 700 (185) 570 (151) DSHG-10-3H6 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
970 (256)
"60" (S-)DSHG-10-3C60 1050 (277) 940 (248) 785 (207) 680 (180) (S-)DSHG-10-3H60 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1040 (275) 870 (230)
"7" DSHG-10-3C7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-3H7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"9" DSHG-10-3C9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1040 (275) 870 (230) DSHG-10-3H9 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)

"10" (S-)DSHG-10-3C10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)
"11" DSHG-10-3C11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
950 (251) 750 (198) 1060 (280)
"12" (S-)DSHG-10-3C12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Two Positions
A B Maximum Flow A B Maximum Flow
a b b
Spool Type
Y P T Y P T
"2" (S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"3" DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4" (S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40" (S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7" DSHG-10-2N7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) DSHG-10-2B7 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example) Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure. 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI). 1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit
diagram right. A B
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is a b
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, P T
therefore, please consult us for details.

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
A B A B SOL a
SOL b
APB
b APB a
X A B
P T X A B P T Y
Y
Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid ("L")
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
E
Neutral Position
Position Position
A B
a b
Y P T

2B2A 2B2B
A B A B
b b
Solenoid Controlled
Y P T Y P T

Position Position
Graphic
Graphic Symbols Graphic Symbols
Symbols
Model Numbers Model Numbers Model Numbers
Standard Reverse Standard Reverse Standard
Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg. Mtg. Type Mtg.
04 A B A B 04 A B A B 04 A B
b a b a a b
DSHG-06 -2B A DSHG-06 -2B B DSHG-06 -2N A
Y P T P T Y Y P T P T Y Y P T
10 10 10
(S-)DSHG- -2B2A (S-)DSHG- -2B2B (S-)DSHG- -2N2A
DSHG- -2B3A DSHG- -2B3B DSHG- -2N3A

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
PSI MPa 1 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
200 1.4 Spool Spool
Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
1.2 2 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
160
1.0
Pressure Drop
3 2 3 2 3 2 7 3 2 3 2
120 0.8
4 3 4 2 4 2 2 9 4 2 4 2
80 0.6
4 3 2 3 2 10 3 2 3 2
0.4
40
40 3 2 3 2 11 3 2 3 2
0.2
5 3 2 3 2 1 12 3 2 3 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L /min 60 3 2 3 2 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03 DSHG-03
PSI MPa 1 2 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop

3 Spool Spool
300 2.0 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
4 Type Type
P
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6 5
2 3 3 4 4 7 3 3 4 4
Pressure Drop
200 6
1.2 3 5 5 5 6 4 9 6 3 6 4
150
0.8 4 3 5 4 6 10 3 5 4 4
100
40 3 3 4 4 11 6 3 4 4
50 0.4
5 6 3 4 6 2 12 3 3 4 6
0
0 60 3 3 4 4 1
0 40 80 120 160 L /min
0 10 20 30 40 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04 DSHG-04
2 3 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
PSI MPa 1 Spool Spool
180 4 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
1.2 Type Type
160 5 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
P
6
2 5 4 5 6 60 7 5 7 7 2
Pressure Drop
120 0.8
7
3 5 3 5 5 7 7 5 4 5 6
80 4 5 3 5 5 9 5 4 5 6
0.4 40 5 4 5 6 10 5 2 5 6
40 5 7 4 5 5 5 11 6 4 5 6
0 6 5 3 5 6 1 12 5 4 5 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
Spool Spool
Type Type
P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
2 2 2 2 4 60 6 4 6 7 2
4 2 3 2 5 10 2 2 2 4
40 2 4 2 6 12 2 2 2 5

DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
DSHG-06
1
PSI MPa 2 Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
300 2.0 Spool Spool
3 Curve Numbers Curve Numbers
Type Type
P
250 4 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
Pressure Drop
200 5 2 8 5 8 7 60 6 5 6 7 1
1.2 3 6 4 6 7 4 7 6 4 6 7
150 6
0.8 7 4 8 5 8 7 9 6 5 6 7
100
40 8 5 8 7 10 8 5 8 7
50 0.4 8
5 8 4 5 7 1 11 8 4 5 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 4 1 12 8 5 8 7
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Spool Spool
Type Type
2
P
6
AB TP BA TP
1 6 2
T
60
P
6
AB TP BA TP
2 6 3 1
T
E
4 6 2 6 2 10 8 5 8 7
40 8 5 8 7 12 8 5 8 7
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10

DSHG-10
1 2
PSI MPa Pressure Drop Pressure Drop
300 2.0 3 Spool Spool
Solenoid Controlled
4 Type Type
P
250 P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
1.6
5
Pressure Drop
200 2 9 6 9 8 60 8 5 8 5 3
1.2 6 3 7 6 7 7 5 7 7 6 7 7
150
7 4 9 6 9 6 9 7 6 7 8
0.8
100 8 40 9 6 9 8 10 9 5 9 8
50 0.4 9 5 9 6 8 6 1 11 9 6 8 7
0
0 6 5 3 5 2 2 12 9 7 9 6
0 200 400 600 800 10001100 L /min
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
S-DSHG-10
Spool Spool
Type Type
P AB TP BA TP T P AB TP BA TP T
2 8 3 8 4 60 8 4 8 4 2
4 8 5 8 6 10 9 5 9 8
40 9 6 9 8 12 9 7 9 6
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)

Test Conditions
Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)
Voltage : Rated Voltage
Oil Viscosity : 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU)
DSHG-04 DSHG-10
ms ms
250
150
3C
Changeover Time
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF" 200
100
2B
SOL"ON" 3C
Changeover Time
2N SOL"OFF"
SOL"OFF" 150
50 SOL"ON"
2B
2N SOL"ON","OFF"
0 100
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
50
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
Pilot Pressure 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
DSHG-06
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
ms
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
Changeover Time
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
2N SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3600 PSI
Pilot Pressure


Terminal Box type: DSHG-01- - -14/1490
Internal Pilot - Internal Drain
Space Needed to Remove Pressure Port "P"

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 45.5 (1.79) AC : 196.4 (7.73)
DC,R : 50 (1.97) DC,R : 204.4 (8.05) Cylinder Port "A"
AC : 79.2 (3.12) 40.5
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
DC,R : 83.2 (3.28) (1.59)
(1.28)
32.5
P
B
A
T
5.5 (.22) Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light

7 (.28) Dia. Spotface
4 Places Tank Port "T"
Cylinder Port "B"

"C" Thd. (Both Ends) E
46 95
(1.81) (3.74)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
(5.07)
128.8
SOL b SOL a
(4.35)
110.5

(3.07)
78
(2.5)
63.5
Double Solenoid
Nut 27 (1.06) Hex. Models Only
Solenoid Controlled
48 43.5 Mounting Surface
(1.89) (1.71) 125(4.92) (O-Rings Furnished)
AC ：160.7(6.33)
DC,R：164.7(6.48)

DSHG-01- - -14 G 1/2 Rc 1/4
DSHG-01- - -1490 1/2 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
SOL b SOL a
(6.65)
168.8
(5.92)
150.5
(4.65)
Double Solenoid Models Only

118
(4.07)
103.5
(2.36)
60
Pilot Drain Port "Y"

"D" Thd.
Pilot Pressure Port "X"

"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal Drain".

Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01- - - N -14/1480/1490
N1
Internal Pilot-Internal Drain
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below. H 70
(2.76)
E F 32
D (1.26)
SOL b SOL a
C
(3.07)
(2.5)
63.5
78
48 43.5
(1.89) Lock Nut (1.71)
Tightening Torque: 125
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.) (4.92)
K
DIMENSIONS IN
External Pilot-External Drain
External Pilot-Internal Drain
Internal Pilot-External Drain

"J" Thd.
D
SOL b SOL a
L
(4.65)
118
Model Numbers "J" Thd.

(4.07)
103.5
DSHG-01- - -N -14 Rc 1/4

(2.36)
60
DSHG-01- - -N -1480 1/4 BSP.F

DSHG-01- - -N -1490 1/4 NPT
"J" Thd.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K L
DSHG-01- - -A -N /N1 128.5 (5.06) 53 (2.09) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 79.2 (3.12) 196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33) 168.5 (6.63)
DSHG-01- - -D -N /N1 139.5 (5.49) 64 (2.52) 27.5 (1.08) 39 (1.54) 179.5 (7.07)
83.2 (3.28) 204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)
DSHG-01- - -R -N 142.5 (5.61) 57.2 (2.25) 34 (1.34) 53 (2.09) 182.5 (7.19)


Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03- - -14/1490 (The pilot and drain ports in accordance with the ISO original draft)
Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B" Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End
AC : 196.4(7.73) AC : 45.5(1.79) Model Numbers "C" Thd.
DC,R : 204.4(8.05) DC,R : 50(1.97) DSHG-03- - -14 G 1/2
Solenoid 54 AC ：70.2 (2.76)
Indicator Light (2.13)
DSHG-03- - -1490 1/2 NPT
DC,R：74.2 (2.92)
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
L L'
46
(For External Pilot Models Only)
Cylinder Port "A" 50.8 (For External Drain Models Only)
(2.0)
Tank Port "T" 7(.28) Dia. Through, 11(.43) Dia. Spotface 4 Places
95(3.74)
1 46.5 Electrical Conduit Connection 46
(.04) (1.83) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) (1.81) Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Double Solenoid Models Only
A100
Nut
27(1.06) Hex. E
SOL a SOL b
(6.84)
173.8
(6.12)
155.5
(4.27)
108.5
L L'
(1.06)
27

58 70
Mounting Surface
170(6.69) (2.28) (2.76)
(O-Rings Furnished)
Solenoid Controlled
AC : 182.2(7.17) Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port
DC,R : 186.2(7.33) in the left side is normally used in our
standard sub-plate, though, either side of
the tank port "T" can be used without
problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
N -14/1490 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03- - -N1
Cable Departure
J Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
102 K Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C F
D
SOL a SOL b
E
(4.27)
108.5
(1.06)
27
58
(2.28)
170
Position of cable departure can be changed. For
(6.69)
H
details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
DSHG-03- - -A -N /N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 182.2 (7.17) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86)
DSHG-03- - -D -N /N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
186.2 (7.33) 204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02)
DSHG-03- - -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.5 (7.38) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Pressure Port "X"
Tank Port "T"
204(8.03) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
(For External Drain Models Only)
101.6(4.00) 50.4
11(.43) Dia. Through (1.98)
34
(1.34)
4 Places
P
X
69.8(2.75)
72.9(2.87)
T (S-)DSHG-04- - -52 G 1/2
(3.58)
L L′
91
(S-)DSHG-04- - -5290 1/2 NPT
(1.37)
34.9
A B Y
(.06)
Cylinder Port "A"
1.5
50
(1.97)
Cylinder Port "B"
7(.28) Dia. Through Solenoid Indicator Light
2 Places
AC ：196.4(7.73) AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
DC,R：204.4(8.05) DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81)
Double Solenoid Manual Actuator

Models Only A100
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(7.08)
179.8
(6.36)
161.5
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.

(4.51)
114.5
L L′
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
AC ：46.6(1.83)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins
(.16)
Mounting Surface DC,R：50.6(1.99)

4
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - - N -52/5290
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
E
changed. For details,

(4.51)
refer to DSHG-01
114.5
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-04- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
(S-)DSHG-04- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.6 (1.95)
(S-)DSHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390 ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Tank Port "T"
255(10.04) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
(For External Drain Models Only)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through 50.5 130.2
20(.79) Dia. Spotface (1.99) (5.13)
53.2 Model Numbers "C" Thd.
6 Places
(2.09)
T P Y (S-)DSHG-06- - -53 G 1/2
(S-)DSHG-06- - -5390 1/2 NPT
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
L L′
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
77
(.51)
13
(3.03) 156
Cylinder Port "A" (6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
AC ：196.4(7.73)
DC,R：204.4(8.05)
95
AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
E
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81) Electrical Conduit Connection
Double Solenoid "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Models Only
Manual Actuator
SOL a SOL b 6(.24) Dia.
200.8(7.91)
APB
182.5(7.19)
135.5(5.33)
Nut

27(1.06) Hex.
L L′
(1.61)
Solenoid Controlled
41
AC ：45.2(4.78) 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

(.24)
6
Mounting Surface DC,R：49.2(1.94)

(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
N1
Cable Departure
H Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02) C
F
D
SOL a SOL b
Position of cable
departure can be
E
refer to DSHG-01
(5.33)
135.5
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-06- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
(S-)DSHG-06- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 49.2 (1.94)
(S-)DSHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)

Mounting surface:
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390 ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Tank Port "T" 384(15.12) Pressure Port "P"
77.5 190.5
(3.05) 76.2 (7.50) Pilot Drain Port "Y "
(For External Pilot Models Only) (3.00) (For External Drain Models Only)
T P Y
(1.69)
43
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
L′
198
(1.69)
L
43
(3.13)
79.4
(S-)DSHG-10- - -43 G 1/2
X A B
(S-)DSHG-10- - -4390 1/2 NPT
21.8 114.3 78
(.77)
19.6
(.86) (4.50) (3.07)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 233.8
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (9.20) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
AC ：196.4(7.73) AC ：45.5(1.79) Space Needed to Remove
DC,R：204.4(8.05) DC,R：50(1.97) Solenoid-Each End
95 AC ：50.7(2.00) 46
(3.74) DC,R：54.7(2.15) (1.81)
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
Two Eye Bolts M8 6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
APB
(10.39)
263.8
(9.67)
245.5
Nut 27(1.06) Hex.

(7.81)
198.5
46(1.81)
L X A B L′
(1.77)
45
AC ：22.2(.87)
(.24)
Mounting Surface
DC,R：26.2(1.03)
6
(O-Rings Furnished) 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
H
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
102 J Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
(4.02)
C F
Position of cable
departure can be
D
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
E
(7.81)
198.5
Model Numbers
C D E F H J K
(S-)DSHG-10- -A -N/N1 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
(S-)DSHG-10- -D -N/N1 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02) 26.2(1.03)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)

Sub-plate
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090 120 Sub-plate F

(4.72) "C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
Model Numbers mm (in.)
15 90
(.59) (3.54) DHGM-03Y-10 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
18 62
M6 13(.51)
DHGM-03Y-1080 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(.71) (2.44)
54 DHGM-03Y-1090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 15(.59)
(2.13)
37.3(1.47) 11(.43) Dia. 50
"D" Thd. (1.97)
4 Places
Used only on external 27(1.06)
pilot type valves. 43(1.69) 80
To be plugged on internal (3.15)
pilot type valves. 16.7(.66) 42(1.65) 45
25 (1.77)
(.98) 8(.31) 3.2 25(.98) 10
22(.87)
16(.63)
(.39)
21.5(.85)
(.13) (.39)
10
32.5(1.28)
6.4(.25)
(.47)
12
P
(1.85)
47
(2.99)
(4.33)
(3.54)
(1.81)
(2.76)
T
76
B
(.75)
110
(.75)
90
46
70
19
19
E
(.43)
11
A
6.2(.24) Dia. "C" Thd.
6.2(.24) Dia. 19 4 Places
(.75) "D" Thd.
Used only on external
92 "E" Thd. " F" Deep drain type valves.
(3.62) 4 Places To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
DIMENSIONS IN

DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
Solenoid Controlled
04X Sub-plate
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. "F" Thd.
Model Numbers
DHGM-04-20 Rc 1/2
Rc 1/4
190 DHGM-04X-20 Rc 3/4
(7.48) M10 M6
DHGM-04-2080 1/2 BSP.F
12(.47) 1/4 BSP.F
166 DHGM-04X-2080 3/4 BSP.F
(6.54)
DHGM-04-2090 1/2 NPT
32.2(1.27) 101.6 1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC 1/4-20 UNC
(4.00) DHGM-04X-2090 3/4 NPT
76.7
(3.02) 36
50 (1.42) 125
(1.97) "E" Thd. (4.92) "C" Thd.
34(1.34) 17(.67) Deep 20 90 4 Places
4 Places (.79) (3.54)
21.5(.85)
33(1.30)
18.3(.72) 19 46
(.47)
1.6(.06)
(.75)
(1.14)
(1.81)
12
(.52)
13.1
29
(.40)
10.1
(.63)
16
P
(2.56)
X
(2.99)
(2.19)
(2.25)
65
55.6
57.1
(4.72)
(3.78)
(3.54)
(2.81)
(2.75)
76
P X
71.4
69.8
120
96
90
T T
(.56)
14.2
A B Y Y B
A
11(.43) Dia. Through 6(.24) Dia. 2 Places

65.8 58
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface "D" Thd.
(2.59) (2.28)
4 Places 17.5(.69) Dia. 2 Places
14.2 88.1 4 Places 102
3.6(.14) Dia. (.56) (3.47) (4.02)
5(.20) Deep "F" Thd. 12(.47) Deep
2 Places 130 2 Places 137.5
(5.12) (5.41)
Valve Types Pilot Pressure Port "X" Port "Y"

Used only on external pilot type Used as drain port only on external
Solenoid Controlled Pilot valves. drain type valves.
Operated Directional Valves To be plugged on internal pilot To be plugged on internal drain
type valves. type valves.
Pilot Operated Spring Centred

Used as pilot pressure port
Directional No-spring Used
Valves Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Manually Operated Directional Valves Not used (plug is not required) Used as drain port

Sub-plate
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X Sub-plate F
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd.
204 Model Numbers mm (in.)
(8.03)
DHGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
12 180 Rc 1/4 M12 24 (.94)
(.47) (7.09) DHGM-06X-50 Rc 1
25 130.2 DHGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT
(.98) (5.13) 1/4 NPT 1/2-13 UNC 26 (1.02)
DHGM-06X-5090 1 NPT
112.7
(4.44)
11(.43) Dia.
94.5 "D" Thd. (From Rear)
(3.72) 4 Places
77
(3.03)
"E" Thd. " F" Deep
53.2 6 Places
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
5.6(.22)
TP Y
(3.81)
(4.57)
(3.63)
96.9
92.1
116
V
(2.94)
(2.88)
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B
46.1
X
19.1(.75)
17.5(.69)
(.47)
12
17.5 11(.43) Dia. Through 34(1.34)

(.69) 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 35(1.38)
29.5
7(.28) Dia. (1.16)
8(.31) Deep 100.8 23(.91) Dia. 50
2 Places (3.97) "C" Thd. (From Rear) (1.97)
4 Places
12.5 126.2
(.49) (4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
M12 Thd. 1/4 BSP.F Thd.
204 24(.94) Deep 4 Places F
(8.03) 6 Places
12 180 50 H
(.47) (7.09) (1.97)
25 130.2 35 J
(.98) (5.13) (1.38)
P T
(5.28)
(4.33)
(3.63)
(4.57)
T PY Y
92.1
110
116
134
V W V
(2.94)
(2.88)
(.47)
11.9
74.6
73.1
(1.81)
A B W B A
46.1
X X
(.35)
(.69)
(.75)
17.5
19.1
8.9
(.47)
12
12.5 11(.43) Dia. N

(.49)
4 Places
156 L
(6.14) "C" Thd.
24.5(.96) Dia. 4 Places
4 Places K
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches)

"C" Thd.
Model Numbers D E F H J K L N
DHGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42) 102 (4.02) 54.4 (2.14) 30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95) 78.2 (3.08) 42.5 (1.67)
DHGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F 155.2 (6.11) 148 (5.83) 106 (4.17) 50 (1.97) 25 (.98) 130 (5.12) 74 (2.91) 32 (1.26)
For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06 -50/5090" above.
For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.

Sub-plate
DHGM- 10 -40/4080/4090 DIMENSIONS IN

10X
306.5 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
(12.07)
20(.79) 266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50) 190.5
7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep
(7.50)
2 Places
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81) "E" Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep
114.3 6 Places 213
(4.50) (8.39)
76.2(3.00) F
60 "C" Thd.
41.3(1.63) (2.36) H 4 Places
E
Y P T
Y
(7.83)
(6.25)
158.8
T P V
199
(4.87)
123.8
V (4.50)
114.3
A B B A
(3.13)
W W
79.4
X X
"D" Thd.
(1.38)
(1.13)
28.6
35
4 Places
(.79)
43(1.69)
20.1

21.8 82.5 44(1.73) 55
(.86) (3.25) (2.17)
17.5 (.69) Dia. Through
11 (.43) Dia. 234 K
Solenoid Controlled
(9.21)
26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface
4 Places 4 Places
36 (1.42) Dia. J
4 Places
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches)

Model Numbers F H J K
DHGM-10-40 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 3/8 M20
DHGM-10-4080 1-1/4 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F M20 152 (5.98) 79 (3.11) 185.5 (7.30) 120.5 (4.74)
DHGM-10-4090 1-1/4 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/4-10 UNC
DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 Rc 3/8 M20
DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 3/8 BSP.F M20 156 (6.14) 74 (2.91) 194.5 (7.66) 112.5 (4.43)
DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 3/8 NPT 3/4-10 UNC
Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"

Valve Types Pilot Pres. Port "X" Port "Y" Drain Port "V" Drain Port "W"
Spring Centred, No-spring, Used only on Used as drain port only
Not used (plug is not required)
Spring Offset external pilot type on external drain type
Solenoid
Controlled Pressure Centred valves. valves. Used Not used
Pilot With Pilot Piston, Both Ends Used Used
Operated To be plugged on To be plugged on
With Pilot Piston, Not used
Directional internal pilot type internal drain type Used
Port "A" End (plug is required)
Valves valves. valves.
With Pilot Piston, Not used
Used
Port "B" End (plug is required)
Spring Centred, No-spring Used as pilot pres. port
Not used (plug is not required)
Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Pressure Centred Used Not used
Pilot With Pilot Piston, Both Ends Used Used
Operated Used as pilot pres. port
With Pilot Piston, Used Not used
Directional Used
Port "B" End (pllug is required)
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston Used as pilot pres. port Not used
No-spring Used
Port "A" (plug is required)
End Spring Offset Used as pilot drain port
Not used Not used Not used (plug is
Manually Operated Directional Valves Used
(plug is not required) (plug is not required) not required)
As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve

DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2 DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Fully Extended
Extended 37.5 59
37.5 59 (1.48) (2.32)
(1.48) (2.32)
SOL a SOL b
SOL a SOL b A
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
(S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2- N

N1
Fully Extended Fully Extended
59 59
(2.32) (2.32)
SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
J
C
D
E
E
F
H
H
(S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-06
10 - -C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
59 59
(2.32) (2.32)
J
C
D
E
E
F
F
H
H
1. "C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

2. "C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.
DIMENSIONS IN
3. Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Model Numbers J
C D E F H
AC SO L DC SO L R SOL
DSHG-03- -C1 100 (3.94)
198.8 (7.83) 180.5 (7.11) 133.5 (5.26) 198.5 (7.81) 209.5 (8.25) 212.5 (8.37)
DSHG-03- -C2 100 (3.94)
DSHG-03- -C1C2 223.8 (8.81) 205.5 (8.09) 158.5 (6.24) 125 (4.92) 100 (3.94) 223.5 (8.80) 234.5 (9.23) 237.5 (9.35)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1 106 (4.17)
204.8 (8.06) 186.5 (7.34) 139.5 (5.49) 204.5 (8.05) 215.5 (8.48) 218.5 (8.60)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C2 106 (4.17)
(S-) DSHG-04- -C1C2 229.8 (9.05) 211.5 (8.33) 164.5 (6.48) 131 (5.16) 106 (4.17) 229.5 (9.04) 240.5 (9.47) 243.5 (9.59)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1 127 (5.00)
225.8 (8.89) 207.5 (8.17) 160.5 (6.32) 225.5 (8.88) 236.5 (9.31) 239.5 (9.43)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C2 127 (5.00)
(S-) DSHG-06- -C1C2 250.8 (9.87) 232.5 (9.15) 185.5 (7.30) 152 (5.98) 127 (5.00) 250.5 (9.86) 261.5 (10.30) 264.5 (10.41)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1 190 (7.48)
288.8 (11.37) 270.5 (10.65) 223.5 (8.80) 288.5 (11.36) 299.5 (11.79) 302.5 (11.91)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C2 190 (7.48)
(S-) DSHG-10- -C1C2 313.8 (12.35) 295.5 (11.63) 248.5 (9.78) 215 (8.46) 190 (7.48) 313.5 (12.34) 324.5 (12.78) 327.5 (12.89)

Options
Models with Stroke Adjustment
DSHG-03- -R Fully Extended

252 (9.92)

SOL a SOL b
(1.38)
35
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) 99 (3.90) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex. Fully Extended 13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-04- -R Fully Extended

289 (11.38)
E
SOL a SOL b
(1.30)
33

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End)
93 (3.66) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13 (.51) Hex.
Fully Extended 13 (.51) Hex.
(S-)DSHG-06- -R
Solenoid Controlled
10 Fully Extended
C
SOL a SOL b

E
Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "A" End) Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
17 (.67) Hex. D 17 (.67) Hex.
Fully Extended
Model Numbers C D E
(S-)DSHG-06- -R2 376 (14.80) 111 (4.37) 40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10- -R2 558 (21.97) 164.5 (6.48) 65 (2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Centred Model s Models with Pilot Piston

(S-)DSHG- 06-3H (S-)DSHG- 06- -P
10 C
10 C
D
D
Model Numbers C D Model Numbers C D

(S-)DSHG-06-3H 306.5 (12.07) 102 (4.02) (S-)DSHG-06- -P2 323 (12.72) 84 (3.31)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H 456 (17.95) 149.5 (5.89) (S-)DSHG-10- -P2 479 (18.86) 125 (4.92)

List of Seals and Pilot Valves
DSHG-01- - -14/1480/1490
Pipe Plug 12 15 14 17 16 8 18 12 Pipe Plug

Removed for External Removed for External Drain Models
Pilot Models
SOL b SOL a
13
T Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13 Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
2 5 4 11 8 3 1 7 10 6
Note: Piece parts marked are not available
for internal pilot-internal drain type
DSHG-03- - -14/1490 15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug 13 Removed for Internal
13 Removed for Internal Drain Models
Pilot Models
SOL a SOL b
X Y
Section X-X Section Y-Y

12 5 4 9 1 8 3 10 7 2 6
X Y
List of Seals Pilot Valves
DSHG-01 DSHG-03 See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
Item Name
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
7 O-Ring JASO-1018-1A 2 SO-NB-P28 2
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 8(4) SO-NB-A104 5
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 2
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P5 2 SO-NB-P9 6
Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed
in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot
valve is included in the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

■ List of Seals and Pilot Valves
(S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug Removed for Internal
11 Removed for Internal Pilot Models
Drain Models
SOL a SOL b 11
X
Y 12
E
X Y Section Y-Y Section X-X
18 10 5 4 1 3 9 13 8 2 7
(S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390
Pipe Plug
15 14 16 17 Removed for Internal
Solenoid Controlled
Pipe Plug Drain Models
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models 11
11
SOL a SOL b
21 21 12
X
X 12
Section X-X
Section Y-Y 11 Pipe Plug

Y Removed for External
18 2 10 5 3 1 9 13 8 4 7 Drain Models
Note: Item 21 orifice marked is applicable to pressure centred models

(3H ) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).
List of Seals Pilot Valves

Part Numbers See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to
Item Name Qty. be used.
(S-)DSHG-04 (S-)DSHG-06 (S-)DSHG-10
8 SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 2
O-Ring
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Valve Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
KS-DSHG-01- -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480 DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480 DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-03- -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSHG-04- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-06- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43 DSG-01-3C4- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390 DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43 DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
KS-DSHG-10- -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43 DSG-01-2D2- - -70
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390 DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.

■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated / Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic

circuits o enable adjustment of the spool shifting time.
A special spool shape that minimises shock is used, shocks caused by the
actuator starting and stopping, as well as vibration due to oil hammering.
The shifting time of conventional Solenoid Operated, Shockless, and
Directional Valves is constant and cannot be adjusted.
As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at
an optimal level to minimise shocks to the machine. G-DSG-01
E
G-DSHG-04
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
Conventional Type G-Series Valve
W W
No vibration
Oil Hammering No oil leakage
Improvement
Enhanced
machining
SOL accuracy
Piping Machine ON
vibration vibration
SOL
ON Solenoid Valve
Large machining
P T Oil leakage P T
errors
2 Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration
Conventional Type G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up Slow start
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock Slow stop
Shaking Still
No shaking
Stopping accuracy enhanced

409
System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)
Deceleration
Programmable Start Signal
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
SOL b Supply
Adj. Volume Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"

"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume Adj. Volume "MIN" Adj. Volume "ON T"
"ON T"
Adj. Volume Output Current Check (to 0V) Adj. Volume "OFF T"
"OFF T"
Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns

Without HALT functions With HALT functions
A B
A B
P T MIN MIN
P T
Pattern Pattern
of Flow OFF ADJ
A B of Flow OFF
A B
ADJ
Max.
ON T OFF T ON T 60s Max.
P T P T
(Max. 1s) 60s
(Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF T OFF
OFF ADJ ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON T OFF T ON T OFF T
ON ON
OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s) OFF (Max. 1s) (Max. 1s)
SOL a ON
SOL a ON
OFF OFF OFF
SOL b SOL b ON ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Hold for 0.1 second or longer Hold for 0.1 second or longer
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.

410
Instructions
Adjustment of maximum flow rate (Example)
The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves a G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.
To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.
In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate To adjust maximum flow rates, with
can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjust- b "G" series solenoid operated direc-
tional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow
ment screw of optional extra. control valves such as throttle check
modular valves are used.
With "G" series solenoid controlled
pilot operated directional valves (G-
DSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates
P T B A can be adjusted without flow control
valves but by using a model with
stroke adjustment (option).
How to use HALT functions

The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow E
after OFF T.
A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum
adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal
is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer
than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions

are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.

The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".
If no HALT signal is set on within 60
seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate
Flow Rate Max. 60 s decreases gradually.
MIN
ON OFF T
OFF
SOL
ON
OFF OFF
HALT
Hold for 0.1 second or longer

411
■“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSG-01- - -50/5090 G-DSG-03- - -50/5090
Descriptions
1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)
2
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 25 (3630) 25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres . MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
Voltage 24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V 36 W 36 W
Voltage 5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
Current Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
used in common with electric
power supply).
Input interface Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF) 0 .1 - 1 s 0 .3 - 1 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

0.5 - 5 (.13 - 1.3) 1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
(for SOL a and b) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Single Solenoid 2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.) 5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)

Approx. Mass
Double Solenoid 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.) 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 for
details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
“ ” Series Shockless Type

412 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

G-DSG -01 -10 -2B7 -S -50 -L
Series Valve Metred Flow Input Design Design Models with Alternate
Spool Type
Number Size Capacity Interface Number Standards Offset Solenoid
3C2
A B
a b
None : 40 L /min
P T
10 : 10 L /min 3C40
20 : 20 L /min A B
01 a b
50
P T
G-DSG : None : 30 L /min 2B7 None: L

A B
G Series Shockless 10 : 10 L /min Sink Type Applicable only for 2B7
b
Type Solenoid 20 : 20 L /min (Standard) (Omit if not required)
P T
Operated Refer to
Directional Valve, 3C2 A B
Sub-plate
Mounting None : 80 L /min
a
A
P
B
T
b
S:
Source Type
a
P T E
40 : 40 L /min
3C40
60 : 60 L /min A B
03 a
50
b
P T
2B7
None : 60 L /min A B

40 : 40 L /min b
P T

Sub-plate
DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
G-DSG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
G-DSG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)

Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" &
N. American Design Standar d Tightening Torque
G-DSG-01 M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
G-DSG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)

413
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate

G-DSG-01- -3C2 G-DSG-01- -2B7
3C40
L/min L/min
U.S.GPM 40 L/min Type Direction of U.S.GPM Direction of
40 40
10 Flow 10 Flow
Direction of Flow
P A P B A B 30 L/min Type A B
8 30 P T 8 30 P T
A BA B B A B A
Direction
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
6 P TP T 6 of Flow 20 L/min Type
20 A B 20 P B A B
20 L/min Type P A
4 P T
4 A B A B P T
10 10
2 10 L/min Type 2 P T P T10 L/min Type
0 0 0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2 G-DSG-01- -2B7
3C40
PSI PSI MPa
240 MPa 40 L/min Type 140 1.0
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type
1.6 P A P A 20 L/min
10 L/min Type 20 L/min Type 120 P A 30 L/min Type
200 P A,P B P B P B Type P B
P A 0.8 A T P A
A T,B T A T
P
1.2 P B 40 L/min Type B T P B

160 A T B T
A T
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
B T 0.6 30 L/min Type

B T 80
A T
120 B T
0.8
0.4
80
40
0.4 0.2
40
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L/min 0 10 20 30 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

the table right. Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Shifting Characteristics Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM) Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
3C2, 3C40
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "MIN" Position
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position
8 30 8
8 30 6
10
Flow Rate
10
Flow Rate
6 7 6 5
20 7 20
4 5 5 0
10 3 3 4
2 100ms 10
0 0 0 2
0 ON
OFF 0
SOL 0
Volume "ON T" Position
ON
2B7 SOL OFF 200 ms
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position
8 30
6 AB 10 ON
20 8 OFF
4 100 HALT
10 6
Flow Rate
2 10 PT ms
8 4
0 0 6 2
AB
2 10 4 0
4 2 PT
6 20 0
8 30 ON
OFF
SOL

Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate

G-DSG-03- - 3C2 G-DSG-03- -2B7
3C40
U.S.GPM L/min 80 L/min Type U.S.GPM L/min
80 80
20 Direction of 20 Direction of
Flow Flow
60 L/min Type A B 60 L/min Type A B
15 60 P T 15 60 P T
Direction of Flow
Max.Flow
B A B A
Max.Flow
P A P B 40 L/min Type Direction of Flow 40 L/min Type
10 40 10 40
A B P A P B A
A B A B B
A B A B
5 20 P T P T P T
5 20 P T
P T P T
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 3630 PSI
Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
E
240
1.6 1
2
200 Model Numbers Pressure Drop Curve Numbers
3
1.2
G-DSG-03-3C2
P
160 1
3C40
Pressure Drop
120
0.8 G-DSG-03-40-3C2

3
3C40
80
0.4 G-DSG-03-60-3C2 2

40 3C40
0 G-DSG-03-2B7 1
0
0 20 40 60 80 L/min
G-DSG-03-40-2B7 3
0 4 8 12 16 20 U.S.GPM The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
Flow Rate
P B, A T and B T.
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

the table right. Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Shifting Characteristics Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

Volume "MIN" Position
10
3C2, 3C40 8
Volume "OFF T" Position 7
U.S.GPM L /min
U.S.GPM L /min 6
16 60 0 0
Flow Rate
12 10 3 16 60
40 7
8 5 12
5
Flow Rate
4 20 7 40
0 3 100ms 10
0 0 ON 8
OFF 20
SOL 4
0 0
2B7
U.S.GPM L /min Volume "OFF T" Position ON
SOL 200ms
16 60 OFF
12 40
AB
8 10
20 PT 7
Flow Rate
4 100ms ON
10 5 OFF
0 0 7 3 HALT
AB
4 20 5 0
8 3 PT
40 0
12
16 60 ON
OFF
SOL

415
Mounting Surface:
G-DSG-01- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090 ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Pressure Port "P" Solenoid Indicator Light

9.5(.37) C' bore (For Sol. b)
4 Places
Solenoid Indicator Light 40.5 110 Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(1.59) (4.33)
(.03)
0.75
(For Sol. a)
G-DSG-01- - -50 G 1/2
G-DSG-01- - -5090 1/2 NPT
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
31
Cylinder Port "B" Cylinder Port "A"
Tank Port "T"
263
(10.35)
0.5 132 65.5
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
44.5 48
(1.75) (1.89)
(4.31)
109.5
(3.50)
89
SOL a SOL b
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
11 Air Vent (Both Sides)

Mounting Surface (.43) Manual Actuator 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
(O-Rings Furnished) 65 6 (.24) Dia.
(2.56)
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090
0.5 197.5
(.02) (7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

Mounting Surface:
G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090 ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A"
G-DSG-03- - -50 G 1/2 141 54 Cylinder Port "B"
G-DSG-03- - -5090 1/2 NPT (5.55) (2.13)
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
46
G1/2
G1/2
(For Sol. b) 50.8 (For Sol. a)
(2.00)
7(.28) Dia. Through 1
E
Tank Port "T"
4 Places
Electrical Conduit Connection 336

"C" Thd. (Both Ends) (13.23)
102 132 0.5
(4.02) (5.20) (.02)
48 39
(1.89) (1.54)

(5.12)
130.1
(4.31)
109.6
SOL b SOL a
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
70 Air Vent (Both Sides) 2 19

Manual Actuator (2.76) Mounting Surface
(.75)
6 (.24) Dia. 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. (O-Rings Furnished)
92
(3.62)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
DIMENSIONS IN
G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090
234 0.5
(9.21) (.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

417
■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Electronic
Circuit
X T A PB Y
Specifications
Model Numbers
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090 G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
Descriptions
1 1
Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) 160 (42.3) 250 (66.1)
Max. Operating Pres. MPa (PSI) 25 (3630) 25 (3630)
Max. T-Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
Max. Drain Line Back Pressure MPa (PSI) 3 (440) 3 (440)
Max. Pilot Pressure MPa (PSI) 16 (2320) 16 (2320)
2
Min. Required Pilot Pres. MPa (PSI) 1.5 (220)
at Normal 1 (0.3) 1 (0.3)

Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
at Transition 4 (1.1) 6 (1.6)
Voltage 24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

Electric Power Supply
Input Power at 24V 36 W 36 W
Voltage 5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Shifting signal, low speed
operation halt signal (can be
Current Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)
used in common with electric
power supply)
Input interface Sink Type, Source Type
Shifting time range (for ON and OFF) ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3) 10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
(for SOL a and b) L /min (U.S.GPM)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)
Ambient Temperature 0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air
Approx. Mass 12 kg (26.5 lbs.) 15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
1. The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.

2. Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.


G-DSHG -04 -3C2 -E -R2 -S -50
Series Valve Pilot Spool Control Modification Input Design Design

Spool Type
Number Size Connection (Omit if not required) Interface Number Standards
3C2 R2:
04 A B None: None: 50
With Stroke Adjustment,
G-DSHG : a b Internal Sink Type
Y P T X
Both Ends
G Series Shockless Pilot (Standard)
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot RA: Refer to
Operated With Stroke Adjustment,
Directional Valve, Port "A" End
Sub-plate 3C40
Mounting E: S:
06 a
Y
A B
P T X
b
External
Pilot
RB:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "B" End
Source Type 50 E
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

Sub-plate

Valve
Model Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx.
Thread Thread Thread
Numbers Model Mass Model Mass Model Mass
Size Size Size
Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.)
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" & Tightening Torque
N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. lbs.)
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
G-DSHG-04
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
G-DSHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)

419
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI MPa
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
200 1.4 Viscosity
G-DSHG-04- 3C2
3C40
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
1.2 Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
160 A T
Pressure Drop P
B T
1.0
P A For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
120 P B be obtained from the formula below.
0.8
B T
P'= P (G'/0.850)
0.6
80
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
40 P A
P B
0.2 A T
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Shifting Characteristics
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0 G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
200 250ms
50 100 400 250ms
40 Volume "OFF T" Position Volume "OFF T" Position

150 80 300
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
0 0
30 5 60 5
100 10 200 10 10
20 10 40 5
50 5 100 0
10 0 20
0 0 0
0 ON
OFF OFF
SOL ON SOL
Volume "ON T" Position Volume "ON T" Position
Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0 G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI) Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
U.S.GPM L/min U.S.GPM
L /min
150 70
40 500ms 240
60
125 200
30 50 500ms
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
100
Volume "MIN" Position 40 160
20 75 Volume "MIN" Position
30 120
10 10
50 8
10 20 80 8
25 0 0
10 40
0 0 0
0
ON ON
SOL OFF SOL OFF
HALT ON HALT ON
OFF OFF

Mounting Surface:
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Tank Port "T"
Pressure Port "P"
11(.43) Dia. Through 101.6 79.9 Pilot Pressure Port "X"

(4.00) (3.15) (For External Pilot Models Only)
4 Places 34
(1.34)

G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50 G 1/2
(2.75)
(2.87)
(3.58)
L'
69.8
72.9
91
L
(1.37)
34.9
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
(.06)
1.5
Cylinder Port "A" 50
(1.97)
7(.28) Dia. Through Pilot Drain Port "Y"
4 Places
263
Cylinder Port "B"
Air Vent (Both Sides) 1

E
(10.35) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc.
0.5 132 65.5 2 Places 48 Electrical Conduit Connection
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) (1.89) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
Manual Actuator
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(7.89)
200.5
(7.13)
181

(4.57)
116
L L'
(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
Mounting Surface 2 50.4

(.16)
3(.12) Dia. Two Locating Pins

4
(O-Rings Furnished) (1.98)

204
(8.03)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a SOL b

(1.30)
33

13(.51) Hex. Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
Fully Extended
93(3.66) 13(.51) Hex.

421
Mounting Surface:
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090 ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Drain Port "Y"
Tank Port "T"
255
(10.04)
50.5 130.2
(1.99) (5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
Solenoid Indicator
Light Model Numbers "C " Thd.
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50 G 1/2
(3.63)
(4.65)
L'
92.1
118
L
(1.81)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090 1/2 NPT
46.1
77
(.51)
13
(3.03)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" 156
(6.14) Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A" 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
263 Air Vent (Both Sides) 1
(10.35) 3 (.12) Hex. Soc. Electrical Conduit Connection
0.5 132 65.5 2 Places 48 "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
(.02) (5.20) (2.58) (1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b
(8.72)
221.5
(7.95)
202
(5.39)
137
L L'
(1.61)
41
Mounting Surface 2 78.5 6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

(.24)
(3.09)
6
(O-Rings Furnished)
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
DIMENSIONS IN
Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
SOL a SOL b

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)
13(.51) Hex.
13(.51) Hex.
(1.57)
40
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)

■ Pilot Operated Directional Valves

These valves perform a change over of spool by hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.
X Y
P
Specifications
Model Numbers
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa 16 MPa 25 MPa 31.5 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Min. Required Max. T-Line
Pilot Pressure Back Pressure
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
E
1 1 1 1
DHG-04-3C -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2N -50 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 31.5 (4570) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 21 (3050) 7.4 (16.3)
DHG-04-2B -50 130 (34.3) 70 (18.5) 70 (18.5) 60 (15.9) 7.8 (17.2)
2 2 2 2
DHG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 11.2 (24.7)
4
DHG-06-2N -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 25 (3630) 0.8 (120) 11.2 (24.7)

31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DHG-06-2B -50 140 (37) 100 (26.4) 90 (23.8) 80 (21.1) 11.7 (25.8)
2
DHG-06-3H -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 21 (3050) 1 (150) 12.0 (26.5)
3 3 3 3
DHG-10-3C -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 43.8 (96.6)
4
DHG-10-2N -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 25 (3630) 1 (150) 43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DHG-10-2B -40 460 (122) 300 (79.3) 220 (58.1) 200 (52.8) 45.6 (101)
3 3
DHG-10-3H -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 21 (3050) 1 (150) 51.6 (114)
Note: Max. flow in the table above represents 1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
the value in the flow condition of P A 388 for the List of “Standard Model and Maximum Flow” (DSHG-
B T (or P B A T) as shown in 04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
the circuit diagram right. 2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
In case the valves is used in the condi- information, see page 389 for the List of “Standard Model and
tion that eihter A or B port is blocked, Maximum Flow” (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
the maximum flow differs according to a A B Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult
us for details. X
P T
Y information, see page 390 for the List of “Standard Model and
Maximum Flow” (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).

Consult us for the details.
Rated Flow Max.Operating Pres.

Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI)
DHF-16- -30 500 (132)
DHF-24- -26 1200 (317) 21 (3050)
DHF-32- -21 2400 (634)
Pressure Drop Instruction

Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot
Directional Valves. See pages 392 and 393 for the pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.
related information.
Pilot Operated Directional Valves 423

F- DH G -04 -2 B 2 A -C2 -RA -H -50
Spool- Special Model with Built-in
Type of Number Spool Control
Special Series Valve Spring Spool Two Pilot Choke Orifice Design Design
Connec- of Valve Modification
Seals Number Size Arrange- Type Position Valve for Pilot Number Standard
tion Positions 2 (Options) 2
ment Valve (Options) Line
R2: With Stroke
C: Adjustment,
Spring Both Ends
F: 04 Centred 50
RA: With Stroke
Special
Adjustment,
Seals H: 2 , 3 Port A End
for DH: 3 Pressure 3 3
Phos- 4 , 40 A , B RB: With Stroke
Pilot G: Centred
phate 2 5 , 6 Adjustment,
Oper- (Option) (Omit if C2:
ester Sub- 60 , 7 Port B End
ated not With C2
type plate 06 9 , 10 50 Refer to
Direc- 2 N: required) Choke P2: With Pilot 5
fluids Mount-
tional No-Spring 11 , 12 Piston, Both
(Omit ing
Valve Ends H:
if not B: Refer to
required) PA: With Pilot 4
Spring
Piston, Port A
Offset
End
10 40
PB: With Pilot
Piston, Port B
Refer to 1
End
1. For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.
2. For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.
3. Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 426.
4. In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve
should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
5. Design Standards: None.................. Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90...................... N. American Design Standard
List of Valve Type List of Options

Valve Types Option Code
Model Numbers
Three Positions Two Positions 3H C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
Spring Pressure No- Spring DHG-04-3C
Centred Centred Spring Offset DHG-04-2N
Spool Type Graphic Symbols DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
A B A B A B A B
DHG-06-2N
X Y X Y X Y X
P T P T P T P T Y DHG-06-2B
V
DHG-06-3H
2 3C2 3H2 2N2 2B2 DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
3 3C3 3H3 2N3 2B3
DHG-10-2B
4 3C4 3H4 2N4 2B4 DHG-10-3H
Note. Mark: Available
40 3C40 3H40 2N40 2B40 Mark: Not Available
5 3C5 3H5
6 3C6 3H6
60 3C60 3H60
7 3C7 3H7 2N7 2B7
9 3C9 3H9
10 3C10 3H10
11 3C11 3H11
12 3C12 3H12
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
424 Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Sub-plate
Valve
Model Approx. Approx. Approx.
Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Numbers Model Numbers Mass Mass Mass
Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size
kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.) kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10 DHGM-10X-40 Rc 1-1/2 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4080 1-1/2 BSP.F 21.5 (47.4) DHGM-10X-4090 1-1/2 NPT 21.5 (47.4)
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
N. American Desgin Standard Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
E
M6 45 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
DHG-04
M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 6 473-585 (4186-5177)

Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2) Pressure Centered Models (3H )
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring Graphic Symbol
centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with
stroke adjustment. A B
Graphic Symbols X V Y
P T
Spring Centred Models
A B
X Y Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )

When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
P T short and flow rate reduces
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment Stroke Adjustment

Screw (Port "A" End) Screw (Port "B" End)
Models with Pilot Piston (P ) A B
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed X Y
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of P T
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
Graphic Symbols
Additional Mass of Options
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
Spring Centred Models with Pilot Spring Centred Models if options are required.
Piston on Both Ends (P2) with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)
kg (lbs.)
A B A B
X Y X Y With Pilot Piston With Stroke Adjustment
Model With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve PA RA
W V V P2 R2
P T P T PB RB
DHG-04 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06 0.65 (1.4) 1.0 (2.2) 0.5 (1.1) 1.2 (2.6) 0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10 0.65 (1.4) 3.6(7.9) 1.8 (4.0) 3.7 (8.2) 1.85 (4.1)

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:
valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure
position (2B B).
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Model Numbers Graphic Symbols
A B A B
04 04
DHG- 06 -2B A X
DHG- 06 -2B B X
Y Y
10 P T 10 P T
DHG- -2B2A DHG- -2B2B
DHG-04- -50/5090 Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Pressure Port "P" Pilot Pressure Port "X" Options

Tank
101.6 50.4 11(.43) Dia. Through Models with Pilot Choke Valve
(4.00) (1.98)
Port "T" 34 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface DHG-04- -C2
(1.34) 4 Places
T P
X Pilot Flow Adjustment
Screw 6(.24) Hex.
69.8(2.75)
34.9(1.37)
73(2.87)
91(3.58)
DEC.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended
Y 9.3 10.4 59
A B
Cylinder (.37) (.41) (2.32)
(.06)
50
1.6
Port "A" (1.97)

7(.28) Dia. Through Pilot Pressure Port "Y"
(5.75)
146
Cylinder Port "B"

(4.17)

106
2 Places Chain line indicates Spring Offset

204(8.03) 21 Models (2B )
(.83)
65 69.5 48
(2.56) (2.74) (1.89)
Models with Stroke Adj. ( R )

Outside dimensions are the same as those of the
121(4.76)
main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

91(3.58)
Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 405.

(1.38)
(1.34)
35
34
3(.12) Dia. For Spring Offset Models (2B , 2B A),

(.16)
Mounting Surface B
4
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins it functions as drain port. When that model
is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.

DHG-06- -50/5090 Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Tank Port "T"

50.5 130.2 Pressure Port "P" Options
(1.99) (5.13) M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
13.5(.53) Dia. 53.2 Pilot Pressure Port "Y"
Through (2.09) DHG-06- -C2
20(.79) Dia.
Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
Spotface
6 Places 6 (.24) Hex.
Fully Extended
DEC. 59 (2.32)
(3.63)
(4.65)
19.7 (.78)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
(.51)
(6.57)
13
167
(5.00)
Pilot Pressure 77
127
Port "X" (3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
156
(6.14)
Indicates Spring Offset
Cylinder Port "A"
Models (2B ).
Indicates Spring Offset Pressure Centred Models (3H )
255 52
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
95
(3.74)
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Models (2B A).
48
(1.89)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
E
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See page 405.
(5.59)
142
X A B
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), it
(1.61)

B
41
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,

directly connect it to the reservoir.
(.24)
6
Mounting Surface 6(.24) Dia.

(O-Rings Furnished) Two Location Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DHG-10- -40/4090
Tank Port "T"

77.5 190.5
Pressure Port "P" Options
(3.05) (7.50)
21.5(.85) Dia.
76.2 Pilot Pressure Port "Y" M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
Through
(3.00) DHG-10- -C2
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw
(1.69)
43.1
6 Places 6 (.24) Hex.

Fully Extended
(7.80)
(6.25)
158.8
198
19.7 (.78) DEC. 59 (2.32)

43 (1.69)
(3.13)
79.4
(.77)
19.6
21.8 114.3 78
(9.06)
230
(7.48)
(.86) (4.50) (3.07)

190
233.8 Cylinder Port "B"

Pilot Pressure (9.20)
Port "X" Cylinder Port "A" Indicates Spring Offset
Models (2B ).
84 Indicates Spring Offset
384 (3.31)
Models (2B A).
Pressure Centred Models (3H )
(15.12) 48
(1.89)
Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )
65 159.5 66.5
(2.56) (6.28) (2.62) Models with Pilot Piston (P )
The outside dimensions of the above options are the same
as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot
2-Eye Bolts Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See page 405.
46 (1.81)
(8.07)
205
In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B A), in

B
functions as a drain port. When that model is used,
(.24)
Mounting Surface directly connect it to the reservoir.

6
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Location Pins

List of Seals
DHG-04- -50/5090
DHG-06- -50/5090
DHG-10- -40/4090 6 8 15 16 17 13
2 11 5 10 1 3 14 9 4 12 7
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty
DHG-04 DHG-06 DHG-10
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P40 SO-NB-G65 2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.

DHG-04- -50/5090 KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06- -50/5090 KS-DHG-06-50
DHG-10- -40/4090 KS-DHG-10-40

■ Manually Operated Directional Valves

These valves may be used to manually
shift the spool position and change the
direction of oil flow.
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM) Max.Operating Max. T-Line Back Approx.
Model Numbers 7 MPa 14 MPa 21 MPa 31.5 MPa Pressure Pressure Mass
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI) (4570 PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
1
DMT-03-3C -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 1 100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
25 (3630) 16 (2320) 5.0 (11.0)
DMT-03-2D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
E
Threaded Connections
300 {200} 2 300 {120} 2 300 {100} 2 At time spool shift

DMT-06 -3C -30
(79.3 {52.8}) (79.3 {31.7}) (79.3 {26.4}) is required:
7 (1020)
DMT-06 -3D -30 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 21 (3050) 12.9 (28.5)
At time spool shift
DMT-06 -2D -30 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) is not required:
DMT-06 -2B -30 200 (52.8) 120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 21 (3050)
500 {315} 2 500 {315} 2 500 {315} 2 At time spool shift

DMT-10 -3C -30
(132 {83.2}) (132 {83.2}) (132 {83.2}) is required:
7 (1020)
DMT-10 -3D -30 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 21 (3050) 22 (48.5)
At time spool shift
DMT-10 -2D -30 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) is not required:
DMT-10 -2B -30 315 (83.2) 315 (83.2) 315 (83.2) 21 (3050)
DMG-01-3C -10
DMG-01-3D -10 5
35 (9.2) 35 (9.2) 35 (9.2) 25 (3630) 14 (2030) 1.8 (4.0)
DMG-01-2D -10
DMG-01-2B -10
1 1 1
DMG-03-3C -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
DMG-03-3D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
25 (3630) 16 (2320) 4.0 (8.8)
DMG-03-2D -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
1 1 1
DMG-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4) 100 (26.4)
Sub-Plate Mounting
3 3 3
DMG-04-3C -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7)
DMG-04-3D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 6 7.4 (16.3)
21 (3050) 21 (3050)
DMG-04-2D -21 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 50 (13.2) 7.9 (17.4)
DMG-06-3C -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 6 11.5 (25.4)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-06-2D -50 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50 420 (111) 300 (79.3) 250 (66.1) 200 (52.8) 12 (26.5)
4 4 4 4
DMG-10-3C -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 6 48.2 (106)
31.5 (4570) 21 (3050)
DMG-10-2D -40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40 670 (177) 350 (92.5) 260 (68.7) 200 (52.8) 50 (110)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
(in.lbf.) Nm
Operating Torque
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum 12 1.5
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage). 8 1.0
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60. 4 0.5
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page. 0 0
0 5 10 14 MPa
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
0 500 1000 1500 2000 PSI
See page 390.
T-Line Back Pressure
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
Manually Operated Directional Valves 429

F- DM T -03 -2 B 2 A -50
Type of No. of Special Two
Special Series Valve Spool-Spring Spool Design Design
Connec- Valve Position
Seals Number Size Arragement Type Number Standard
tion Position Valve
03 50 None: Japanese
T: C: Std. "JIS"
F: 06 (Piping size 3/4) Spring
Threaded 2 , 3 30 80: European
Special 06X (Piping size 1) Centred
Connec- 4 , 40 Design Std.
Seals for tion 10 (Piping size 1-1/4) 3 90: N. American
DM : 5 , 6 A ,B 30
Phos- 10X (Piping size 1-1/2) D: Design Std.
Manually 60 , 7 (Omit if not
phate No-Spring
Operated 01 required) 10
ester Detented 8 , 9 None: Japanese
Direc- 03 2 50
type 10 , 11 Std. "JIS"
tional 04 21 and Euro-
fluids G: B: 12
Valves pean Design
(Omit if Sub-plate 06 Spring Offset 50
Std.
not Mounting 10
required) 40 90: N. American
Design Std.
See the table below for combinations.
Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on page 431.
List of Spool Type

Consult us for the details. DMG-04
DMT-03 DMT-06
DMG-01 DMG-06
DMG-03 DMT-10
Rated Flow Max. Operating Spool Type DMG-10
Model Numbers L /min Pressure 3C 3C 3C 2D 3C 2D
2D 2B 2D 2B
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) 3D 3D 3D 2B 3D 2B
DMF-10- -30 315 (83.2) 2

21 (3050)
DMF-16- -31 400 (106)
3
4
Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C
40
Model Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
Numbers 7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)
DMG-04-3C2 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 5
DMG-04-3C3 180 (47.6) 90 (23.8) 70 (18.5)
DMG-04-3C4 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 90 (23.8)
DMG-04-3C40 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 105 (27.7) 6
DMG-04-3C5 80 (21.1) 50 (13.2) 40 (10.6)
DMG-04-3C6 90 (23.8) 60 (15.9) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C60 140 (37.0) 70 (18.5) 55 (14.5)
60
DMG-04-3C7 200 (52.8) 75 (19.8) 55 (14.5)
DMG-04-3C9 200 (52.8) 125 (33.0) 100 (26.4)
DMG-04-3C10 200 (52.8) 130 (34.3) 85 (22.5) 7
DMG-04-3C11 200 (52.8) 150 (39.6) 85 (22.5)
8
DMG-04-3C12 200 (52.8) 200 (52.8) 95 (25.1)
9
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models (3C ) 10
#1 #2 #3
A B 11
P T 12
No-Spring Detented Models
3D 2D
Position #3
#1 #2 #3 #1 (#2) #3
A B A B Position #2
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
P T P T Note: The mark indicate the spool type available for each type.
Spring Offset Models (2B )
#1 (#2) #3
A B
. Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B
and DMT -03-2B /2D .
G
P T
430 Manually Operated Directional Valves

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Offset Models

Graphic Symbols Model Graphic Symbols Model
Valve A B DMG-04 Valve A B DMG-04
Type DMT-03 DMT-06 Type DMT-03 DMT-06
DMG-03 DMT-10 DMG-06 DMG-01 DMG-03 DMT-10 DMG-06
P T DMG-10 P T DMG-10
2B2A 2B2B
2B3A 2B3B
2B4A 2B4B
2B40A 2B40B
2B5B
2B5A
2B6A 2B6B
E
2B60A 2B60B
2B7A 2B7B
2B8A 2B8B

2B9A 2B9B
2B10A 2B10B
2B11A 2B11B
2B12A 2B12B
Position #1 Position #2
No-spring Detented Models

Graphic Symbols Model Graphic Symbols Model
Valve A B DMG-04 Valve A B DMG-04
Type DMT-06 Type DMT-06
DMT-10 DMG-06 DMG-01 DMT-10 DMG-06
P T DMG-10 P T DMG-10
2D2A 2D2B
2D3A 2D3B
2D4A 2D4B
2D40A 2D40B
2D5B
2D5A
2D6A 2D6B
2D60A 2D60B
2D7A 2D7B
2D8A 2D8B
2D9A 2D9B
2D10A 2D10B
2D11A 2D11B
2D12A 2D12B
. Position number is determined with three position type (3C and 3D ) as the standard.

Sub-plates
Valve
Approx. Approx. Approx.
Mass Mass Mass
kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.) kg (1bs.)
DMG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3080 1/4 BSP.F 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 0.8 (1.8) DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DMG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F 3.0 (6.6) DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40 Rc 3/4 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2180 3/4 BSP.F 4.7 (10.4) DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT 4.7 (10.4)
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. Sub-plate dimensions appearing page
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish. Subplate Model Numbers Page
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valve s and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated DSGM-01 356
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages. DSGM-03 373
DHGM-04 401
Mounting Bolts DHGM-06 402
DHGM-10 403
Model Japanese Standard "JIS" N. American Tightening Torque
Qty.
Numbers European Design Standard Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs.) Instructions
DMG-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 5-7 (44-62) Avoid connecting the
DMG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 12-15 (106-133) Tank Port "T" to a line with
M6 40 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133) possible surge pressure.
DMG-04
M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DMG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DMG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 8 473-585 (4195-5177)
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number
DMT-06, 06X
Type P A B T P B A T P T
PSI MPa 1 2 2 2 2 2
150
1.0 2 3 3 2 3 2 2
Pressure Drop P
4 2 3 2 2
0.8
100 3 40 2 2 2 2
0.6 5 3 2 2 2
6 3 2 3 2 1
0.4
50 60 3 2 3 2 1
0.2 7 2 2 2 2
0 8 2 2
0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 2 2 2 2
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
11 3 2 2 2
12 2 2 2 2
Flow Rate

DMT-10, 10X Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa
150 1 2 3 2 3 2
1.0 3 3 2 3 2 2
P
4 3 2 3 2
0.8
Pressure Drop
100 40 3 2 3 2
0.6 5 3 2 3 2
2
3
6 3 3 3 3 1
0.4
50 60 3 3 3 3 1
0.2 7 3 2 3 2
0 8 3 3
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 9 3 2 3 2
10 3 2 3 2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM 11 3 2 3 2
Flow Rate 12 3 2 3 2
DMG-01
3C
Valve type
3D 2D 2B
Pressure Drop Curve Number
P A B T P B A T P T
E
3C2 3D2 2D2 3 3 3 3
3C3 3D3 2D3 3 3 3 3 2
PSI MPa 1
200 1.4 3C4 3D4 3 3 3 3
1.2 3C40 3D40 3 3 3 3

P
2 3C5 3D5 2 1 1 1 3
150 1.0
Pressure Drop

3C60 3D60 1 1 1 1 3
0.8 3
100 3C7 3D7 2D7 3 3 3 3
0.6
3C8 3D8 2D8 3 3
0.4 3C9 3D9 3 3 3 3
50
0.2 3C10 3D10 3 3 3 3
0 3C11 3D11 3 3 3 3
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
3C12 3D12 3 3 3 3
2B2 2 2 3 3
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
2B3 2 2 3 3
Flow Rate 2B8 3 3
DMG-04 Spool Pressure Drop Curve Number

PSI MPa
1
2
2 5 2 5 4
175 1.2 3 3 6 3 6 5 3
P
150 4 4 5 4 5 5
1.0
Pressure Drop
5 40 5 4 5 5
0.8
100 6 5 5 2 4 5 1
0.6 6 2 3 4 2 1
0.4 60 2 3 4 2 1
50
0.2 7 5 2 5 5
0 9 6 2 6 5
0
0 50 100 150 200 L /min
10 5 4 5 5
11 5 4 5 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
12 5 3 5 5
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number Pressure Drop Characteristics Page Remarks
DMT-03 Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
371
DMG-03 (Standard Type)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-06 393 3D is same as 3C
(DSHG-06)
Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DMG-10 393
(DSHG-10)

69.7 54
DMT-03- -50/5080/5090 (2.74) (2.13) Pressure Port "P"
44 "C" Thd.
How to Change Lever Position: (1.73) 7(.28) Dia. Through
27 11(.43) C' bore
30˚ Cylinder Port "A" (1.06) 4 Places
10
"C" Thd.
(.47)
The lever position can (.39)
12
30˚ Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
be changed to any 4 (.16) Hex. Soc.
position in five
(1.06)
different positions
(2.76)
(1.81)
27
70
46
shown on the sketch in 30˚
the right. For the lever
position change,
remove the Soc. Hd.
(0.8)
Cap Screw and lever
2
once, set the lever at 30˚ 48.7
the required position (1.92) Cylinder Port "B"
and tighten it with the 108.5 "C" Thd.
(4.27)
Soc. Hd. Cap Screw Tank Port " T"
firmly. 30˚ 193.8
(7.63) "C" Thd.
Position #1
74.5 Position #2 3 0˚ 1. Lever Operating Torque:
(2.93) 2 0˚ Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
27 Position #3 ˚
(1.06) 1 20
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72)
DMT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
(5.47)
139
DMT-03- -5080 3/8 BSP.F
(3.36)
85.3
DMT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
(1.82)
46.3
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
(.86)
21.8
26.8
39.7 19
(1.56) (.75)
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P" MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090 Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "B"
DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090 P
F
E
A B
T
R "e "
"f" Dia. Through D
"g" Dia. Spotface Position #1 Neutral Position #2
4 Places C C 40 (1.57) Dia.
Model Numbers "h" Thd.
Tank Port " T"
DMT-06- -30 Rc 3/4 Position #3
DMT-06X- -30 Rc 1
DMT-06- -3080 3/4 BSP.F U V
J
DMT-06X- -3080 1 BSP.F
K
DMT-06- -3090 3/4 NPT L N
Q
DMT-06X- -3090 1 NPT
a
S S
DMT-10- -30 Rc 1-1/4
DMT-10X- -30 Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10- -3080 1-1/4 BSP.F
Z
DMT-10X- -3080 1-1/2 BSP.F

d
Y
DMT-10- -3090 1-1/4 NPT

DMT-10X- -3090 1-1/2 NPT "h" Thd.
4 Places X X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
Model No.
C D E F H J K L N Q S U V X Y Z a b d e f g
DMT-06 50 30 126 47.5 24 320 255 137 118 107 33.5 86 76 9 40 25 250 100 63.5 12 11 17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10 66 40 160 62.5 33 402 320 173 147 135 40 102 90 12.5 50 35 300 120 78.5 15 13.5 21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)


DMG-01- -10/1090
DIMENSIONS IN

9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"
4 Places
71 22(.87):3C
R49 (2.80) 17(.67):3D ,2D ,2B
(R1.93) 40.5 11
Position #3 (1.59) (.43)
(1.22) (.03)
0.75
27˚
15.5
(.61)
(1.28)
Neutral Position #2
32.5
31
27˚
Position #1 Tank Port " T"

E
Cylinder Port "B"
The operating lever position can be adjusted as required
on the circumference by loosening the set screw.

Four positions are available in 90˚ increment.
5
(.20) 26 (1.02) Dia.
20 (.79) Dia. Lever Fixing Screw
2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.
(1.54)
39
(2.91)
74
(1.99)
50.5
(1.50)
38
(.98)
25
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
(1.89)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

DMG-03- -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Cylinder Port "B"

Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A" 7(.28) Dia. Through
69.7 54 4 Places
(.47)
(2.74) (2.13)
12
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(2.76)
46
70
3
1
48.7 50.8 Tank Port " T" 1. Although the tank port is shown on the left
(1.92) (2.00) in our sub-plate either may be used.
108.5
(4.27) 2. The position of operating lever can be
193.8 changed as required. For the detail, see the
(7.63) DMT-03 in the previous page.
3. Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)
Position #1
74.5 30˚
Position #2
(2.93) 2 0˚
27 ˚
(1.06) 20
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia. R94.5
(R3.72) 2 (.08)
(5.47)
139
(3.00)
76.3
(2.32)
(1.82)
59
46.3
(1.06)
27
39.7 19
(.75) Mounting Surface
(1.56)
(3.62)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DMG-04- -21/2190 Tank Port "T"
130
14.2 (5.12)
(.56) 101.6 Pressure Port "P"
(4.00)
11(.43) Dia. Through 34 Cylinder Port "B"
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.34)
4 Places
(3.54)
(2.87)
(2.75)
72.9
69.8
90
(1.37)
34.9
Position #2
Position #3
(.06)
(.40)
32 50
10.1
32
1.5
40 (1.57) Dia. 7(.28) Dia. Through
(1.26) (1.26) (1.97)
Position #1 2 Places Drain Port "Y"
Cylinder Port "A"
232.5 (9.15) 22.5
E
30 (1.18) Chain line indicates
202.5 (7.97) (.89)
R200 Spring Offset Models
59.2 (2B ,2B A).
(R7.87)
(2.33)
(1.97)
(4.06)
50
103
(1.26)
(1.18)
(.16)
30
32
A B

Mounting Surface
3(.12) Dia. (O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DMG-06- -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
300.5
(11.83)
95.8 130.2
(3.77) (5.13) 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
Tank Port "T" 53.2 20(.79) Dia. Spotface
(2.09) 6 Places
Drain Port "V"
T P Y
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
X A B
(.51)
Cylinder Port "B"

13
55.8 77
(2.20) (3.03) Cylinder Port "A"
Position #2 260.5 52
(10.26) (2.05)
30 (1.18) 57 57 34
Position #3 Indicates Spring Offset
(2.24) (2.24) Position #1 (1.34)
Models (2B ).
40 (1.57) Dia. Indicates Spring Offset

R200 Models (2B A).
(R7.87)
(1.57) (1.85)
(4.57)
47
116
(1.61)
41
40
(.24)
12.5 Mounting Surface

6
6(.24) Dia.
(.49) (O-Rings Furnished)
Two Locating Pins 156
(6.14)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DMG-10- -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
Pressure Port "P"
453
(17.83)
146.5 190.5
(5.77) (7.50) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
76.2 32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
Tank Port "T" (3.00) 6 Places
T Y P
(7.80)
(6.24)
158.8
198
(3.13)
79.4
X A B
Drain Port "V"
19.6
(.77)
94.5 114.3
(3.72) (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
401 66.5
Position #2
(15.79) (2.62)
36 (1.42) 105 105 47.5 Indicates Spring Offset
Position #3 (4.13) (4.13) Position #1 (1.87) Models (2B )
40 (1.57) Dia.
Indicates Spring Offset
Two Eye Bolts
M8 Models (2B A)
R300
(R11.81)
(2.56) (2.36)
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
(7.09)
180
65 60

6
6(.24) Dia. (.85) (O-Rings Furnished)

Two Locating Pins 233.8
(9.20)

List of Seals
DMG-01- -10/1090
14 13 9 12 X 18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
Section X-X
X
19 3 8 6 5 23 2 1 21 11 4
E
Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the
seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).

DMT-03- -50/5080/5090
DMG-03- -50/5090
28 20 3 14 29 30 10 9
26 17 25 11 13
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12 2 6 21 1 5 18 8 14 4
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 DMT-03- -50/5080/5090 KS-DMT-03-50
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 2 DMG-03- -50/5090 KS-DMG-03-50
16 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 2
Note: 1. O-rings of Item 18 are not used for
DMT-03.
2. When ordering the seals, please specify
the seal kit number from the table right.

List of Seals
DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090

DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090
22
5
14
7 21 13 15 23 16 2 4 17 1 26 24 12 25
18
19
20
List of Seal Kits

DMT-06 DMT-10 DMT-06 - -30/3080/3090 KS-DMT-06-30
24 Packing UPI 32 40 6Y UPI 40 55 10Y 2 DMT-10 - -30/3080/3090 KS-DMT-10-30
25 Dust Seal DKI 32 44 7 10 DKI 40 52 7 10 1
DMG-04- -21/2190
DMG-06- -50/5090
DMG-10- -40/4090
A
28 26 9 22 23 10 33 36 17 1 6 33
31
22
15
28
Section A-A 24 A
21 2 11 29 32 30 25 29 3 20
List of Seal Kits

DMG-04 DMG-06 DMG-10 DMG-04 - -21/2190 KS-DMG-04-21
29 O-Ring SO-NB-P34 SO-NB-P40 SO-NB-G65 2 DMG-06 - -50/5090 KS-DMG-06-50
30 O-Ring SO-NB-P22A SO-NB-P30 SO-NB-P42 4 DMG-10- -40/4090 KS-DMG-10-40

■ Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type
Directional Valves are available.
■ Rotary Type Directional Valves

These valves are used to rotate the spool either
manually or by way of cam and shift the direction
of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated
in these valves prevents the valve from being
changed over by itself due to vibrations or any
other shocks.
Specifications
Model Numbers Rated Flow

Max. Operating Max. T-Line
E
Pressure Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) DRT Type DRG Type
DRT-02- D -20 DRG-02- D -20 16 (4.2) 7 (1020) 7 (1020) 4.7 (10.4) 3.4 (7.5)
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.

F- DR G -02 -2 D 2 -A -R -20
Special Series Type of Valve No. of Valve Spool-Spring Spool Operation Drain Design Design
Seals Connection Mounting Size Position Arrangement Type Type Connection Number Standards
None: Japanese
F: A: Std. "JIS"
T:
Special Reversing 80: European
Threaded 02 None: 20
seals for Dog Design Std.
DR: Connection Intrenal
phosphate 2 D: 2 90: N. American
Rotary B: Drain
ester No-spring Design Std.
type Type Reversing
Directinal Detented Dog & None: Japanese
fluids R:
(Omit if Valve G: 3 4 Manual External Std. "JIS" &
not Sub-plate Drain European
02 C: 20 Design Std.
required) Mounting
Manual
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position 2-Position Type 3-Position Type
Operation Reversing Dog Reversing Dog & Manual Manual
Type Operation Manual Operation Operation Operation
#1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #3 #1 #2 #3
Graphic A B A B A B A B
Symbols
P T P T P T P T
Model No. DR -02-2D2-A DR -02-2D2-B DR -02-2D2-C DR -02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table: Tank Port Back Pres. Torque
MPa (PSI) Nm (in. 1bs.)
2-Way directional valves 0 1.0 (8.9)
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port. 3 (435) 4.8 (42.5)
Mechanically Operated Directional Valves 441

Sub-plates
Drain
Connection
Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (1bs.)
For Internal DRGM-02-20 Rc 1/4 DRGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F DRGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT
Drain DRGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8 DRGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F DRGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT
1.9 (4.2)
For External DRGM-02-R-20 Rc 1/4 DRGM-02-R-2080 1/4 BSP.F DRGM-02-R-2090 1/4 NPT
Drain DRGM-02X-R-20 Rc 3/8 DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F DRGM-02X-R-2090 3/8 NPT
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS"
DRG-02 M8 45 Lg. 5/16-18 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) ,
PSI MPa Valve Pressure Drop Curve No.
Specific Gravity 0.850
60 Type P A B T P B A T
0.4 1
2D2 2 2 2 2
Pressure Drop P
0.3 3D4 2 2 1 2
40
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
2
0.2
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
20 Viscosity
0.1 SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 L /min 2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation

DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090 151.5
(5.96) R38
Drain Port "Y" 58.5 (R1.50)
"C" Thd. (2.30) Position #1
External drain type 56 43 Position #3
only has drain port. (2.20) (1.69) 11 (.43) Dia.
Cylinder Port "B" 30 45˚ 45
˚
Through
Tank Port "T" (1.18) 17.5 (.69)
8(.31) Dia. C' bore
2 Places
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
80(3.15) Dia.
(1.02)
50(1.97)
10˚ 26
10˚
Dia.
76.5˚ 2 110
76.5˚ R1 47)
. (4.33)
(R
( 3. 0
)
94
5.2(.20)
10
Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P" 16(.63) 134(5.28)

36˚ 36˚
"C" Thd.
4 Places
Model Numbers "C" Thd. Type "B": Reverseing Dog and Type "C": Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -20 Rc 1/4 Manual Operation
DRT-02- D - -2080 1/4 BSP.F 45˚ 45˚
DRT-02- D - -2090 1/4 NPT 1.50)

R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) R105(R4.13) R105(R4.13)
32(1.26) 32(1.26)
30 Position #3 Dia. 30 Position #3
Dia.
(1.18) 22.5˚ (1.18) 22.5˚
22.5˚ 22.5˚
Neutral Position #2
For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".
442 Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

DRG-02- D - -20/2090
Type "A": Reversing Dog Operation

103.5 Position #3
(4.07)
Position #1
63 25
82.6(3.25) Dia. (2.48) (.98)
45˚
Tank Port "T" 42 8(.31) Dia. 45˚
(1.65) 12(.47)
. 50 )
(R1
50(1.97) Dia.
R38
(1.02)
106(4.17)
26
Dia.
Cylinder Port "B"
Cylinder Port "A"
33.4(1.31) 8.8(.35) Dia. Through

Pressure Port "P" 14(.55) C' bore
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
5 Places
E
DIMENSIONS IN
Sub-plates : DRGM- 02 - -20/2080/2090
02X

62.7(2.47) "H" Dia.
25
151 (.98) "C" Thd.
"F" Dia. (5.94) 22
82.6(3.25) 4 Places
4 Places 127 (.87)
(5.00) 11.2 "D" Thd.
(.44)
22.5
22.5
B T
10˚ 10˚
A P
"E" Thd. 11(.43) Dia. Through R12(R.47)

16(.63) Deep 36 36
17.5(.69) C' bore 106(4.17)
5 Places 2 Places
Sub-plate mm (Inches)
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. Remarks
Model Numbers F H
DRGM-02-20 Rc 1/4
M8 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-2080 1/4 BSP.F
M8 11.7 (.46) For Internal Drain
DRGM-02X-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-2090 1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-2090 3/8 NPT
DRGM-02-R-20 Rc 1/4
Rc 1/4 M8 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-20 Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-2080 1/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F M8 11.7 (.46) 11.7 (.46) For External Drain
DRGM-02X-R-2080 3/8 BSP.F
DRGM-02-R-2090 1/4 NPT
1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC 11 (.43) 11 (.43)
DRGM-02X-R-2090 3/8 NPT

■ List of Seals
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16 6 17 9 4 11 10 8
12
15
3
14
13

14 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 2 Included in Seal Kit
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P16 1 (Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18 5 9 12 4 11 7
13
16
15
19
3
8 14
1
15 17

15 O-Ring SO-NB-G35 2
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)

■ Cam Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Model Numbers Max. Flow

Max. Operating Max. T-Line
E
Pressure Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) DCT Type DCG Type
DCT-01-2B -40 DCG-01-2B -40 30 (7.9) 21 (3050) 7 (1020) 1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4)
DCT-03-2B -50 DCG-03-2B -50 100 (26.4) 25 (3630) 10 (1450) 4.5 (9.9) 3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.

F- DC T -01 -2 B 2 -R -40
No. of
Special Series Type of Valve Spool-Spring Spool Roller Position Design Design
Valve
Seals Number Connection Size Arrangement Type Number Standards
Position
None: Japanese
F: 01 40 Standard "JIS"
Special T: None Y
Normal R DC -01 80: European
seals for DC: Threaded
Position only Design Standard
phos- Cam Connection 2
03 50 90: N. American
phate Oper- Design Standard
2 B: 3
ester ated None: Japanese
Spring Offset
type Direc- 01 40 Standard "JIS" &
fluids tional G: 8
Mounting European Design
(Omit if Valve Sub-plate
Surface Standard
not Mounting
03 50 90: N. American
required) Design Standard
Sub-plates
Numbers Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size Model Numbers Size kg (1bs.)
DCG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DCG-03 DSGM-03X-41 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)

Mounting Bolts
Model
Japanese Standard "JIS" Tightening Torque
Numbers N. American Design Standard Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (in. 1bs)
DCT-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 2 5-7 (43-60)
DCG-01 M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 5-7 (43-60)
DCG-03 M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 4 12-15 (105-130)
Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position

Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow
Model
Graphic Symbols Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)
Numbers
Extended(Offset) Depressed
A B P B P A
All ports blocked
DCT -01-2B2 A T B T
DCG 0 3 .8 4.6 9.5
P T (.150) (.181) (.374)
A B P B P A
All ports open
DCT -01-2B3 A T B T
DCG 0 3 .8 4.6 9.5
P T (.150) (.181) (.374)
A B P B P A
DCT -01-2B8 A&T ports blocked B&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .8 9.5
P T (.150) (.374)
A B P A P B
DCT -03-2B2 B T All ports blocked A T
DCG 0 3.4 3.8 7
P T (.134) (.150) (.276)
A B P A P B
All ports open
DCT -03-2B3 B T A T
DCG 0 3 .0 4.0 7
P T (.118) (.157) (.276)
A B All ports
P A P B
DCT -03-2B8 B&T ports blocked blocked A&T ports blocked
DCG 0 3 .6 4.7 7
P T (.142) (.185) (.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
1bf N
200
40
Actuation Force
150
20 100
50 Force
0
0
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 PSI

T-Line Back Pressure

Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
PSI 1.2 Pressure Drop Curve No.
150 Model Numbers
1 P A B T P B A T
P
2 DCT-01-2B2
0.8
Pressure Drop
1 1 2 1
100 3 DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8 2 2
50 0.4 DCG-01-2B2
2 2 3 3
DCG-01-2B3
0 0 DCG-01-2B8 3 3
0 10 20 30 L /min
0 2 4
Flow Rate
6 8 U.S.GPM
E
DCT
-03
DCG
PSI MPa
2.5 1
350

300 2
Pressure Drop Curve No.
2.0 3 Model Numbers
P A B T P B A T
250 DCG-03-2B2 2 1 4 4
P
1.5 DCG-03-2B3 3 2 7 7
Pressure Drop
200 DCG-03-2B8 6 5
5
6
150 4
1.0
7
100
0.5
50
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.

DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
35.5 40.5
(1.40) (1.59) Pressure Port "P"
28.5 29
5.5 (.22) Dia. Through "C" Thd.
(1.12) (1.14)
9.5 (.37) C' bore 19 Cylinder Port "A"
3 places (.75) "C" Thd.
(.33)
9
(.03)
0.75
(.31)
7.75
8.5
(.35)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
48
(2.20)
55.8
B A
Cam and Roller Travel
Height of Cam
Ma 9.5(.37)
x.5
0
(.08)
2
Tank Port "T"
53 38.5
Position "Y" "C" Thd.
17 (.67) Dia.Roller (2.09) (1.52)
24 Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
66 (2.60)
(.94) 110 (4.33)
Max.
"C" Thd.
Cam
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
Stroke
4
(1.93)
9.5
(1.50)
49
(.37)
38
(.98)
Extended Depressed
25
T
(Offset)
13.5 Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(.53) 65
DCT-01-2B - -40 Rc 1/8
(2.56)
DCT-01-2B - -4080 1/8 BSP.F
DCT-01-2B - -4090 1/8 NPT
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with .
DIMENSIONS IN
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
56.8 54 Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "A"
(2.24) (2.13) "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. 50 44
(1.97) (1.73) 7 (.28) Dia. Through
27 11 (.43) C' bore
(1.06) 4 places
Chain line indicates the 10
(.47)
Model DCT-03-2B -R.

12
(.39)
(.08)
2
Cam and Roller Travel

(1.06)
27
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
Ma x
Height of Cam .50
7 (.28)
(.08)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller Fully Extended

2
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended Cylinder Port "B"
158.6 (6.24) "C" Thd. Cam
Tank Port "T"
"C" Thd.
7
(.28)
(.24)
Depressed
6
(3.36)
85.3
8.2 (.32)
(1.39)
35.3
Max. Stroke
(1.06)
(1.06)
26.8
27
Extended
(Offset)
(.86)
21.8
19
(.75) Model Numbers "C" Thd.
92
(3.62) DCT-03-2B - -50 Rc 3/8
DCT-03-2B - -5080 3/8 BSP.F
DCT-03-2B - -5090 3/8 NPT

DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090 Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
35.5 40.5 Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "B" (1.40) (1.59)
28.5
(.61)
(.03)
(.31)
15.5
0.75
7.75
(1.12)
(.33)
(1.22)
8.5
(1.28)
(1.89)
32.5
(2.20)
31
48
55.8
Cylinder Port "A"
53
17(.67) Dia. Roller (2.09) 5.5 (.22) Dia. Through
Fully Extended 9.5 (.37) C' bore
110 (4.33) 4 places
Tank Port "T"
Position "Y"
(.12)
3
Normal Position
(.16)
Position " R"
(1.93)
(1.50)
49
38
(.98)
25

(.53)
(2.56)
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
DIMENSIONS IN
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "B"
7 (.28) Dia. Through
56.8 54 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
Chain line indicates the (2.24) (2.13) 4 places
Model DCG-03-2B -R 50
(.47)
12
(1.97)
(.08)
2
(1.28)
32.5
(1.81)
(1.82)
(2.76)
46.2
46
70
73.3 50.8 Tank Port "T"

18 (.71) Dia. Roller
(2.89) (2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
(.08)
2
(.24)
6
(2.32)
59
(1.39)
35.3
(1.06)
27
19
(.75)
92 Mounting Surface
(3.62) (O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

■ List of Seals
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12 8
4 2 9 16 13 14 3 15 1 14 7 6
List of Seal Kit No.

Quantity Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DCT-01 DCG-01 DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090 KS-DCT-01-40
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090 KS-DCG-01-40
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16 20 19
17
21
15
23
22 5
9 4
13 18 12 8 3 2 14 6 7 1 11 10
List of Seal Kit No.

Quantity Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
DCT-03 DCG-03 DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090 KS-DCT-03-50
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 2 DCG-03-2B - -50/5090 KS-DCG-03-50
13 Back Up Ring SO-BE-P6 1 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 0 5

Poppet Type Directional Valves
Maximum Flow U. S. GPM

Max.
.5 1 5 10 50 100 200
Operating
Valve Type Graphic Symbols Page
Pressure
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
MPa (PSI) L/min
Poppet Type Solenoid A B

Operated Directional a b 31.5 453
Valves P T
(4570) DSLG−01
b a
DSLHG−04
Multi Purpose 25 459

Control Valves (3630) DSLHG−06
T A P B Y
DSLHG−10
21
(3050) CDSC−01
Solenoid Operated X CDSC−03

Poppet Type 480
Y
Two-Way Valves 14
CDST−03※
(2030)
CDSG−03
DSPC−01
Shut-off Type Solenoid 2

DSPG−01
Operated Directional 25 489
Valves 1 (3630)
DSPC−03
DSPG−03
Poppet Type Directional Valves 451

Mounting Surface
Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.
Name Model Number ISO Code of Mounting Surface
DSPG-01 ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
Shut-off Type Solenoid DSPG-03 ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
Operated Directional
Valves DSPC-01 ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
DSPC-03 ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
DSLHG-04 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
Multi Purpose
DSLHG-06 ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
Control Cavles
DSLHG-10 ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Model change has been made on the following products.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in Installation
between Current and New Design”. Refer to relevant pages on each series.
Model Numbers Mtg. Inter-

Name Page Main changes
Current New changeability
DSLHG-04- - -12 DSLHG-04- - -13

Multi Purpose Pilot valve (DSG-01)
DSLHG-06- - -12 DSLHG-06- - -13 Yes —
Control Valves changed to design.
DSLHG-10- - -12 DSLHG-10- - -13
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type The change of
Two-Way Valves CDS -03 -C- -20 CDS -03 -C- -21 Yes 488 solenoid ratings.
Shut-offf Type Solenoid The change of
DSP -01-C- -10 DSP -01-C- -20 Yes —
Operated Directional Valves solenoid.
Solenoid
■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector) ■ R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectors- peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made
Characteristics and requirements.). to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.
Remarkably high reliability and long life and other
■ AC Solenoid
advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re- heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection
wiring when the applied frequency is changed. against transient voltage peaks are assured.
■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid)
■ Insulation Class of Solenoid
-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for
Model Numbers Insulation Class
excellent DC control is employed.
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated Class H
by miniature relays. CDSC-01
CDS -03
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that DSP -01/03
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
452 Poppet Type Directional Valves

■ Poppet Type Directional Valves

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of
the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids to
be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because
of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can
arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.
■ Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

High Response High Reliability
Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high
response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is elimi-
nated.
No Leak
E
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
ISO Comformant Mounting Surface

Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there
is an interchangeability with the conventiona l valves. This makes it

possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular
Valves.
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. T- Max. Approx.
Flow Operating Line Back Changeover Internal leakage Mass
Pressure Pressure Frequency Graphic
Model Numbers
Symbols
L /min MPa MPa min-1 3
cm /min kg
(U.S.GPM) (PSI) (PSI) {Cycles/Min} (cu. in./min) (lbs.)
A
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11 a
Or Less
1.9 P T
0.5 1
(4.2) A
16 31.5 16 (.03)
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11 240 b
(4.2) (4570) (2320) P T
Or Less 3.7
A B
a b
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11 1 2
(.06) (8.2) P T
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A•B port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Current & Power
Voltage (V)
Electric Coil Frequency at Rated Voltage
Source Type (Hz) Source Serviceable Holding Power
Rating Range (A) (W)
DC D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45
29
(K Series) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23
AC DC R100 50/60 100 90 - 110 0.33
29
Rectified R200 50/60 200 180 - 220 0.16
Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 453

F- DSLG -01 -4 -O -D24 -N -11
Valve Number Type of Electrical Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Function Coil Type
Size of Port Conduit Connection Number Standards
F: O: DC
Special Seals DSLG : Normally Open D12, D24
3: 3 Port
for Phosphate Poppet Type C: N:
Ester Type Solenoid Operated 01 Normally Closed AC DC Plug-in Connector 11 Refer to
Fluids Directional Valve
(Omit if not (Sub-plate Mtg.) R100
4: 4 Port O:
required) Normally Open R200
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Std. N. American Design Std. Approx.
Piping Mass
Size Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread
Model No. Size Model No. Size Model No. Size kg (lbs.)
1/8 DSGM-01-31 Rc 1/8 DSGM-01-3180 1/8 BSP.F DSGM-01-3190 1/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
3/8 DSGM-01Y-31 Rc 3/8 DSGM-01Y-3190 3/8 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
Mounting Bolts
Descriptions Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs. ) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" 5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
M5 45 Lg.
European Design Standard [Applicable to working pressure more than
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Mounting Operating Force by Manual Actuator
No mounting restrictions for any models. N
lbs.
150
30
Operating force
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the 20 100
same time.
10 50
Valve Tank Port 0

0
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 MPa
possible surge pressure.

0 100 200 300 400 500 PSI
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Tank Line Back Pressure
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
454 Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e 3 P o r t V a lv e
PSI MPa PSI MPa
350 2.5 350 2.5
A B A
a b
b
300 P T 300 P T
2.0 2.0
P
P
A
1.5 1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
a
200 200 P T
1.0 1.0
P A
100 P B 100 P A
0.5 0.5
A T
B T A T
0 0
0 0
E
0 5 10 15 16 L /min 0 5 10 1516 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow rate Flow rate
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Test Circuit and Conditions Result of Measurement

(DC Solenoid) (AC DC Rectified)
Current
ON Waveform ON
Current OFF
Waveform OFF
a b
T1 T2 T1 T2
Pressure Waveform Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid Time (ms)

Type T1 T2
DSLG-01-4-O-D 55 30 4 port valve, normally open
DC DSLG-01-3-O-D 55 30 3 port valve, normally open
DSLG-01-3-C-D 70 25 3 port valve, normally closed
DSLG-01-4-O-R 55 150 4 port valve, normally open
Pressure: 21 MPa (3050 PSI) AC DC
DSLG-01-3-O-R 55 150 3 port valve, normally open
Flow Rate: 16 L /min (4.2 U.S.GPM) Rectified
DSLG-01-3-C-R 70 150 3 port valve, normally closed
Voltage: Rated voltage

4 Port Valve Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11/1190

Pressure Port "P" DIMENSIONS IN
5.5(.22) Dia. Through MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
9.5(.37) C' bore
Cylinder Port "B"
4 Places
40.5 110
(1.59) (4.33)
(.03)
0.75
(1.28)
(1.22)
32.5
31
The connector can be moved to various
positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".
After location tighten "Lock Nut".
Cable Departure
Tank Port "T" Cable Applicable:
Cylinder Port "A" Four positions of cable Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
departure are available in 90˚ Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
increments. (.0023 Sq. in.)
263 48
(10.35) (1.89)
96.5 53.5 E F
(3.80) (2.11)
C
(2.36)
SOL a
(2.45)
SOL b
62.3
60
(1.50)
(1.26)
38
32
37.5 Lock Nut 22

Mounting Surface (1.48) Tightening Torque: (.87)
118 10.3 - 11.3 Nm
(O-Rings Furnished) (90 - 100 IN. lbs.) Manual Actuator
(4.65)
6 (.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
C D E F
108 64 39 27.5
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
111 57.2 51 34
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.


Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e : N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190 DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "P" Cylinder Port "A"
40.5 86 40.5 22.5
(.03)
0.75
(.03)
0.75
(1.59) (3.39) (1.59) (.89)
(1.28)
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.22)
32.5
32.5
31
31
Tank Port " T"
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Tank Port " T" 5.5(.22) Dia. Through
E
9.5(.37) C' bore 9.5(.37) C' bore
4 Places 4 Places
Cable Departure
Cable Departure
151.5 151.5

(5.96) (5.96)
29.5 E E 72.5
(1.16) (2.85)
D
D
C
C
(2.05)
SOL b
(2.17)
(2.17)
SOL a
(2.05)
55.1
55.1
52
(1.50)
52
(1.50)
(1.10)
(1.10)
38
38
28
28
13.5
13.5
70 (.53)
Mounting Surface (.53)
(2.76) 70
(O-Rings Furnished) Mounting Surface (2.76)
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
C D E
104 64 39
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
(4.09) (2.52) (1.54)
107 57.2 51
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
(4.21) (2.25) (2.01)
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors
4 Port Valve
24 25
27 18 42 40 41 1 28
23
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13 4 5 14 16 15 19 2 3 6 7
3 Port Valve
8 9 10 5 25 28
List of Seals Change of supply voltage

Quantity The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers coil 21 only.
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve
List of Seal Kits
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 3 Valve Model Number s Seal Kit Numbers
15 O-Ring SO-NA-P5 2 1 DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
KS-DSLG-01-3-N-11
16 Back Up Ring 2705-VK414322-8 2 1 DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
25 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 1 DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11 KS-DSLG-01-4-N-11
Note 1: O-Ring of item 25 are included in solenoid assembly.
2: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table
right.
List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

Valve Model No . 20 Solenoid Ass'y No. 21 Coil No. 27 Connector No. 28 Connector No.
DSLG-01- - -D12-N-11 SD1L-12-N-20 C-SD1-12-N-60
GDM-211-A-11 GDM-211-B-11
DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11 SD1L-24-N-20 C-SD1-24-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R100-N-11 SD1L-100-N-20 C-SR1-100-N-60
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11 SD1L-200-N-20 C-SR1-200-N-60

■ Multi Purpose Control Valves
The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and
Size of Your Machine
YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having
individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination
of the main valve and pilot selector valve.
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines. E
Quick response, High reliability

Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,
there is no over-lap.
No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from
the seat parts.
Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system
By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing
of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and
stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type
poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system
can be also reduced.
For regenerative circuit

4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is
available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by
using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power
of system is possible.
The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard
The valves are interchangeable with our conventiona l valves in
mounting.
Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
X Y
X T T Y
Section X-X Section Y-Y
A B Flow Adjustment Screw
Spring
Main Valve
Seat
Shockless Type Poppet
Multi Purpose Control Valves 459

Specifications
Max. Flow Max. Max. Pilot Max. T-Line Pressure Adj. Ratio of Poppet Area Approx.
Operating Pressure Back Pres. Range of (Seat Area: Annular Area) Mass
Model Numbers
L /min Pressure Counterbalance Direction & Pressure
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) Flow Control Control kg (lbs.)
DSLHG-04-1- -13 15 (33)
DSLHG-04-2- -13 150 (39.6) 1:1 15 (33)
DSLHG-04-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 19 (42)
DSLHG-04-4 - - -13 150 {100} Refer to Model 20 (44)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-04-5 - - -13 (39.6 {26.4}) No. Designation 22.5 (50)
DSLHG-06-1- -13 26.5 (59)
DSLHG-06-2- -13 300 (79.3) 1:1 26.5 (59)
DSLHG-06-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 28 (62)
DSLHG-06-4 - -13 300 {200} Refer to Model 31 (68)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-06-5 - -13 (79.3 {52.8}) No. Designation 34.5 (76)
DSLHG-10-1- -13 59 (130)
DSLHG-10-2- -13 500 (132) 1:1 59 (130)
DSLHG-10-3- -13 25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320) 62 (137)
DSLHG-10-4 - -13 500 {300} Refer to Model 63.5 (140)
1:1 24:1
DSLHG-10-5 - -13 (132 {79.3}) No. Designation 67 (148)
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.

F- DSLH G -04 -4 A -B
Type of Pressure Adj. Range
Special Series Type of Valve Counterbalance
Pilot of Counterbalance
Seals Number Mounting Size Function
Control MPa (PSI)
1
2
04 3
4 A : AT Line B: 1- 7 ( 1
- 1020)
5 W : AT & BT Lines H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
F: DSLH: G: 1
For phosphate Multi-Purpose Sub-plate 2
ester type fluids Control Valve Mounting 06 3
(Omit if not 4 A : AT Line 1 1
required) None: - 25 ( - 3630)
5 W : AT & BT Lines
1
2
3
10 4 A : AT Line 1 1
None: - 25 ( - 3630)
5 W : AT & BT Lines
See page 462 for functions
and purpose of use.
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
460 Multi Purpose Control Valves

Sub-plate
Valve
Model Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx. Sub-plate Approx.
Thread Thread Thread
Numbers Model Mass Model Mass Model Mass
Size Size Size
Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.) Numbers kg (lbs.)
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
Mounting Bolts
E

Model
Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS" and Tightening Torque
N. American Design Standar d Qty.
European Design Standard Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg. 2 12-15 (106-133)
DSLHG-04
M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 58-72 (513-637)
DSLHG-06 M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg. 6 100-123 (885-1089)
DSLHG-10 M20 75 Lg. 3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg. 6 473-585 (4186-5177)
-E T -A100 -C -N -13
Pilot 2 Electrical
Drain Coil Manual Design
Connection Conduit Design Standards
Connection Type Override Number
Connection
AC :
13 None:
A100 None:
A120
Japanese Std. "JIS"
Terminal
A200 Box Type 90:
None: None: A240 None: N.American Design Std.
Internal Pilot External Manual
Drain Override 13
DC:
Pin
D12
D24
E: T: C:
External Pilot Internal D48 Push None:
N: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
Drain Button & Plug-in European Design Std.
R: Lock Nut Connector
(AC DC) (Options) Type 13 90:
R100 N.American Design Std.
R200
A , -5 A ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.

2. In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 W W

Function and Purpose of Use
Type of Function
Model
Pilot Graphic Symbols Pilot Operated Pressure Purpose of Use
No. Directional Control Flow Control
Control Check Valve Control
b a
DSLHG- -1
Functions as Three Position

Type "1" #1 #2 #3 Four-Way Valve (Spring
A B Centred Model).
PT
T A P B Y
A B
Position #1 #2 #3 Directional
Control Functions as Three Position
SOL a ON OFF OFF P T
b a Four-Way Valve (Spring
DSLHG- -2
SOL b OFF OFF ON A B Centred Model) as well as

Directional Two Position Valve which
Control
Type "2" P T uses positions #1 and #3.
Both Metre-in Effective especially when

To get a function of pilot operated the actuator has inertia
and Metre-out
check valve, the following conditions force.
T A P B Y are possible
should be fulfilled.
Internal pilot type
#1 #2 #3 #4
a b A B ("P " port pressure) >
=
("A""B" ports pressure) Functions as Four Position
DSLHG- -3
External pilot type Four-Way Valve.

PT (Pilot pressure) =>
Type "3" ("A""B" ports pressure)
Position #1 #2 #3 #4 Regenerative circuit can be
constructed at the Position
SOL a ON OFF ON OFF
#3.
SOL b OFF OFF ON ON
T A P B Y
b a
DSLHG- -4A
#1 #2 #3 A B
A B A B
Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
PT
T A P B Y been added to Type "2" to
Type "4" make this type.
Position #1 #2 #3
SOL a ON OFF OFF
b a SOL b OFF OFF ON Used to control the back
DSLHG- -4W
pressure of the actuator.
A B A B
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y
a b
DSLHG- -5A
#1 #2 #3 #4 A B A B
A B Directional Directional
Control Control Pressure control function
P T P T (counterbalance valve) has
T A P B Y PT been added to Type "3" to
make this type.
Type "5" Position #1 #2 #3 #4
SOL a ON OFF ON OFF
a b
SOL b OFF OFF ON ON
Used to control the back
DSLHG- -5W
pressure of the actuator.
A B A B
Control Control
P T P T
T A P B Y

Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Pilot Drain Port

Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function

When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type
valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
E

Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM L/min
4 15 DSLHG-10-2
Min. Flow Rate
3 DSLHG-06-2
10
2 DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG- 06 -4A

10
5 DSLHG-04-4A
1
0
0
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 m m 2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 4 PSI MPa
D S L H G -0 6 PSI MPa
D S L H G -1 0
1.0 1.0 1.0
125 125 P A 125 B T
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
0.8 0.8 0.8
100 P A, P B 100 P B 100 P A, P B
0.6 0.6 0.6
75 75 75
A T A T
0.4 0.4 50 0.4
50 50
25 0.2 25 0.2 25 0.2
A T, B T B T
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L /min 0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130 U.S.GPM

mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions
D S L H G -0 4 D S L H G -0 6 D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min
40
P: Differential Pres. 80
P: Differential Pres. P: Differential Pres.
150 300 130 500
140 120 P=21
35 70 (3050)
400
Flow Rate
250 100
120 P=14
30 60 80 (2030)
300
P=MPa(PSI)
100 200
25 P=MPa(PSI) 50 60 P=7(1020)
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
P=21(3050) P=MPa(PSI) 200

80 P=21(3050) 40 P=3(440)
20 40 150
P=14(2030)
100
20 P=1.0(145)
15 60 30 P=14(2030)
P=7(1020) 0
100 0
P=7(1020) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
10 40 20
P=3(440) Fully Adj. Screw Position
P=3(440)
50 Closed (Number of Turns)
5 20 10
P=1.0(145) P=1.0(145)
0 0
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Fully Adj. Screw Position Fully Adj. Screw Position
Closed (Number of Turns) Closed (Number of Turns)
Minimum Adjustment Pressure

Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure
to the value on the following lines.
4 4 4
DSLHG-04- DSLHG-06- DSLHG-10-
5 5 5
1.5 1.5 1.5
200 200 200
Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
Min. Adj. Pressure
150 1.0 150 1.0 150 1.0
100 100 100

0.5 0.5 0.5
50 50 50
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 25 50 75 100 L /min 0 50 100 150 200 L /min 0 100 200 300 L /min
0 5 10 15 20 25 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM


Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T "
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00) Pilot Pressure Port "X"
"C" Thd. (Both Ends)
96(3.78) 34.1(1.34) (For External Pilot Type only)
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
35(1.38)
(3.54)
(2.75)
(2.75)
(2.09)
69.9
69.9
90
(.06)
50 1.6 SOL b SOL a
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A" Pilot Drain Port "Y"
281.8 (11.09)
263.5 (10.37)
(For External Drain Type only)
7(.28) Dia. Through
216.5 (8.52)
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cylinder Port "B"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
"BT"
E
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends) "AT"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) "PA"
"PB"
Manual
Actuator

SOL b SOL a 6(.24) Dia. 1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing left.
258.8 (10.19)
240.5 (9.46)
27
(1.06)
193.5 (7.62)
"BT" Model Numbers "C" Thd.

(1.22)
"AT"
(2.87)
31
"PB" DSLHG-04- - -13 G 1/2

73
(1.61)
"PA"
DSLHG-04- - -1390 1/2 NPT
41
(.16)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. Mounting Surface

4
Flow Adj. Screw

(O-Rings Furnished) 3(.12) Dia. DIMENSIONS IN
Two Locating Pins
5(.20) Hex. Soc. DEC.
DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390 DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390

SOL b SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
278.8 (10.98)
260.5 (10.26)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. INC. "BT"

213.5 (8.41)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT" "AT"

140 (5.51)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PB" (2.87)
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
73
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended 283.3(11.15) Fully Extended
1 277(10.91)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above. For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390 3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09) DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
SOL b SOL a
326.8 (12.87)
Counterbalance Pressure
308.5 (12.15)
Adj. Screw
261.5 (10.30)
5(.20) Hex. Soc. INC.

"BT"
"AT" "AT"
136(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PB"
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78) Fully Extended
283.3(11.15) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-5W"
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 " drawing above. drawing left.
2

Mounting Surface:
1 ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 2 - -N-13/1390 Plug-in Connector Type
Tank Port " T" Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 101.6(4.00) (For External Pilot Type only)
96(3.78) 34.1
(1.34)
90(3.54)
35(1.38)
(2.81)
(2.75)
71.5
69.9
11(.43) Dia. Through 50
(.06)
1.6
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (1.97)
4 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
7(.28) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "B"
11(.43) Dia. Spotface 2 Places Cable Departure
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Cable Applicable:
AC : 196.4(7.73)
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F The position of the Plug-in connector
can be changed as illustrated left by
loosening the lock nut. After com-
pletion of the change, be sure to tighten
D
SOL b SOL a the lock nut with the torque as specified
left.
193.5(7.62)
Manual Actuator
E 6(.24) Dia.
"BT"
"AT"
(1.22)
73(2.87)
"PB" 31
(1.61)
"PA"
41
Lock Nut
3(.12) Dia.
(.16)
17(.67) Hex. Mounting Surface

4
Flow Adj. Screw (O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins

5(.20) Hex. Soc. DEC.
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-04- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-04- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
216.5
(8.52)
"AT" "BT"
"PA" "PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N 53 (2.09) 281.5 (11.08) DIMENSIONS IN
DSLHG-04-3-D -N 64 (2.52) 292.5 (11.52) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04-4W- - -N-13/1390 DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390
D
SOL b SOL a SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
E
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
Flow Adj. Screw "BT"
(5.51)
140
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
(2.87)
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
E
73
"PB"

96(3.78) 277(10.91)

Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, see

Model Numbers "DSLHG-04-4W- - -N" drawing left.
D E
DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N 53 (2.09) 278.5 (10.96)
DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N 64 (2.52) 289.5 (11.40)
DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N 57.2 (2.25) 292.5 (11.52)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390 DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390

3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09)
D

Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
E
INC.
"BT"
(10.30)
261.5
"AT"
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex. "AT"
(5.35)
Flow Adj. Screw

136
5(.20) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PA" "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
283.3(11.15) 277(10.91)

Model Numbers "DSLHG-04-5W- - -N" drawing left.
D E
DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N 53 (2.09) 326.5 (12.85)
DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N 64 (2.52) 337.5 (13.28)
DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N 57.2 (2.25) 340.5 (13.41)
DIMENSIONS IN

Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -13/1390 DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390

2
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port " T"
Fully Extended 130.2 "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
(5.13) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
97.8(3.85) 3 99(3.90)
53.2 (For External Drain Type only)
(2.09) (.12)
53
(2.09)
(3.63)
(4.65)
92.1
118
(1.81)
46.1
SOL b SOL a
306.8 (12.08)
(For External Pilot 77
288.5 (11.36)
(3.03) Cylinder Port "B"
Type only)
241.5 (9.51)
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
20(.79) Dia. Spotface "BT"
6 Places Electrical Conduit Connection "AT"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C" Thd. (Both Ends)
46 "PA"
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(1.81) "PB"
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a SOL b 1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
27
283.8 (11.17)
265.5 (10.45)
(1.06)
drawing left.
218.5 (8.60)
"BT"
"AT"
90(3.54)
"PA" "PB"
(1.97)
DSLHG-06- - -13 G 1/2

(.24) (1.61)
50
41
DSLHG-06- - -1390 1/2 NPT

6
Flow Adj. Screw Mounting Surface 6(.24) Dia.

6(.24) Hex. Soc. Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390 DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390

Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL a SOL b
Adj. Screw SOL a SOL b
14(.55) Hex.
306.8 (12.08)
INC. "BT"
288.5 (11.36)
"AT"
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
165 (6.50)
Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24) Hex. Soc. "BT"
"PA"
"PB" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W"
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
Fully Extended 3 99(3.90)
309(12.17)
(.12) 53 DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
(2.09) Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
361.8 (14.24)
14(.55) Hex. INC.

343.5 (13.52)
296.5 (11.67)
"BT"
"AT"
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex. "AT"
Flow Adj. Screw
165(6.50)
6(.24) Hex. Soc. "BT"
DEC. "PA" "PA" "PB"

"PB"
1 For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W"

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above. drawing left.

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
Tank Port " T" Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 130.2(5.13) Pilot Drain Port "Y"
97.8(3.85) (For External Drain Type only)
53.2
(2.09)
92.1(3.63)
(1.81)
46.1
Pilot Pressure Port "X "
(For External Pilot Type only) 77 Cylinder Port "B"
(3.03)
Cable Departure
13.5(.53) Dia. Through Cylinder Port "A"
Cable Applicable:
20(.79) Dia. Spotface Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
6 Places DC/R :204.4(8.05)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15) F
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual Actuator
E
6(.24) Dia.
D
SOL a SOL b
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
27

Flow Adj. Screw (1.06)
218.5 (8.60)
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
E
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
(1.97)
(.24) (1.61)
50
41
6
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-06- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-06- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
E
241.5(9.51)
"AT" "BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-06-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 320.5 (12.62)
1

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390

309(12.17) 154.5(6.08)
D
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT"
E
"AT"
(9.51)
241.5
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)
"BT"
165
Flow Adj. Screw
"PA"
6(.24) Hex. Soc. "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.
Dimensions mm (Inches) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W- -N"

Model Numbers
D E drawing left.
DSLHG-06-4W-A -N 53 (2.09) 306.5 (12.07)
DSLHG-06-4W-D -N 64 (2.52) 317.5 (12.50)
DSLHG-06-4W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 320.5 (12.62)
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1

2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) Fully Extended
Fully Extended 53
154.5(6.08)
309(12.17) (2.09)
D
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. SOL b SOL a SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
E
"BT" "AT"
(11.67)
296.5
"AT"
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
(6.50)

165
6(.24) Hex. Soc.

"PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC. "PA"
Model Numbers For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"
D E
drawing left.
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N 53 (2.09) 361.5 (14.23)
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N 64 (2.52) 372.5 (14.67)
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 375.5 (14.78)
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- 1
2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Mounting Surface:
Terminal Box Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -13/1390 DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390

2
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 190.5(7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2(3.00)
Tank Port " T"
3 99(3.90)
Electrical Conduit Connection (.12) 53(2.09)
"C " Thd. (Both Ends)
158.8(6.25)
198(7.80)
(3.23)
79.4
SOL b SOL a
373.8 (14.72)
355.5 (14.00)
308.5 (12.15)
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface 114.3 Cylinder Port "B" "BT"
6 Places "AT"
(4.50)
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A"
(For External Pilot Type only)
"PA" "PB"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Electrical Conduit Connection
AC : 196.4(7.73) "C " Thd. (Both Ends)
E
95(3.74) DC/R : 54.7(2.15) 46
AC : 50.7(2.00) (1.81) For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-1 "
Flow Adj. Screw 2
6(.24) Hex. Soc. drawing left
SOL a SOL b
DEC.

Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex. 27 Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
350.8 (13.81)
(1.06)
332.5 (13.09)
285.5 (11.24)
"BT" Model Numbers "C" Thd.

"AT" DSLHG-10- - -13 G 1/2
132(5.20)
(1.77)
"PB"
45
DSLHG-10- - -1390 1/2 NPT

(2.83)
"PA"
72
DIMENSIONS IN
(.24)
Mounting Surface
6
6(.24) Dia.
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390 DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390

Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Adj. Screw
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
14(.55) Hex. "AT" "AT"

355.5 (14.00)
INC.
308.5 (12.15)

232 (9.13)

6(.24) Hex. Soc. "PB"
"PA" "PB"
"PA"
DEC.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390 DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390

3 99(3.90)
Fully Extended (.12) 53(2.09)
309(12.17)

Adj. Screw
428.8 (16.88)
14(.55) Hex.
410.5 (16.16)
"BT"
363.5 (14.31)
INC. "AT" "AT"

232(9.13)

6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PB"
"PA" "PB"
DEC.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
drawing left.

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -N-13/1390
2 Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 190.5 (7.50)
Tank Port " T" 106.7(4.20) 76.2
(3.00)
(6.25)
(7.80)
158.8
198
(3.23)
79.4
21.5(.85) Dia. Through 114.3
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface (4.50) Cylinder Port "B"
6 Places
Pilot Pressure Port "X" Cylinder Port "A" Cable Departure
(For External Pilot Type only) Cable Applicable:
DC/R : 204.4(8.05) Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
AC : 196.4(7.73) Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
102 DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
(4.02) C AC : 50.7(2.00) F
D
SOL a SOL b
27
Flow Adj. Screw Manual Actuator
(1.06)
6(.24) Hex. Soc. 6(.24) Dia.
285.5(11.24)
E
DEC.
"BT"
"AT"
132(5.20)
(1.77)
45
"PB"
"PA"
(2.83)
72

(.24)
6
(O-Rings Furnished) Two Locating Pins
Model Numbers
C D E F
DSLHG-10- -A -N 39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -D -N 39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
DSLHG-10- -R -N 53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
3 99
(.12) (3.90)
53
(2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
308.5 (12.15)
E
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
D E
DSLHG-10-3-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 387.5 (15.26)
2

Mounting Surface:
Plug-in Connector Type ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-4W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
Fully Extended
309(12.17) 154.5(6.08)
D
Counterbalance Pressure SOL a SOL b SOL a SOL b
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex. "BT"
INC. "AT" "AT"
308.5 (12.15)
E
232 (9.13)
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC.
"PB"
E

Model Numbers For other dimensions, see
D E
"DSLHG-10-4W- -N" drawing left.
DSLHG-10-4W-A -N 53 (2.09) 373.5 (14.70)
DSLHG-10-4W-D -N 64 (2.52) 384.5 (15.14)
DSLHG-10-4W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 387.5 (15.26)
1
DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended 3 99 Fully Extended

309(12.17) (.12) (3.90)
53 154.5(6.08)
Lock Nut 14(.55) Hex. (2.09)
D
SOL b SOL a
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"AT" "BT"
"AT"
363.5 (14.31)
E

232 (9.13)
Flow Adj. Screw

"BT"
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA" "PA" "PB"
DEC. "PB"

Model Numbers
D E "DSLHG-10-5W- -N" drawing left.
DSLHG-10-5W-A -N 53 (2.09) 428.5 (16.87)
DSLHG-10-5W-D -N 64 (2.52) 439.5 (17.30)
DSLHG-10-5W-R -N 57.2 (2.25) 442.5 (17.42)
1
DIMENSIONS IN
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

■ List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
T A T B
o rA o rP 14 o rB o rP
f
c ef ce SOL a SOL b
c ef c ef
ifi ifi 24 i fi ifi
Or Or 12 7 Or Or
13 13 13 13
Y Z
Y Z
Section Y-Y Section Z-Z
21
23 22
10 23
9 20 18 15 6 5 3 4 16 11 17 1 6 7 8 2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b SOL a
26
24
Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves Item 24 Pilot Selector Valve List
Part Numbers
Item Name of Parts Qty. Multi-Purpose 24
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10 Control Valve Pilot Selector Valve
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G40 4 Model Numbers Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1 CG-04-1-10
DSLHG-04-2 CG-04-2-10
DSLHG-04-3 CG-04-3-10
DSLHG-06-1 CG-06-1-10
20 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 SO-BB-P10 SO-BB-P16 4
DSLHG-06-2 CG-06-2-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on DSLHG-06-3 CG-06-3-10
page 478.
DSLHG-10-1 CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2 CG-06-2-10
Item 13 Orifice DSLHG-10-3 CG-06-3-10
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04 1.0 0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06 1.2 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
DSLHG-10 1.4 2.0, 2.5 1.4

■ List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve

DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290
36 37 33 32
PA
PB
AT
BT
r
r
r
r
fo
fo
fo
fo
ce
ce
ce
ce
i
i
i
i
rif
rif
rif
ri f
25 1
O
O
13 13 13 13
31 31
W Z
W Z
Section W-W Section Z-Z
28 30
30 29
16 12
19
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6 5 8 7 19 24 26 3
11
E
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290

DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290
5A
36
32 24 26
34
4
35
32
2 6 5 9 19 7 11 12
Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.
List of Seals for Main Valves Pilot Selector Valve List

Part Numbers Pilot Selector Valve
Item Name of Parts Qty. Multi-Purpose Model Numbers
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10 Control Valve
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30 SO-NB-G40 4 Model Numbers Item 32 Item 34
DSLHG-04-4A- CG-04-4A- -10
21 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30 2(1)
DSLHG-04-4W- CG-04-4W- -10
22 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P20 SO-NB-A122 2(1)
DSLHG-04-5A- CG-04-5A- -10
23 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 SO-NB-P14 SO-NB-P14 2 CG-04-3-10
DSLHG-04-5W- CG-04-5W- -10
24 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 SO-NA-P10 SO-NA-P16 2(3)
DSLHG-06-4A CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W CG-06-4W-10
26 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 SO-BB-P10 SO-BB-P16 2(3)
DSLHG-06-5A CG-06-5A-10
Note 1: The figures in ( ) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-5W CG-06-5W-10
5A.
DSLHG-10-4A CG-06-4A-10
Note 2: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed
on page 478. DSLHG-10-4W CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-5W CG-06-5W-10
Pilot Valve Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers. in section marked with .
See page 477 for the details of the pilot selector valves.
See the previous page for Item 13 Orifice.

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-1-10
X
X
12 1 15 5 2 7 6 14 8 13 10 17 9
Section X-X
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
Section X-X
3 16 11 4 12 1 15 5 2 7 14 8 6 13 10 17 9
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16 3 14 8 13 10 18 12 1 15 5 2 7 9 6 14 8
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3 CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P10 3 5 5 SO-NB-P10 3 5 5
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 7 7 8 SO-NB-P9 7 7 8
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 2 2 SO-NB-P8 2 2
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P8 1 1 SO-NB-A014 1 1
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 1 13 12 17 29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
10 12 26 27 22 11 32 31 Y 26 16 14 18 21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10

CG-04/06-5A-10
1 21 15 14 16 26 13 12 1
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y Y
3 4 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 18 17 1 29 23
8
Section Y-Y
7
5 Y Y
32 31
List of Seals
CG-04 CG-06
Item Name of Parts Quantity Quantity
Part Numbers Part Nmbers
-4W- -4A- -5W- -5A- -4W- -4A- -5W- -5A-
24 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 2 1 2 1 SO-NB-P16 2 1 2 1
28 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-NA-P9 2 1 2 1
30 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 2 1 2 1 SO-BB-P9 2 1 2 1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves
Seal Kit Numbers

Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers For Pilot
Complete Kit For Pilot Valves
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13 KS-CG-04-1-10
DSLHG-04-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-2- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-CG-04-2-10
DSLHG-04-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 (2 Set Req'd)
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13 KS-CG-04-4A-10
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13 KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13 KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13 KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSLHG-06-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13 KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13 KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-06-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13 KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13 KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-06-4W- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -13 KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-06-5A- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13 KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-06-5W- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13 KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSLHG-10-1- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13 KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13 KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-10-3- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 KS-DSG-01- -70
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13 KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13 KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-10-4W- - -13 DSG-01-3C9- - -70 (1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13 KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390 DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
DSLHG-10-5A- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13 KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090 KS-DSG-01- -70
DSLHG-10-5W- - -13 DSG-01-2B2- - -70 (2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13 KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390 DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.
See pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.
3: See page 344 for the detailed information on the pilot valves.

How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot I n t e r n a l P ilo t External Drain I n t e r n a l D r a in

(See Section E-E) (See Section D-D)
1) Remove pipe plug 1 . 1) Remove pipe plug 3 .
2) Remove pipe plug 2 . 2) Remove pipe plug 4 .
3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 1 , then fit the plug into 3) Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug 3 , then fit the plug into
the port. the port.
4) In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the
sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around
the plug 4 and then thread it into the port "Y".
E
DSLHG-04

Pipe Plug 3 Pipe Plug 4 for
Drain Connection Selection
SOL b SOL a
Pipe Plug 2 for

Pilot Connection Selection
D
E Pipe Plug 1
E Section E-E Section D-D

D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for Pipe Plug 4 for
Pilot Connection Drain Connection Selection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1 Pipe Plug 3
SOL a SOL b
D
E
Thread "Y"
E D Section E-E Section D-D

■ Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet valve
operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of poppet type, the
internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about hydraulic lock.
Specifications
1 Max. Operating Internal leakage Max. Changeover
Max. Flow Approx.
Model Numbers L /min Pressure cm3/min Frequency Mass
(U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) (cu.in./min) min-1 (Cycles/Min) kg(1bs.)
2 or less
CDSC-01-C-D24-10 15 (4.0) 21 (3050) 0.25 (.015) 240 0.35 (.8)
CDSC-03-C- -21 0.5 (1.1)
or less AC: 300
CDST- 03W
03 -C- -21 50 (13.2) 14 (2030) 0.25 (.015) DC: 240 0.85 (1.9)
R: 120
CDSG-03-C- -21 0.85 (1.9)
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
2. When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is
restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric Frequency
Coil Type Source Serviceable Inrush Holding Power
Source (Hz)
Rating Range (A) (A) (W)
50 100 80 - 100 1.12 0.55 Graphic Symbol
A100 100 0.95 0.40
60 90 - 120 X
110 0.86 0.36
50 96 - 132 0.93 0.46
A120 120
60 108 - 144 0.79 0.33
AC
50 200 160 - 220 0.56 0.28
A200 200 0.48 0.20 Y
60 180 - 240
220 0.43 0.18 Instructions
50 192 - 264 0.47 0.23 Direction of flow when the
A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.40 0.17 solenoid is energised
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.20 These valves do not allow flow from
DC D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.10 26
(K Series) Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.55
At the time of test run
AC DC R100 100 90 - 110 0.30
50/60 26 At the time of test run, there is a
Rectified R200 200 180 - 220 0.15
possibility that the oil may not flow
CDSC-01 is available with coil type “D24” only. even after the solenoid is energised
Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be because of the residual air in the
removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.) valve.
Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is
changed. Mounting
K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed. There are no mounting restrictions
(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.) for any models.
F- CD S T -03 -C -D1 2 -21
Special Seals Series Number Type of Connection Valve Size Valve Type Coil Type Design Number Design Standard
C: Cartridge 01 DC D24 10 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
F: CDS: European Design Std.
Type 03 21 90: N. American Design Std.
Special seals Solenoid C: AC A100, A120
for phosphate Operated 03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally A200, A240 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
ester type Poppet T: Threaded 21 80: European Design Std.
fluids Type Connection 03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed DC D12, D24, D100 90: N. American Design Std.
(Omit if not Two-Way AC DC Rectified None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
G: Gasket
required) Valves 03 R100, R200 21 European Design Std.
Mounting 90: N. American Design Std.
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers Japanese Standard "JIS
CDSG-03 M6 60 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4Lg.
480 Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Pressure Drop
● CDSC-01 Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2 (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
200 1.5
X
Pressure Drop P
150
1.0
Y
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
X Viscosity
100 Y→ SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
0.5 Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
50
Y For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
X→
0 from the formula below.
0
5 10 15 L/min P' = P (G'/0.850)
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
● CDSC-03
● CDST-03
● CDSG-03 ● CDST-03W
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
1.6
PSI MPa
1.6 E
200 200
Pressure Drop P
1.2 1.2
Pressure Drop P
X X
150 150
0.8 Y 0.8
100 100 Y
X X Y
Y Y X
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

0.4 0.4
50 Y 50
X
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit Pressure Detector
Condition Shifting time (ms)

Model Solenoid Flow Rate SOL "ON"(Open→Close) SOL "OFF"(Open→Close)
Pressure "P"
Number Types L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) T1 T2 (ex.) T3 T4 (ex.)
10 (1450) 15 (4.0) 21.4 44.0 29.0 38.4
CDSC-01 DC
21 (3050) 15 (4.0) 30.6 47.0 27.0 44.0
7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 10.0 86.0 20.0 44.0
AC
14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 11.0 43.0 12.0 54.0
CDS -03 7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 22.0 104.0 44.0 66.0
DC
14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 24.0 60.0 41.0 73.0
Result of measurement AC DC 7 (1020) 50 (13.2) 27.0 100.0 114.0 146.0
T4
T1 Rectified 14 (2030) 50 (13.2) 32.0 66.0 108.0 142.0
T3
T2
SOL
ON OFF
Time
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves 481

CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
(.20)
5
AWG 18
65 (2.56) 25.5(1.00)
(5.51)
Flying Lead Wire
140
48 19(.75)
(1.89)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 × 1 Thd.
Free Flow Outlet

24(.94) Dia. 10(.39) Port "X"
(2.17)
55
Free Flow Inlet
24
Port "Y"
(.94)
(.98)
25
Across Flats
14.5(.57)
24(.94)
R
Dia.
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
VOLTAGE
DC24V
12(.47) Dia.
YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN
38(1.50) Dia.
30 Coil
(1.18) Core Tightening End Nut
Tightening torque Tightening torque
: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs) : 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
Details of Mounting Holes
0.3(.012) Min. 27(1.063)

0.2(.008)
19.6(.772) 1.5(.059)
19.4(.764)
Min.
12(.472)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Port "Y"
2.9(.114) How to Mount
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
2.5(.098)
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
Dia.
1.6 15° 1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.

20° 2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of
30(1.18) Dia.
the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface

22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
19(.75)
45° in the left drawing).

Dia.
Dia.
3.2 1.6
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
Port "X"
A
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012) M20 × 1 Thd.
6.2(.244)
0.1(.004)
6.0(.236) Dia.
16 Dia. A
(.630)
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.

CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
Models with AC Solenoids

44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
29(1.14)
(1.57)
Dia.
40
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
The position can be changed by 27.5 Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
loosening the nut . Be sure to (1.08) Tightening Torque
retighten the nut after changing
the position.
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
E
86
Three positions of cable departure (3.39)
54 20
are available in 90 increments.
(2.13) (.79) Space Needed to Remove Coil
Nut 19
(1.89)
Tightening Torque

(.75)
48
: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)
(2.72)
(1.54)
69
39
(3.47)
88.2
Coil
(.94) (.70)
24 17.7
(1.24)
31.5
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26 Free Flow Outlet
O-Ring Port "X"
16(.63) Dia. M30 1.5 Thd.
SO-NB-P12
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287) How to Mount
28.4 (1.12) When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
M30 1.5 Thd. Dia. A 1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
R 0.2 2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.
(.14)
(R .008)
(.55) 3.5
of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( A

surface in the left drawing).
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
14
(.71)
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.

18
45˚
20˚
(.04)
14 (.55)
Max.
1
Dia.
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.

CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids

47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
Nut
100.5 Tightening Torque
27.5 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
(3.96)
(1.08)
64 24.5
Three positions of cable departure Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.52) (.96)
are available in 90 increments.
(2.05)
15
52
(.59)
(2.96)
75.2
(1.54)
39
(.74)
18.7
Coil
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".
DIMENSIONS IN
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
Tightening Torque
: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)
103.5 Nut
(4.07) Tightening Torque
34 57.2 : 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
24.5
(1.34) (2.25) (.96)
15 Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.05)
52
(.59)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
75.2
Coil
(.74)
18.7
(1.24)
31.5
47(1.85)
Dia.

CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190 Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Models with AC Solenoids Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Three positions of cable departure (3.58)
(1.89)
are available in 90 increments. 54 25
48
(2.13) (.98)
CDST-03W-C- -21 Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21 Rc 3/8
(1.54)
(2.72)
39
69
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180 3/8 BSP.F
(4.67)
118.5
(4.18)
106.2
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
(1.43)
36.2
CDST-03-C- -2190 3/8 NPT
(.71)
(.75) (.73)
19 18.5
18
(1.46)
37
(1.95)
7(.28) Dia. Through Note: The position of cable departure

49.5
11(.43) Dia. Spotface can be changed. For the detail,

2 Places
refer to CDSC-03 on the
25 previous page.
7.5
(.30)
45
(1.77)
60
Free Flow Outlet Port "X"
"A" Thd.
Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"
49
(.98)
(1.93)
E
(2.36) 50
"A" Thd. (Opposite Side)
(1.97)
Models with DC Solenoids Models with R Type Solenoids

101 104
Space Needed to Remove Coil Space Needed to Remove Coil

(3.98) (4.09)
(2.05)
(2.05)
64 25 57.2 25
52
52
(2.52) (.98) (2.25) (.98)
(2.09)
53
(2.96)
(2.96)
(1.54)
75.2
75.2
39
(1.46)
(1.46)
37.2
37.2
For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids". DIMENSIONS IN

CDSG-03-C- -21/2190 Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Models with AC Solenoids Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Three positions of cable departure
(3.58)
(1.89)
are available in 90 increments. 54 25

48
(2.13) (.98)
(1.54)
39
Free Flow
Mounting Surface
Outlet Port "X" Mounting surface should have
(4.67)
118.5
a good machined finish.

(4.18)
106.2
(1.43)
36.2
(.04)
Max. 11(.43) Dia.

(.75) (.73)
19 18.5
1
(1.95)
49.5
7(.28) Dia. Through

2 Places
7.5 45 49 Mounting Surface
(.30) (1.77) (1.93) (O-Rings Furnished)
60 Free Flow
50
(2.36) Inlet Port "Y" (1.97)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.

■ List of Seals and Coil Ass'y
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
5 7 12 6 8 3 4 10 11 14 2 1 13
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Seal Kit Numbers

6 Coil Ass'y 2697-VK317470-3 1
10 O-Ring TK280163-7 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1 KS-CDSC-01-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number.

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190

CDSC-03-C- -21/2190
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190 1 4 3 2
12 5

9 13 11 6 8 7 10 14
Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with .

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P26 1 CDSC-03-C- -21
KS-CDSC-03-20
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P20 1 CDST-03 -C- -21
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P12 1 CDSG-03-C- -21 KS-CDSG-03-20
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 2 only for CDSG
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 1 Coil No. 12 Connector Ass'y No.
CDS -03 -C-A100 CSA1-100-20 C-CSA1-100-20
CDS -03 -C-A120 CSA1-120-20 C-CSA1-120-20
GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-A200 CSA1-200-20 C-CSA1-200-20
CDS -03 -C-A240 CSA1-240-20 C-CSA1-240-20
CDS -03 -C-D12 CSD1-12-20 C-SD1-12-50
CDS -03 -C-D24 CSD1-24-20 C-SD1-24-50 GDM-211-B-11
CDS -03 -C-D48 CSD1-48-20 C-SD1-48-50
CDS -03 -C-R100 CSR1-100-20 C-SR1-100-50
GDME-211-R-B-10
CDS -03 -C-R200 CSR1-200-20 C-SR1-200-50
Change of supply voltage

The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the coil.

Interchangeability between Current and New Design
Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS -03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).
Specifications and Characteristics
There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.
Solenoid Ratings
There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.
Frequency
Electric Source Coil Type Source Serviceable Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)
(Hz)
Rating Range New Current New Current New Current
50 100 80 - 110 1.12 1.30 0.55 0.52
A100 100 0.95 1.08 0.40 0.39
60 90 - 120
110 0.86 1.19 0.36 0.47
50 96 - 132 0.93 1.08 0.46 0.45
A120 120
60 108 - 144 0.79 0.98 0.33 0.33
AC
50 200 160 - 220 0.56 0.65 0.28 0.27
A200 200 0.48 0.54 0.20 0.20
60 180 - 240
220 0.43 0.59 0.18 0.24
50 192 - 264 0.47 0.55 0.23 0.23
A240 240
60 216 - 288 0.40 0.45 0.17 0.17
D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.20 2.40
DC
D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.10 1.20 26 29
(K Series)
D48 48 43.2 - 52.8 0.55 0.60
R100 100 90 - 110 0.30 0.32
AC DC Rectified 50/60 26 29
R200 200 180 - 220 0.15 0.17
Interchangeability in Installation
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
Current: Design 20 New: Design 21
Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge 86 Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge
88 Hex. 19(.75)
Hex. 15(.59) (3.39)
(3.46) 54 20
48(1.89)
52(2.05)
52.2 23.6 (.79)

(2.13) Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.06) (.93) Space Needed to Remove Coil
(2.72)
(2.96)
75.2
69
18.7(.74)
17.7(.70)
A
A
Body Body
DC/R Type Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from
circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.
Current: Design 20 New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06) DC:100.5(3.96)
DC: 63.2(2.49) 24
R :103.5(4.07)
R : 57.2(2.25) (.94) DC: 64(2.52) 24.5
48(1.89)
R : 57.2(2.25) (.96)
Dia.
A A
Body Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.

■ Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type
solenoid operated two-way directional valves developed to meet the
needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.
High-response
High response is provided by the poppet design.
Smallest internal leakage
Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is
achieved by the poppet design.
Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate
Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.
Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test
32) is also available.
E
Port Port
"2" "1"
Graphic Symbol

2
1
Specifications
Shut-off Type
Approx.
Max. Operating Pressure
Max. Mass
1 Internal
Max. Flow Changeover kg(1bs.)
leakage
Model Numbers L /min 2 Frequency
Port "1" cm3/min
(U.S.GPM) Port min-1
(cu.in./min)
"2" (Cycles/Min) AC DC
"1" to "2" "2" to "1"
Flow Flow
3
DSPC-01-C- -20 4 40 or Less 0.45 (1.0) 0.6 (1.3)
300
DSPG-01-C- -20 3 (10.6) 0.25 (.015) 1.45 (3.2) 1.6 (3.5)
3
10 (1450) 16 (2320) 25 (3630)
DSPC-03-C- -10 80 or Less 0.9 (2.0) 1.0 (2.2)
240
DSPG-03-C- -10 3 (21.1) 0.25 (.015) 3.8 (8.4) 3.9 (8.6)
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves 489

F- DSP G -01 -C -D24 -20
Series Type of Design
Special Seals Valve Size Valve Type Coil Type Design Standard
Number Connection Number
F: AC
DSP: C:
Special Seals 01 A 100 20 None: Japanese Std.
Shut-Off Type Cartridge Type C:
for Phosphate A 200 "JIS" & European
Ester Type Solenoid Normally Design Std.
Fluids Operated G: Closed
DC 90: N. American
(Omit if not Directional Sub-plate 03 D12 10 Design Std.
required) Valves Mounting
D24
Solenoid Ratings

Electric Frequency 1
Coil Type
Source (Hz) Source Serviceable Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)
Rating Range
01 03 01 03 01 03
50 100 80 - 110 2.42 5.37 0.51 0.90
A100 100 2.14 4.57 0.37 0.63
60 90 - 120
110 2.35 5.03 0.44 0.77
AC
50 200 160 - 220 1.21 2.69 0.25 0.45
A200 200 1.07 2.29 0.19 0.31
60 180 - 240
220 1.18 2.52 0.22 0.38
2
DC D12 12 10.8 - 13.2 2.45 3.16
29 38
(K Series) D24 24 21.6 - 26.4 1.23 1.57
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01 DSGM-01X-31 Rc 1/4 DSGM-01X-3180 1/4 BSP.F DSGM-01X-3190 1/4 NPT 0.8 (1.8)
DSPG-03 DSGM-03X-40 Rc 1/2 DSGM-03X-2180 1/2 BSP.F DSGM-03X-2190 1/2 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
Mounting Bolts
Valve Model Numbers Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M5 50 Lg. 5-7 Nm
DSPG-01 European Design Standard
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 2 Lg.
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
M6 80 Lg. 12-15 Nm
DSPG-03 European Design Standard
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
N. American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC 3-1/4 Lg.
490 Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50°C(122°F)]
Maximum Flow Rate Typical Changeover Time

The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of [Test Conditions]
trouble in changeover. Pressure: 15 MPa (2180 PSI)
DSPC/DSPG-01 Flow Rate: (01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)
(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)
Models with AC Solenoids Models with DC Solenoids Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
U.S.GPM L /min U.S.GPM L /min Voltage: 100 % V
40 Direction 40
of flow Direction (After coil temperature rise and saturates)
10 10
"2" "1" of flow Direction of Flow: "2" "1"
"2" "1"
8 30 100 %V 8 30 100 %V ON
(50, 60 Hz) OFF OFF
Solenoid
Flow Rate
Flow Rate 0 0
6 80 %V 6 Poppet Shift
20 20 90 %V Max.
(50 Hz)
4 Direction of flow Direction of flow
4 T1 T2
"1" "2" 90 %V "1" "2"
2
10 (60 Hz)
2
10
Shifting Time (ms)

E
Model Numbers
T1 T2
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A 22 30
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI
Pressure Pressure DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D 69 14
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A 22 20

DSPC/DSPG-03 DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D 60 80
Models with AC Solenoids Models with DC Solenoids
100 100
25 25 Direction of flow"2" "1"
Direction
80 80
Shut-off Type
20 of flow 20
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
"2" "1" Direction of flow

60 60 "1" "2"
15 15
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
10 40 10 40
5 20 5 20
0 0 5 10 15 20 25MPa 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

Pressure Pressure
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-01 DSPC/DSPG-03
PSI MPa
2.5 PSI MPa
350 3.0
DSPG
400
300 2.0
350 DSPG
P
300 2.0
Pressure Drop
1.5
Pressure Drop
200 250
200
1.0 DSPC
150 1.0
100 DSPC
100
0.5
50
0 0 20 40 60 80 L /min
0 0 10 20 30 40 L /min
06 82 10 U.S.GPM
4
0 5 10 15 20 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
2 obtained from the formula below.
mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity P' = P(G'/0.850)
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

DSPC-01-C- -20/2090 Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93
Models with AC Solenoids Three positions of cable

93.7
(3.69)
departure are available in 0.3 30.2
90 increments. (.01) (1.19)
47
(1.85) 39 16 14.5 M20 1.5 Thd.
27.5 (1.54) (.63) (.57)
The position can be changed 10
(1.08) Cable Departure
by loosening the nut 2 . (.39)
Be sure to retighten the nut Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
after changing the position.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Dia.
(2.09)
Conductor Area Port "1"
(3.35)
53
.....Not Exceeding (.18)
85
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(.79)
20
Core Tightening End

Manual Actuator O-Ring
15(.59) Across Flats 1
6(.24) Dia. 22 4 SO-NB-A015
(.87) 2 (.16)
Nut Port "2"
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 - 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)

103
(4.06)
47.5 72.5
(1.87) (2.85)
(2.52)
64
(3.94)
100
(.94)
24
48(1.89) Dia.

DIMENSIONS IN
Min. MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
6.3
Dia.
Min.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
14.5(.571)
18.6(.732)
18.5(.728)
Dia.
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098) 3
15
1 .6 30˚ Port "1"

(R .004-.012)
How to Mount
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
R 0.1-0.3
3.2
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
33(1.30)
Dia.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
Dia.
45
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
1.6
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
3 A
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A Min.
Dia. 14.5(.571)
3. Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.
4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
M20 1.5 Thd. Max.
20.5(.807)

DSPC-03-C- -10/1090 Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93

118.3
Cable Departure (4.66)
Cable Applicable: 0.3 46
69.5
Outside Dia. (.01) (1.81)
(2.74) .....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
27.5 39 16
The position can be changed Conductor Area (1.54) (.63) Port "2"
by loosening the nut 2 . (1.08)
.....Not Exceeding 22
24.95(.98)
Be sure to retighten the nut 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.) (.87)
after changing the position. Port "1"
Dia.
19.5
(2.43)
5 (.77)
61.8
(3.97)
100.8
(.20)
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Core Tightening End
22(.87) Across Flats 1
Dia.
(1.06)
27
4
Manual Actuator (.16)
6.3(.25) Dia. O-Ring
32 O -Ring
Nut 2 SO-NB-A018
(1.26)
SO-NB-A119
M27 2 Thd.
E
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)

141.3

(5.56)
95
(3.74)
Shut-off Type
(2.91)
73.8
(4.74)
120.3
(1.36)
34.5
69(2.72) Dia.

46.9(1.846)
DIMENSIONS IN
46.5(1.831) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
6.3
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0.3(.012) 3.5(.138)
3
0.2(.008) 3.1(.122) Port "1"
-2 ˚
0
˚
1.6 How to Mount

˚
30
3.2
(R .004-.012)
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.

R 0.1-0.3
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
15˚
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
36(1.42)
Dia.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the

Dia.
45˚
1.6 cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
A 3. A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.

0.05(.002) A Min. 4. Use iron materials for the mounting section.
Dia. 3
22(.866) Port "2"
M27 2 Thd. Max.
35(1.378)

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-01-C- -20/2090
2 65
(2.56)
40.5 11
(1.59) (.43)
Port "2"
(.03)
(.31)
0.75
7.75
(1.89)
(1.22)
(1.28)
32.5
48
31
Port "1" 5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore
2
4 Places
128.2 Cable Departure
1
(5.05)
Cable Applicable:
74.2
Outside Dia.
(2.92) ..... 8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
27 39 27.5
Conductor Area
(1.06) (1.54) (1.08) ..... Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.09)
(3.54)
53
90
(1.93)
(1.69)
49
43
(.98)
25
Mounting Surface Lock Nut 22

Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm Manual Actuator
(O-Rings Furnished) (.87)
6(.24) Dia.
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
137.5
(5.41)
83.5
(3.29) 27.5
27 39
(1.08)
(1.06) (1.54)
(2.52)
64
(3.98)
101
(.98)
25
22
(.87)

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

DSPG-03-C- -10/1090
2
Port "1"
92
Port "2"
(3.62)
19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(2.76)
(1.81)
70
46
2
2
7(.28) Dia. Through

164 11(.43) Dia. Spotface
1
(6.46) 4 Places
Cable Departure 91
Cable Applicable: (3.58)
Outside Dia. 27.5 39 35
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
(1.08) (1.54) (1.38)
E
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
(2.43)
61.8
(4.30)
109.3
(2.72)
(2.76)
69
70
(1.40)
35.5

Manual Actuator 32
6.3(.25) Dia. Lock Nut Mounting Surface 3
(1.26)
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm (O-Rings Furnished)
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
Shut-off Type
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN
187
(7.36)
27.5 114
(4.49)
(1.08) 39 35
(1.54) (1.38)
(2.91)
73.8
(4.78)
121.3
(1.40)
35.5
32
(1.26)

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
13
16 8 17 10 2
Solenoid assembly is composed of the

parts marked with .
18 12 11 7 5 4 6 9 15 3 1
List of Seals
DSP -01 DSP -03
Item Name of Parts Remarks
Part Numbers Qty. Part Numbers Qty.
8 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1 SO-NA-P12 1
9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 1 SO-NB-A017 1
10 O-Ring SO-NB-A015 1 SO-NB-A018 1
15 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 SO-NB-A014 5
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 SO-NB-A119 1 only for "DSPG"
17 Back Up Ring 5701-VK413831-9 2 2691-VK418550-0 2
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.
Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No. 12 Coil No. 13 Connector No.
DSPC-01-C- -20 KS-DSPC-01-C-10
DSPC-03-C- -10 KS-DSPC-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090 SA1-100-N-6055 C-SA1-100-N-60
DSPG-01-C- -20 KS-DSPG-01-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090 SA1-200-N-6055 C-SA1-200-N-60
DSPG-03-C- -10 KS-DSPG-03-C-10 DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090 SD1-12-N-6055 C-SD1-12-N-60
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090 SD1-24-N-6055 C-SD1-24-N-60
GDM-211-B-11
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090 SA3-100-N-5130 C-SA3-100-N-50
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090 SA3-200-N-5130 C-SA3-200-N-50

Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves
Max. U.S.GPM
Operating .3 .5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
Graphic
Symbols
1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 5000
MPa (PSI)
L /min
In-Line
(CIT) 02 03 06 10
Check Valves 25 Right Angle 498

(3630) (CRT/CRG) 03 06 10
Right Angle, Flanged Connection

(CRF) 10 16 24
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Pilot Operated Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03 06 10
25 504
Check Valves (3630)
Flanged Connection(CP F) 10 16
Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves 497

■ In-Line Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Rated Flow Max. Operating Pres. Cracking Pres. Approx. Mass
Model Numbers
L /min (U.S.GPM) MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) kg (lbs.)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090 16 (4.23) 0.1 (.22)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090 30 (7.93) 25 0.04 (6) 0.3 (.66)
0.35 (50)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090 85 (22.5) (3630) 0.5 (70) 0.8 (1.8)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090 230 (60.8) 2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

CI T -03 -04 -50
Series Type of Valve Cracking Pressure Design Design
Number Connection Size MPa (PSI) Number Standards
02 50
CI: T: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
In-Line Threaded 35: 0.35 (50) 80: European Design Std.
Check Valve Connection 06 50: 0.5 (70) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
10 50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090 "D" Thd.

CIT-03- -50/5080/5090 B 2 Places A
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
Outlet Port Inlet Port
FREE
mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "D" Thd.
A B
CIT-02- -50 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) Rc 1/4 DIMENSIONS IN
CIT-02- -5080 65 (2.56) 22 (.87) 1/4 BSP.F MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CIT-02- -5090 58 (2.28) 19 (.75) 1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50 76 (2.99) Rc 3/8
CIT-03- -5080 83 (3.27) 27 (1.06) 3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090 76 (2.99) 3/8 NPT
CIT-06- -50 95 (3.74) Rc 3/4
CIT-06- -5080 102 (4.02) 41 (1.61) 3/4 BSP.F
CIT-06- -5090 95 (3.74) 3/4 NPT
CIT-10- -50 Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -5080 133(5.24) 60 (2.36) 1-1/4 BSP.F
CIT-10- -5090 1-1/4 NPT
498 Check / Pilot Controlled Check Valves

Pressure Drop
CIT-02
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-02-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 CIT-02-35
0.4
40
0.2
20 CIT-02-04
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-03
PSI MPa
E
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
80 0.6
CIT-03-50
60 0.4
In-Line Check Valves

40 CIT-03-35
0.2
20
CIT-03-04
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-06
PSI MPa
100 0.7 CIT-06-50
Pressure Drop ΔP
0.6
80
60 0.4
CIT-06-35
40
0.2
20 CIT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 L/min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CIT-10
PSI MPa
100 0.7
Pressure Drop ΔP
CIT-10-50
80 0.6
60 0.4
40 CIT-10-35
0.2
20 CIT-10-04
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
In-Line Check Valves 499

■ Right Angle Check Valves
These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified
is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.
Graphic Symbol
Specifications
Type of Connection Model Numbers
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 0.9 (2.0)
Threaded Connection CRT-06- -50/5080/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 1.7 (3.7)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.6 (12.3)
CRG-03- -50/5090 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 1.7 (3.7)
Sub-plate Mounting CRG-06- -50/5090 125 (33) 25 (3630) 0.35 (50) 2.9 (6.4)
CRG-10- -50/5090 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 5.5 (12.1)

F- CR T -03 -04 -50
Special Series Type of Valve Cracking Pressure Design Design
Seals Number Connection Size MPa (PSI) Number Standards
T: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"

F:
Special seals Threaded 06 35: 0.35 (50) 50 80: European Design Std.
for phosphate CR: Connection 10 50: 0.5 (70) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
ester type Right Angle
fluids Check Valve G: 03 04: 0.04 (6) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
(Omit if not Sub-plate 06 35: 0.35 (50) 50 & European Design Std.
required) Mounting 90: N. American Design Std.
10 50: 0.5 (70) 50
Sub-plate
Valve Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard
Approx. Mass
Model Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread Sub-plate Thread kg (lbs.)
CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8 CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRG-03
CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2 CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4 CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CRG-06
CRGM-06X-50 Rc 1 CRGM-06X-5080 1 BSP.F CRGM-06X-5090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4 CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CRG-10
CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2 CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection
valves described below. Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
For details, contact us. Valve Socket Head Cap Screw
Max. Operating Model Japanese Standard "JIS" Qty.
Rated Flow N.American Design Standard
Model No. Pressure Numbers European Design Standard
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI) CRG-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4
CRF-10- -50 300 (79.3)
CRG-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4
CRF-16- -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
CRG-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6
CRF-24- -50 1300 (343)
500 Right Angle Check Valves

DIMENSIONS IN
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090 Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers "H" Thd.
A B C D E F
F CRT-03- -50 Rc 3/8
A 38
"H" Thd.
62 36 80.5 33 44
CRT-03- -5080 (1.50) 3/8 BSP.F
2 Places (2.44) (1.42) (3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
CRT-03- -5090 3/8 NPT
CRT-06- -50 Rc 3/4
54
74 45 104.5 49 54
D
C
CRT-06- -5080 (2.13) 3/4 BSP.F

(2.91) (1.77) (4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
Dia.
CRT-06- -5090 3/4 NPT
E
CRT-10- -50 Rc 1-1/4

C 80
Outlet Port 107 65 130 65 80
Inlet Port B CRT-10- -5080 (3.15) 1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56) (5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
CRT-10- -5090 1-1/4 NPT
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
E
Inlet Port Outlet Port
H 6
(.24)
Right Angle Check Valves

Locating Pin
FREE
E
D
6(.24) Dia.
F
11(.43) Dia. Through Mounting Surface

C B J
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface (O-Rings Furnished)
A
4 Places
A B C D E F H J
90 66.7 11.7 72 42.9 17.5 72.5 30
CRG-03 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(3.54) (2.63) (.46) (2.83) (1.69) (.69) (2.85) (1.18)
102 79.4 11.3 93 60.3 21.4 84.5 35
CRG-06 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(4.02) (3.13) (.44) (3.66) (2.37) (.84) (3.33) (1.38)
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

CRG-10- -50/5090
Inlet Port Outlet Port

97 6
(3.82) (.24)
(3.31)
(4.84)
84.1
123
Locating Pin
(1.66)
42.1
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
20.3 (.80)
11.6 96.8 40 Mounting Surface

(.46) (3.81) 11(.43) Dia. Through (1.57) (O-Rings Furnished)
120 17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
(4.72) 6 Places
Right Angle Check Valves 501

■ Sub-plate
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
90(3.54) 13(.51) Dia.
2 Places Sub-plate Thread Size
10(.39) 70(2.76) 32(1.26)
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers "A" Thd. "B" Thd.
1.7(.07) 66.7(2.63)
20(.79) Deep 15 CRGM-03-50 Rc 3/8
8.8(.35) Dia. Through 33.3 4 Places (.59) M10
14(.55) Dia. Spotface (1.31) CRGM-03-5080 3/8 BSP.F
4 Places
CRGM-03-5090 3/8 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-03X-50 Rc 1/2
(3.23)
(1.69)
(4.02)
(3.54)
42.9
(1.41)
102
M10
(2.40)
(1.25)
(.83)
35.7
(.77)
82
31.8
90
19.5
21
61
CRGM-03X-5080 1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090 1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
(.28)
7.1
(.39)
"A" Thd. 7(.28) Dia.
10
2 Places 10(.39) Deep
DIMENSIONS IN
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
102(4.02) 22(.87) Dia.
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090 2 Places
11.3 79.4(3.13) E
"J" Thd.
8.8(.35) Dia. Through (.44) 39.7 20(.79) Deep 15
14(.55) Dia. Spotface (1.56) 4 Places (.59)
4 Places 104(4.09)
(2.37)
60.3
(1.94)
(1.75)
49.2
44.5
(.87)
F
22
C
D
(.44)
11.1
"H" Thd.
7(.28) Dia.
2 Places
10(.39) Deep
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers A B C D E F "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
CRGM-06-50 Rc 3/4
124 10 77 27 36 110 M10
CRGM-06-5080 3/4 BSP.F
(4.88) (.39) (3.03) (1.06) (1.42) (4.33)
CRGM-06-5090 3/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-06X-50 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87) Rc 1
136 16 45 130 M10
CRGM-06X-5080 80 (3.15) 24 (.94) 1 BSP.F
(5.35) (.63) (1.77) (5.12)
CRGM-06X-5090 82.3 (3.24) 22 (.87) 1 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090 140(5.51)
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090 12(.47) 116(4.57) 28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
9.6(.38) 96.8 E
11(.43) Dia. Through 7(.28) Dia.
(3.81)
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface 48.4 10(.39) Deep 19
4 Places (1.91) (.75)
126(4.96)
(3.31)
84.1
(2.66)
(2.47)
67.5
D (.83)
62.7
F
(1.66)
21
42.1
C
(.66)
16.7
"H" Thd. 11.6

2 Places (.46) "J" Thd.
120 20(.79) Deep
(4.72) 6 Places
Sub-plate Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers A B C D E F "H" Thd. "J" Thd.
CRGM-10-50 Rc 1-1/4
150 12 96 30 45 135 M10
CRGM-10-5080 1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.91) (.47) (3.78) (1.18) (1.77) (5.31)
CRGM-10-5090 1-1/4 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
CRGM-10X-50 Rc 1-1/2
177 25.5 104 22 50 167 M10
CRGM-10X-5080 1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.97) (1.00) (4.09) (.87) (1.97) (6.57)
CRGM-10X-5090 1-1/2 NPT 3/8-16 UNC
502 Right Angle Check Valves

Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03 CRG-03
PSI MPa
PSI MPa
140 1.0 1.0
CRT-03-50 140
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
120 0.8 120 CRG-03-50

0.8
80 0.6 0.6
80
0.4 CRT-03-35
0.4
40 CRT-03-04 40 CRG-03-35
0.2 0.2 CRG-03-04
0 0 0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
CRT-06 CRG-06
PSI MPa PSI MPa
200 1.4 200 1.4
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2
E
1.2
CRT-06-50 150 CRG-06-50
150 1.0 1.0
0.8 0.8
100 100
0.6 0.6 CRG-06-35
CRT-06-35
50 0.4 50 0.4 CRG-06-04
0.2 CRT-06-04 0.2
0 0 0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
Right Angle Check Valves

0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
CRT-10 CRG-10
PSI MPa PSI MPa
200 1.4 175 1.2
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2 CRT-10-50 150 1.0 CRG-10-50

150 1.0
0.8
0.8 100
100 CRT-10-35 0.6
0.6 CRG-10-35
0.4 50 0.4
50 CRT-10-04 CRG-10-04
0.2 0.2
0 0 0 0
0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
5 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
Part Numbers
4 Item Name of Parts Qty.
CRT-03 CRT-06 CRT-10
8
6
3 Seal Kit KS-CRT-03-50 KS-CRT-06-50 KS-CRT-10-50
2 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
1 above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
5
CRG-10-50/5090 List of Seals & Seal Kits
7
9 Part Numbers
6 CRG-03 CRG-06 CRG-10
4 7 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 SO-NB-P24 SO-NB-P32 1
3 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 SO-NB-P28 SO-NB-P32 2
1
Seal Kit KS-CRG-03-50 KS-CRG-06-50 KS-CRG-10-50
2
8 When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
10
Right Angle Check Valves 503

■ Pilot Operated Check Valves
These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure
to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.
Graphic Symbols
Internal Drain Type External Drain Type
Specifications
Type of Connection Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.0 (6.6)
0.2 (29)
Threaded Connection CPT/CPDT-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.5 (12.1)
0.35 (50)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 9.6 (21.2)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50 40 (10.6) 0.04 (6) 3.3 (7.3)
0.2 (29)
Sub-plate Mounting CPG/CPDG-06- - -50 125 (33) 25 (3630) 5.4 (11.9)
0.35 (50)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50 250 (66) 0.5 (70) 8.5 (18.7)
Model Number Designatioin

F- CP T 03 -E -04 -50
Special Series Type of Valve Drain Cracking Pres. Design Design
Seals Number Connection Size Connection MPa (PSI) Number Standards
CP: T: 03 None: 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
F:
Pilot Operated Threaded 06 Internal 04: 0.04 (6) 50 80: European Design Std.
Special Seals
Check Valve Connection Drain
for Phosphate 10 20: 0.2 (29) 50 90: N. American Design Std.
Ester Type CPD:
Fluids Decompression G: 03 E: 35: 0.35 (50) 50 None: Japanese Std. "JIS" &
(Omit if not Type Pilot 06 50: 0.5 (70) 50
Sub-plate External European Design Std.
required) Operated
Mounting 10 Drain 50 90: N. American Design Std.
Check Valve
Mounting Bolts
Yuken can offer flanged connection valves
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included. described below.
Model Japanese Standard "JIS" & N.American Qty. Max. Operating
Numbers Rated Flow
European Design Standard Design Standard Model Numbers Pressure
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CP G-03 M10 45 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg. 4 MPa (PSI)
CP G-06 M10 50 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg. 4 CP F-10- - -50 250 (66) 25 (3630)
CP G-10 M10 55 Lg. 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg. 6 CP F-16- - -50 600 (159) 25 (3630)
504 Pilot Operated Check Valves

Sub-plate
HGM-03-20 Rc 3/8 HGM-03-2080 3/8 BSP.F HGM-03-2090 3/8 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
CP G-03
HGM-03X-20 Rc1/2 HGM-03X-2080 1/2 BSP.F HGM-03X-2090 1/2 NPT 1.6 (3.5)
HGM-06-20 Rc 3/4 HGM-06-2080 3/4 BSP.F HGM-06-2090 3/4 NPT 2.4 (5.3)
CP G-06
HGM-06X-20 Rc 1 HGM-06X-2080 1 BSP.F HGM-06X-2090 1 NPT 3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20 Rc 1-1/4 HGM-10-2080 1-1/4 BSP.F HGM-10-2090 1-1/4 NPT 4.8 (10.6)
CP G-10
HGM-10X-20 Rc 1-1/2 HGM-10X-2080 1-1/2 BSP.F HGM-10X-2090 1-1/2 NPT 5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Instructions
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
Pilot Operated Check Valves

the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
P2
to use the external drain type.
DR
Minimum pilot pressure characteristics P1
P2
That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P2 in the reversed
free flow. P1
This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.
Cautionson replacementof 20 design low crackingpressure
t y p e v a lv e s w it h 5 0 d e s ig n v a lv e s .
In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI) (Fig.a) (Fig.b)
(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was
necessar y to introduc e the pressurize d oil into the drain port to
push down the piston compulsory.
While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6
WARNING
PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed
completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
into the drain port. On the contrary , what is worse is that if the
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards accident.
the direction o f opening the valve, which i s very dangerous and
has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any
pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.
Pilot Operated Check Valves 505

CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
H
J
FREE
F
D
L
Free Flow Inlet or Reversed
Controlled Flow Outlet Port
K
E
"N" Thd.
Drain Port
C "P" Thd.
B Free Flow Outlet or
Reversed Controlled
A Flow Inlet Port "N" Thd. Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
Dimensions mm (Inches) Thread Size

Model Numbers
A B C D E F H J K L "N" Thd. "P" Thd.
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/4
38
80 40 39 150.5 84.5 60 29 67.5 26.5
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080 (1.50) 3/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33) (2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
Dia.
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090 3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/4
62
96 48 47 171.5 92.5 72 35 75.5 31
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080 (2.44) 3/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64) (2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
SQ.
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090 3/4 NPT 1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50 Rc 1-1/4 Rc 1/4
80
140 70 64 203.5 113 82 40 96 43
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080 (3.15) 1-1/4 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.F
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45) (3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
SQ.
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090 1-1/4 NPT 1/4NPT

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A H 6
(.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed C B J
Controlled Flow Inlet Port
E
D
FREE Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.
Pilot Port Mounting Surface

F
Drain Port
(O-Rings Furnished)
E
11(.43) Dia. Through Free Flow Inlet or
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Reversed Controlled
4 Places Flow Outlet Port

A B C D E F H J
90 66.7 11.7 150.5 42.9 66 62 30
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090 ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(3.54) (2.63) (.46) (5.93) (1.69) (2.60) (2.44) (1.18)
102 79.4 11.3 171.5 60.3 67.5 74 35
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090 ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(4.02) (3.13) (.44) (6.75) (2.37) (2.66) (2.91) (1.38)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090 Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
DIMENSIONS IN
119 89 6
(4.69) (3.50) (.24)
Free Flow Outlet or Reversed 11.1 96.8 40
Controlled Flow Inlet Port (.44) (3.81) (1.57)
Drain Port
(3.31)
Locating Pin
84.1
(8.01)
203.5
FREE
6(.24) Dia.
(1.66)
42.1
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
(2.76)
70
Pilot Port
Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface Flow Outlet Port
6 Places

Pressure Drop
CPT-03, CPDT-03 CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI MPa PSI MPa
175 1.2 1.0
CP T-03- -50 140
150 CP G-03- -50
120
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
CP T-03- -35 0.8

CP T-03- -20 CP G-03- -35
0.8 100
100 80 CP G-03- -20
CP T-03- -04
60 0.4
0.4 CP G-03- -04
50 40
Reversed
Controlled Flow 20 Reversed
0 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min
0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM 0 5 10 15 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate

PSI MPa PSI MPa
225 1.6 200 1.4
CP T-06- -50 CP G-06- -50
200 1.2
CP T-06- -35 CP G-06- -35
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
1.2 150
150 CP T-06- -20 CP G-06- -20
0.8
0.8 CP T-06- -04 100
100
CP G-06- -04
0.4 50 0.4
50
Reversed Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
PSI MPa PSI MPa
1.8 300 2.0
250 CP T-10- -50 CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.5 250
Pressure Drop ΔP
200 CP T-10- -35 1.6

Pressure Drop ΔP
CP G-10- -35
1.2 200
150 CP T-10- -20 1.2
CP T-10- -04 CP G-10- -20
0.9 150
100 0.8
0.6 100
50 0.3 50 0.4 Reversed
Reversed
0 Controlled Flow 0 Controlled Flow
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
Min. Pilot Pressure Chart

PSI MPa
1700 12
1600
Minimum Pilot Pressure (PP)
10
1400 Cracking Pressure
P2 P2 0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
P1 P1 0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
1200
8
PP PP
1000
6
800
P2
600 4 P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
400 0.04 MPa (6 PSI) PP
2
200 A
A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 PSI
Supply Pressure (P2)
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-03, CPDG-03 CPDT-06, CPDG-06 CPDT-10, CPDG-10
3500 25 3500 25 3500 25
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
Pressure Drop ΔP
3000 20 3000 20 3000 20
2000 15 2000 15 15
2000
10 10 10
1000 1000 1000
5 5 5
0 0 0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 0 50 100 150 200 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 U.S.GPM 0 10 20 30 40 50 U.S.GPM


■ List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1 19
10
4 20
16
3 21
2 18
7
6 17 CPDT-03/06/10
8 11
13 15
9
List of Seals
E
Part Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03 CPT/CPDT-06 CPT/CPDT-10

13 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
5
4
1 14
22
3 19
23
20 10
12 24
2 21
7
CPDG-03/06/10
13
6
8
15
16 18 11
9 List of Seals
Part Numbers
CPG/CPDG-03 CPG/CPDG-06 CPG/CPDG-10
15 O-Ring SO-NB-G25 SO-NB-P32 SO-NB-P42 1
Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kits
Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-03-50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-06-50
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090 KS-CPT-10-50
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-03-50
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-06-50
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090 KS-CPG-10-50

510
MODULES
F
YUKEN's Modular Valves are stack type valves, and require no piping. They not only rationalise system build, but
they also meet the technical requirements for a variety of hydraulic systems. Stacking systems is a new era in
hydraulics.
The valves have standardized mounting surface conforming to ISO 4401 and optimum thickness for each size. Any
hydraulic circuits can be easily composed by stacking the valves with mounting bolts. The valves can be used
widely for hydraulic systems for various industries such as machine tools, special purpose machines, ships and steel
mill equipment.
Maximum Flow U.S.GPM

Max. 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200
Operating
MPa
(PSI) 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 1000
L/min
005 Series 25
517
Modular Valves (3630) 005
01 Series 31.5
535
Modular Valves (4570) 01 01
03 Series 25
577
Modular Valves (3630) 03 03
06 Series 25
619
10 Series 25
633
Maximum Flow for Throttle and Check Modular Valves.
511
Hydraulic Fluids
Fluid Types
Any type of hydraulic fluid listed in the table below can be used.
Petroleum Base Oils Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG 32 or VG 46.
Use phosphate ester or polyol ester fluids. When phosphate ester fluid is used, prefix "F-" to the
Synthetic Fluids
model number because the special seals (fluororubber) are required to be used.
Water-containing Fluids Use water-glycol fluid.
Recommended Fluid Viscosity and Temperature

Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
2
15 - 200 mm /s -15 - +60˚C
005 Series Modular Valves
(77 - 900 SSU) (5 - 140˚F)
03 Series Modular Valves 15 - 400 mm 2 /s -15 - +70˚C
06 Series Modular Valves (77 - 1800 SSU) (5 - 160˚F)
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise
lead to breakdowns and shorten the life of the valve.
Name Contamination Nominal Filtration
005 Series Modular Valves Within NAS1638 - Grade 11 20 m or less

Within NAS1638 - Grade 12 20 m or less
512 Modular Valves

MODULAR VALVES
High Pressure, High Flow Rate Modular Valves

Features
1. Installation and mounting space can be minimized.
2. No special skill is required for assembly and any addition or alteration of the hydraulic circuit can be made quickly
and easily.
3. Problems such as oil-leaks, vibration and noise which may be caused by piping are minimized, increasing the
reliability of the hydraulic system.
4. Maintenance and system check-ups can be easily carried out as they are normally installed in stackable units.
Specifications
Max. Operating
Valve Max. Flow 2
Series Pressure Number of Stack
Size L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
25 15
005 Series (3630) (3.96) 1 to 4 stackes
1
31.5 35 [60] 3
01 Series 1/8 (4570) (9.24 [15.9])
1 1 to 5 stackes
4 1
25 [31.5] 70 [120]
03 Series 3/8 (3630 [4570])
4
(18.5 [31.7])
1
25 500
06 Series 3/4 (3630) (132) 1 to 5 stackes
10 Series 1-1/4
25
(3630)
800
(211) F
1. The values in parentheses represent the max. flow rates for throttle modular valves
Modular Valves
(MSP) and throttle check modular valves (MSA/MSB/MSW).
2. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack.
3. Solenoid operated directional valve is included in the number of stack. If the
working pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI), the maximum number of layers in a
stack is 4 including the solenoid operated directional valve.
4. The value range in parentheses represents the tightening torque requirements if the
operating pressure is above 25 MPa (3630 PSI).
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401 (Hydraulic fluid power four port directional control valves
mounting surface) as listed in the table below.
Name of Valve ISO Mtg. Surface Code No.
01 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
03 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
06 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
10 Series Modular Valve ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Stacking Example
03 Series
3/8, Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(DSG-03)
Modular Valves
P
T
Base Plate
B W A B A B A B A (MMC-03)
Modular Valves 513

Instructions
Caution in the selection of valves and circuit designing
The selection of modular valves, to suit a particular function or hydraulic circuit, are made in exactly the same way
as conventional valves, taking into account of the flow and pressure of each valve to be used. In some cases, the
stacking system may be restricted, so please refer to the following instructions for stacking sequence. Please note,
that when designing a system using modular stacking valves, due consideration should be given to working space
for future maintenance.
Stacking sequence when using reducing valves (for "A" (Incorrect) (Correct)
or "B" line) and pilot operated check valves.
Because reducing valves are spool type, there is an internal
leakage. In the stacking sequence shown in the drawing left Solenoid Operated
(incorrect), the cylinder moves due to leakage through the Directional Valve
pilot pressure line . Pilot Operated
Consequently, retaining the position of the cylinder using Check Valve
a pilot operated check valve becomes impossible. The (for "A&B-Lines")
stacking sequence shown in the drawing right (correct) is Reducing Valve
required in order to retain the cylinder position. (for "B-Line")
P T B A P T B A
Stacking sequence when using reducing valves (for "A"

or "B" line) and throttle and check valves (for metre- (Incorrect) (Correct)
out).
In B to T flow in the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is
generated at part with a throttle effect of the throttle Solenoid Operated
and check valve. Depending upon the pressure so generated, Directional Valve
the reducing valve may perform a pressure reducing
Throttle and
function which causes a shortage of output power of the Check Valve
cylinder and spoils the smooth operation of the cylinder. (for "A&B-Lines",
Therefore, stacking sequence in the drawing right (correct) Metre-out)
is required in this combination. Reducing Valve
(for "B-Line")
P T B A P T B A
Stacking sequence when using pilot operated check

valves and throttle and check valves (metre-out).
(Incorrect) (Correct)
In A to T flow in the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is
generated at part with a throttle effect of the throttle
and check valve.
The pressure so generated acts to shut the pilot operated Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
check valve and eventually creates an open and shut
operation of the valve repeatedly which may cause the Throttle and
cylinder to have a knocking effect (the same effect Check Valve
will occur in the case of B to T flow). Therefore, the (for "A&B-Lines",
Metre-out)
stacking sequence in the drawing right (correct) is required
in this combination. Pilot Operated
Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines")
P T B A P T B A
Stacking sequence when using brake valves and throttle

and check valves.
(Incorrect) (Correct)
In the drawing left (incorrect), pressure is generated at
part (a load pressure and a back pressure from
throttle effect). For structual reasons of the brake valve, the
Solenoid Operated
load pressure and back pressure act to open the valve, Directional Valve
therefore, the setting pressure should be more than the
pressure equal to the load pressure plus back pressure (Pa Throttle and
+ Pb). If the setting pressure is less than Pa + Pb, the brake Check Valve
(for "A&B-Lines",
valve acts and brakes the movement of the actuator in Metre-out)
operation, this eventually reduces the speed of the actuator.
On the contrary, if the setting pressure is more than Pa + Brake Valve
Pb, shock may occur when braking the actuator since the
setting pressure is too high against the load pressure. P T B A P T B A
Therefore, the stacking sequence in the drawing right
(correct) is required in this combination.
514 Modular Valves

MODULAR VALVES
Base Plates and Sub-Plates Mounting Bolts

When mounting the modular valves, use base plates and sub-plates Modular valves are mounted using stud bolts
specified below. If these base plates and the sub-plates are not which are supplied in a kit form. When
used, ensure that the mounting surface has a good machined mounting, see the following table for tightening
finish. torque. After the test run, be sure to tighten
again firmly within the specified torque.
Base Plates Sub-Plates Bolt Kit Tightening Torque
Series Series
Model Numbers Page Model Numbers Page Model Numbers Nm (in. lbs.)
005 Series MMC-005-*-20 531 DSGM-005*-20 342 005 Series MBK-005-*-20 2.5-3.5 (22-31)
01 Series MMC-01-*-40 573 DSGM-01*-31 356 01 Series MBK-01-*-30 5-6[6-7] (44-53[53-62])
03 Series MMC-03-T-*-21 615 DSGM-03*-40 373 03 Series MBK-03-*-10 12-15 (106-133)
06 Series Consult your Yuken DHGM-06*-50 402 06 Series MBK-06-*-30 50-60 (443-531)
10 Series representative in advance. DHGM-10*-40 403 10 Series MBK-10-*-10 150-170 (1330-1505)
The value range in parentheses represents the tightening
torque requirements if the operating pressure is above 25
MPa (3630 PSI).
Assembly Mounting Bolt Kits
Assembly should be carried out in clean conditions and in accordance Solenoid Operated
with the following procedure. Cautious attention should be paid to Directional Valve
ensure that the interface of the valves are clean and free from dirt or SOL a SOL b
other foreign materials.

Assembly Procedure:
F
Modular Valves
005 Series
Modular Valves
1) To stack modular valves and solenoid operated directional valves
according to circuit requirements, match the O-ring surfaces to the Base Plate
mounting surface and check the alignment of the locating pins.

2) Align the right and left sides of the stacked valves.
3) Tighten the four mounting bolts to the specified tightening torque.
4) Perform an operational test and re-check mounting bolt torque, re- 005 Series Modular Valves
tightening if required. Nut Mounting
01-10 Series Stud Bolt Bolt Kits
1) Screw-in the four stud bolts(06 and 10 series: six stud bolts), fully
into the tapped holes on the mounting surface of the specified base SOL b SOL a
plate, sub-plate or manifold. Solenoid Operated

2) Stack the modular valves and solenoid operated directional valves in Directional Valve
accordance with the hydraulic circuit, place the O-ring inserted

surface face onto the base plate and make sure that the port
Modular Valves
arrangement of the modular valves are in the correct position before
stacking the valves onto the stud bolts.
3) Align both the end of the valves stacked.
4) Screw-in the four nuts(06 and 10 series: six nuts) onto the stud bolts Base Plate
and tighten with the specified torque. After the test run, be sure to re-
tighten the nuts firmly within the specified torque.
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves of the modular valves are those based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity
of 0.850.
When using the modular valves in conditions other than the above mentioned, find the appropriate values referring to
the following table and formula.
mm2/s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Viscosity
SSU 77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464
Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the following formula.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Modular Valves 515

The model changed for the following models have been made.
Model Numbers Mtg. Inter-
Models Main changes
Current New changeability
Throttle and Check A Modification for large flow use.

MSW-005- -10 MSB-005- -20 Yes
Modular Valves * W * Addition of the valve for A & B lines.
Pilot Operated Check A Modification for large flow use.

MP B -005-2-10 MPB-005-2-20 Yes
Modular Valves W W Addition of the valve for A lines.
005 Series Change of the port hole dia. for large flow use
Base Plates MMC-005- -10 MMC-005-*-20 Yes
* (3.4 Dia. 4.3 Dia.).
Addition of bolt kit for 4-stage stacking.

Change the bolt kit model numbers to conform
Bolt Kits MBK-005- -10 MBK-005-*-20 Yes
* to the required bolt length for the 01 to 10 series
(See the table below for details.)
Throttle Modular
MSP-01-30 MSP-01-50 Yes Modification for large flow use.
Valves
01 Series
Throttle and Check A A
MSB-01-**-40 MSB-01- -50 Yes Improved Controllability and Operatability.
Modular Valves W W **
Relief Modular
MB*-03-*-20 MB*-03-*-30 Yes Higher Operating Pressure.
Valves
03 Series
Reducing Modular P P
MRA-03-*-20 MRA-03-*-30 Yes Modification for large flow use.
Valves B B
Comparison of MBK-005 bolt kit model numbers
E C A
B
"D" Dia.
"F" Thd.
Bolt Kit Model Numbers Dimensions mm (Inches) The number of the laminating
steps quantity of valves to be
"F" Thd.
stacked including solenoid
(New) 20 Design (Old) 10 Design A B C D E operated directional Valve
MBK-005-01-20 MBK-005-02-10 65(2.56) 2
MBK-005-02-20 MBK-005-03-10 95(3.74) 20 4 7 3 3
(0.79) (0.16) (0.28) (0.12) M4
MBK-005-03-20 125(4.92) 4
MBK-005-05-20 MBK-005-05-10 35(1.38) 1
MBK-005-01-2090 MBK-005-02-1090 65.1(2-9/16) 2
MBK-005-02-2090 MBK-005-03-1090 95.2(3-3/4) 22.4 4.17 6.86 3.6 3
MBK-005-03-2090 125.4(4-15/16) (0.88) (0.164) (0.27) (9/64) No.8-32 UNC 4
MBK-005-05-2090 MBK-005-05-1090 34.9(1-3/8) 1
516 Modular Valves

Type of Modular Valve

Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve 336
DSG-005-***-*-40
P T B A
Pressure Control
Releif Valves
(for "P-Line") 518
Valves
MBP-005-*-20
Reducing Valves
(for "P-Line") 521
MRP-005-*-20/2090
Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line", Metre-out)
MSA-005-X-20
(for "A-Line", Metre-in)
MSA-005-Y-20
Flow Control Valves

(for "B-Line", Metre-out)
MSB-005-X-20
524
(for "B-Line", Metre-in)
MSB-005-Y-20
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out)
MSW-005-X-20
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in)
MSW-005-Y-20
(for "A-Line")
Directional Control Valves
MPA-005-2-20
(for "B-Line") 527
MPB-005-2-20
(for "A&B-Lines")
MPW-005-2-20
Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 529
MCP-005-0-20
End Plates
(Blocking plates)
Modular Plates and
530
Mounting Bolts
MDC-005-A-20
Base Plates
MMC-005-*-20/2080/2090 531
Bolts Kits
MBK-005-*-20/2090 534
005 Series Modular Valves 517

Relief Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure Max. Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MBP-005-*-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)

F- MBP -005 -C -20 *
Pres. Adj. Range
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Number Design Standard
MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals for C: *-16 1
(*-2320)
Phosphate Ester MBP : Relief Valve for P-Line 005 20 Refer to 2
Type Fluids (Omit H: 7-25
(1020-3630)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked * .
2. Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of P T B A
the next page. This back pressure should include MBP-005
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics
of the valves stacked to the base plate side of the
modular valve.
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
In case of a small flow, the setting pressure may
become unstable. To avoid this, refer to the
minimum flow characteristic curve of the next
page and use the valve within a range as shown
with .
518 005 Series Modular Valves

MODULAR VALVES
Typical Performance Characteristics
Minimum Flow Nominal Override Characteristics

U.S.GPM L/min
PSI MPa
1.5 5 3600
25
Min. Flow
1.0 4 3400
3 3200 23
0.5 2 3000 21
1 19
0 2600
0
0 7 14 21 MPa 2400 17
2200 15
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 2200 16
Pressure 2000 14
Pressure
1800 12
1800 12
1600
1400 10
Pressure Drop 1200 8
PSI MPa 8
1100
0.6 1000 7
80
900
F
Pressure Drop
P-Line 6
60 0.4 800 4
600
40 ine 400 3
0.2 T-L ine 200 2
20 B-L
A& 0 0 5 10 15 L/min
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

PSI MPa
200 1.4
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MBP-005-*-20
DIMENSIONS IN
4 Places 44(1.73)
2(.08)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
4(.16)
28(1.10) 8(.31)
Lock Nut
P 10(.39) Hex.
33(.1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
Pressure Adj. Screw

3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
30(1.18)
(.59)
15
3(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface Approx. Mass......0.45 kg(.99 lbs.)

(O-Rings Furnished)
Spare Parts List
MBP-005-*-20
10
17
5 12 1 13 2 16 7 3 9 8 6 11 4 15 14
List of Seals
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P12.5 1
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Kit No. : KS-MBP-005-20

MODULAR VALVES
Reducing Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
MRP-005-*-20/2090 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)
If the pressure is set below 1.6 MPa (232 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics and
during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.
Model Number Designation F

F- MRP -005 -B -20 *
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
F: 1
Special Seals for B: *-7 (*-1020)
Phosphate Ester MRP : Reducing Valve for P-Line 005 C: 3.5-16 (510-2320) 20 Refer to 2

Type Fluids (Omit
H: 7-24.5 (1020-3550)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure vs. Maximum Flow" of the next page for. the item marked *.
Graphic Symbol
Instructions
the next page. This back pressure should include MRP-005
modular valve.

Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
90 0.6
80
P
Pressure Drop 60 0.4
e
40 Lin
0.2 T- ne
20 B -Li
A&
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pres. Drop at Spool Fully Open (P-Line)

PSI MPa
140 1.0
120
P
0.8
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Min. Adjustment Pressure vs. Max. Flow

PSI MPa
280 2.0
240
1.6
200
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MRP-005-*-20/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
4 Places 44(1.73)
2(.08)
4(.16)
28(1.10) 8(.31)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep Lock Nut Thread Size
10(.39) Hex. Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
P
MR*-005-*-20 Rc 1/8 = 1/8 BSP.Tr
33(.1.30)
25(.98)
B A MR*-005-*-2090 1/8 NPT

T
Pressure Gauge Pressure Adj. Screw

Connection "C" Thd. 3(.12) Hex. Soc. INC.
30(1.18)
(.59)
15
(.12)
3
2(.08) Dia.
Mounting Surface
F
Locating Pin
(O-Rings Furnished) Approx. Mass......0.45 kg(.99 lbs.)
Spare Parts List
MRP-005-*-20/2090
7 12

15 6 13 14 3 18 2 1 10 4 5 9 8 16 17
List of Seals
12 O-Ring SO-NA-P12.5 1
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Kit No. : KS-MRP-005-20

Throttle and Check Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
MSW-005-*-20
MSA-005-*-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)
MSB-005-*-20

F- MSW -005 -X -20 *
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Direction of Flow Design Number Design Standard
MSA: Throttle and Check Valve

F: for A-Line
Special Seals for X: Metre-out
Phosphate Ester MSB: Throttle and Check Valve
005 20 Refer to
for B-Line Y: Metre-in
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required) MSW: Throttle and Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and N. American Design Standard
Flow Adjustment Graphic Symbols

To make flow rate adjustment, loosen the lock nut and
Metre-out Metre-in
turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly
after the adjustment of the flow rate is completed. P T B A P T B A
MSA-005-X MSA-005-Y
P T B A P T B A
MSB-005-X MSB-005-Y
P T B A P T B A
MSW-005-X MSW-005-Y

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop for Free Flow

Pressure Drop PSI MPa
PSI MPa 1.0
140
0.8
P
100 120 0.8
P
A-Line: MSB-005
Pressure Drop
100 Throttle
80 0.6 B-Line: MSA-005 0.6 Fully Closed
Pressure Drop
80
60 0.4 60 0.4
40 40
0.2 0.2 Throttle
20 P&T-Line 20 Fully Open
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L/min
Metred Flow vs. Screw Position Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open F
4 15 P=Differential Pressure MPa (PSI) PSI MPa
14 P=25(3630) 140 1.0
P=20(2900) 120 0.8
P
3 12
P=16(2320) 100
Pressure Drop
10 0.6
80
Flow Rate
P=10(1450)
8 60 0.4

2 P=7(1020)
6 P=5(730) 40
P=3.5(510) 0.2
20
1 4 P=2(290) 0
0
P=1(145) 0 5 10 15 L/min
2
0 P=0.5(70)
0 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Flow Rate
(Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Screw

MSW-005-*-20 DIMENSIONS IN MSA-005-*-20
4.5(.18) Dia. Through P
4 Places 75.6(2.98)
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
44(1.73) B A
2(.08)
28 23.8(.94)
4(.16)
Lock Nut T
(1.10)
8(.31) Hex. Fully Extended
P 44.5(1.75)
33(.1.30)

(.98)
25
B A
T Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
Fully Extended
44.5(1.75)
Flow Adj. Screw MSB-005-*-20
Fully Extended 117(4.61) 2.5(.10) Hex. Soc. DEC.
P
30(1.18)
B A
(.59)
T
15
28.5
(.12)
(1.12)
3
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin Fully Extended 101(3.98)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.6 kg(1.3 lbs.) Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
Spare Parts List
MSA-005- X -20
Y
List of Seals
Qty.
Item Name of Parts Part Numbers MSA
MSW
MSB
10 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P3 1 2
12 8 1 9 6 11 2 4 7 10 3 5 List of Seal Kits

MSB-005- X -20
Y MSA-005
KS-MSA-005-20
MSB-005
MSW-005 KS-MSW-005-20
5 3 10 7 4 2 9 6 11 1 8 12
MSW-005- X -20
Y
8 1 9 6 11 2 4 7 10 3 5

MODULAR VALVES
Pilot Operated Check Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
MPA-005-2-20
MPB-005-2-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)
MPW-005-2-20

F- MPW -005 -2 -20 *
Valve Cracking Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Pressure
Size MPa (PSI) Number Standard
MPA: Pilot Operated

F: Check Valve
Special Seals for A-Line
for Phosphate MPB: Pilot Operated
Ester Type Check Valve 005 2: 0.2 (29) 20 Refer to
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
for B-Line
MPW: Pilot Operated
Graphic Symbols
F
Check Valve
for A&B-Lines
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard
and N. American Design Standard
P T B A
MPA-01

P T B A
MPB-01
Pressure Drop for Free Flow/
Reversed Controlled Flow
PSI MPa
0.8 P T B A
100 MPW-01
P
80 0.6
Free Flow
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40
0.2
20
Reversed Controlled Flow
0 Min. Pilot Pressure
0
0 5 10 15 L/min PSI MPa
200 14
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 180
Flow Rate 12
Min. Pilot Pressure (PP)
160
140 10
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa 120 8
80 0.6 A-Line: MPB-005 100
P
B-Line: MPA-005 80 6
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
60 4
40
40
0.2 2
20 20
P&T-Line
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI

Flow Rate Supply Pressure (P2)

MPA-005-2-20 DIMENSIONS IN
MPB-005-2-20 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MPW-005-2-20 4.5(.18) Dia. Through
85.6(3.37)
4 Places 44(1.73)
28 28.8(1.13) 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
2(.08)
4(.16)
(1.10)
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
33.5
(1.32)
95(3.74)
30(1.18)
3(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
Locating Pin
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.55 kg(1.2 lbs.)
Spare Parts List
MPA-005-2-20
List of Seals
Item Name of Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
Parts
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Included in Seal Kit
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4 Kit No. : KS-MPA-005-20
5 1 10 4 11 3 2 7 9 6
MPB-005-2-20
6 9 7 2 3 10 4 11 1 5
MPW-005-2-20
1 10 4 11 3 2 7 9 6

MODULAR VALVES
Check Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MCP-005-0-20 25 (3630) 15 (3.96)

F- MCP -005 -0 -20 *
Valve Cracking Design Design
Special Seals Series Number Pressure
Size MPa (PSI) Number Standard
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate MCP: Check Valve
Ester Type for P-Line 005 0: 0.035(5) 20 Refer to
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
Graphic Symbol
F
Typical Performance Characteristics P T B A
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 MCP-005
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Pressure Drop

PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.6 0.6
80 80
0.5
P
60 0.4 60 0.4
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 40 0.3
B-Line
0.2 0.2
20 20
0.1 A&T-Line
0 0
0 0
0 5 10 15 L/min 0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM 0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
MCP-005-0-20 DIMENSIONS IN Spare Parts List

MCP-005-0-20
60.3(2.37) 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
4 Places
28
(.08)
(.16)
(1.10)
4
P
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
8(.31)
65(2.56)
4 6 2 3 7 8 1
30(1.18)
List of Seals
Item Name of Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
Parts
(.12)
3
2(.08) Dia. 6 O-Ring SO-NB-P14 2 Included in Seal Kit

Mounting Surface Locating Pin 7 O-Ring SO-NB-P6 4 Kit No. : KS-MPA-005-20
(O-Rings Furnished)
Approx. Mass......0.4 kg(.88 lbs.)

End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surface or for closing unnecessary
circuits.
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure ------------ 25 MPa (3630 PSI)

F- MDC -005 -A -20 *
Special Seals Series Number Plate Size Type of Plate Design Number Design Standard
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester MDC : End Plate 005 A: Blocking Plate 20 Refer to
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Graphic Symbol
MDC-005-A-20
44(1.73) P T B A
28 8(.31)
(.16)
(.08)
MDC-005-A
4
(1.10)
P
33(1.30)
25(.98)
B A
T
4.5(.18) Dia. Through O-Ring for Port
4 Places (SO-NB-P6: 4 Pcs.)
29(1.14)
(.12)
2(.08) Dia.
3
Locating Pin
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass......0.3 kg(.66 lbs.)

MODULAR VALVES
Base Plates For Modular Valves
Specifications

MMC -005 -5 -20 *
Series Number Plate Size Number of Stations Design Number Design Standard
1 : 1 Station
2 : 2 Stations None : Japanese Standard "JIS"
MMC : Base Plate 005 3 : 3 Stations 20 80 : European Design Standard
4 : 4 Stations 90 : N.American Design Standard
5 : 5 Stations
Instructions Graphic Symbols

Port Used: Base plate has more than one pressure port
"P" and tank port "T". Any one of these ports or two or
more ports nay be used. However, please note that the
ports marked with (P) or (T) in the drawing are normally
(P)
T
P
(T)
F
plugged. Remove the plugs when using such ports. Make B A
sure that ports that are not cuurently used are properly MMC-005-1
plugged.
(P) P
Pressure Drop T (T)

PSI MPa B A B A
140 1.0 MMC-005-2-5
120
P
100
Pressure Drop
80
0.5
60
40
20
0
0
0 5 10 15 L/min
0 1 2 3 4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Mounting Surface Dimensions for 005 Series Modular Valve

When standard base plates (MMC-005) are not used, the Min. Pitch "C" Thd. "E" Deep 4 Places
mounting surface described on the right must be 25 36
(.98) (1.42)
prepared. The mounting surface should have a good
machined finish. B
(1.10)
(1.73)
P
20.75
28
44
(.82)
A
(.55)
Design Std. "C" Thd. "E" T

14
Japanese Std. "JIS" and

M4 7.5 (.30)
(.29)
7.25
(.31)
3.5
8
N. American Design Std. No.8 - 32 UNC 10 (.39)

(.14)
12.5 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
(.49)
4.3(.17) Dia. Max. 4 Places
21.5
(.85)
25 4
DIMENSIONS IN (.98) (.16)
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) 33
(1.30)

70(2.76)
MMC-005-1-20/2090 DIMENSIONS IN
10 50
(.39) (1.97) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Tank Port (T) 22.5 25 22.5
"C" Thd. (.89) (.98) (.89) "E" Thd. "F" Deep 4 Places
(20 Design Only)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through Port Holes 3.5(.14) Dia. 4 Places
14(.55) C'Bore
72(2.83)
2 Places B
(.87) (1.10)
P
28
(1.81)
T
(1.42)
A
46
36
Approx. Mass : 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
22
25 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
(.98)
Cylinder Port "A" 35(1.38)

53(2.09) 53(2.09)
"C" Thd.
18(.71) 43(1.69) 27(1.06) 18(.71)
A
72(2.83)
21(.83)
(P) P
18(.71)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
36(1.42)
T (T)
B
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "B" Tank Port (T) Pressure Port "P"
"C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd.
Tank Port (T) "C" Thd.

MMC-005-*-20/2090
Number of Station L1 Threaded Holes 4 Places-Each Station
(2-5 Stations)
10 L2 Port Holes 4 Places-Each Station
(.39)
14(.55) C'Bore 2 Places
72(2.83)
(.87) (1.10)
B B B B
T P T P T P
36(1.42)
22 28
P
(1.81)
T
46
A A A A
25(.98) 45 2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep,

(1.77) For Valve Locating Pin-Each Station
Pitch
22.5 36
(.89) (1.42)
53(2.09) 53(2.09)
Pitch
18(.71) 35 36 18(.71)
(1.38) (1.42)
A A A A
72(2.83)
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
T
B B B
B
21(.83)
36(1.42)
21(.83)
21(.83)
27
Tank Port "T" Tank Port (T) (1.06) Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "B"
"C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. 45
Cylinder Port "A" (1.77)
"C" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to the above Model MMC-005-1.

Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "E" Thd. F
MMC-005-*-20 Rc 3/8 M4 8 (.31)
MMC-005-*-2090 3/8 NPT No. 8-32 UNC 10 (.39)
Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass

Model Numbers
L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
MMC-005-2 106 (4.17) 86 (3.39) 4.3 ( 9.5)
MMC-005-3 142 (5.59) 122 (4.80) 5.8 (12.8)
MMC-005-4 178 (7.01) 158 (6.22) 7.2 (15.9)
MMC-005-5 214 (8.43) 194 (7.64) 8.7 (19.2)

MODULAR VALVES
MMC-005-1-2080 85.6(3.37) DIMENSIONS IN

70(2.76) 7.8(.31) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
10 50
(.39) (1.97)
22.5 25 22.5
(.89) (.98) (.89) M4 Thd. 10(.39) Deep 4 Places
8.8(.35) Dia. Through Port Holes 3.5(.14) Dia. 4 Places
14(.55) C'Bore
72(2.83)
2 Places B
(.87) (1.10)
P
28
T
A
22
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep
Cylinder Port "A"

53(2.09) 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 35(1.38) 53(2.09)
18(.71) 43(1.69) 27(1.06) 18(.71)
21(.83)
72(2.83)
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
36(1.42)
T (T)
18(.71)
Pipe Plug F
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T" Tank Port (T) 4 Places
Cylinder Port "B" Pressure Port "P"
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
MMC-005-*-2080 7.8(.31) L1 7.8(.31)

Number of Station
(2-5 Stations) 10 L2 Threaded Holes 4 Places-Each Station

(.39)
Port Holes 4 Places-Each Station
72(2.83)
14(.55) C'Bore 2 Places

(.87) (1.10)
B B B B
T P T P T P
36(1.42)
22 28
P
T
A A A A
2.5(.10) Dia. 4(.16) Deep,

25(.98)
For Valve Locating Pin-Each Station
Pitch
22.5 36
(.89) (1.42)
53(2.09) 53(2.09)
Pitch
18(.71) 35 36 18(.71)
(1.38) (1.42)
A A A A
72(2.83)
(P) P
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
T
B B B
B
21(.83)
21(.83)
21(.83)
36(1.42)
Tank Port (T) 27

Tank Port "T" (1.06) Pressure Port "P"
Cylinder Port "B" 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 45
Cylinder Port "A" (1.77)
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to the above Model MMC-005-1.
Detail of Pipe Plug

Model Numbers Bonded Seal
L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
Part No.SG-FB-3/8
MMC-005-2 106 (4.17) 86 (3.39) 4.3 ( 9.5)
Pipe Plug
MMC-005-3 142 (5.59) 122 (4.80) 5.8 (12.8) Part No.900-V33905
MMC-005-4 178 (7.01) 158 (6.22) 7.2 (15.9)
MMC-005-5 214 (8.43) 194 (7.64) 8.7 (19.2)

Mounting Bolt Kits
To mount the valves, four M4 bolts are used. The com-
bination of valves varies with circuits. So, we have several
mounting bolt kits suitable for different valve combinations.
From the selection chart, choose a necessary bolt kit and
specify it with model number when ordering.

MBK -005 -02 -20 *
Series Number Size of Bolt Number Design Design Standard
Modular Valve Number
01,02,03,05 None : Japanese Standard "JIS" and

MBK: Bolt Kits European Design Standard
005 (Refer to the 20
for Modular Valves
following chart) 90 : N.American Design Standard
Bolt Kits Selection Chart Bolts Kit Composition:

Quantity of valves to be stacked Soc. Hd. Cap Screw.....4 Pcs.
Approx.
Model Numbers Solenoid Operated Mass Tightening Torque:
Directional Valve Modular Valve Modular Valve g (1bs.) 2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22-31 in. lbs.)
(DSG-005) (MDC-005) (M**-005)
1 0 Mounting Bolt Kit

MBK-005-01-20* 1 30(.07)
0 1
Solenoid Operated
1 0 Directional Valves
MBK-005-02-20* 2 40(.09)
0 1
1 0
MBK-005-03-20* 3 50(.11)
0 1 005 Series
Modular Valves
1 0
MBK-005-05-20* 0 18(.04)
0 1
Base Plate
The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
Stacking Example
MBK-005-*-20/2090
Model Numbers "F" Thd.
E C A A B C D E
B 65
MBK-005-01-20
"D" Dia.
(2.56)
MBK-005-02-20 95
"F" Thd.
(3.74) 20 4 7 3 M4
125 (.79) (.16) (.28) (.12)
MBK-005-03-20
(4.92)
MBK-005-05-20 35
(1.38)
MBK-005-01-2090 65.1
(2-9/16)
MBK-005-02-2090 95.2
(3-3/4)
22.4 4.17 6.86 3.6 No. 8-32 UNC
125.4 (.88) (.164) (.27) (9/64)
MBK-005-03-2090
(4-15/16)
MBK-005-05-2090 34.9
(1-3/8)

1/8 Modular Valves
Class
Class
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-01-***-*-70/7090 344 P T B A
E-DSG-01-***-D*-60/6090 378 Throttle Valves
T-DSG-01-***-D24*-70/7090 379 (for "P-Line") 559
G-DSG-01-***-*-50/5090 P T B A 412 MSP-01-50
Releif Valves Check and Throttle Valves
(for "P-Line") 536 (for "P-Line") 561
MBP-01-*-30 MSCP-01-30
Releif Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 536 (for "A-Line", Metre-out) 563
MBA-01-*-30 MSA-01-X-50
(for "B-Line") 536 (for "A-Line", Metre-in) 563
MBB-01-*-30 MSA-01-Y-50
Flow Control Valves

Reducing Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 539 (for "B-Line", Metre-out) 563
MRP-01-*-30/3090 MSB-01-X-50
(for "A-Line") 539 (for "B-Line", Metre-in) 563
MRA-01-*-30/3090 MSB-01-Y-50
(for "B-Line") 539 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 563
MRB-01-*-30/3090 MSW-01-X-50
Brake Valves Throttle and Check Valves
542 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 563
MBR-01-*-30 MSW-01-Y-50
Sequence Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 544 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out, Metre-in) 563
MHP-01-*-30 MSW-01-XY-50
Counterbalance Valves Throttle and Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 544 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in, Metre-out) 563
MHA-01-*-30 MSW-01-YX-50
Pressure Switch Valves Check Valves
MJP-01-*-*-10 MCP-01-*-30
Pressure Switch Valves Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 547 (for "T-Line") 567

MJA-01-*-*-10 MCT-01-*-30
Pressure Switch Valves Anti-Cavitation Valves
(for "B-Line") 547 568
MJB-01-*-*-10 MAC-01-30
Flow Control Valves Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 551 (for "A-Line") 569
MFP-01-10 MPA-01-*-40/4001
Flow Control and Check Valves Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 551 (for "B-Line") 569
MFA-01-X-10 MPB-01-*-40/4001
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 551 (for "A&B-Lines") 569
MFA-01-Y-10 MPW-01-*-40/4001
Flow Control and Check Valves End Plates
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 551 (Blocking plates) 571
MFB-01-X-10 MDC-01-A-30
Flow Control Valves

Modular Plates and Mounting Bolts
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 551 (Bypass plates) 571

MFB-01-Y-10 MDC-01-B-30
Flow Control and Check Valves Connecting Plates
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 551 (for "P&A-Lines") 572
MFW-01-X-10 MDS-01-PA-30/3090
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 551 (for "P&B-Lines") 572
MFW-01-Y-10 MDS-01-PB-30/3090
Temperature Compensated Connecting Plates
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 555 (for "A&T-Lines") 572
MSTA-01-X-10 MDS-01-AT-30/3090
Temperature Compensated Base Plates
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 555 MMC-01-*-40/4080/4090 573
MSTB-01-X-10
Temperature Compensated Bolt Kits
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 555 MBK-01-*-30/3090 576
MSTW-01-X-10

Specifications
Model Numbers
MBP-01-*-30
MBA-01-*-30 21 (3050) 35 (9.25)
MBB-01-*-30

F- MBP -01 -C -30 *
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals for MBP : Relief Valve for P-Line C: *-14 1
(*-2030)
Phosphate Ester MBA : Relief Valve for A-Line 01 30 Refer to 2
MBB : Relief Valve for B-Line (1020-3050)
if not required)
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
P T B A
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of MBP-01
the next page. This back pressure should include
modular valve. P T B A
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut MBA-01
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A
MBB-01
page and use the valve within a range as shown
with .

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
Minimum Flow
P-Line: MBP-01 U.S.GPM L /min
0.6 T-Line
80 6
P
1.5
A&B-Line
Min. Flow
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 4
1.0
40
0.2 0.5 2
20
0 P-Line: MB A -01 0 0
0 B 0 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21
0 10 20 30 35 L /min MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Pressure
Flow Rate
F
Min. Adjustment Pressure Nominal Override Characteristics
PSI MPa
200 1.4 PSI MPa
1.2 3000 21
160 20
2800
19

120 0.8
2000 14
80
0.4 1800 13
Pressure
40 12
0 1000 7
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 800 6
5
500 3.5
300 2.5
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 1.5
Flow Rate 200 1.6
100 0.8
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MBP-01-*-30
MBB-01-*-30
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
4 Places
(.31)
(1.59)
1.8
8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
P 13(.51) Hex.
15(.59)
A
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
32.5
31
47
Model No. L1 L2
T Pressure Adj. Screw MB*-01-C 151 (5.94) 92 (3.62)
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L2
MB*-01-H 166.5 (6.56) 107.5 (4.23)
Fully Extended L1
INC.
40(1.57)
Approx. Mass............1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)

20.5
(.81)
DIMENSIONS IN
MBA-01-*-30
Fully Extended L1
16
16.75
(.63)
(.66)
P
B A
T Approx. Mass............1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)
For other dimensions, refer to above (MBP-01) drawing.
Spare Parts List

MBP-01-*-30 MBA-01-*-30
13 5 11 3 1 8 2 9 10 7 14 6 17 16 16 17 6 14 7 10 9 2 8 1 3 11 5 13
12 12
List of Seals
MBB-01-*-30 12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4

13 5 11 3 1 8 2 9 10 7 14 6 17 16
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal
kit number from the table below.
List of Seal Kit
Valve Model No. Seal kit No.
MBP-01
MBA-01 KS-MBP-01-30
MBB-01
12

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MPa(PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MRB-01-*-30/3090
If the pressure is set below 1.9 MPa (280 PSI), the maximum flow is limited.
See the minimum adjustment pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics
and during use, stay within the shaded zone on the graph.

F- MRP -01 -B -30 *
F:
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design Standard
F
Special Seals for MRP : Reducing Valve for P-Line B: *-7 (*-1020) 1
Phosphate Ester MRA : Reducing Valve for A-Line 01 C: 3.5-14 (510-2030) 30 Refer to 2
Type Fluids (Omit MRB : Reducing Valve for B-Line H: 7-21 (1020-3050)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure vs. Maximum Flow" of the next page for the item marked *.

Graphic Symbols
Instructions
the next page. This back pressure should include MRP-01
modular valve.
P T B A
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut MRA-01
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A
MRB-01

Pressure Drop Nominal Override Characteristics

PSI MPa
0.6 Primary Pressure 25 MPa(3630 PSI)
80
P
PSI MPa
A&B-Line 3000 21
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
40 2900
20
0.2 2800
20
T-Line 2700 19
0
0 2000 14
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
Secondary Pressure
1900
13
1800
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
1700 12
Flow Rate
1000 7
900
6
800
700 5
600 4
80
0.5
Pres. Drop at Spool Fully Open (P-Line) 60
40 0.3
PSI MPa
20
P
200 1.4 0.1

1.2
Pressure Drop
160 0
120 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L/min
0.8
80
0.4
40
0 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min Flow Rate
Pressure Adj. Range
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM : "B"
Flow Rate : "C"
: "H"

PSI MPa
280 2.0
240 1.6
200
160 1.2
120 0.8
80
40 0.4
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090 DIMENSIONS IN
MRB-01-*-30/3090
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 65(2.56)

4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
8
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
P 13(.51) Hex.
15(.59) Model No. L1 L2
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
B A
32.5
31
47
MR*-01- B 158 (6.22) 92 (3.62)
C
T
MR*-01-H 173.5 (6.83) 107.5 (4.23)
Fully Extended L2
Fully Extended L1
Pressure Adj. Screw
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Pressure Gauge INC.

Connection
"C" Thd. Thread Size
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
40(1.57)
MR*-01-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr

MR*-01-*-3090 1/4 NPT
F
20.5
(.81)

Spare Parts List
MRP-01-*-30/3090
MRA-01-*-30/3090
MRB-01-*-30/3090 17 9 10 2 1 7 3 5 4 6 16 8 13 12
15 14
List of Seals
Kit No.: KS-MBP-01-30

Brake Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
MBR-01-*-30 25 (3630) 35 (9.25)

F- MBR -01 -C -30 *
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals for C: *-14 1
(*-2030)
Phosphate Ester MBR : Brake Valve 01 30 Refer to 2
(1020-3050)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure "for the item marked *.
Typical Performance Characteristics Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop P T B A
PSI MPa
0.6
80
P
A-Line
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 Instructions
40 B-Line The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value
0.2 obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure
20
0 P&T-Line characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of the
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min left. This back pressure should include the value of
the T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
stacked to the base plate side of the modular valve.
Flow Rate
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and
turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
Min. Adjustment Pressure clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the screw
PSI MPa
200 1.4
1.2
after making adjustment to the pressure.
160
120 0.8
80
0.4
40
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MBR-01-*-30
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
(1.59)
8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
13(.51) Hex.
P
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
32.5
B A
31
47
T
Fully Extended L2
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended L1
4(.16) Hex. Soc.
INC. Model No. L1 L2

MBR-01-C 161 (6.34) 107 (4.21)
40(1.57)
MBR-01-H 176.5 (6.95) 122.5 (4.82)

20.5
(.81)

F
Spare Parts List
MBR-01-*-30

13 14 7 19 5 2 1 16 10 3 12 11 17 9 8 20 21
6 15
List of Seals
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 Kit No.: KS-MBR-01-30

Sequence Modular Valves/Counterbalance Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Flow Free Flow
Model Numbers Pressure L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MHP-01-*-30
25 (3630) 35 (9.25)
MHA-01-*-30 35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
P T B A P T B A
MHP-01
MHP-01 MHA-01
MHA-01

F- MHP -01 -C -30 *
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals for MHP : Sequence Valve for P-Line
C: *-14 1
(*-2030)
Phosphate Ester 01 30 Refer to 2
Type Fluids (Omit MHB : Counterbalance Valve for A-Line H: 7-21
(1020-3050)
if not required)
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure (MHP-01) equals The minimum adjustment pressure (MHA-01) equals
the value obtained from the minimum adjustment the value obtained from the minimum adjustment
pressure characteristics plus the tank line back pressure characteristics plus the outlet-side back
pressure of the next page. This back pressure should pressure of the valve on the next page. The outlet-side
include the value of the T-line pressure drop back pressure should include the values of the A-line
characteristics of the valves stacked to the base plate and T-line pressure drop characteristics of the valves
side of the modular valve. to be stacked due to the valve with internal drain.
clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the screw
after making adjustment to the pressure.

MODULAR VALVES
Min. Adjustment Pressure Pressure Drop

PSI MPa
PSI MPa MHP/MHA-01 MHP-01
0.6
200 1.4 80
P
160 1.2
A&B-Line
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
120 0.8
80 40
0.4 0.2
40 20
0 0
T-Line
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
F
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Pressure Drop
PSI MPa MHA-01 PSI MPa MHA-01
0.6 60 0.4
P
80 B-Line
P
Pressure Drop
40
60
Pressure Drop
0.4 0.2
20 P&T-Line

40
0
0.2 0
20 0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MHP-01-*-30
65(2.56)
40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
4 Places
(.31)
1.8
(1.59)
8
0.75
(.03)
Lock Nut
Model Numbers L1 L2
P 13(.51) Hex.
A MHP-01-C 151 (5.94) 92 (3.62)
15(.59)
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
B
32.5
31
47
MHP-01-H 166.5 (6.56) 107.5 (4.23)
T
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended L2 4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L1
INC.
40(1.57)
20.5(.81)
DIMENSIONS IN
MHA-01-*-30 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
65(2.56)
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
(1.59)
8
0.75
(.03)
Lock Nut
Model Numbers L1 L2
P 13(.51) Hex.
A MHA-01-C 171 (6.73) 112 (4.41)
15(.59)
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
B
32.5
31
47
MHA-01-H 186.5 (7.34) 127.5 (5.02)

T
Pressure Adj. Screw
Fully Extended L2 4(.16) Hex. Soc.
Fully Extended L1
INC.
40(1.57)
20.5(.81)
Spare Parts List

MHP-01-*-30
9 16 2 1 7 3 4 5 6 17 8 13 12
List of Seals
16 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.:
KS-MBP-01-30
15
MHA-01-*-30
11 4 10 3 1 5 16 9 2 6 7 8 17 12 13 14
List of Seals
KS-MHA-01-30
15

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Switch Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Numbers
MJ*-01-M-*-*-10 31.5 (4570)
MJ*-01-J-35-10 10 (1450)
MJ*-01-J-100-10 10 (1450) 35 (9.25)
MJ*-01-J-200-10 20 (2900)
MJ*-01-J-350-10 35 (5080)
Sensitive Switch Ratings

Electric Source AC DC
Voltage V 125 250 125 250
Current A 11A-1/3HP 0.5 0.25
Specifications of semiconductor type pressure switch

JT-02 series is installed for semiconductor type pressure
switch, refer to page 272 for details.
F
F- MJP -01 -M -B -N -10 *
Valve Type of Pres. Adj. Range Type of Electrical Design Design

Size Switch MPa (PSI) Connection Number Standard
B: 1-7 (145-1020) None: Cable Connector

M: Type
F: MJP : Sensitive C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
Special Seals Pressure Switch for P-Line Switch H: 7-21 (1020-3050) N: With Plug-in
for Phosphate Connector (DIN)
Ester Type MJA :
Pressure Switch for A-Line 01 J: 10 Refer to
Fluids Semi- 35: 0.1-3.5 (14.5-510)
(Omit if not MJB : conductor 100: 1-10 (145-1450)
required) Pressure Switch for B-Line Type None: Lead Wire Type
200: 2-20 (290-2900)
Pressure 350: 3.5-35 (510-5080)
Switch
Graphic Symbols
P T B A P T B A P T B A
MJP-01-M MJA-01-M MJB-01-M
MJP-01-J MJA-01-J MJB-01-J

Instructions
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or anti-clockwise.
For an increase of pressure, turn the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after making adjustment
to the pressure.
Wiring of a sensitive switch should be made correctly referring to the table below. Numbers in the switch status
column indicate wiring numbers in receptacles or contact numbers of connectors.
Pressure with Sensitive Switch
and The Switch Status
Operating Pressure Switch Status
Less than 2
Pressure setting 1
3
More than 2
1
Pressure setting 3
Attachment
Valve Model No. Attachment

Cable connector:
MJ*-01-M-*-10
NJC-203-PR ...... 1 Pc.
DIN connector:
MJ*-01-M-*-N-10
GDM311-B-11... 1 Pc.
Pressure Drop
MJP-01-M
PSI MPa
140 1.0
P
B-Line
120 0.8 P-Line
Pressure Drop
MJ*-01-J
P
80 0.6 A-Line
PSI MPa
Pressure Drop
0.4 T-Line 60 0.1

40 40
0.2 P,A,B&T-Line
0 20 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
MJA-01-M
PSI MPa MJB
140 1.0
P
120 0.8 B-Line: MJA-01, A-Line:MJB-01

Pressure Drop
0.6 P-Line
80
0.4 A-Line: MJA-01, B-Line:MJB-01
40 T-Line
0.2
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
Cable Connector Type

MJP-01-M-*-10
MJA-01-M-*-10 MJB-01-M-*-10
5.5(.22) Dia. Through Fully Extended

4 Places 115.2 (4.54)
P
65(2.56) B A
Cable Connector
Pressure Adjustment Screw 40.5 11(.43) NJC-203-PR
T
15.5 (.61)
5 (.20) Hex. Soc. (1.59)
(.07)
(.31)
INC.
1.8
(.03)
0.75
8
Lock Nut Approx. Mass............1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.)
17(.67) Hex.
P
P -01"
(1.22)
(1.85)
B A For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
47
31 drawing left.
T
(1.28)
32.5
128.3
(5.05)
F
40 (1.57)
(.81)
20.5
DIMENSIONS IN

MJP-01-M-*-N-10 Cable Departure
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
Applicable cable: MJB-01-M-*-N-10
O.D. of cable 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
2
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm
(.0023 Sq. in.)
4 Places
Fully Extended
65(2.56) 115.2 (4.54)
P
Pressure Adjustment Screw 40.5 11(.43) B A
15.5 (.61)
5 (.20) Hex. Soc. (1.59)

T
(.07)
(.31)
INC.
1.8
(.03)
0.75
Lock Nut
(1.54)
17(.67) Hex.
53(2.09)
62.5(2.46)
39
P Approx. Mass............1.3 kg (2.9 lbs.)

(1.85)
(1.22)
B A
47
31
P -01"
For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
T
(1.28)
drawing left.
32.5
110.6 (4.35)
122.6 (4.83)
40 (1.57)
(.81)
20.5
As shown by the dot-and-dash line, the cable departure can also be faced opposite.

Semiconductor Type Pressure Switch
MJP-01-J-*-10
MJA-01-J-*-10
LED Indicator
30(1.18) Dia.
65(2.56)
1.8(.07)
Differential Pressure Setting Trimmer Pressure Setting Trimmer

15.5 0.75(.03)
40.5 11(.43) (DIFF Trimmer) (On Trimmer)

31(1.22) 8(.31)
(1.59) Four Conductor Cable

P [5 mm(.20 in.) O.D.]
32.5(1.28)
47(1.85)
(.61)
RED-------Power Supply
B A
BLACK---Power Supply
T WHITE---Output
GREEN---Output
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 43(1.69) 30
4 Places (1.18)
97(3.82) 2000(78.7)
MJB-01-J-*-10
P
B A
40(1.57)
20(.79)
T
45.5
(1.79)
O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.) 2000(78.7) 97(3.82)
Approx. Mass............1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

Approx. Mass............1 kg (2.2 lbs.) P -01"
For other dimensions, refer to "MJA
drawing left.
Spare Parts List
17 7 19 12 16 8 5
MJP
MJA-01-M-*-N-10
MJB
6 13 2 4 11 10 9 3 18 1 14 15 20
List of Seals
Cable Connector Type
MJP 7 Packing 3116-VK414239-4 1
MJA-01-M-*-10 8 Packing 3116-VK414240-2 1
MJB
8 21 19 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit
List of Seal Kits

Valve Model No. Seal Kit Numbers
MJP-01
Included in seal kit
MJA-01
Kit No.: KS-MJP-01-10
MJB-01
Since MJ*-01-J-*-10 (Semiconductor type pressure
switch) does not have any seals inside, only four(4)
O-rings for the ports are required. Please refer to the
above drawing.

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure and Temperature Compensated

Flow Control (and Check) Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating
Pressure Max. Metred Flow Max. Free Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MFP-01-10
MFA-01-*-10 16 (2320) 35 (9.25)
MFB-01-*-10 35 (9.25)
MFW-01-*-10

F- MFA -01 -X -10
Direction Design Design
of Flow Number Standard
F:
Special Seals for
MFP : Flow Control Valve for P-Line 10 F
Phosphate Ester MFA : Flow Control and Check Valve for A-Line 01 Refer to
X : Metre-out
Type Fluids (Omit MFB : Flow Control and Check Valve for B-Line 10
Y : Metre-in
if not required) MFW : Flow Control and Check Valve for A&B-Lines

Graphic Symbols
Instructions
P T B A
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial MFP-01
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the Metre-out Metre-in
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
flow rate.
P T B A P T B A
MFA-01-X MFA-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MFB-01-X MFB-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MFW-01-X MFW-01-Y

Min. Required Pressure Difference Metred Flows vs. Dial Position

PSI MPa U.S.GPM L /min
200 1.4 A
9 35
MFB-01
1.2 W 8 30
160 MFP-01
1.0
Flow Rate
120 0.8 6
20
80 0.6
4
0.4
40 10
0.2 2
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Fully Open)
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
Flow Rate
Min. Metred Flow

cm3/min
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity
cu.in/min 400
U.S.GPM L /min
22.5
9.50 36
20 9.25
300 35
9.00
Metred Flow
34
15
Flow Rate
2.65 10.0
200 2.60 9.8
10 2.55 9.6
.064 0.24
100 .060
5 0.22
.056
.052 0.20
0 0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 PSI 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 SSU
2200
Pressure Drop Metred Flow vs. Differential Pres.

PSI MPa B-Line: MFA-01 U.S.GPM L/min
P
0.4 A-Line: MFB-01

50 9.75 37
Pressure Drop
40 0.3 A-Line: MFP-01 9.25 35

0.2 B-Line: MFP-01 8.75
20 33
0.1
11
Flow Rate
0 P&T-Line 2.8
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 2.6 10
2.4 9
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 1.1
Flow Rate .28
.26 1.0
.24 0.9
0 4 8 12 16 MPa
PSI MPa 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 PSI
140 1.0
P
2200
120 0.8 Differential Pressure
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MFP-01-10
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 67(2.64)
4 Places
(.07)
(.31)
13(.51)
1.8
40.5
8
(.03)
0.75
(1.59)
P
12 3 4 5
32 Dia.
B
(1.26)
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
A
32.5
47
31
T
Fully Extended
138 (5.43)
Fully Extended 192 (7.56) Flow Adj. Dial
INC.
8 9 0 1 2
40 (1.57)
LOCK
(.87)
22
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Approx. Mass............ 1.7 kg (3.8 lbs.)
MFW-01- X -10
Y
65(2.56)
DIMENSIONS IN
F
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 11(.43)
4 Places (1.59)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
Flow Adj. Dial

0.75
(.03)
(for B-Line)
INC.
P
89 0 12
89 0 1 2
32 Dia.
A
(1.26)
B
(1.85)
(1.28)
(1.22)
32.5

47
31
Fully Extended
131.3 (5.17) Flow Adj. Dial
(for A-Line)
INC.
5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
40 (1.57)
LOCK
MFW-01-X ------------ 22 (.87) Locking Screw

MFW-01-Y ------------ 18 (.71) 2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
MFA-01-X -10 MFB-01- X -10

Y Y
Fully Extended 216 (8.50) Fully Extended 216 (8.50)
Fully Extended 41.8

131.3 (5.17) (1.65)
P P
89 0 1 2
89 0 1 2
B A B A
T T
Approx. Mass............ 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs.)
For other dimensions, refer to "MFW-01" drawing above.

Spare Parts List
MFP-01-10
21 6 19 1 7 5 2 4 11 8 9 3 12 18 17 14
10 20 15 22 16
MFW-01- X -10
Y
1 7 5 2 4 11 8 9 3 12 18 17 14
19 10 20 15 22 16
MFA-01- X -10
Y
13 1 19 7 2 4 11 8 9 3 12 18 17 14 22
20 5 10 20 15 16
MFB-01- X -10
Y
22 14 17 18 12 3 9 8 20 4 5 7 19 1 13
16 15 11 2 10 20

Quantity Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers
MFP-01 MFA-01 MFB-01 MFW-01 MFP-01 KS-MFP-01-10
17 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1 1 1 2 MFA-01
KS-MFA-01-10
18 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1 1 2 MFB-01
19 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 4 4 4 MFW-01 KS-MFW-01-10
20 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 2 2 2
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.

MODULAR VALVES
Temperature Compensated Throttle and Check Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. Min. Max.
Operating Differential Metred Metred Free
Model Numbers Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Flow
MPa MPa L/min L/min L/min
(PSI) (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MSTA-01-X-10
31.5 14 35 0.5 35
MSTB-01-X-10
(4570) (2030) (9.25) (.13) (9.25)
MSTW-01-X-10

F- MSTA -01 -X -10 *
Valve Design Design
MSTA : Temperature Compensated

Size
Direction of Flow
Number Standard
F
F:
Throttle and Check Valve for A-Line
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester Type MSTB : Temperature Compensated 01 X : Metre-out 10 Refer to
Throttle and Check Valve for B-Line
Fluids
(Omit if not required) MSTW: Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valve for A&B-Lines

Instructions
for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the
flow rate.
Graphic Symbols
MSTA-01-X MSTB-01-X MSTW-01-X

Pressure Drop Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open

PSI MPa PSI MPa
P
0.3 B-Line: MSTA-01 280 2.0

40
P
A-Line: MSTB-01
Pressure Drop
30 240 1.6
0.2
Pressure Drop
200
20 1.2
0.1 160
10 P&T-Line 120 0.8
0
0 80
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0.4
40
0
0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Metred Flow vs. Viscosity

140 1.0 8.0 30
P
120 0.8 7.8

29
Pressure Drop
Throttle Closed 7.6

80 0.6 7.4 28
0.4 5.50 21
40 5.25 20
Flow Rate
0.2 Throttle Fully Open

0 5.00 19
0 2.64 10.0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
2.62 9.9
2.60
9.8
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate .16 0.60
.15
0.55
.14
.13 0.50
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 mm2/s
Metred Flow vs. Dial Position

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 SSU
U.S.GPM L /min Viscosity
9 35
P:
14(2030)
8 30 P:
10(1450) P: 2(290)
7 P:
25 7(1020)
6 P: 5(730)
Flow Rate
P: 1(145)
20
5
4 15
3 P: 0.5(70)
10
2
5
1
0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(Fully Open)

MODULAR VALVES
MSTW-01-X-10 DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56) 4 Places
40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
8
P
8 9 0 12
89 0 1 2
32 Dia.
B
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.26)
(1.85)
32.5
A
31
47
T
Fully Extended
81.8(3.22)
Flow Adj. Dial
(for B-Line)
Flow Adj. Dial
INC. (for A-Line) INC.
5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
40(1.57)
LOCK LOCK
(.87)
22
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
F
MSTA-01-X-10 MSTB-01-X-10

Fully Extended 166.5(6.56) Fully Extended 166.5(6.56)
Fully Extended 41.8
81.8(3.22) (1.65)
P P
8 9 0 12
89 0 1 2
B A B A
T T
For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-01" drawing above.

Spare Parts List
MSTA-01-X-10
15 9 14 1 8 3 2 4 13 12 7 6 10 11 5
MSTB-01-X-10
MSTW-01-X-10

MSTA MSTB MSTW MSTA-01
KS-MFA-01-10
12 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1 1 2 MSTB-01
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1 2 MSTW-01 KS-MFW-01-10
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the
table right.

MODULAR VALVES
Throttle Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MSP-01-50 31.5 (4570) 60 (15.9)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure
Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F- MSP -01 -50 *
Valve Design Design
Size Number Standard
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester MSP : Throttle Valve
01 50 Refer to
for P-Line Graphic Symbol
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard and
F
P T B A

Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
PSI MPa P=25(3630)
2.0 P=21(3050)
250
P
P=14(2030)
200 1.5 P=10(1450)
Pressure Drop
P=7(1020)
150 1.0
U.S.GPM L /min
100
0.5 16 60
50
0 0 50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min 12
40
Flow Rate
0 4 8 12 16
8 30
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
P=4(580)
20
P=2(290)
4
Pressure Drop 10 P=1(145)
PSI MPa P=0.5(70)
0
2.0 0
250 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P
1.5 (Fully Open)

200 Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
Pressure Drop
A-Line
150 1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0 B&T-Line Instructions
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L/min To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
0 4 8 12 16
Flow Rate U.S.GPM clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of flow,
flow rate.

MSP-01-50
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 40.5 11(.43)

4 Places (1.59)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
8
(.03)
0.75
89 0 1 2
47(1.85)
32 Dia.
(1.28)
B A
(1.22)
(1.26)
32.5
31
T
Fully Extended
79 (3.11)
Fully Extended 133 (5.24)
Flow Adj. Dial

5 6 7 8 9 INC.
40 (1.57)
LOCK
(.81)
20.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List
MSP-01-50
12 1 3 11 7 13 2 5 8 4 10
List of Seals
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 Included in Seal Kit
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Kit No.: KS-MSP-01-50

MODULAR VALVES
Check and Throttle Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MSCP-01-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure
Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F- MSCP -01 -30 *
Valve Design Design
F:
Special Seals for MSCP :
Phosphate Ester Check and Throttle 01 30 Refer to
Type Fluids (Omit Valve for P-Line Graphic Symbol
if not required)
F
P T B A


Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
PSI MPa P=21(3050)
110 0.8 U.S.GPM L /min P=25(3630)
100 9 35
P
0.6
80
Pressure Drop
8 30
60 0.4
40 6 P=14(2030)
Flow Rate
0.2
20 20 P=10(1450)
0 P=7(1020)
0 4
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
P=4(580)
10 P=2(290)
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 2 P=1(145)
Flow Rate P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8.5
Pressure Drop (Fully Open)
PSI MPa Turn of Flow Adj. Dial
70 0.5
P
60 A-Line
0.4
Pressure Drop
40
0.2 B-Line Instructions
20 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw
0 T-Line
0 for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the
Flow Rate flow rate.

MSCP-01-30
DIMENSIONS IN
65(2.56)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 11(.43)
40.5
4 Places
(.07)
(1.59)
1.8
(.31)
8
(.03)
0.75
89 0 1 2
12.5(.49)
32 Dia.
31(1.22)
47(1.85)
(1.26)
(1.28)
B A
32.5
Fully Extended
77.5 (3.05)
Flow Adj. Dial

INC.
5 6 7 8 9
40 (1.57)
LOCK
(.81)
20.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.
Spare Parts List
MSCP-01-30
13 1 5 2 7 3 6 12 11 14 9 10 8 17 16
List of Seals
13 O-Ring SO-NB-P9 4 Kit No.: KS-MSP-01-30

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MSA-01-**-50
MSB-01-**-50 31.5 (4570) 60 (15.9)
MSW-01-**-50
At the low differential pressure, maximum flow is limited. See "Pressure Drop
at Throttle Fully Open" of the next page.

F- MSW -01 -X Y -50 *
Valve Direction of Flow Direction of Flow Design Design
MSA : Throttle and Check Valve

Size ("A" Line)
X : Metre-out
("B" Line) Number Standard
F
F: for A-Line Y : Metre-in
Special Seals
for Phosphate MSB : Throttle and Check Valve X : Metre-out
for B-Line Y : Metre-in
Ester Type 01 50 Refer to
Fluids X : Metre-out
(Omit if not MSW : Throttle and Check Valve Y : Metre-in
required) for A&B-Lines

X : Metre-out Y : Metre-in
Y : Metre-in X : Metre-out
Graphic Symbols
Instructions Metre-out Metre-in
turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the P T B A P T B A
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the MSA-01-X MSA-01-Y
flow rate.
P T B A P T B A
MSB-01-X MSB-01-Y
P T B A P T B A
MSW-01-X MSW-01-Y
Metre-out Metre-in Metre-in Metre-out
P T B A P T B A
MSW-01-XY MSW-01-YX


Pressure Drop P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
PSI MPa
2.0
250 P=25(3630)
P
1.5 P=21(3050)
200
Pressure Drop
A-Line: MSB-01 P=14(2030)

150 B-Line: MSA-01
1.0 U.S.GPM L /min
100 16 60
0.5
50 P&T-Line 50
0 12
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L /min 40
Flow Rate
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM 8 30 P=10(1450)
Flow Rate P=7(1020)
20 P=4(580)
4 P=2(290)
10 P=1(145)
0 P=0.5(70)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (Fully Open)
PSI MPa
2.0
250
P
200 1.5
Pressure Drop
150 1.0
100 Application
0.5
50
0 Circuit of Clamp Cylinder
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L /min for Injection Molding Machine
a
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 2 DSG-01-3C4
b
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open P T B A
PSI MPa
2.0 MSW-01-XY-50
250
P
200 1.5
Pressure Drop
1 DSG-03-3C12
150 1.0
100 a b
0.5
50 Clamp Cylinder
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 L /min
0 4 8 12 16 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Operation Sequence
End Point
Clamp Cylinder Advance Decompression Retreat
Pressurisation
Solenoid Operated Sol.a Sol.b
Directional Valve Centre Position
1 ON ON
Solenoid Operated Sol.b Sol.a Sol.b
Directional Valve
2 ON ON ON

MODULAR VALVES
MSW-01- X -50
Y DIMENSIONS IN
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 65(2.56)

4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(1.59)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
Flow Adj. Dial
8
0.75(.03)
(for B-Line)
INC.
P
47(1.85)
8 9 0
1 2
32 Dia.
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.26)
A
32.5
31
8 9 0
1 2
B
T
Fully Extended
83.8 (3.30)
Flow Adj. Dial

(for A-Line) INC.
1 2 3 4 5
5 6 7 8 9
(1.57)
40
LOCK
MSW-01-X ------------ 22 (.87) Locking Screw

F
MSW-01-Y ------------ 18 (.71) 2 (.08) Hex. Soc.

MSW-01- XY -50
YX
5 6 7 8 9
8 9 0 1 2
(1.57)
40
MSW-01-XY --------- 22 (.87)

MSW-01-XY --------- 18 (.71)
MSW-01-YX --------- 18 (.71)
MSW-01-YX --------- 22 (.87)
For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-01- X " drawing above.

Y
MSA-01- X -50 MSB-01- X -50

Y Y
Fully Extended 168.5 (6.63) Fully Extended 168.5 (6.63)
Fully Extended 41.8

83.8 (3.30) (1.65)
P P
1 2
8 9 0
B A B A
8 9 0
1 2
T T
For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-01" drawing above.

Spare Parts List
MSA-01- X -50
Y
1 15 7 6 14 13 2 5 3 11 4
10
9 16
MSB-01- X -50
Y
MSW-01-**-50

MSA,MSB MSW MSA-01
KS-MSA-01-30
13 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1 2 MSB-01
14 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 2 MSW-01 KS-MSW-01-30
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from
the table right.

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MCP-01-*-30
31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MCT-01-*-30

F- MCP -01 -0 -30 *
Cracking
Valve Pressure Design Design
MPa (PSI)
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate MCP : Check Valve
for P-Line 0 : 0.035 (5)
Ester Type 01 2 : 0.2 (29) 30 Refer to
Fluids MCT : Check Valve 4 : 0.4 (58)
(Omit if not for T-Line Graphic Symbols
required)
P T B A P T B A
F
MCP-01 MCT-01
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), MCP-01-
Specific Gravity 0.850 MCT *-30 65(2.56)
40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75

Pressure Drop for Free Flow P
47(1.85)
(1.22)
(1.28)
PSI MPa
32.5
B A
31
1.3 MC*-01-4
180
1.2 P' (T) T
160
140 1.0 36
P
MC*-01-2
P (T') (1.42)
120 90(3.54)
Pressure Drop
0.8 5.5(.22) Dia. Through 4 Places

100 MC*-01-0
0.6
80
(1.57)
60 0.4
40
40
0.2
20
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min DIMENSIONS IN Approx. Mass...... 1.1 kg (2.4 lbs.)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
MCP-01- -30
MCT *
7 1 2 4 10 5 8
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
P
A-Line
70 0.5
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 B-Line
40 T-Line:
0.2 MCP-01
20 P-Line:
0 MCT-01
List of Seals
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 1 Kit No.: KS-MCP-01-30
Flow Rate

Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MAC-01-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)

F- MAC -01 -30 *
Valve Design Design
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Ester Type Fluids 01 30 Refer to
Valve
Graphic Symbol
P T B A
Presure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),
MAC-01-30
65(2.56)
4 Places 40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
Pressure Drop
8
(.03)
(1.59)
0.75
PSI MPa
0.5 P
70
(1.22)
(1.85)
(1.28)
T-Line B A
32.5
31
47
60 0.4
P
50
T
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
18.5
30 0.2 A&B-Line 80(3.15) (.73)
20
0.1
10
0 P-Line
(1.57)
0
40
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass...... 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)
MAC-01-30
2 8 5 3 1 4 7
List of Seals
8 O-Ring SO-NB-P18 2 Kit No.: KS-MAC-01-30

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Max. Operating
Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Standard MP*-01-*-40
Low Pilot Pressure 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
MP*-01-*-4001
Control Type

F- MPA -01 -2 -40 *
Cracking
MPa (PSI)
Graphic Symbols
MPA : Pilot Operated 40
F: Check Valve (Standard)
for Phosphate MPB : Pilot Operated 2 : 0.2 (29) 4001
Ester Type Check Valve 01 (Low Pilot Refer to
Fluids
(Omit if not
for B-Line
MPW : Pilot Operated
Check Valve
4 : 0.4 (58) Pressure
Control
P T
MPA-01
B A
F
required) Type)
for A&B-Lines
N. American Design Standard P T B A
MPB-01

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),
P T B A
Pressure Drop for Free Flow MPW-01
PSI MPa
140 1.0
120
0.8 Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow
100 MP*-01-4
P
PSI MPa
0.6
Pressure Drop
0.6
80 80
P
60 0.4 60 0.4
Pressure Drop
MP*-01-2
40 40
0.2 0.2
20 20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 10 20 30 35 L /min
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
Pressure Drop Min. Pilot Pressure

PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.6 1750
Min. pilot Pressure (PP)
80 12
1500 PP P1
P
40
60 9 -4-
0.4 -01
Pressure Drop
-40
1000 P2 MP * -01-2
40 6
MP *
0.2 1
A-Line: MPB-01 500 1-4-400
20 B-Line: MPA-01 3 M *-0
P
-4 0 0 1
P,T-Line 1-2
0 0 MP *-0
0 0
0 10 20 30 35 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM 0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI


MPA-01-*-40/4001 DIMENSIONS IN
MPB-01-*-40/4001 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
65(2.56)
MPW-01-*-40/4001
40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
(.31)
1.8
8
(1.59)
(.03)
0.75
P
(1.28)
(1.22)
(1.85)
32.5 B A
31
47
T
45.5
5.5(.22) Dia. Through (1.79)
4 Places 134(5.28)
(1.57)
40
Spare Parts List
MPW-01-*-40
1 6 11 7 2 9 12 8 6 7 3 2 9 12
MPA-01-*-40 Low Pilot Pressure Control Type

(MPW-01-*-4001)
1 4
MPB-01-*-40
4 1
List of Seals

MODULAR VALVES
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surface or for
closing unnecessary circuits.
Bypass plates are used for unidirectional circuits that require
no solenoid operated directional valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
MDC-01-*-30 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)
Graphic Symbols
P T B A
Model Number Designation MDC-01-A
F- MDC -01 -A -30 *
Plate
Size
Type of Plate
Design
Number
Design
Standard
P T B A
F
F: MDC-01-B
Special Seals
for Phosphate A : Blocking
Ester Type Plate
MDC : End Plate 01 30 Refer to
Fluids B: Bypass
(Omit if not Plate
required)

Typical Performance Characteristics MDC-01-*-30

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), 65(2.56)
40.5 11(.43)
(.07)
1.8
(.31)
(1.59)
8
(.03)
0.75
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa P
0.6
47(1.85)
(1.22)
(1.28)
80
32.5
B A
P
31
60
Pressure Drop
0.4
T
40 P B Line
0.2 A T Line 5.5(.22) Dia. Through
20 9.5(.37) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
(1.57)
(1.50)
40
38
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Approx. Mass......... 1 kg (2.2 lbs.)

Connecting Plate
These plates are used for detecting pressure of each line.
Specifications
Model Numbers
MDS-01-*-30/3090 31.5 (4570) 35 (9.25)

F- MDS -01 -PA -30 *
Special Seals Series Number Plate Size Type of Detecting Line Design Number Design Standard
F: Special Seals for Phosphate PA : P&A-Lines

Ester Type Fluids MDS : Connecting Plate 01 PB : P&B-Lines 30 Refer to
(Omit if not required) AT : A&T-Lines
90 ............... N. American Design Standard Graphic Symbols
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), P T B A
Specific Gravity 0.850 MDS-01-PA
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa
Pressure Drop
0.1 P T B A
10
5 P, A, B, T-Line MDS-01-PB
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 L /min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 U.S.GPM P T B A
Flow Rate MDS-01-AT
MDS-01-*-30/3090
5.5(.22) Dia. Through 65(2.56)

4 Places
(.07)
40.5 11(.43)
1.8
(.31)
Pressure Detecting Line

8
(1.59) Model Numbers

(.03)
0.75
Port "X" Port "Y"

P MDS-01-PA P-Line A-Line
(.61)
15.5
47(1.85)
MDS-01-PB B-Line P-Line

(1.22)
(1.28)
B A
32.5
31
MDS-01-AT T-Line A-Line
T
Port "Y" Model Numbers Thread Size "C" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Port "X"
"C" Thd. MDS-01-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
40(1.57)
MDS-01-*-3090 1/4 NPT

(.79)
20
O-Ring for Port DIMENSIONS IN

(SO-NB-P9: 4 Pcs.) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Approx. Mass......... 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)

MODULAR VALVES

Specifications

MMC -01 -6 -40 *
Series Number Plate Size Number of Stations Design Number Design Standard
1 : 1 Station 6 : 6 Stations
2 : 2 Stations 7 : 7 Stations None : Japanese Standard "JIS"
MMC : Base Plate 01 3 : 3 Stations 8 : 8 Stations 40 80 : European Design Standard
4 : 4 Stations 9 : 9 Stations 90 : N.American Design Standard
5 : 5 Stations 10: 10 Stations
Pressure Drop Graphic Symbols

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU),Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI
40
MPa
0.3
T' T
(P)
T
P
(T)
F
P
P' T' B' A'
30 P P B A
Pressure Drop
0.2 T T B
B A B' MMC-01-1
20
0.1 P' A' A
10 P
0 (P) P
0 T (T)
0 10 20 30 35 L /min

B A B A
0 2 4 6 8 9 U.S.GPM MMC-01-2-10
Flow Rate
Instructions Min. Pitch

32.5 50
Port Used: Base plate has three (two, in case of (1.28) (1.97)
1 station type) pressure port "P"s and four tank 32.5
(1.28)
port "T"s. Any one of these ports or two or more 0.75 0.75 Max. 7(.28) Dia.
(.03) (.03) 4 Places
ports may be used. However, please note that
the ports marked with (P) or (T) in the drawing are
normally plugged. Remove the plugs when using B
such ports. Make sure that ports that are not
(2.56)
(1.59)
65
T P
40.5
currently used are properly plugged.

(1.19)
30.2
21.5
(.85)
(.50)
12.7
A
Interface Mounting Surface Dimensions for
1/8 Modular Valve
(.43)
5.2(.20)
11
31
When standard base plates (MMC-01) are not used, (1.22)
15.5(.61)
"C" Thd. "E" Deep
the mounting surface described on right must be 25.8(1.02) 4 Places
prepared. The mounting surface should have a good
31(1.22) 8(.31)
machined finish.
47(1.85)
Design Std. "C" Thd. E

Japanese Standard "JIS" and M5 10 (.39)
European Design Standard DIMENSIONS IN
N.American Design Standard No. 10-24 UNC 12 (.47)

MMC-01-1-40/4090 87(3.43)
DIMENSIONS IN
Tank Port (T) 67(2.64) 10(.39) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"C" Thd. 32.5 "E" Thd. "F" Deep
(1.28) 0.75(.03) 4 Places
Port Holes 6.5(.26) Dia.
8.8(.35) Dia. Through 4 Places
14(.55) C'Bore
72(2.83)
B
2 Places
(1.59)
46(1.81)
40.5
P
(1.42)
T
36
A
The two tank ports (T) are not machined
for 4090 design.
(.49)
12.5
31 28
(1.22) (1.10)
62(2.44)
53(2.09) 45 53(2.09)
Cylinder Port "A"
18(.71) "C" Thd. (1.77) 27(1.06) 18(.71)
21(.83)
72(2.83)
62(2.44)
(P)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
18(.71)
T (T)
B
(1.42)
36
21(.83)
21(.83)
Pressure Port "P"

Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "B" Tank Port (T) "C" Thd.
"C" Thd. "C" Thd. "C" Thd.
MMC-01-*-40/4090
Number of Station
(2-10 Stations)
L1
10 L2 Threaded Holes 4 Places
(.39) 32.5(1.28) Each Station
Port Holes 4 Places
72(2.83)
B B B B B 14(.55) C'Bore
(1.59)
36(1.42)
40.5
T P T P T P T P T 2 Places
P
A A A A A
31(1.22)
(.49)
12.5
Pitch Pressure Port "P"

28 50 "C" Thd.
(1.10) (1.97) 53(2.09)
Pitch
42 50 18(.71)
(1.65) (1.97)
A A A A (P) A
72(2.83)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
P
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
(1.69)
(T)
21(.83)
43
B B B B B
27(1.06)
21(.83)
Pressure Port (P) 46

Cylinder Port "B" "C" Thd. Tank Port (T) (1.81)
"C" Thd. 62(2.44)
"C" Thd.
Each Station Tank Port (T) 69(2.72)
Cylinder Port "A" "D" Thd.
"C" Thd.
Each Station
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-01-1.
Dimensions
Thread Size
Model Numbers mm (Inches)
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F
MMC-01-*-40 Rc 3/8 Rc 1/2 M5 10 (.39)
MMC-01-*-4090 3/8 NPT 1/2 NPT No.10-24 UNC 12 (.47)
Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass

L1 L2 kg (lbs.) L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
MMC-01-2 137 ( 5.39) 117 ( 4.61) 5.5 ( 12.1) MMC-01-7 387 (15.24) 367 (14.45) 13.0 ( 28.7)
MMC-01-3 187 ( 7.36) 167 ( 6.57) 7.0 ( 15.4) MMC-01-8 437 (17.20) 417 (16.42) 14.5 ( 32.0)
MMC-01-4 237 ( 9.33) 217 ( 8.54) 8.5 ( 18.7) MMC-01-9 487 (19.17) 467 (18.39) 16.0 ( 35.3)
MMC-01-5 287 (11.30) 267 (10.51) 10.0 ( 22.1) MMC-01-10 537 (21.14) 517 (20.35) 17.5 ( 38.6)
MMC-01-6 337 (13.27) 317 (12.48) 11.5 ( 25.4)

MODULAR VALVES
MMC-01-1-4080 102.6(4.04) DIMENSIONS IN

87(3.43) 7.8(.31)
67(2.64) 10(.39)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through M5 Thd. 10(.39) Deep
32.5 4 Places Detail of Pipe Plug
14(.55) C'Bore
(1.28) 0.75(.03)
2 Places Port Holes 6.5(.26) Dia. Bonded Seal
4 Places Part No.SG-FB-3/8
72(2.83)
B Pipe Plug
(1.59)
40.5
P
Part No.900-V33905
(1.42)
T
36
A
31 28
(.49)
12.5
(1.22) (1.10)
53(2.09) 45 53(2.09)
Cylinder Port "A"
18(.71) 3/8 BSP.F Thd. (1.77) 18(.71)
A Pressure Port "P"

3/8 BSP.F Thd.
72(2.83)
62(2.44)
(P)
54(2.13)
36(1.42)
18(.71)
T (T)
B
(1.42)
36
21(.83)
21(.83)
Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "B" Pipe Plug

3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 2 Places
Approx. Mass : 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.) F

MMC-01-*-4080
Number of Station
(2-10 Stations)
7.8(.31) L1 7.8(.31)
10 L2 Threaded Holes 4 Places
(.39) 32.5(1.28) Each Station
Port Holes 4 Places

14(.55) C'Bore
72(2.83)
B B B B B
(1.59)
2 Places
36(1.42)
40.5
T P T P T P T P T
P
A A A A A
31(1.22)
(.49)
12.5
Pressure Port "P"

Pitch
28 50 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
(1.10) (1.97) 53(2.09)
Pitch
42 50 18(.71)
(1.65) (1.97)
A A A A (P) A
72(2.83)
62(2.44)
54(2.13)
P
36(1.42)
(T)
18(.71)
(1.69)
(T)
21(.83)
43
B B B B B
21(.83)
27(1.06) 7.8(.31)
Cylinder Port "B" Pressure Port (P) Tank Port (T)
3/8 BSP.F Thd. 3/8 BSP.F Thd. 69(2.72) 3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
Cylinder Port "A"
3/8 BSP.F Thd.
Each Station
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-01-1.
Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass

L1 L2 kg (lbs.) L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
MMC-01-2 137 ( 5.39) 117 ( 4.61) 5.5 ( 12.1) MMC-01-7 387 (15.24) 367 (14.45) 13.0 ( 28.7)
MMC-01-3 187 ( 7.36) 167 ( 6.57) 7.0 ( 15.4) MMC-01-8 437 (17.20) 417 (16.42) 14.5 ( 32.0)
MMC-01-4 237 ( 9.33) 217 ( 8.54) 8.5 ( 18.7) MMC-01-9 487 (19.17) 467 (18.39) 16.0 ( 35.3)
MMC-01-5 287 (11.30) 267 (10.51) 10.0 ( 22.1) MMC-01-10 537 (21.14) 517 (20.35) 17.5 ( 38.6)
MMC-01-6 337 (13.27) 317 (12.48) 11.5 ( 25.4)

Mounting Bolt Kits
Valves are mounted with four stud bolts. Valve combination
varies according to the circuit type. Hence, the mounting bolt
kits are available on a combination type basis.
When ordering the bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit model
Model Number Designation Bolt Kit Composition

Stud Bolt ------ 4 Pcs.
1 Set
MBK -01 -02 -30 * Nut ------------- 4 Pcs.
Size of Design Design Note: In case of bolt kit model number
Series Number Bolt Number having "05", four hexagon socket
Modular Valve Number Standard
head cap screws only.
01, 02, 03, 04, 05
MBK : Bolt Kits 01 (Refer to the 30 Refer to Tightening Torque:
for Modular Valves following chart)
Operating Pressure Tightening Torque
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard MPa (PSI) Nm (in. lbs.)
90 ............... N. American Design Standard 25(3630) or less 5 - 6 (44 - 53)
More Than 25(3630) 6 - 7 (53 - 62)
Bolt Kits Selection Chart
Quantity of valves to be stacked Nut Mounting
Solenoid Approx. Stud Bolt Bolt Kit
Modular
Model Numbers Operated Mass
End Plate Valve & Solenoid Operated
Directional
(MDC-01) Connecting g (lbs.)
Valve Directional Valve
Plate SOL a SOL b
(*-DSG-01)
1 0
MBK-01-01-30* 1 60(.13)
0 1
1 0 01 Series
MBK-01-02-30* 2 100(.22)
0 1 Modular
1 0 Valves
MBK-01-03-30* 3 130(.29)
0 1
1 1 0
MBK-01-04-30* 4 160(.35) Base Plate
0 1
2
1 0
MBK-01-05-30* 0 40(.09)
0 1
1. In case of MBK-01-04-30*, operating pressure is restricted at 25 MPa
(3630 PSI) or less.
Stacking Example
2. The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
MBK-01-01/02/03/04-30/3090 MBK-01-05-30/3090
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd. MBK-01-05-30: 4(.16)
Both Ends MBK-01-05-3090: 3.97(5/32)
MBK-01-05-30: M5 45 Lg.
9 9 MBK-01-05-3090: No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
(.35) (.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B" Thd.
8.5 Dia.
MBK-01-01-30 94 (3.70 )
(.33)
MBK-01-02-30 134 (5.28 )

M5
MBK-01-03-30 174 (6.85 )
4 MBK-01-04-30 214 (8.43 )
9
(.16) MBK-01-01-3090 94 (3.70 )
(.35)
15 MBK-01-02-3090 134 (5.28 )
(.59)
No.10-24 UNC
MBK-01-03-3090 174 (6.85 )
MBK-01-04-3090 214 (8.43 )

MODULAR VALVES
3/8 Modular Valves

Class
Class
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(S-)DSG-03-***-*-50/5090 361 P T B A
E-DSG-03-***-D*-50/5090 378 Temperature Compensated
T-DSG-03-***-D24*-50/5090 379 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 595
G-DSG-03-***-*-50/5090 P T B A 412 MSTW-03-X-20
Releif Valves Throttle Valves
MBP-03-*-30 MSP-03-30
Releif Valves Check and Throttle Valves
(for "A-Line") 578 (for "P-Line") 600
MBA-03-*-30 MSCP-03-20
Flow Control Valves

(for "B-Line") 578 (for "A-Line", Metre-out) 602
MBB-03-*-30 MSA-03-X-40
(for "A&B-Lines") 578 (for "A-Line", Metre-in) 602
MBW-03-*-30 MSA-03-Y-40
(for "P-Line") 581 (for "B-Line", Metre-out) 602
MRP-03-*-30/3090 MSB-03-X-40

(for "A-Line") 581 (for "B-Line", Metre-in) 602
MRA-03-*-30/3090 MSB-03-Y-40
(for "B-Line") 581 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 602
MRB-03-*-30/3090 MSW-03-X-40
Reducing Valves for Low Pressure Setting Throttle and Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 584 (for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 602
MRLP-03-10/1090 MSW-03-Y-40
Reducing Valves for Low Pressure Setting Check Valves
(for "A-Line") 584 (for "P-Line") 605
MRLA-03-10/1090 MCP-03-*-10
Reducing Valves for Low Pressure Setting Check Valves
(for "B-Line") 584 (for "A-Line") 605
MRLB-03-10/1090 MCA-03-*-20
Sequence Valves Check Valves
(for "P-Line") 588 (for "B-Line") 605
MHP-03-*-20 MCB-03-*-20
Counterbalance Valves Check Valves

(for "A-Line") 588 (for "T-Line") 605
MHA-03-*-20 MCT-03-*-10
Counterbalance Valves Check Valves
(for "B-Line") 588 (for "P&T-Lines") 607
MHB-03-*-20 MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
Flow Control Valves Anti-Cavitation Valves
(for "P-Line") 591 609
MAC-03-10
MFP-03-11
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 591 (for "A-Line") 610
MFA-03-X-11 MPA-03-*-20/2001
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 591 (for "B-Line") 610
MFA-03-Y-11 MPB-03-*-20/2001
Flow Control Valves
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 591 (for "A&B-Lines") 610

MFB-03-X-11 MPW-03-*-20/2001
Modular Plates and Mounting Bolts
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 591 (Blocking Plates) 613

MFB-03-Y-11 MDC-03-A-10
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 591 (Bypass Plates) 613
MFW-03-X-11 MDC-03-B-10
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 591 614
MFW-03-Y-11 MDS-03-10/1090
Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valves Base Plates
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 595 MMC-03-T-*-21/2180/2190 615
MSTA-03-X-20
Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valves Bolt Kits
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 595 MBK-03-*-10/1090 618
MSTB-03-X-20

Specifications
Model Numbers
MBP-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
31.5 (4570) 70 (18.5)
MBB-03-*-30
MBW-03-*-30

F- MBA -03 -B -30 *
Pres. Adj. Range
MPa (PSI)
F: MBP : Relief Valve for P-Line
Special Seals for B: * -7 1
MBA : Relief Valve for A-Line (*-1020)
Phosphate Ester 03 30 Refer to 2
Type Fluids (Omit MBB : Relief Valve for B-Line H: 3.5-31.5
MBW : Relief Valve for A&B-Lines (510-4570)
if not required)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked *.
Instructions Model Graphic Detailed Graphic

The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value Numbers Symbols Symbols
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of
the next page. This back pressure should include MBP-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
modular valve.
MBA-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise or
anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn the
screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut MBB-03
firmly after making adjustment to the pressure.
P T B A TA A P B TB
MBW-03
page and use the valve within a range as shown P T B A TA A P B TB
with .

MODULAR VALVES

PSI MPa Min. Adjustment Pressure
4500
Min. Adjiustment Pressure

31
4400 PSI MPa
4300 30
4200 29 160 1.2
3600 25.0 120
3550 24.5 0.8
3500 80
24.0 0.4
3000 21.0 40
2950 20.5 0
2900
0
20.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Pressure
2000 14.0
1950 13.5
1900 13.0
1000 7.0 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
950 6.5 Flow Rate
900 6.0
500 3.5
450 3.0
400 2.5
140 1.0
100 0.7
60 0.4
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
F
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa

70 0.5
60 T-Line: MBP/MBA/
0.4 MBW-03
P
50 A-Line: MBP-03
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
Min. Flow vs. Adjustment Pressure 20 B-Line: MBP-03
0.1 T-Line: MBB-03
10
U.S.GPM L /min P-Line: MBP-03
6 0 P,A&B-Line: MBA/MBB/
1.5 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 MBW-03
Min. Flow
1.0 4 L /min
.5 2 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5

0 Flow Rate U.S.GPM
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

3500
Pressure

MBW-03-*-30 DIMENSIONS IN MBP-03-*-30
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) MBA-03-*-30
7(.28) Dia. Through
Lock Nut 4 Places
14(.55) Hex. 106(4.17) Fully Extended
12(.47)
25(.98)
134(5.28)
26 54
(1.02) (2.13) P
A B
P
TA TB
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B
46
70
TA TB
1.8(.07)
Fully Extended
133(5.24)
For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"
Fully Extended 320(12.60) drawing left.
Pressure Adj. Screw Pressure Adj. Screw

(for A-Line) (for B-Line)
MBB-03-*-30
14(.55) Hex. INC. 14(.55)Hex. INC.
26(1.02)
55(2.17)
P
A B
(1.08)
27.5
TA TB
Approx. Mass............ 3.8 kg (8.4 lbs.) For other dimensions, refer to "MBW-03"
drawing left.
Spare Parts List

MBP-03-*-30 MBB-03-*-30
MBA-03-*-30
12 11 2 16 3 19 18 8 7 17 9 1 13
6 4 5 15
MBW-03-*-30

Name Part Quantity Valve Model Numbers Seal kit Numbers
Item
of Parts Numbers MBP-03 MBA-03 MBB-03 MBW-03 MBP-03
15 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 5 5 5 MBA-03 KS-MBP-03-30
16 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1 1 2 MBB-03
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 1 1 1 2 MBW-03 KS-MBW-03-30
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P26 1 1 1 2
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table
right.

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MRP-03-*-30/3090
MRA-03-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MRB-03-*-30/3090
In pressure adjustment range "H", if the pressure in the primary side is

set above 20 MPa (2900 PSI) and the pressure in the secondary side is
set below 10 MPa (1450 PSI), the maximum flow is limited to 50 L/min
(13.2 U.S.GPM).

F- MRP -03 -B -30 *
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Design Standard
MPa (PSI) Number
F:
Special Seals for MRP : Reducing Valve for P-Line
B: 1-7 (145-1020)
F
Phosphate Ester MRA : Reducing Valve for A-Line 03 30 Refer to
Type Fluids (Omit H: 3.5-24.5 (510-3550)
MRB : Reducing Valve for B-Line
if not required)

Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the lower Model Graphic Detailed Graphic
limit of either pressure adjustment range (B, H) plus Numbers Symbols Symbols
the tank line back pressure of the next page. This
back pressure should include the value of the T-line MRP-03
pressure drop characteristics of the values stacked to P T B A TA A P B TB
the base plate side of the modular valve.
and turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise MRA-03
P T B A
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn TA A P B TB

MRB-03
P T B A TA A P B TB

Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.3
40 A&B-Line
P
Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)

30 PSI MPa
0.2
Pressure Drop
3600 25
20
0.1 3400 24
10 T-Line
23
0 19
0 2700
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
18
2500
17
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM 1900 13
Secondary Pressure
Flow Rate
1700 12
11
1000 7
Pilot Flow 6
cu.in./min cm3/min 800
50 800 5
600
4
40
600 400 3
Pilot Flow
30 200 2
140 1.0
400
20 0.8
100
0.6
200
10 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI
Differential Pressure Pressure Adj. Range
(Primary pressure - Secondary pressure) : "B"
: "H"

PSI MPa
70 0.5
60 0.4
P
50
Pressure Drop
0.3
40
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 4 8 12 16 18 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MRP-03-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MRB-03-*-30/3090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
7(.28) Dia. Through
Lock Nut 92(3.62)
4 Places
14(.55) Hex. 19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
Thread Size
14(.55) P Model Numbers
A B
"C" Thd.
(1.81)
(2.76)
46
70
TA TB MB*-01-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MB*-01-*-3090 1/4 NPT
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
Pressure Adj. Screw 131(5.16)
14(.55) Hex. Fully Extended 232.5(9.15)
INC.
"C" Thd.
(2.17)
55
(1.08)
27.5
MRA-03-*-30/3090

47.5
(1.87)
F
"C" Thd.
P
A B
TA TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MRP-03" drawing above.

Spare Parts List
MRP-03-*-30/3090 MRB-03-*-30/3090
11 10 3 5 15 18 16 12 4 1 2 19 9 17 13
6 7 14
List of Seals
MRA-03-*-30/3090
KS-MRP-03-30

Reducing Modular Valves For Low Pressure Setting
Specifications
Max.
Operating Pres. Adj. Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure Range L/min
MPa (PSI) MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM)
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090 7 (1020) 0.2-6.5 (29-940) 50 (13.2)
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
When pressure setting is less than 0.8 MPa (116 PSI), maximum flow
decreases. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure vs. Max. Flow" on the next page for
the appropriate range.

F- MRLP -03 -10 *
MRLP : Low Pressure Setting Type

F: Reducing Valve for P-Line
Special Seals for Phosphate Ester MRLA : Low Pressure Setting Type
03 10 Refer to
Type Fluids Reducing Valve for A-Line
(Omit if not required) MRLB : Low Pressure Setting Type
Reducing Valve for B-Line
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS"

Instructions Model Graphic Detailed Graphic

If there is a pressure in drain line, it is added to the Numbers Symbols Symbols
secondary setting pressure. Hence, drain line must
V
be connected to tank directly with a low back V
DR
pressure close to atmospheric pressure. MRLP-03 DR
P T B A TA A P B TB
and turn the pressure adjustment handle clockwise V V
DR
or anti-clockwise. For an increase of pressure, turn MRLA-03 DR
the handle clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock P T B A TA A P B TB

V V
DR
MRLB-03 DR
P T B A TA A P B TB

MODULAR VALVES

PSI MPa
70 0.5
P 60 0.4
50
0.3
Pressure Drop
40
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate
F
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
0.2
P
25
Pressure Drop
20 A&B-Line

0.1
10
0 T-Line
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

PSI MPa
140 1.0
Min. Adjustment Pres.
120
0.8
80 0.6
0.4
40
0.2
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L /min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
(.24) Design
1080
Only
7(.28) Dia. Through
Vent Port "V" 4 Places
92(3.62)
"D" Thd.
6
19 54
(.47)
Lock Nut
12
14(.55) Hex. (.75) (2.13)
45 Dia.
(1.77)
70(2.76)
A B
(1.85)
(1.81)
47
46
(.55)
TA TB
14 Drain Port "DR"

"C" Thd. 53
(.07)
1.8
(2.09)
Fully Extended
151.5(5.96)

"E" Thd.
INC.
(2.17)
55
(1.08)
27.5
Thread Size
Model Numbers
MRL*-03-10 Rc 1/4 Rc 1/8 Rc 1/4
MRL*-03-1080 1/4 BSP.F 1/8 BSP.F 1/4 BSP.Tr
MRL*-03-1090 1/4 NPT 1/8 NPT 1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090

54 108 Vent Port "V"
(2.13) (4.25) "D" Thd.
"E" Thd. P
A B
TA TB
Drain Port "DR"

"C" Thd.

For other dimensions, refer to "MRLP-03" drawing above.

MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
MRLP-03-10/1080/1090
MRLB-03-10/1080/1090
22 25
For Design 1080

P
A B
TA TB
23 20 21
13 12 11 6 15 2 10 9 8 19 7 4 5 1 16 18 3
F
17 14
MRLA-03-10/1080/1090

3 18 16 1 5 4 7 19 8 9 10 2 15 6 11 12 13
14 17
List of Seals
17 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P22 1 Kit No.:KS-MRLP-03-10
25 Bonded Seal SG-FB-1/8 1
Note: No bonded seal are included in seal kits.

Sequence Modular Valves/Counterbalance Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating Max. Flow Max. Free Flow
Model Numbers Pressure L/min L/min
MPa (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MHP-03-*-20
MHA-03-*-20 25 (3630) 50 (13.2)
70 (18.5)
MHB-03-*-20
MHP-03
MHA/MHB-03

F- MHA -03 -C -20 *
MPa (PSI) Number
F: MHP : Sequence Valve for P-Line 20

Special Seals for N: *-1.8 (*-260) 1
Phosphate Ester A : 1.8-3.5 (260-510)
03 Refer to 2
MHA : Counterbalance Valve for A-Line B : 3.5-7 (510-1020)
Type Fluids (Omit 20
if not required) MHB : Counterbalance Valve for B-Line C : 7-14 (1020-2030)
1. See the "Minimum Adjustment Pressure" of the next page for the item marked *.
Instructions
The minimum adjustment pressure equals the value Model Graphic Detailed Graphic
obtained from the minimum adjustment pressure Numbers Symbols Symbols
characteristics plus the tank line back pressure of
the next page. This back pressure should include MHP-03
the value of the T-line pressure drop characteristics P T B A TA A P B TB
modular valve.
MHA-03
To make pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut P T B A TA A P B TB
the screw clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock MHB-03
nut firmly after making adjustment to the pressure. P T B A TA A P B TB

MODULAR VALVES

PSI MPa MHA/MHB-03
Min. Adjustment Pressure 0.4
MPa
PSI MHP/MHA/MHB-03 50
P
0.8 0.3
100 40
Pressure Drop
80 0.6
30 0.2
60 0.4 20
40 0.1
0.2 10
20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop

Pressure Drop PSI MPa MHA/MHB-03
PSI MPa 0.20
MHP-03 25
0.2 A-Line: MHB-03
P
P
25 B-Line: MHA-03
20
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
20
15 0.10
0.1 T-Line: MHA-03
10 A,B-Line
10 P-Line
5 T-Line: MHB-03
0 T-Line 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate 0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate

MHP-03-*-20 7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62) 4 Places
Lock Nut 19(.75) 54
(.47)
12
14(.55) Hex. (2.13)
P
(.55)
70(2.76)
14
A
(1.81)
B
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
Pressure Adj. Screw
(.07)
134(5.28)
1.8
14(.55) Hex. INC.
55(2.17)
(1.08)
27.5 Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
MHA-03-*-20 MHA-03-*-20
Fully Extended 228(8.98) Fully Extended 228(8.98)

Fully Extended 40
134(5.28) (1.57)
P P
(.67)
(.67)
17
17
A B A B
TA TB TA TB
For other dimensions, refer to "MHP-03" drwaing above.
Spare Parts List

MHP-03-*-20
12 14 6 16 5 3 7 18 15 2 1 8 13 17 9 4 10 List of Seals
MHP-03, MHA-03
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P29 1 Kit No.:KS-MHP-03-20
MHA-03-*-20
13 19 7 16 6 3 8 18 2 1 15 12 14 9 10 17 5 4
MHB-03-*-20
4 5 17 10 9 14 12 15 1 2 18 8 3 6 16 7 19 13
MHB-03
17 O-Ring SO-NB-P29 1 Kit No.:KS-MHB-03-20

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure and Temperature Compensated

Flow Control (and Check) Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Operating
Pressure Max. Metred Flow Max. Free Flow
Model Numbers
MPa (PSI) L/min (U.S.GPM) L/min (U.S.GPM)
MFP-03-11
MFA-03-*-11 16 (2320) 50 (13.2)
MFB-03-*-11 70 (18.5)
MFW-03-*-11

F- MFA -03 -X -11 *
Direction Design Design
F:
Special Seals for
MFP : Flow Control Valve for P-Line
of Flow Number
11
Standard
F
Phosphate Ester MFA : Flow Control and Check Valve for A-Line 03 Refer to
X : Metre-out
Type Fluids (Omit MFB : Flow Control and Check Valve for B-Line 11
Y : Metre-in
if not required) MFW : Flow Control and Check Valve for A&B-Lines

Instructions
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment dial
clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease of
flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten
the locking screw firmly after the adjustment of
the flow rate.
Graphic Detailed Graphic

Model No.
Symbols Symbols
MFP-03 Graphic Detailed Graphic

P T B A TA A P B TB Model No. Symbols Symbols
Model No. Metre-out Metre-in
MFA-03-X MFA-03-Y
P T B A TA A P B TB P T B A TA A P B TB
MFB-03-X MFB-03-Y
MFW-03-X MFW-03-Y


Min. Required Pressure Difference PSI MPa
PSI MPa 140 1.0
160 1.2 120
P
0.8
MFP-03
A
Pressure Drop
120 0.8 MF B -03 80 0.6
W
80 0.4
0.4 40
40 0.2
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 L/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 1213 U.S.GPM 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate

U.S.GPM L/min
50 Pressure Drop
125 PSI MPa
0.4
40
P
100 50
Flow Rate
0.3 B-Line: MFA-03

40
Pressure Drop
75 30 A-Line: MFB-03
20 30 0.2 A
50 T-Line: MF B -03
20
25 10 0.1 A&B-Line: MFP-03
10
0 0 T-Line: MFB-03 , P-Line
0 0
0 1 2 3
5 4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
(Fully Open)
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Min. Metred Flow
cu.in./min cm3/min Metred Flow vs. Differential Pressure
700
40 U.S.GPM L/min
600
13.8
Min. Metred Flow
52
30 500 13.4
13.0 50
400
20 300 12.6 48
5.50 21
Flow Rate
200
10
100 5.25 20
0 5.00 19
0
0 4 8 12 16 MPa 1.32 5.0
1.30
4.9
0 500 1000 1500 2000 1.28
4.8
2250 PSI
0 4 8 12 16 MPa
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity 0 1000 2000 PSI

U.S.GPM L/min Differential Pressure
13.2 50
13.0 49
12.8 48
Flow Rate
5.3 20.0
5.2 19.5
5.1
5.0 19.0
.13 0.50
.12 0.45
.11 0.40
0 40 80 120 160 mm2/s
0 200 400 600 700 SSU

Viscosity

MODULAR VALVES
MFP-03-11
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62) 4 Places
15(.59)
19(.75)
(.47)
54
12
(2.13)
8 9 0
70(2.76)
A
(1.81)
B
46
1 2
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
160(6.30)
1.8
32(1.26) Dia.
Flow Adj. Dial Fully Extended 233(9.17)
INC. 55(2.17)
1 2 3
33(1.30)
LOCK
4 5
Locking Screw
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
MFW-03- X -11
Y DIMENSIONS IN
F
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62)
4 Places
Flow Adj. Dial
(.47)
19(.75) 54
12
(for A-Line) INC.

(2.13)
P
(.84)
21.4
70(2.76)
46(1.81)
A B
TA TB

32(1.26) Dia.
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
153 (6.02) Flow Adj. Dial

Fully Extended 360(14.17) (for B-Line) INC.
55(2.17)
LOCK
MFW-03-X ------------ 33 (1.30)

Locking Screw
MFW-03-Y ------------ 22 (.87)
2(.08) Hex. Soc.
MFA-03-X -11 MFB-03- X -11

Y Y
Fully Extended 263(10.35) Fully Extended 263(10.35)
Fully Extended 56
153 (6.02) (2.20)
P P
A B A B
TA TB TA TB
For other dimensions, refer to "MFW-03" drawing above.

Spare Parts List
MFP-03-11
21 12 23 13 15 16 10 4 18 2 3 6 1 20
7 8 5 9 19 17
MFA-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10 4 18 2 3 6 17 1 14
21 7 8 9 5
MFB-03- X -11
Y
14 1 17 6 3 2 18 4 10 16 15 13 12 23
9 5 8 7 21
MFW-03- X -11
Y
23 12 13 15 16 10 4 18 2 3 6 17 1
21 7 8 9 5

MFP-03 MFA-03 MFB-03 MFW-03 MFP-03 KS-MFP-03-10
15 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P6 1 1 1 2 MFA-03
KS-MFA-03-10
16 O-Ring SO-NA-P6 1 1 1 2 MFB-03
17 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 5 5 5 MFW-03 KS-MFW-03-10
18 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 1 2 2 2

MODULAR VALVES
Temperature Compensated Throttle and Check Modular Valves
Specifications
Max. Max. Max. Min. Max.
Operating Differential Metred Metred Free
Model Numbers Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Flow
MPa MPa L/min L/min L/min
(PSI) (PSI) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM) (U.S.GPM)
MSTA-03-X-20
25 25 70 2 (.53) 70
MSTB-03-X-20
(3630) (3630) (18.5) {1 (.26)} (18.5)
MSTW-03-X-20
The figures in parentheses are the values when the differential pressure is less than
3.5 MPa (510 PSI).

F- MSTA -03 -X -20 *
Design Design
MSTA : Temperature Compensated

Valve Size Direction of Flow
Number Standard
F
F:
Throttle and Check Valve for A-Line
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester Type MSTB : Temperature Compensated 03 X : Metre-out 20 Refer to
Throttle and Check Valve for B-Line
Fluids
(Omit if not required) MSTW : Temperature Compensated
Throttle and Check Valve for A&B-Lines

Instructions Graphic Detailed Graphic
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking screw Symbols Symbols
Model No.
Metre-out
locking screw firmly after the adjustment of the MSTA-03-X
P T B A TA A P B TB
flow rate.
MSTB-03-X
P T B A TA A P B TB
MSTW-03-X
P T B A TA A P B TB

Pressure Drop
PSI MPa Metred Flow vs. Dial Position
30 0.20 B-Line:MSTA-03 P: Differential Pressure MPa(PSI)
A-Line:MSTB-03
25
P
P: 14(2030)
0.15
20
Pressure Drop
U.S.GPM L /min P: 25(3630)

15 0.10 P-Line 70
10 17.5
0.05 T-Line 60
5 15.0
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 50
12.5
40
Flow Rate
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 10.0
Flow Rate
30 P: 7(1020)
7.5
P: 5(730)
5.0 20
P: 2(290)
P: 1(145)
Pressure Drop for Free Flow 2.5 10
P: 0.5(70)
PSI MPa
0
70 0.5 0
Throttle Closed 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
60
P
0.4 Turn of Flow Adj. Dial (Fully Open)

50
Pressure Drop
40 0.3
30 0.2
20
0.1
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Metred Flow vs. Viscosity
U.S.GPM L/min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 18.8 71
Flow Rate 18.6
18.4 70
18.2 69
13.4 51
13.2 50
13.0 49
Flow Rate
5.6 21
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open 5.4
20
5.2
PSI MPa 5.0 19
1.2 .56
160 2.1
.54
2.0
P
140 1.0 .52

.50 1.9
Pressure Drop
120
0.8 1.1
100 .28
.26 1.0
80 0.6 .24 0.9
60 0.4
40 0 40 80 120 160
0.2 mm2/s
20
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 200 400 600 700
Viscosity SSU
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MODULAR VALVES
MSTW-03-X-20 DIMENSIONS IN MSTA-03-X-20

MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended 211(8.31)
Fully Extended
7(.28) Dia. Through 106(4.17)
Flow Adj. Dial
92(3.62) 4 Places P
(for A-Line)
A B
8 9 0
(.47)
19(.75) 54
12
INC. TA TB
1 2
(2.13)
P
(.84)
21.4
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
8 9 0
1 2
46
8 9 0
TA TB Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
1 2
32(1.26) Dia.
For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-03" drawing left.

Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
106(4.17) MSTB-03-X-20
Flow Adj. Dial Fully Extended 211(8.31)
(for B-Line)
51
(2.01)
INC.
P
55(2.17)
1 2 3
8 9
1 2
A
5 6 7
LOCK
(1.30)
8 9 0
4 5
TA TB
33
Locking Screw
2(.08)Hex.Soc. Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.)
Approx. Mass............ 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) For other dimensions, refer to "MSTW-03" drawing left.
F
Spare Parts List
MSTA-03-X-20 MSTB-03-X-20
10 11 8 9 5 4 3 2 7 1 6 6 1 7 2 3 4 5 9 8 11 10

12 13 15 14 14 15 13 12
MSTW-03-X-20

MSTA-03 MSTB-03 MSTW-03 MSTA-03
KS-MSTA-03-20
12 Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2 1 1 2 MSTB-03
13 O-Ring SO-NA-P7 1 1 2 MSTW-03 KS-MSTW-03-20
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 5 5

Throttle Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MSP-03-30 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than
1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F- MSP -03 -30 *
Valve Design Design
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester MSP : Throttle Valve Graphic Symbol
03 30 Refer to
for P-Line
Type Fluids (Omit
if not required)
and N. American Design Standard P T B A
Detailed Graphic Symbol

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 TA A P B TB

PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.2 140 1.0
25
P
120 0.8
P
20
Pressure Drop
A-Line 100
Pressure Drop
0.1 0.6
80
10
60 0.4
B&T-Line
0 40
0 0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 20
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5
Flow Rate U.S.GPM
U.S.GPM L /min P=25(3630)
70 Instructions
17.5 P=20(2900)
60 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
15.0 P=14(2030)
50 screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
P=10(1450) P=5(730)
Flow Rate
10.0 40
P=3(440)
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a decrease
30
P=2(290)
of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be sure to re-
5.0 20 tighten the locking screw firmly after the
P=1(145)
10 adjustment of the flow rate.
P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Turn of Flow Adj. Dial (Fully Open)

MODULAR VALVES
MSP-03-30
DIMENSIONS IN
7(.28) Dia. Through

92(3.62) 4 Places
(.47)
19 54
12
(.75) (2.13)
(.53)
13.5
8 9 0 12
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
107(4.21)
Flow Adj. Dial

INC.
F
32 Dia.
55 (2.17)
(1.26)
(1.30)
33
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.

Spare Parts List
MSP-03-30
6 7 4 5 8 9 11 3 2 1 10
List of Seals
8 Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2 1
10 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MSP-03-30

Check and Throttle Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MSCP-03-20 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
Maximum flow decreases when the differential pressure is less than
1 MPa (145 PSI).
See "Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open".

F- MSCP -03 -20 *
Valve Design Design
F:
Special Seals for MSCP : Graphic Symbol
Phosphate Ester Check and Throttle 03 20 Refer to
Type Fluids (Omit Valve for P-Line
if not required)
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS", European Design Standard P T B A
Detailed Graphic Symbol
Typical Performance Characteristics TA A P B TB

Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.2 0.8
25 100
P
20 80 0.6
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
A-Line
0.1 60 0.4
B-Line
10 40
T-Line 0.2
20
0 0
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate

P=20(2900) P=25(3630)
P=14(2030)
U.S.GPM L /min Instructions
17.5
70 To make flow rate adjustment, loosen locking
60 screw for the dial and turn the flow adjustment
15.0 P=10(1450)
50
dial clockwise or anti-clockwise. For a
P=5(730) decrease of flow, turn the dial clockwise. Be
Flow Rate
10.0 40
P=3(440) sure to re-tighten the locking screw firmly
30 after the adjustment of the flow rate.
P=2(290)
5.0 20
P=1(145)
10
P=0.5(70)
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Dial Position (Fully Open)

MODULAR VALVES
MSCP-03-20
DIMENSIONS IN
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62) 4 Places
(.47)
19 54
12
(.75) (2.13)
(.65)
16.5
8 9 0 12
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
Fully Extended
(.07)
1.8
109.7 (4.32)
Flow Adj. Dial
INC.
F
55 (2.17)
1 2 3 45
32 Dia.
(1.26)
LOCK
(1.08)
27.5
Locking Screw
2 (.08) Hex. Soc.

Spare Parts List
MSCP-03-20
10 11 7 8 4 9 3 5 2 6 1
12 13 15 14
List of Seals
12 Back Up Ring 900-VK411915-2 1
14 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MSP-03-30

Specifications
Model Numbers
MSA-03-*-40
MSB-03-*-40 25 (3630) 120 (31.7)
MSW-03-*-40

F- MSW -03 -X -40 *
Valve Direction Design Design
Size of Flow Number Standard
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valve
for A-Line
for Phosphate
Ester Type MSB : Throttle and Check Valve X : Metre-out
03 40 Refer to
Fluids for B-Line Y : Metre-in
(Omit if not MSW : Throttle and Check Valve
Instructions
flow rate.
Graphic Detailed Graphic Graphic Detailed Graphic

Model No. Symbols Symbols Model No. Symbols Symbols
Metre-out Metre-in
MSA-03-X MSA-03-Y
MSB-03-X MSB-03-Y
MSW-03-X MSW-03-Y

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop Pressure Drop for Free Flow

PSI MPa PSI MPa
140 1.0 1.2
160
P
120 A-Line: MSB-03

0.8 B-Line: MSA-03 1.0
Pressure Drop
P
0.6 T-Line 120
80 0.8 Throttle Closed
Pressure Drop
0.4 0.6
40 80
0.2 0.4
0 P-Line 40
0 0.2 Throttle Fully Open
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
PSI
Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open
MPa
F
1.2
160
1.0
P
120 0.8
Pressure Drop
0.6
80

0.4
40
0.2
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 L /min
0 10 20 30 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Metred Flow vs Dial Position

PSI MPa P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
120 P:7(1020)
30
P:14(2030)
100
25 P:25
(3630)
80
Flow Rate
20 P:30
(4350)
15 60
10 40 P:5(730)
P:2(290)
5 20 P:1(145)
0 P:0.5(70)
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Turn of Flow Adj Dial Fully Open

MSW-03- X -40 DIMENSIONS IN MSA-03- X -40
Y Y
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended 193.5 (7.62)
92(3.62) 7(.28) Dia. Through Fully Extended

Flow Adj. Dial 4 Places 91.5 (3.60)
(for A-Line) 19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13) P
INC. A B
P
A B
(1.81)
(2.76)
TA TB
46
70
(.84)
21.4
TA TB
32(1.26) Dia
(.07)
1.8
Fully Extended For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-03" drawing left.
91.5 (3.60)
Flow Adj. Dial
Fully Extended 237 (9.33)
MSB-03- X -40
(for B-Line)
INC.
Y
(2.17)
55
LOCK 48
(1.89)
(.94)
24
Locking Screw P
2 (.08) Hex. Soc. A B
Approx. Mass............ 3.7 kg (8.2 lbs.) TA TB

For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-03" drawing left.
Spare Parts List
MSA-03-X -40 MSB-03-X -40

Y Y
13 14 4 6 5 8 2 3 1 7 12
9 10 11
MSW-03- X -40
Y

MSA-03 MSB-03 MSW-03 MSA-03
KS-MSA-03-40
9 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 1 1 2 MSB-03
10 O-Ring SO-NA-P8 1 1 2 MSW-03 KS-MSW-03-40
11 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 5 5

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MCP-03-*-10
MCA-03-*-20
25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MCB-03-*-20
MCT-03-*-10

F- MCP -03 -0 -10 *
Cracking Pressure
MPa(PSI)
F: Special Seals for Phosphate

Ester Type Fluids
MCP : Check Valve for P-Line
MCA : Check Valve for A-Line
03
0 : 0.035(5)
10
20 Refer to
F
MCB : Check Valve for B-Line
(Omit if not required) 2 : 0.2(29)
MCT : Check Valve for T-Line 10
Typical Performance Characteristics Graphic Detailed Graphic

Model No.
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 Symbols Symbols

MCA -03-2 MCP-03
PSI MPa MCB
P T B A TA A P B TB
85 0.6
80 MCP -03-2
MCT
70 0.5 MCA-03
P
60 MCA -03-0 P T B A TA A P B TB
0.4
Pressure Drop
MCB
50
0.3 MCP MCB-03
40 MCT -03-0
P T B A TA A P B TB
30 0.2
20
0.1 MCT-03
10
P T B A TA A P B TB
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM Instructions

Flow Rate Tank Line Used
Check valve function of MCT-03 is included in
Pressure Drop TA-Line. Therefore, the tank line for a circuit that
PSI MPa
uses this valve must be TA-line.
P
0.2 A-Line: MCB/MCT-03

25 B-Line: MCA-03
Pressure Drop
20 A&B-Line: MCP-03
0.1 T-Line: MCA/MCB-03
10 P-Line: MCA/MCB/MCT-03
B-Line: MCT-03
0 T-Line: MCP-03
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L/min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MCP-03-*-10 MCA-03-*-20 MCT-03-*-10
7(.28) Dia. Through
MCB-03-*-20 (Check valve is included)
7(.28) Dia. Through
4 Places 7(.28) Dia. Through 4 Places
92(3.62) 4 Places 92(3.62)
92(3.62)
19 54 19 (.75) 54
(.47)
(.47)
12
19 (.75)
(.47)
54
12
(2.13)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(2.13)
P P
P
A B
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B (1.81)
(2.76)
(2.76)
(1.81)
A B
46
70
46
70
70
TA TB
46
TA TB TB
TA
44
(.07)
60
(.07)
23
1.8
(.07)
1.8
(1.73)
1.8
(.91) (2.36)
117(4.61)
100(3.94) 174(6.85)
(2.17)
(2.17)
(2.17)
55
55
55
Approx. Mass............ 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 3.5 kg (7.7 lbs.) Approx. Mass............ 2.8 kg (6.2 lbs.)
DIMENSIONS IN
Spare Parts List
MCP-03-*-10 MCT-03-*-10
6 9 2 7 4 3 8 1 5 2 8 4 6 3 1 7
List of Seals List of Seals

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks
8 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit 7 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Included in Seal Kit
9 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 1 Kit No.: KS-MCP-03-10 8 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 1 Kit No.: KS-MCP-03-10
MCA-03-*-20 MCB-03-*-20
2 7 5 3 1 4 6
List of Seals
7 O-Ring SO-NB-P24 2 Kit No.: KS-MCA-03-20

MODULAR VALVES
Check Modular Valves For "P&T" Lines
Specifications
Model Numbers
MCPT-03-P*-T*-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)

F- MCPT -03 -P0 -T0 -10 *
Valve Cracking Pres. of Cracking Pres. of Design Design
Size P-Line MPa(PSI) T-Line MPa(PSI) Number Standard
F: Special Seals for Phosphate

Ester Type Fluids MCPT : Check Valve 03
P0 : 0.035(5) T0 : 0.035(5)
10 Refer to
F
(Omit if not required) for P&T-Lines P2 : 0.2(29) T2 : 0.2(29)
Graphic Symbol

Pressure Drop for Free Flow P T B A

PSI MPa
85 0.6 MCPT-03-P*-T2
80 Detailed Graphic Symbol
P
70 0.5
MCPT-03-P2-T*
Pressure Drop
60 0.4
50 MCPT-03-P*-T0 TA A P B TB
0.3
40
MCPT-03-P0-T*
30 0.2
20
0.1
10
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
Instructions
Tank Line Used
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM Check valve function of Tank Line is included in
Flow Rate TA-Line. Therefore, the tank line for a circuit that
uses this valve must be TA-line.
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa
0.2
Pressure Drop
25
20
0.1
10 A,B-Line
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
7(.28) Dia. Through
92(3.62)
4 Places
19 (.75) 54
(.47)
12
(2.13)
(Check valve is included)
P
A
(1.81)
(2.76)
B
46
70
TA TB
60
(.07)
1.8
(2.36)
133
(5.24)
(2.17)
55
DIMENSIONS IN
Spare Parts List

MCPT-03-P*-T*-10
8 10 3 6 7 4 1 9 8 10 3 5 7 4
Y
Y
Y-Y Section
List of Seals
10 O-Ring SO-NB-P21 2 Kit No.: KS-MCPT-03-10

MODULAR VALVES
Anti-Cavitation Modular Valves
Specifications
Model Number
MAC-03-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)

F- MAC -03 -10 *
Valve Design Design
F:
Special Seals for Phosphate MAC : Anti-Cavitation
Ester Type Fluids 03 10 Refer to
Valve
Pressure Drop
Graphic Symbol F
P
PSI MPa
P T B A
Pressure Drop
0.1
10 A&B-Line
5 P&T-Line Detailed Graphic Symbol

0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0

17.5 U.S.GPM TA A P B TB
Flow Rate
MAC-03-10 Spare Parts List
7(.28) Dia Through

MAC-03-10
92(3.62) 4 Places
19(.75) 54 9 11 2 5 4 6 1 3 10
(.47)
12
(2.13)
P
70(2.76)
(1.81)
A B
46
TA TB
48
(.07)
1.8
(1.89)
150
(5.91)
List of Seals
(2.17)
55

DIMENSIONS IN

Specifications
Max. Operating
Max. Flow
Model Numbers Pressure
L/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
Standard MP*-03-*-20
Low Pilot Pressure 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)
MP*-03-*-2001
Control Type

F- MPA -03 -2 -20 *
Cracking
MPa (PSI)
MPA : Pilot Operated 20
F: Check Valve (Standard)
for Phosphate MPB : Pilot Operated 2 : 0.2 (29) 2001
Ester Type Check Valve 03 (Low Pilot Refer to
Fluids for B-Line 4 : 0.4 (58) Pressure
(Omit if not MPW : Pilot Operated Control
required) Check Valve Type)
for A&B-Lines

Model No.
Symbols Symbols
MPA-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
MPB-03
P T B A TA A P B TB
MPW-03
P T B A TA A P B TB

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow

PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.4 0.4
P
P
50 50
B-Line: MPA-03
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
40 0.3 40 0.3
A-Line: MPB-03
30 0.2 T-Line 30 0.2
20 20
0.1 0.1
10 P-Line 10
0 0 0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate Flow Rate
F
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Min. Pilot Pressure
PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.8 12
110
MP*-03-4 140
100 0.7 0
PP P1 -2
10 -4
P
MP*-03-2
0.6 -0
3 20
2-

80 -
120 P*
Pressure Drop
8 M - 03
0.5 P2
P*
60 M
0.4 80 6
40 0.3 4
1
0.2 40 3-4-200
2 MP *-0
20 1
0.1 3-2-200
MP -0 *
0 0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 1000 2000 3000 3500 PSI

0 5.0 10.0 15.017.5 U.S.GPM

MPA-03-*-20/2001
MPB-03-*-20/2001
DIMENSIONS IN
MPW-03-*-20/2001 7(.28) Dia. Through MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
4 Places
92(3.62)
19 54
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
(1.81)
(2.76)
A B
46
70
TA TB
(.07)
60
1.8
(2.36)
174(6.85)
(2.17)
55
Spare Parts List
MPA-03-*-20 MPB-03-*-20
7 8 5 4 3 9 2 1 6
List of Seals
7 11 8 5 10 4 3 9 O-Ring SO-NB-A014 5 Kit No.: KS-MPA-03-20
Low Pilot Pressure Control Type

(MPA-03-*-2001)
MPW-03-*-20

MODULAR VALVES
End Plates
Blocking plates are used for auxiliary mounting surfaces or for closing
unnecessary circuit.
Bypass plates are used for one-way flow circuit that requires no solenoid
operated directional valves.
Specifications
Model Numbers
MDC-03-*-10 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)

F- MDC -03 -A -10 *
Special Seals Series Number Valve Size Type of Plate Design Number Design Standard
F: None: Japanese Standard "JIS",
Special Seals for Phosphate A: Blocking Plate
MDC: End Plate 03 10 European Design Standard and
Ester Type Fluids
B: Bypass Plate N. American Design Standard
F
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 Model No.
Symbols Symbols

MDC-03-A
P T B A TA A P B TB
MDC-03-B
PSI MPa
P
0.3 MDC-03-B
40
P B-Line
Pressure Drop
30 0.2 A T-Line P T B A TA A P B TB
20
0.1
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min MDC-03-*-10 O-Ring for Port
(SO-NB-A014: 5 Pcs.)
7(.28) Dia. Through

0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM 92(3.62) 11 (.43) Dia. Spotface
Flow Rate 19 54 4 Places
(.47)
12
(.75) (2.13)
P
A B
(2.76)
(1.81)
70
TA
46
TB
(.07)
1.8
(1.10)
(1.06)
28
27
DIMENSIONS IN

Connecting Plates
Specifications
Model Numbers
MDS-03-10/1090 25 (3630) 70 (18.5)

F- MDS -03 -10 *
F: Special Seals for Phosphate None : Japanese Standard "JIS" and

Ester Type Fluids MDS : Connecting Plate 03 10 European design Standard
(Omit if not required) 90 : N.American Design Standard
Graphic Symbol
Pressure Drop
P
PSI MPa P T B A
0.1
Pressure Drop
10
0.05 Detailed Graphic Symbol
5 P, A, B&T-Line
0
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM TA A P B TB
Flow Rate
O-Ring for Port

MDS-03-10/1090 (SO-NB-A014: 5 Pcs.)
7(.28) Dia. Through 55(2.17)
40(1.57) 92(3.62) 4 Places
40
15 19 54 (1.57)
10.5(.41)
22.5(.89)
(.47)
(.59) (.75) (2.13) 15

12
(.59)
(.63)
16
P
35(1.38)
70(2.76)
A B
(1.81)
46
TA TB
A-Line Pressure 23 A-Line Pressure

(.07)
1.8
Gauge Connection (.91) Gauge Connection

"C" Thd. 100(3.94) "C" Thd.
TA-Line Pressure B-Line Pressure
Gauge Connection Gauge Connection
"C" Thd. "C" Thd.
Model Numbers Thread Size "C" Thd.

DIMENSIONS IN
MDS-03-10 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr
MDS-03-1090 1/4 NPT

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications

MMC -03 -T -6 -21 *
Series Number Plate Size Type of Connection Number of Stations Design Number Design Standard
1 : 1 Station 5 : 5 Stations
None : Japanese Standard "JIS"
T : Threaded 2 : 2 Stations 6 : 6 Stations
MMC : Base Plate 03 21 80 : European Design Standard
Connection 3 : 3 Stations 7 : 7 Stations
90 : N.American Design Standard
4 : 4 Stations
Detailed Graphic
Pressure Drop Graphic Symbol
Symbol
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2/s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850 TA A P B
PSI MPa
40
0.3
(P)
T
P T
(T) (P)
(T)
P
F
P
P' T' B' A' B A A B

30
Pressure Drop
P P
0.2 T T
P P' A A' MMC-03-T-1
20 B A
0.1 T T'
10
0 B B' Graphic Symbol

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 L /min
(P) P
T (T)
0 5.0 10.0 15.0 17.5 U.S.GPM B A B A
Flow Rate MMC-03-T-2-7
Mounting Surface Dimensions for

3/8 Modular Valve
When the standard base plate (MMC-03) is not used, Instructions
the following mounting surface must be prepared. Although two ports are provided for both
Also, the mounting surface must have a good pressure port "P" and tank port "T", either
machined finish. may be used.
However, the ports having (P) or (T) in the
Min. Pitch: drawing are normally plugged. Remove the
75(2.95)
46(1.81) plugs of the ports when they are used. Make
32.5 sure that the ports that are not currently used
(1.28) are properly plugged.
21.4
"C" Thd.
(.84) 6.4 13(.51) Deep
(.25) 4 Places
16.7(.66) (.13)
(.75)
3.2
19
27(1.06)
DIMENSIONS IN
37.3(1.47)
TA A
54(2.13)
(3.62)
P
92
B
Design Std. "C" Thd.
11(.43) Dia. (Max.) Japanese Standard "JIS" and M6
4 Places European Design Standard
12
(.47) N.American Design Standard 1/4-20 UNC
70(2.76)

110(4.33)
MMC-03-T-1-21/2190 "E" Thd. 13(.51) Deep DIMENSIONS IN
10(.39) 90(3.54) 4 Places
11(.43) Dia.
TA
4 Places
100(3.94)
A
(2.13)
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
(.39)
(.71)
14(.55) C' bore "F" Deep
10
32
18
46
4 Places (1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11) 79(3.11)
Cylinder Port "B"
55
32(1.26) "D" Thd. 32(1.26)
(2.17)
T B
(T)
95(3.74)
(P) 72.5(2.85) P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
60
47.5
60
47.5
(.89)
22.5
Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "C" Thd.
MMC-03-T-*-21/2190 Threaded Holes 4 Places

Number of Station Each Station
Port Holes 4 Places
(2-7 Stations)
L1
10 L2
(.39) M10 Thd. 21.6(.86) Deep
2 Places For Eye Bolts.
For Above Three Stations Type
100(3.94)
A [MMC-03-T-*-21 Models Only]

(2.13)
TA
(1.81)
54
P
46
B 14(.55) C' bore "F" Deep

4 Places
32 75 75
(.71)
(.39)
18
10
79(3.11) (1.26) (2.95) (2.95) 3/8-16 UNC Thd. 18(.71) Deep 79(3.11)
Pitch Both Ends For Eye Bolts
40(1.57) For Above Three Stations Type 40(1.57)
Pitch [MMC-03-T-*-2190 Models Only] 32(1.26)
32(1.26)
(.59)
55 75 75
15
(2.17) (2.95) (2.95)
B B B B B
(1.87) (.59)
T
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
47.5 15
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
47.5
60
60
(P) A A A A A (T)
Cylinder Port "B" Each Station

(.89)
22.5
Tank Port "T" "D" Thd. Pressure Port "P"

"C" Thd. "C" Thd.
Cylinder Port "A" Each Station
"D" Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-03-T-1.
Thread Size Dimensions mm (Inches) Approx. Mass

Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd. "E" Thd. F L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
MMC-03-T-1-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 8.5
MMC-03-T-1-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (18.7)
MMC-03-T-2-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 185 165 14
MMC-03-T-2-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (7.28) (6.50) (30.9)
MMC-03-T-3-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 260 240 19.5
MMC-03-T-3-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (10.24) (9.45) (43.0)
MMC-03-T-4-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 335 315 25
MMC-03-T-4-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (13.19) (12.40) (55.1)
MMC-03-T-5-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 410 390 30.5
MMC-03-T-5-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (16.14) (15.35) (67.3)
MMC-03-T-6-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 485 465 36
MMC-03-T-6-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (19.09) (18.31) (79.4)
MMC-03-T-7-21 Rc 3/4 Rc 1/2 M6 8.6 (.34) 560 540 41
MMC-03-T-7-2190 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 1/4-20 UNC 22 (.87) (22.05) (21.26) (90.4)

MODULAR VALVES
MMC-03-T-1-2180 DIMENSIONS IN
10(.39) 110(4.33) 10(.39) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
10(.39) 90(3.54) M6 Thd. 13(.51) Deep
4 Places
11(.43) Dia. Detail of Pipe Plug
TA 4 Places
100(3.94)
A
Bonded Seal
(2.13)
Part No.SG-FB-3/4
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
Pipe Plug
Part No.900-V33907
(.39)
(.71)
10
32
18
14(.55) C' bore 8(.31) Deep 46
4 Places (1.81) (1.26)
79(3.11) Cylinder Port "B" 79(3.11)
55 1/2 BSP.F Thd. 32(1.26)
32(1.26) (2.17) Pipe Plug
2 Places
B
T (T)
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
60
47.5
(P) A
60
47.5
(.89)
22.5
Tank Port "T" Cylinder Port "A" Pressure Port "P"

3/4 BSP.F Thd. 1/2 BSP.F Thd. 3/4 BSP.F Thd.

F
MMC-03-T-*-2180
Number of Station Threaded Holes 4 Places
(2-7 Stations) Each Station
Port Holes 4 Places
10(.39) L1 10(.39)
10(.39) L2

100(3.94)
A 8.5(.33) Dia. Through

(2.13)
TA
14(.55) C' bore 8.6(.34) Deep
54
(1.81)
P
46
B
4 Places
32 75 75 M10 Thd. 2 Places For Eye Bolts.

(.71)
(.39)
18
10
(1.26) (2.95) (2.95) For Above Three Stations Type

Pitch
79(3.11) 79(3.11)
Pitch 32(1.26)
32(1.26) 55 75 75
(.83)
21
(2.17) (2.95) (2.95)
T B B B B B
95(3.74)
72.5(2.85)
P
(2.36)
(2.36)
(1.87)
(1.87)
(T)
47.5
47.5
60
60
(P) A A A A A
Cylinder Port "B" Each Station

(.89)
22.5
Tank Port "T" Pressure Port "P"

1/2 BSP.F Thd.
3/4 BSP.F Thd. 3/4 BSP.F Thd.
Cylinder Port "A" Each Station
1/2 BSP.F Thd.
For other dimensions, refer to above Model MMC-03-T-1.

Model Numbers
L1 L2 kg (lbs.)
MMC-03-T-2-2180 185 (7.28) 165 (6.50) 14 (30.9)
MMC-03-T-3-2180 260 (10.24) 240 (9.45) 19.5 (43.0)
MMC-03-T-4-2180 335 (13.19) 315 (12.40) 25 (55.1)
MMC-03-T-5-2180 410 (16.14) 390 (15.35) 30.5 (67.3)
MMC-03-T-6-2180 485 (19.09) 465 (18.31) 36 (79.4)
MMC-03-T-7-2180 560 (22.05) 540 (21.26) 41 (90.4)

Mounting Bolt Kits For Modular Valves
Valves are mounted with four stud bolts. Valve combination
varies according to the circuit type. Hence, the mounting
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis.
When ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt
kit model number from the table below.
Model Number Designation Bolt Kit Composition

1 Set
MBK -03 -04 -10 * Nut ------------- 4 Pcs.
Size of Design Design Note: In case of bolt kit model number
Series Number Bolt Number having "05", four hexagon socket
Modular Valve Number Standard
head cap screws only.
01, 02, 03, 04, 05
MBK : Mounting Bolt Kits 03 (Refer to the 10 Refer to Tightening Torque:
for Modular Valve following chart)
12-15 Nm (106-133 IN. lbs.)
Bolt Kits Selection Chart Nut Mounting

Quantity of valves to be stacked Stud Bolt Bolt Kit
Solenoid Approx.
Modular
Model Numbers Operated Mass
End Plate Valve & SOL b SOL a
Directional
(MDC-03) Connecting g (lbs.) Solenoid Operated
Valve
Plate Directional Valve
(*-DSG-03)
1 0
MBK-03-01-10* 1 120(.26)
0 1 03 Series
1 0 Modular Valves
MBK-03-02-10* 2 160(.35)
0 1
1 0
MBK-03-03-10* 3 200(.44)
0 1
Base Plate
1 0
MBK-03-04-10* 4 240(.53)
0 1
1 0
MBK-03-05-10* 0 40(.09)
0 1
Stacking Example
The solenoid operated directional valve comes with mounting bolts.
MBK-03-*-10/1090 MBK-03-05-10/1090
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
MBK-03-05-30: M6 35 Lg.
MBK-03-05-3090: 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.
12 12
(.47) (.47)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
Nut
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers A mm (In.) "B" Thd. C
10 Dia.
MBK-03-01-10 103 ( 4.06 )

(.39)
MBK-03-02-10 158 ( 6.22 )

M6 5 (.20)
MBK-03-03-10 213 ( 8.39 )
C MBK-03-04-10 268 (10.55 )
13
(.51) MBK-03-01-1090 103 ( 4.06 )
22 MBK-03-02-1090 158 ( 6.22 ) 4.76
1/4-20 UNC
(.87) MBK-03-03-1090 213 ( 8.39 ) (3/16)
MBK-03-04-1090 268 (10.55 )

3/4 Modular Valves

Class
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page

(for "A-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Internal Drain Type) 626
Operated Directional Valve 381 MPA-06-*-30/3090
(S-)DSHG-06-***-*-53/5390
P T Y X B A (for "A-Line", External Pilot-)
External Drain Type) 626
Reducing Valves MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090
(for "P-Line") 620
MRP-06-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A-Line", External Pilot-)

Internal Drain Type) 626
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line") 620
MRA-06-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Reducing Valves MPB-06-*-30/3090
(for "B-Line") 620
MRB-06-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", External Pilot-)
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 623
MSA-06-X-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 623
MSA-06-Y-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
Throttle and Check Valves MPW-06-*-30/3090
Flow Control Valves
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 623

Mounting Bolts
MSB-06-X-30/3090
Bolt Kits
630
MBK-06-*-30/3090
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 623
MSB-06-Y-30/3090 Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
Throttle and Check Valves used in combination with modular valves.
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 623
MSW-06-X-30/3090

(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 623
MSW-06-Y-30/3090

Specifications
Model Numbers
MR*-06-A-30/3090 125 (33)
B 25 (3630)
MR*-06-C-30/3090 500 (132)
H
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with .

F- MRP -06 -B -30 *
MPa (PSI) Number
F: A : 0.7-7 (100-1020)
B: 1.5-7 (220-1020)
Type Fluids (Omit C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
if not required) H: 7-21 (1020-3050)

Connect Drain Line (Y port) to oil tank independently
so as to obtain stable pressure setting. At the same time,
the solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve
to be used in combination with this valve must be of P T Y X B A
internal drain type (with T). MRP-06

P T Y X B A
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after MRA-06
making adjustment to the pressure.
P T Y X B A
MRB-06

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop at Spool Fully Open

Pressure Drop (P-Line)
PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.15 A,B&T-Line 350 2.5
20
P
300 2.0
P
15
Pressure Drop
0.10
Pressure Drop
1.5
10 200
0.05 1.0
5
100
0 0.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
Pilot Flow F
1.4 MR*-06-B/C/H
.35
1.2 Nominal Override Characteristics
.3
1.0 Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
Pilot Flow
MR*-06-A PSI MPa MR -06-H

.2 0.8 3000 21
*
0.6
2900

.1 0.4 20
2800
0.2
2700 19
0
0
Secondary Pressure
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa MR*-06-C/H
2000 14
0 1000 2000
3000
1900
3500 PSI 13
Differential Pressure 1800
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.)
1700 12
MR*-06-B/C/H
1000 7
900
6
Secondary Pressure vs. Max. Flow 800
U.S.GPM L /min 700 5
500
120
400 0 0 100 200 400 500 L/min
100 300
Flow Rate
80 300
66 250 MR*-06-B
200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
33 125 Flow Rate
23.8 90 MR*-06-A
0 0
0 0.7 1 2 3 4 MPa
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 PSI

Secondary Pressure

MRP-06-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MRA-06-*-30/3090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MRB-06-*-30/3090 154(6.06)
"D" Thd. 9(.35) Deep
2 Places 12 130(5.12) 13.5(.53) Dia. Through 6 Places
Sling Fitting Screw (.47)
View Arrow Z 53 Lock Nut
(.47)
12
(2.09) 14(.55) Hex.
Secondary Pressure
3
Gauge Connection
(.12)
(1.61)
"C" Thd.
116(4.57)
41
(3.62)
T P Y
92
X
A B
MRP-06 45 77
(1.77) (3.03)
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection Fully Extended 281(11.06) Pressure Adj. Screw
"C" Thd. 14(.55) Hex.
INC.
(.12)
38(1.50)
(3.35)
3
85
Z
MRA-06
3 Secondary Pressure
120
(.24)
Gauge Connection Two Locating Pins
6
(.12) (4.72)
"C" Thd. 6(.24) Dia.
Thread Size
MRB-06 Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
MR*-06-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr M8
MR*-06-*-3090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC
Spare Parts List
MRP-06-*-30/3090
MRA-06-*-30/3090
MRB-06-*-30/3090
14 3 10 18 21 1 12 5 6 7 2 16 17 8 9 11
13 19 15 4 20
List of Seals
Kit No.: KS-MRP-06-10

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MSA-06-*-30/3090
MSB-06-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 500 (132)
MSW-06-*-30/3090

F-
Special Seals
MSW
Series Number
-06
Valve
-X
Direction
-30
Design
*
Design
F
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valve
for A-Line
for Phosphate X : Metre-out
Ester Type MSB : Throttle and Check Valve 06 30 Refer to
for B-Line
Fluids Y : Metre-in
MSW : Throttle and Check Valve

(Omit if not
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
Metre-out Metre-in
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen lock nut and
turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or anti-
clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
firmly after the adjustment of the flow rate is MSA-06-X MSA-06-Y

completed.
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MSB-06-X MSB-06-Y
MSW-06-X MSW-06-Y


PSI MPa PSI MPa
2.0 350 2.5
250
P
300
P
1.5 B-Line: MSA-06 2.0
200
Pressure Drop
250
Pressure Drop
A-Line: MSB-06
150 1.0 200 1.5
100 P&T-Line
0.5 150 1.0
50 100
0 0.5
0 50
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Metred Flow vs. Screw Position

P=10(1450)
Pressure Drop for Free Flow P=7(1020) P=14(2030)
P=21(3050)
350 2.5 500
120
300
P
2.0
100 400
250
Pressure Drop
200 1.5
Flow Rate
Throttle Closed 80 300

150 1.0 P=5(730)
60
100 200
0.5 Throttle Fully Open P=3(435)
50 40
0 P=2(290)
0 100
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 20 P=1(145)
0 P=0.5(70)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Flow Rate Turn of Flow Adj. Screw (Fully Open)

MODULAR VALVES
MSW-06- X -30/3090 MSA-06- X -30/3090

Y 6 Places
154(6.06)
Y
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep Fully Extended 310(12.20)
2 Places 12 130(5.12)
Sling Fitting Screw (.47) Fully
(.47)
53
12
Lock Nut Extended
(2.09)
19(.75) Hex. 115.5(4.55)
(2.28)
58
(4.57)
(3.62)
116
P Y
92
T
T P Y
X A B
X A B
Fully
Extended 77
115.5(4.55) (3.03) Approx. Mass............ 12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-06" drawing left.
Flow Adj. Screw Flow Adj. Screw
MSB-06- X -30/3090
(for A-Line) (for B-Line)
120 8(.31) Hex. INC. 8(.31) Hex.
(4.72) INC. Y
(3.35)
40.5
85
(1.59)
(.24)
MSW-06-X ------ 52(2.05) Two Locating Pins
F
6
MSW-06-Y ------ 33(1.30) 6(.24) Dia. T P Y

X A B
MS*-06-*-30 M8
DIMENSIONS IN MS*-06-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC
Approx. Mass............ 12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
Approx. Mass............ 12.2 kg (26.9 lbs.) For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-06" drawing left.
Spare Parts List

MSA-06-*-30/3090 MSB-06-*-30/3090
8 6 4 10 11 5 2 3 1 7 14
14 12 9 13
MSW-06-*-30/3090

KS-MSA-06-10
11 O-Ring SO-NA-P14 1 1 2 MSW-06 KS-MSW-06-10

Specifications
Model Numbers
MPA-06*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-06*-*-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 500 (132)
MPW-06-*-30/3090

F- MPA -06 S -2 -X -30 *
Cracking
Valve Port Tapping Feature Pressure Pilot-Drain 2 Design Design
Size of Pilot-Drain Port 1 Connection Number Standard
MPa (PSI)
MPA : Pilot Operated
F: Check Valve None :
Special Seals for A-Line None : Taper Thread Internal Pilot-
for Phosphate MPB : Pilot Operated 2 : 0.2 (29) Internal Drain
Ester Type Check Valve 06 X : External Pilot- 30 Refer to 3
S : Straight Thread
Fluids for B-Line (Applicable only for 4 : 0.4 (58) External Drain
(Omit if not MPW : Pilot Operated Japanese Std. "JIS") Y : External Pilot-
required) Check Valve Internal Drain
for A&B-Lines
1. This item applies only to External Pilot or External Drain Type.

2. Only "None: Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Type" is available for MPW (for "A&B-Lines").
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain Internal pilot- Exnternal pilot- External pilot-
type
Model No. Internal drain type External drain type Internal drain type
MPA-06
P T Y X B A P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
MPA-06-* MPA-06*-*-X MPA-06*-*-Y
MPB-06
MPB-06-* MPB-06*-*-X MPB-06*-*-Y
MPW-06
P T Y X B A
MPW-06-*

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow

Pressure Drop
PSI MPa PSI MPa
350 2.5 350 2.5
P
P
300 2.0 300 2.0
B-Line: MPA-06
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
200 A-Line: MPB-06 200
1.0 1.0
P&T-Line
100 100
0 0
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min 0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM

Flow Rate Flow Rate
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Min. Pilot Pressure F

PSI MPa PSI MPa
3.0 4.5
400 600 PP P1
4.0
P
300 500
Pressure Drop
2.0 P2
3.0
200 400
1.0

100 MP*-06-4 300 2.0
0 MP*-06-2
0 200 MP*-06-4
0 100 200 300 400 500 L /min
1.0
100 MP*-06-2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 U.S.GPM 0

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
Flow Rate
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI

3500

MPA-06-*-30/3090 Internal Pilot- DIMENSIONS IN
MPB-06-*-30/3090 Internal Drain Type 154(6.06)
MPW-06-*-30/3090 12 130(5.12)
(.47)
(.47)
53 13.5(.53) Dia. Through
12
(2.09) 6 Places
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
(4.57)
(3.62)
116
Y
92
T P
X A B
40.5 77
(1.59) (3.03)
120(4.72) 235(9.25)
(3.35) Model Numbers "D" Thd.

85
MP*-06-*-30 M8
MP*-06-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC
Two Locating Pins
(.24)
6
6(.24) Dia. Approx. Mass............ 11.6 kg (25.6 lbs.)
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-

External Drain Type
285 120(4.72)
(11.22) Pilot Port "C" Thd.
40.5 58
(1.59) (2.28)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
63(2.48)
23(.91)
Thread Size
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
253 120(4.72) MPA-06-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
Pilot Port "C" Thd.
40.5 (9.96) 58
(1.59) (2.28) MPA-06-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
MPA-06S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.05)
52

For other dimensions, refer to "Internal pilot-Internal drain type" drawing above.
MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-

External Drain Type
120(4.72) 285
90.5 (11.22)
Pilot Port "C" Thd. 58
(2.28) (3.56)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
63(2.48)
23(.91)
Thread Size
MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
120(4.72) 253
MPB-06-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
58 58.5 (9.96)
Pilot Port "C" Thd. MPB-06-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
(2.28) (2.30)
MPB-06S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.05)
52

MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
Internal Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
13 8 2 4 3 1 6 13
5 7 10 9 12
MPA-06-*-30/3090 MPB-06-*-30/3090 MPW-06-*-30/3090
External Pilot-
External Drain Type
1 3 15 18 11 14 19 16 17
MPA-06*-*-X-30/3090 MPB-06*-*-X-30/3090

External Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
1 3 14 17
MPA-06*-*-Y-30/3090 MPB-06*-*-Y-30/3090

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Internal Pilot- External Pilot- External Pilot- MPA-06-*
Internal Drain External Drain Internal Drain
MPB-06-* KS-MPA-06-10
MPW-06-*
MPA-06*-*-X
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P28 4 4 4 KS-MPA-06-X-10
MPB-06*-*-X
MPA-06*-*-Y
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P36 1 1 KS-MPA-06-Y-10
MPB-06*-*-Y

Valves are mounted with six stud bolts. Valve combination
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis. When
ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit
model number from the table below.

MBK -06 -04 -30 *
Series Number Size of Modular Valve Bolt Number Design Number Design Standard
None : Japanese Standard "JIS" and
MBK : Mounting Bolt Kits 06 01, 02, 03, 04 30 European Design Standard
for Modular Valves
Bolt Kit Composition

Bolt Kits Selection Chart 1 Set
Nut ------------- 6 Pcs.
Quantity of Valves to be Stacked
Approx. Tightening Torque:
Bolt Kit Model Sol. Cont. Pilot Operated
Modular Mass 50-60 Nm (443-531 in. lbs.)
Numbers Directional Valves
Valve kg (lbs.)
(*-DSHG-06)
Nut Mounting
MBK-06-01-30* 1 1 1.1(2.4)
Stud Bolt Bolt Kits
MBK-06-02-30* 1 2 1.5(3.3) SOL a SOL b
APB
MBK-06-03-30* 1 3 2.0(4.4) Solenoid Controlled
MBK-06-04-30* 1 4 2.4(5.3) Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
06 Series
Modular Valves
Stacking Example
MBK-06-*-30/3090 DIMENSIONS IN
Stud Bolt
"B" Thd.
Both Ends
Model Numbers A mm (in.)

MBK-06-01 161 ( 6.34 )
19 19 MBK-06-02 246 ( 9.69 )
(.75) (.75) MBK-06-03 331 ( 13.03 )
A
MBK-06-04 416 ( 16.38 )
Nut
"B" Thd.
Model Numbers "B" Thd. C

18 Dia.
(.71)
MBK-06-*-30 M12 10 (.39)

MBK-06-*-3090 1/2-13 UNC 9.5 (3/8)
20 C
(.79)
30
(1.18)

MODULAR VALVES
Mounting Surface Dimensions for 3/4 Modular Valve
When mounting 06 series modular valve, be sure to use a sub-plate for

3/4 solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valves.
Name Sub-plate Model Number Page

Sub-plate for 3/4 Solenoid
Controlled Pilot Operated DHGM-06*-50/5080/5090 402
Directional Valves
Also, when no sub-plates are used, be sure to use the following mounting surface.
156(6.14)
12.5 130.2(5.13)
(.49)
112.7(4.44)
100.8(3.97)
94.5(3.72) 7(.28) Dia. 8(.31) Deep

F
2 Places for Locating Pins
23(.91) Dia. (Max.) 77(3.03)
4 Places
11(.43) Dia. (Max.)
53.2 2 Places
"C" Thd. 24(.94) Deep (2.09)
(.47)
29.4 12
(.19)
6 Places
4.8
(1.16)

T P
(.69)
19.1
(.75)
17.5
Y
73.1(2.88)
74.6(2.94)
92.1(3.63)
116(4.57)
Min. Pitch : 125(4.92)
A B
X
17.5
(.69)
29.5
(1.16)
T P
Y
A B
X
Design Std. "C" Thd.

Japanese std. "JIS" and
M12
N. American Design Std. 1/2-13 UNC

632
1 14 Modular Valves

Class
Class
Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page Model Numbers Graphic Symbols Page

(for "A-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Internal Drain Type) 640
Operated Directional Valve 381 MPA-10-*-30/3090
(S-)DSHG-10-***-*-43/4390
P T Y X B A (for "A-Line", External Pilot-)
Reducing Valves MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090
(for "P-Line") 634
MRP-10-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A-Line", External Pilot-)

MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090
Reducing Valves
(for "A-Line") 634
MRA-10-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "B-Line", Internal Pilot-)
Reducing Valves MPB-10-*-30/3090
(for "B-Line") 634
MRB-10-*-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-out) 637
MSA-10-X-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
Throttle and Check Valves MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090
(for "A-Line", Metre-in) 637
MSA-10-Y-30/3090 Pilot Operated Check Valves
(for "A&B-Lines", Internal Pilot-)
Throttle and Check Valves MPW-10-*-30/3090
Flow Control Valves
(for "B-Line", Metre-out) 637

Mounting Bolts
MSB-10-X-30/3090
Bolt Kits
644
MBK-10-*-10/1090
(for "B-Line", Metre-in) 637
MSB-10-Y-30/3090 Because drain ports "V" and "W" are not provided for solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valves of Pressure Centred Type
(3H*) and models with Pilot Piston (P*), those valves cannot be
Throttle and Check Valves used in combination with modular valves.
(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-out) 637
MSW-10-X-30/3090

(for "A&B-Lines", Metre-in) 637
MSW-10-Y-30/3090

Specifications
Model Numbers
MR*-10-A-30/3090 250 (66)
B 25 (3630)
MR*-10-C-30/3090 800 (211)
H
In the pressure adjustment ranges "A" and "B", maximum flow rates are
limited by the pressure setting on the secondary side.
Referring to the secondary pressure vs. maximum flow characteristics on
the following page, use the valve at the maximum flow rate within a
zone highlighted with .

F- MRP -10 -B -30 *
MPa (PSI) Number
F: A : 0.7-7 (100-1020)
B: 1.5-7 (220-1020)
Type Fluids (Omit C: 3.5-14 (510-2030)
if not required) H: 7-21 (1020-3050)

Connect Drain Line (Y port) to oil tank independently
so as to obtain stable pressure setting. At the same time,
the solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve
to be used in combination with this valve must be of P T Y X B A
internal drain type (with T). MRP-10

P T Y X B A
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly after
MRA-10
making adjustment to the pressure.
P T Y X B A
MRB-10

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop at Spool Fully Open

Pressure Drop (P-Line)
PSI MPa PSI MPa
60 0.4 2.5
P
350
Pressure Drop
40 300 2.0
A,B&T-Line
P
0.2
20
Pressure Drop
1.5
200
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 1.0
100
0.5
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate 0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM

Pilot Flow Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
.5
2.0
1.8
F
1.6 MR*-10-B/C/H
.4 Primary Pressure 25 MPa (3630 PSI)
1.4
Pilot Flow
1.2
.3 MR*-10-A
1.0 PSI MPa MR -10-H
3000 21
*
.2 0.8 2900

20
0.6 2800
2700 19
0.4
Secondary Pressure
.1
MR*-10-C/H
0.2 2000 14
0 1900
0 13
0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
MR*-10-A
1000 7
0 1000 2000 3000 PSI 900
3500 6
Differential Pressure MR*-10-B/C/H
(Primary Pres. - Secondary Pres.) MR*-10-A
100 0.7
90
0.6
0 0 200 400 600 800 L/min

Secondary Pressure vs. Max. Flow
U.S.GPM L /min
800 0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
200 Flow Rate
700
175
150 600
Flow Rate
125 500
MR*-10-B
100 400
75 300
66 250
47.6 180
25 100 MR*-10-A
0 0
0 0.7 1 2 3 4 MPa
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 PSI

Secondary Pressure

MRP-10-*-30/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MRA-10-*-30/3090 MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MRB-10-*-30/3090
View Arrow Z
205(8.07)
MRP-10 Secondary Pressure
Pressure Adj. Screw
7 Gauge Connection
14(.55) Hex. INC.
(.28) "C" Thd.
230.5(9.07)
6 Places 20 190.5 42 Lock Nut
(.79) (7.50) (1.65)
(.79)
76 14(.55) Hex.
20
(2.99)
Fully Extended
99(3.90)
(2.95)
75
199(7.83)
205(8.07)
(6.26)
MRA-10 T P Y
159
Secondary Pressure
Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
X
A B
"D"Thd.16(.63)Deep 62 114
(4.49)
(.28)
2 Places (2.44)
7
Sling Fitting Screw 322.5(12.70)
205(8.07)
120(4.72)
MRB-10
45(1.77)
Secondary Pressure Z
7
(.28) Gauge Connection
"C" Thd.
(.24)
Two Locating Pins

6
6(.24) Dia.
Thread Size
Model Numbers
"C" Thd. "D" Thd.
MR*-10-*-30 Rc 1/4 = 1/4 BSP.Tr M8
MR*-10-*-3090 1/4 NPT 5/16-18 UNC
Spare Parts List
MRP-10-*-30/3090 12
4 14 18 3 11 1 21 16
MRA-10-*-30/3090 13
MRB-10-*-30/3090 10
5
17
9
18
Y Y
11
6
21 2 19 22 20 7
8
15
List of Seals
Section Y-Y
Kit No.: KS-MRP-10-10

MODULAR VALVES
Specifications
Model Numbers
MSA-10-*-30/3090
MSB-10-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 800 (211)
MSW-10-*-30/3090
Model Number Designation F

F- MSW -10 -X -30 *
Valve Direction Design Design
F:
Special Seals MSA : Throttle and Check Valves
for A-Line
for Phosphate X : Metre-out

Ester Type MSB : Throttle and Check Valves 10 30 Refer to
for B-Line
Fluids Y : Metre-in
(Omit if not MSW : Throttle and Check Valves
Graphic Symbols
Instructions
Metre-out Metre-in
To make flow rate adjustment, loosen the lock nut
and turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise or
anti-clockwise. To throttle the flow, turn the screw
clockwise. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut firmly P T Y X B A P T Y X B A
after the adjustment of the flow rate is completed. MSA-10-X MSA-10-Y
MSB-10-X MSB-10-Y
MSW-10-X MSW-10-Y

Pressure Drop Pressure Drop for Free Flow

PSI MPa PSI MPa
0.8 2.0
P
100 B-Line: MSA-10 250
P
0.6
Pressure Drop
80 A-Line: MSB-10 1.5

200
Pressure Drop
60 0.4 Throttle Closed
40 P&T-Lines 150 1.0
0.2
20
0 100
0 0.5
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 50 Throttle Fully Open
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM 0 200 400 600 800 L /min
Flow Rate
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Metred Flow vs. Screw Position

Pressure Drop at Throttle Fully Open P: Differential Pressure MPa (PSI)
2.0 800
200 P=25(3630)
250
P
700 P=14(2030)
1.5 175
200
Pressure Drop
P=10(1450)
600
150 150 P=7(1020)
1.0
500
125
Flow Rate
100
0.5 100 400
50 P=5(730)
0 75 300 P=3(435)
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 200 P=2(290)
50
P=1(145)
25 100
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM P=0.5(70)
0 0
Flow Rate
0 2 4 68 10 12 14 15.3
(Fully Open)
Turn of Flow Adj. Screw

MODULAR VALVES
MSW-10- X -30/3090 DIMENSIONS IN MSA-10- X -30/3090

Y Y
MILLIMETRES (INCHES) Fully Extended 378(14.88)
Lock Nut 230.5(9.07) Fully Extended
22(.87) Hex. 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
6 Places 103(4.06)
20 190.5(7.50)
(.79)
(.79)
20 76 "D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
(2.99) 2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw T P Y
(3.54)
Flow Adj. Screw
199(7.83)
159(6.26)
90
(for B-Line) X
T P Y A B
10(.39) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
(for A-Line) X
A
INC. Approx. Mass............ 35 kg (77.2 lbs.)
B
10(.39) Hex. For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-10" drawing left.
Fully Extended 114
INC. 103(4.06) (4.49)
Fully Extended 436(17.17) MSB-10- X -30/3090
205 Y
(8.07) Fully Extended 378(14.88)
45
(4.72)
120
(1.77)
Two Locating Pins
F
(.24)
T P Y
6
6(.24) Dia.
MSW-10-X ------ 75(2.95)
MSW-10-Y ------ 45(1.77)
X
A B
MS*-10-*-30 M8
MS*-10-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC For other dimensions, refer to "MSW-10" drawing left.
Spare Parts List

MSA-10-*-30/3090 MSB-10-*-30/3090
7 6 4 10 12 9 3 2 1 5 14
11 8 13
MSW-10-*-30/3090

KS-MSA-10-10
11 O-Ring SO-NB-P16 2 2 2 MSW-10 KS-MSW-10-10

Specifications
Model Numbers
MPA-10*-*-*-30/3090
MPB-10*-*-*-30/3090 25 (3630) 800 (211)
MPW-10-*-30/3090

F- MPA -10 S -2 -X -30 *
Cracking 2
Valve Port Tapping Feature Pressure Pilot-Drain Design Design
Size of Pilot-Drain Port 1 Connection Number Standard
MPa (PSI)
MPA : Pilot Operated
F: Check Valve None :
Special Seals for A-Line None : Taper Thread Internal Pilot-
for Phosphate MPB : Pilot Operated 2 : 0.2 (29) Internal Drain
Ester Type Check Valve 10 X : External Pilot- 30 Refer to 3
S : Straight Thread
Fluids for B-Line (Applicable only for 4 : 0.4 (58) External Drain
(Omit if not MPW : Pilot Operated Japanese Std. "JIS") Y : External Pilot-
required) Check Valve Internal Drain
for A&B-Lines
1. This item applies only to External Pilot or External Drain Type.

2. Only "None: Internal Pilot-Internal Drain Type" is available for MPW (for "A&B-Lines").
Graphic Symbols
Pilot-Drain Internal Pilot- Exnternal Pilot- External Pilot-
type
Model No. Internal Drain Type External Drain Type Internal Drain Type
MPA-10
MPA-10-* MPA-10*-*-X MPA-10*-*-Y
MPB-10
MPB-10-* MPB-10*-*-X MPB-10*-*-Y
MPW-10
P T Y X B A
MPW-10-*

MODULAR VALVES
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow

Pressure Drop
PSI MPa PSI MPa
P
2.0 1.5
200
250
Pressure Drop
P
1.5 B-Line: MPA-10 1.0

200
Pressure Drop
A-Line: MPB-10
100
1.0 0.5
100 P&T-Line 0
0.5 0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop for Free Flow Min. Pilot Pressure F

PSI MPa PSI MPa
350 2.5 700 5.0

P
PP P1
300 2.0 600 4.0
Pressure Drop
200 1.5 3.0 P2

MP*-10-4 400
1.0 2.0 MP*-10-4
100 200

0.5 1.0 MP*-10-2
MP*-10-2
0 0
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 L /min 0 5 10 15 20 25 MPa
0 50 100 150 200 U.S.GPM 0 1000 2000

3000 PSI
Flow Rate 3500
In case of 500 L/min (132 U.S.GPM) or more.

MPA-10-*-30/3090 Internal Pilot- DIMENSIONS IN
MPB-10-*-30/3090 Internal Drain Type 230.5(9.07) MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
MPW-10-*-30/3090 20 190.5(7.50)
(.79) 21.5(.85) Dia. Through
(.79)
76
20
6 Places
(2.99)
"D" Thd. 16(.63) Deep
2 Places
Sling Fitting Screw
(7.83)
(6.26)
199
159
T P Y
X
A B
45 114
(1.77) (4.49)
205(8.07)
320(12.60)

(4.72)
120
MP*-10-*-30 M8
MP*-10-*-3090 5/16-18 UNC
(.24)
Two Locating Pins Approx. Mass............ 36.5 kg (80.5 lbs.)

6
6(.24) Dia.
MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-

External Drain Type
364 205(8.07)
45 (14.33) 90
(1.77)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
90(3.54)
50(1.97)
Thread Size
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
Internal Drain Type
324 205(8.07) MPA-10-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
45 90
(1.77) (3.54) MPA-10-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
MPA-10S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.95)
75

MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090 External Pilot-

External Drain Type
205(8.07) 364
(14.33)
90 89
Pilot Port "C" Thd. (3.54) (3.50)
Drain Port "C" Thd.
90(3.54)
50(1.97)
MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090 External Pilot- Model Numbers

Thread Size
Internal Drain Type "C" Thd.
205(8.07) 324 MPB-10-*-*-30 Rc 3/8 = 3/8 BSP. Tr
90 49 (12.76)
Pilot Port "C" Thd. (3.54) (1.93) MPB-10-*-*-3090 3/8 NPT
MPB-10S-*-*-30 G 3/8
(2.95)
75


MODULAR VALVES
Spare Parts List
Internal Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
8 13 5 2 7 4 1 3 6
10 9 12
MPA-10-*-30/3090 MPB-10-*-30/3090 MPW-10-*-30/3090
External Pilot-
External Drain Type
13 1 3 15 19 20 11 14 17 16 18
MPA-10*-*-X-30/3090 MPB-10*-*-X-30/3090

External Pilot-
Internal Drain Type
13 1 3 14 17 18
MPA-10*-*-Y-30/3090 MPB-10*-*-Y-30/3090

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Internal Pilot- External Pilot- External Pilot- MPA-10-*
Internal Drain External Drain Internal Drain
MPB-10-* KS-MPA-10-10
MPW-10-*
MPA-10*-*-X
12 O-Ring SO-NB-P40 4 4 4 KS-MPA-10-X-10
MPB-10*-*-X
MPA-10*-*-Y
14 O-Ring SO-NB-P46 1 1 KS-MPA-10-Y-10
MPB-10*-*-Y

Valves are mounted with six stud bolts. Valve combination
bolt kits are available on a combination type basis. When
ordering the mounting bolt kit, be sure to give the bolt kit
model number from the table below.

MBK -10 -04 -10 *
Series Number Size of Modular Valve Bolt Number Design Number Design Standard
None : Japanese Standard "JIS" and
MBK : Mounting Bolt Kits 10 01, 02, 03, 04 10 European Design Standard
for Modular Valves
Bolt Kit Composition

1 set
Bolt Kits Selection Chart Nut ------------- 6 Pcs.
Quantity of Valves to be Stacked
Approx.
Tightening Torque:
Model Numbers Sol. Cont. Pilot Operated Mass 150-170 Nm (1330-1505 in. lbs.)
Modular
Directional Valves
Valve kg (lbs.)
(*-DSHG-10) Nut Mounting
MB

YUKEN Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Edit.11 - 080327

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

YUKEN Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue Edit.11 - 080327

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Hydraulic Equipment Catalogue

Please note before using this catalogue:

● Model Number Designation

● Outer dimensional drawing

● Interchangeability between new and old products

Port Tapping BSP. F NPT SAE Straight Thread Rc

Conduit Entry BSW NPT G

Major Design No. "80" European design standard

Minor Design No. "90" N. American design standard

"950" N. American design standard

"Omitted" JIS Domestic standard

When looking up products by model number, please use the

● Sagami Plant Front Gate

● R&D Centre Design Room

Live with hydraulic (Challenge to possibility)

Trade name: Yuken Kogyo Co., Ltd.

B VANE PUMPS 159

C PRESSURE CONTROLS 201

D FLOW CONTROLS 275

E DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS 327

K HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS / POWER PACKAGES 809

L ACCESSORIES & Others 819

Worldwide Affiliated Companies and Distributors ....................................836

Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ................................ P15

Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps ...................................... P27

Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps .......................... P117

"A" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

"A3H" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Geometric Displacement Maximum

Suction Pressure [Recommended Drain Piping Size]

Hints on Piping Bleeding Air

16 "AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Setting Discharge Pressure and Delivery

Adjustment of Discharge Pressure

Volume adjusted by each full turn of the pressure

"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps 17

Pressure Compensator Valve

Flow Adj. Screw Pivot

Spring Piston Ass'y

[Comparison of "AR16" with "A16"]

Fully Extended 188(7.40)

Fully Extended 130(5.12)

Approx. Mass Ratio of Mass

AR16 9.8 kg (21.6 lbs.)

18 "AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Model Number Designation

AR16 Viewed from

1. Available to supply pump with anti-clockwise rotation. 2. Design Standards:

AR16-FR01 Suction F5-06-A-1021 F5-06-A-10801 F5-06-A-10950 F5-06-B-1021 F5-06-B-10901

Discharge port is available only for the threaded connections.

Mounting Bracket Kits

"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Performance Characteristic Curve

Overall Efficiency Overall Efficiency

L/min U.S.GPM Output Flow L/min U.S.GPM

8 6 Input Power 4 8 6 Input Power 4

1.5 Full Cut-off

"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Performance Characteristic Curve

1.5 Full Cut-off

"AR" Series Variable Displacement Piston Pumps

Test Circuit and Conditions